VICTOR А.

KORNILOFF

TECHNOLOGY
OF
CREATION
INTRODUCTION IN THE
THEORY OF WORLD ORDER

THE SECOND EDITION CORRECTED AND ADDED

Moscow 2010
Victor A. Korniloff
Technology of creation. Introduction in the theory of
world order / V. А. KORNILOFF. – М.: «ONTOPRINT», 2010. - 370 P : FIG.

Readers are offered a hypothesis of the structure of the Universe in the broadest sense of the word.
The author uses technological analysis to gain an insight into the unknown spheres of Creation. Analyzing
the way in which the World, consisting of heterogeneous things, is united into a balanced entity - the author
finds answers to questions such as: how the Universe is organized, who created it and for what purpose. The
book is so unusual that it resists standard classification. The language of a popular science volume is coupled
with the conclusions and generalizations that attempt to change the scientific paradigm and revolutionize
religious consciousness.
The reader is presented with a dramatic, but quite understandable picture of the World, where Matter and
Spirit, Freedom and Necessity, Belief and Knowledge interact in harmony, but leave no place for mysticism
or magic.
The book is addressed to those people who want to know about how the World is constructed.

This second edition, revised and supplemented, holds on based on the first edition, published by the
Canon + ROOI «Rehabilitation» in 2007 under ISBN 978-5-88373-148-7. UDK 14, BBK 60.5; H 52

© Victor A. Korniloff, 2010

All rights are reserved and protected by law. Copying of the text and illustrations without the written
permission of the author and publisher is prohibited. References to the author and the edition must be made
in any quotations or reproduction of drawings.
 AUTOR’S INTRODUCTION
The matter world is a part Wold order
at the head, which there is a Lord.
Invisible and unknown to the person.
Universe part – the Radio world, that
not less, exists quite really and in many
respects defines existence Material world
and the person.
Moreover all Universe, including a
matter and the person is created only by the
Lord from a unique resource, which Lord
too is. Stars, a stone, a human soul... All is
things created Miro – Building which was
created by the Lord.
The universe at all mystery and
incomprehensibility for human reason,
nevertheless, has one through property,
one cut on .To which it is ready to open
to human understanding. The universe is
result of the Divine creation, something
created by the Lord for the purposes known
to It. In this connection the universe can
be considered as the en-gineering object
so to approach to its knowledge, using
an arsenal of engi-neering-technological
concepts, well-known to the person
thanking its rough creative activity.
As to a plant not to become ani-
mals,as to an animal not to rise level
with the person, and to the person during
lifetime not to become God. But the reason
is given the person, the logic, ability and
interest to knowledge, also isn't present an
interdiction to learn the World created by
God. There are areas where the animal and
the person are almost equal – some features
of an organism, memory, reactions to many
irritants, feeling grieves and pleasures etc.
But are in the nature even more interesting
areas where the person and the Founder
3
use the same means. Logic, mathematics,
geometry, ethics … Learning these parties
of the World order, the person starts to use
the same tools, as the Lord.
To me has opened that in an arsenal
of the Founder there is a special shelf,
on which in all Divine completeness
and to beauty there is a System analysis,
Designing, Designing, Technology,
Modelling, Manufacture… Toolkit for the
full cycle of Creation from a plan to an
embodiment.
Certainly, the technological judgement
of the Universe doesn't apply for its
exhaustive explanation, but that Not less
gives unexpectedly much. The opened
logic Interrelations of material objects has
deduced me on main principles devices
of the Radio World where takes place a
difficult cycle of preparation for matter
occurrence.
As a whole all design of the Universe
combined from material and radio
parts, has opened system character of
the Universe, also has allowed to judge
its purposes and a role of the person in
it. Once in a youth I almost didn't know
God, then in mature years I have come
to sincere BELIEF in the Lord, and now
I. It is assured in Its existence, thanks to
the understanding found by me and TO
KNOWLEDGE. Religion, and Divinity
in mine with -Knowledge not only haven't
trembled from technological judgement of
the Universe, but have received one more
stunning certificate of wisdom, beauty and
omnipotence of the Creator.
Whether to a conclusion: isn't present
in the world of miracles, they simply
 AUTOR’S INTRODUCTION
aren't necessary, as the world is thin
enough and various. Its device sometimes
in addition it is deliberately hidden from
the person for the sake of its blessing.
There are no obstacles to science and
Divinity cooperation if the scientist and
the Seminary student bear in a shower a
spark of God. Long researches have led
to a conclusion: isn't present in the world
of miracles, they simply aren't necessary,
as the world is thin enough and various.
Its device sometimes in addition it is
deliberately hidden from the person for the
sake of its blessing. There are no obstacles
to science and Divinity cooperation if the
scientist and the Seminary student bear
4
a spark of God in a shower. The sum of
representations about a Universe, saved up
by Divinity and natural-science thought
has reached for the first time that level
when becomes possible, so Necessary to
build the UNIFORM The GENERAL
THEORY of the WORLD ORDER and to
take the first step to godlike PANSOPHY!
P.S. For the first perusal and the general
understanding of sense of the book, it is
possible to pass the ma-thematical safely
formulas, technological terms,tables and
schemes – they are addressed a small
circle of professional opponents.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
INTRODUCTION TO THE SECOND EDITION
In the second edition some wishes of
readers have been considered. First of all,
the title of the book demanded specification
as the word «Creation» has two senses
– «the World Created by the Lord» and
«Process of creation of the World». The
term put in the title, assumes the second,
less use – My value, but becomes clear it
only after book perusal, especially if the
reader isn't familiar with a technology
subject. However it would not be de-
sirable to change the name. Therefore to
the title «Technology of creation» as slo   –
to were brand the subtitle «In-troduction
in the World order theory» – the name
strictly adequate to the maintenance has
been added. Unex-pectedly many remarks
has caused the reference «My Soul».
Someone even has seen in them a shade
of the superiority and condescension of
the author in relation to the reader. The
reference «my Soul» usually is ad-dressed
to the loved one, but allows to enclose in
it some more senses. For me it, first, the
reference to the reader close to me on spirit.
Secondly, if such readers .Will be a little or
it will not appear at all, this reference to
5
my own I in its following reincarnation.
Thirdly, this reference of my reason to my
soul, Logosa to Sofia, scientific thinking
to the divine Omniscience hidden in
our souls and human egoism, to Divine
to the spark enclosed by the Founder in
depth of soul of each person. But time
such expression seemed to readers too fa-
miliar, I have replaced it with the direct
reference to my soul («My soul»), leaving
the reader the right to join conversation or
to observe of my internal dialogue from
outside. The second edition is added by the
terminological dictionary which included
all key concepts and them definitions. It
is made for an explanation of the terms,
which else were never considered in a
context of the system analysis and the
technological approach. As in some
cases I had to think out neologisms for
a designation before unknown persons
subjects and the phenomena. I thank you,
my deeply dear readers, and I wait for your
new questions and remarks.
E-mail: korniloff@t-creation.ru

OH, LORD!
Is it really the lot of humans to be
vegetating grass?
You gave us reason and will and conferred
upon us the responsibility of the moral
choice between good and evil, but made the
spiritual connection with You invisible and
limited life with death.
We do not even know the mean-ing of
our existence.
That is why our life is saturated by
bitter envy and venal egotism.
We are more removed from You than
anything in this World, but we are also
what is most similar to You.
Allow our souls to accept Your Light
and to become intelligent as-sistants in the
matters of Your crea-tion.
I know that the depth of Your purity
and wisdom is unattainable for humans.
You establish order and do not violate
what has been established.
But there is no magic, miracle or
anything irrational in Your Ho-liness and
in the World You created – only hints at
the cause and effect of Your infinitely wise
laws.
The universe You have built is immense
and still hardly is open for us – the people
populating the Earth.
Neither the purpose nor the concept of
creation is visible to us so far.
Religion shed some light on Your
appearance for humans, but blind faith
and religious rituals for the contemporary
person no longer serve to bring us closer to
You.
After immersing us into the mate-rial
World and distancing Yourself from us, questions have given me no rest. I do not
6
Prayer I
You presented us with the ability to create
and taught us crea-tive activity, among
other things.
In the last two to three hun-dred
years, people discovered the laws of the
technology of creating; we learned not
only to create sepa-rate objects, but also
multifunc-tional systems with properties
of self-regulation, self-development and
definition of objectives.
And then one day I understood. You are
just the same as I – an en-gineer. The World
created by You is one complex system,
and in order to understand it, we can
make use of the categories of the systems
approach known to humans: defi-nition
of objectives, hierarchy of goals and tasks,
structuring, the methods of information
storage, transfer and processing, manage-
ment principles of control, optimi-zation,
construction, functioning, conservation of
resources, etc.
But since the universe exists and
so accordingly works, this means that
somehow, somewhere, someone thought
it out technologi-cally, someone created it
and someone is still running it.
So I decided to understand the
technology of creation. To gather the
knowledge about the universe accumulated
by science and to analyse it in a
technological aspect.
The world visible and invisible, known
and unknown, so complex and so balanced,
so multifaceted and so harmonious, so wise
and beautiful! What it is made of? How is
it arranged? Why does it not stop? Where
does it move? Who created it? When was it
created and for whom?
Lord! From an early age, these
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
want to say that I would sacrifice everything
to answer them. On the contrary, work on
the solution of the problem to which I have
dedicated the better part of my life, has
given me and continues to give me great
satisfaction. Moreover, I barely believed in
suc-cess, was not published and told no one
what I was doing because it is ridiculous
and immodest to declare that you are going
to explain in modern scientific language
how and why the World was created and
who created it.
Lord! Father! Creator! I thank You!
It came about by Your will in me! My
naive dream came true!
After the first six decades of my life
passed, the mosaic of the di-vergent facts
began to fall into amazingly clear pictures,
the indi-vidual parts of the system started to
come alive and soon merged into a unified
overall diagram, where there is a place for
each thing and phenomenon of this World.
As I expected, the system of Creation
according to its funda-mental concept proved
to be com-pletely accessible for human under-
standing, harmonious and beautiful even in
graphic form. And as with any system, the
system of Creation serves as a gnostic key to
under-standing of the nature of its parts, i.e.
all phenomena and the objects of Creation.
Lord! I understood how You create the
World!!
7
Forgive me, Lord, for the in-voluntary
sin of declaring myself the author of what
was written. Do not doubt that only by Your
will was it was given to me to describe the
smaller part of Your acts and Your truth.
Now my task, if I understand You
correctly, is to describe to people what I
have come to under-stand.
***
I address this book to You my soul, to my
thoughtful reader, to my spiritual twins.
To those who want to overcome the sin
of atheism; those whose sense of self-
respect overpowers slavish dependence
on temptations and passions; those
whose reason opposes blind idola-try;
those who are ready to see in the Lord
the Secondly, I address this book to You,
to my spiritual twins. Those who want
to overcome the sin of atheism; those
whose sense of self-respect overpowers
slavish dependence on temptations and
passions; those whose reason opposes
blind idolatry; those who are ready to
see in the Lord the Way, the Truth and
the Life.
Lord! Do not leave me until I have
described Your creation to the generations to
come after me!
 INTRODUCTION
Some 40 years ago, when I started
gathering materials for this book, I did not
have the slightest inkling how it would turn
out, my soul. There was neither any idea
about a technological view on creativity
nor any other approaches to the issue.
The only motive was the desire to
understand how the world works and how
one needs to live one’s life in it.
Such questions, asked in earnest by a
grown man, mostly elicit a negative reac-
tion from others. This reaction is fraught
with a deeply suppressed vexation at not
being able to find the answers. In others’
eyes, you are simultaneously a fool – since
you are asking childish questions – and a
high-brow if you take to thinking about
that which many people smarter than you
have not found an answer for.
«Harp upon wine, upon song –
Do not touch the secret of eternity:
This dark charade does not submit to wise
men»
Hafiz [54, p. 355].
It is an understandable thought. One
can even relate to it in some ways.
On the other hand, how can you take
life and oneself seriously and wish for
happiness, when you do not even under-
stand who you are and why you were born?
Cicero quite specifically commented on
this:
«First we must find out what the
essence of nature is and who we are before
we can say how we can become happy.»
8
[110, p. 375].
Indeed, throughout human history,
there have been so many wise men, phi-
losophers, theologists and seers who
have touched upon the subject of our
ruminations. And they have had much to
offer. Some offered the canopy of heaven
on three elephants while others offered the
Thunder-bearer, Logos, First Cause and
dialectical materialism…
There was a lot of chaff, but a lot of
wise thoughts as well. Much of what was
said even in ancient times is not fully
comprehended. To be sure, how many
aphorisms by renowned wise men and
spiritual authorities remain riddles even
now! Maybe this is not a matter of our
ignorance, but of the systemic vision that
came to them as a revelation being inac-
cessible to us.
So to start with, we need to see what
the wise men of times past and our con-
temporaries said about dispensation and
the role of man in the world.
What is God? How does the Uni-verse
work? What is Life and Death? Who rules
the world and how?
You will see, my soul, that before us
there was so much that was discovered
and understood so much and so pro-
foundly that only one drop is lacking;
one additional turn, one divinely inspired
idea that would make the cloud of in-
comprehension to dissipate, opening up
the structure of the universe in all of its
divine wisdom, simplicity and beauty.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR
Probably as soon as man acquired the
capability of rational thought, he felt his
disconnection from the universe and the
limitations of his half-animal existence.
«Does not the soul languish so much
because it does not feel the other world,
which exists somewhere nearby, colouring the
meaning of everyday life?»
Guberman, [34, p. 298].
Let us start with the most important
question: «Is there a god?» This is not
such a simple question. The sun sets in the
evening. Is the sun still there at night? At
first glance, no, since it is dark. But it is
still there, and nothing happened to it even
though its light is inaccessible to us.
The key word is «is» We distribute
this word throughout our perception in our
material and transitory world. There is no
God in this world and cannot be, or else he
would be just as transitory and would need
his own Creator. But the ma-terial world
that is familiar to us is quite possibly the
lowest link in the chain of creation, at the
top of which is First Cause – that which
is born of itself and produces everything
from itself without limits. This is God as
understood by hu-mans. He has existed
for all time and within everything. In this
sense, He is.
The Material World, every object,
every living thing and movement is not
God, but they carry within themselves
the operant motive and determinism the
source of which is God’s will. In this
sense, God is present in every atom of the
material world.
9
But we are now talking about the be-
ginning of beginnings and the First Cause,
understanding God to be that which is
higher than all causes and effects. This
same name of God is used for other, less
lofty levels of the spiritual world. I am
not able to give a classification of gods of
various levels, but in one way or another
we will touch upon this issue on more than
one occasion.
Is a human able to find out anything
about God, to judge or analyze informa-
tion about him? Able or unable is not an
issue. Man has been holding discourse
about God since the Fall of Man. The
search for god and knowledge of god are
preordained in man, but there are limits to
this path:
«Verily, verily, I say unto you, the ser-vant is
not greater than his lord; he that is sent is not
greater than he that sent him. If ye know these
things, happy are ye if ye do them» [John
13:16–17].
According to theologists [Encyclo-
pedic Dictionary of Christianity, 123, p.
337], exceptional qualities and character-
istics are inherent to God. First of all,
Love, Grace (Goodness), Truth, Beauty
and Omnipotence are characteristics so
close to His essence that they are some-
times used as His name.
Secondly, there are the unique char-
acteristics: absolute self-sustainability, a
level of freedom not limited by anything
other than one’s own manifestations, per-
fect thought and full knowledge.
Furthermore, one gets the impression that
 I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR
the Creator of the universe is wise, kind,
exacting and hard. He is a brilliant director
not without a sense of humour. However,
the latter characteristics are more readily
associated with other, lower hierarchies of
Divine powers governing the realm of the
material world.
Great thinkers in times past said such
profound, beautiful and poetic words about
the highest Divinity, that it is better to just
quote them without commentary.
Separated from us by centuries, but
absolutely familiar and understandable,
Hermes Trismegistus said of God,
«If He were visible, then He would not
exist. All visibility is created or manifested,
but the invisible exists for all time without
need for manifestation. He exists for eternity,
and he makes all things clear. He is invisible
because He is eternal. By not manifesting
himself, he leads to the advent of everything.
In not revealing Himself, He leads to His own
revelation. Uncreated, He manifests all things
into visibility. Visibility is inherent only to
things that are created» [22, p. 33].
The following text is also Hermes.
«Since Unity is the origin and root of all
things, there is an origin and root in all things.
There is nothing without origin, and origin
does not originate from nothingness, but only
from itself, as everything originates from Him.
It is the origin of itself, since it has no other.
Unity, which is the origin, contains in itself
all numbers... But it is no born of any other
number. All that is born is imperfect, divisible,
subject to increase or decrease. The perfect has
none of these qualities. Such is… the image of
God, as much as I am able to imagine it» [22, с
33].
«God and Goodness are the same in es-
sence. Together they comprise a unified im-
age from which all other things originate, since
10
giving everything and receiving noth-ing in
return is intrinsic to Goodness. In other words,
God gives everything and receives nothing
in return. God is Goodness, and Goodness is
God»[22, p. 27].
«None of those who are called gods, no
people or demons could ever be called good:
this definition fits only God Himself. He is
Goodness and nothing else. All other beings
are not capable of containing the nature of
Goodness. They are the essence of body and
soul and have no room for Goodness» [22, p.
27].
«Glory radiates in all directions from the
divine essence. It is possible that is specifi-
cally in this essence that glory manifests it-self
in clearest and most authentic way. We are not
afraid to say, O Asclepius, that the essence
of God, if He has an essence is Glory, and it
impossible to attribute Glory-and-Goodness to
anything else in the world» [22, p. 39].
«This is what God is – Goodness has the
full might to create everything that exists [22,
p. 80]».
«His essence consists of birthing and
creating all things. And since nothing can
exist without the Creator and He Himself
would not exist if he were not creating con-
stantly, in the air, on the earth, in the depths
of the sea, in the entire Universe, in existence
and nothingness. There is nothing in the World
that is He Himself. He is contempora-neously
what is and what is not, since what He is, He
has already manifested, and what He is not,
He contains within Himself. Such is God – to
great to have a name, invisible and apparent,
He who opens in the soul, He who opens to the
eyes, He who does not have a body, since there
is nothing that is not Him and all is He Alone.
That is why He is the bearer of all names,
since he is the only Fa-ther, and that is why
he does not have a name, since He is Father of
everything». [22, p. 36].
«There is no hope that the name, no mat-
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
ter how complex it is, can signify His great-
ness, Father and Lord of all things. He has no
name, or rather, He has all names, since He
contains everything within himself; one ought
to either call all things with His name or call
Him with the names of all things»[22, p. 111].
Or here is the view that is closest to my
heart among the ancient Greeks – that of
the philosopher Plotinus:
«God is one, indivisible, unified origina-
tion, the unified consciousness of all and the
only number. On his own, he is greater and
mightier than all that has passed, and there is
nothing now and nothing that could be greater
or better than him. It follows from this that
he is beholden to nothing and no one neither
in his existence nor in his perfection, but he
is what he is, all on his own, for him-self and
in himself, independent of anything external
or otherwise, and faced only towards himself»
[82, p. 292].
The ancient Indians, just as the more
recent Judean Cabbalists, placed empha-sis
on the continuity of the concepts of Supreme
Being and happiness or satisfaction.
«We strive toward happiness because
happiness is the natural state of the soul. The
soul is an integral part of the Supreme Being,
which by its very nature is sach-chid-ananda-
vigraha – knowledge, bliss and eternity in-
carnate. “Even the name Krshna, by no means
sectarian in its meaning, means ‘greatest
satisfaction.’ ‘Krsh’ means ‘great-est’ and
‘na’ means satisfaction. Krshna is satisfaction
incarnate, and we, in being inte-gral particles
of Him, also thirst for satisfac-tion» [27, p.
143].
At some point, we start to notice the
repetitions. But nuance also appear. The
beauty of words does not cease to spell-
bind, but it is even more interesting that
11
the very fact of the persistence of repeti-
tions from century to century, from mil-
lennium to millennium.
Grigor Narekatsi (Armenia, 951–1003) has
given us a wonderful song:
«O Lord of everything that exists, giving
us priceless gifts,
Lord, creating everything from nothing,
Unknown, all-knowing, frightening,
Both merciful and inexorable,
Infinite and unattainable,
Invisible, eternal, immense,
Both horrifying and gracious,
Impenetrable are You, intangible,
Both without beginning are You, and
without end,
You are the only thing that is
immeasurable,
The only thing in the world that is genuine
and reliable,
You are that which bestows a blessing
upon us».
[86, p. 69].
The book of explanations of old tes-tament
texts – the Zogar, is highly re-vered in
Judaism:
«Sovereign of the Universes! You are the
Cause of Causes, the Inspiration of Inspira-
tions… There is nothing comparable to You
neither above not below. And you created
the Heavens and Earth. And from them, you
brought out the Sun, Moon, planets and con-
stellations. And on the Earth – the trees and
grasses, the Garden of Eden, the animals, the
birds and the fish. And the sons of man, in
order for them to perceive the divine. And how
the divine and the underlings are gov-erned.
And how the underlings attain the divine.
But no one knows about You. And apart from
You there is no unity of the divine and the
underlings. And You are known as the Cause
of All Things and Lord of All» [51, p. 271].
Each pronouncement is accompanying by
 I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR
an emotional outburst.
Rabbi Solomon Beh Yehuda Ibn Ge-
birol  – philosopher and cabbalist,
11th century:
«You are one, the number of all numbers
and foundation of all structures; You are one,
and the wisest of people is in the secret of
your oneness, since they do not know it. You
are One, and Your Oneness is never dimin-
ished and never expanded and cannot be
changed. You are One, but not as an element of
counting, since Your Oneness does not allow
multiplication, changes or forms. You exist,
but the understanding and vision of mortals
cannot reach Your existence or de-termine
Your Where, How and Why! You exist, but
in and of Yourself, since nothing and nobody
can exist with you. You exist before all times
and outside of any place. You exist and Your
existence is so deep and secret that no one can
penetrate your secret and discover it. You are
Alive, but outside of time that can be defined
or known. You live, but not by the power of
the soul, since You Yourself are the Soul of all
souls!» [16, p. 542].
And here are the words of St.
Augustine, the father of Latin-based
Christianity, enthu-siastic and in love with
God to the point of self-abnegation:
«Who are you, My Lord? Who or what
other than the Lord God. Since who is God,
but the Lord and who is the protection except
for the Lord Our?» (Ps 17, 32). The highest,
most perfect, almighty, all-good and all-
merciful, just and fair to the highest degree,
inaccessible and essential to everything, true
beauty and undefeated strength, unchange-
able, but changing everything, without age
and unrenewed, but renewing everything and
aging the proud in their ignorance, always
restive and always creating, all-gathering and
not needing anything, all-carrying, filling and
supporting, feeding and improving, taking
care of everything and wanting for naught. You
12
love, but do not worry. You are jealous, but are
not troubled. You repent, but are not sorrowful.
You show temper, but are not frustrated. You
change circumstances but not intentions. You
perceive, but do not lose track. You want for
nothing, but in acquiring, you rejoice, are
not self-serving, but demand interest. You
are given recompense to be inclined towards
generosity, but who has something that is
not from You? You reward by paying money,
but to whom do You owe? By forgiving, you
relinquish debts, but do not lose anything» [21,
p. 471].
With time, attitudes towards the
issue of God begin to turn to the plane of
analysis.
Yes, it is obvious that God exists, but for
full credibility, we attempt to prove it
logically.
The 13th century. The theologist
Thomas Aquinas. I am sorry for the
lengthy quote, but now I see that all five
proving points turned out to be true. It will
also become obvious to you, dear heart.
«The existence of God may be proven in
five ways:
I. The first and most obvious way stems
from the concept of movement. In truth, there
can be no doubt that something moves in this
Universe, and this is confirmed by the evi-
dence of sensation.
All that moves has to have something else
as the source of its movement. Conse-quently,
as soon as a moving object moves by itself,
it moves another object and so on. But it is
impossible for this to go on to infin-ity, since
in such a case there was no primary mover,
so consequently, no other mover. Secondary
propulsion devices transmit movement only
because they themselves are moved by the
primary mover. For example, a staff imports
motion since it is moved by the hand itself.
Consequently, it is necessary to go to some
primary mover, which is driven by nothing
else but what everyone understands to be God.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
II. The second way stems from the con-
cept of original cause. It is inconceivable that
a series of original causes stretches back to
infinity. Consequently, it is necessary to place
a primary original cause, which every-one
calls God.
III. The third way stems from the con-cepts
of capability and necessity. It is impos-sible for
a series of necessary essences that give rise to
the necessity of one another to stretch back to
infinity (in the same manner as with original
causes, which was proven above). Therefore, it
is necessary to place some necessary essence
that is necessary in and of itself and does not
have an external cause for its necessity, but
is a component of the necessity of all other
essences. In my opinion, this is God.
IV. The fourth way stems from various
stages that are present in things. We find
things that are more or less perfect, or true,
or honourable; and it is the same with other
relationships of this kind. But that which the
maximum of a particular quality is the cause
of all other manifestations of this quality.
Thus, fire, as the limit of heat, is the source
of all heat, as has been said in that same book.
It follows from this that there is some essence
that is for all essences the cause of good and all
manner of perfection, and we call this essence
God.
V. The fifth way stems from the order
of nature. We are convinced that objects that
have no consciousness, such as natural bod-
ies, are subservient to purposefulness. This
follows from their actions always or most of
the time being directed at the best possible
outcome. Out of this it follows that they
reach their goals not by accident, but by the
guidance of a conscious will. Because they
lack comprehension themselves, they can be
subservient to purposefulness only in that
they are directed by something gifted with
reasoning and understanding, like an archer
aims an arrow. Consequently, there is a sen-
tient being deciding the aim of all that is tak-
ing place in nature, and we call it God» [111, p.
20, 21].
Even in our atheistic century, when
13
God has been replaced in people’s con-
sciousness with empirical scientific
knowledge, there are thinkers for whom
a picture of the Universe is incomplete
without God.
Modern-day philosopher Richard Ni-bur
says:
«Whatever we call it, this rule of the way
things are, this reality, this world order  – it is
all something with which we must consider.
We may not be able to give it a name, merely
calling all of this “emptiness”, from which
everything originates and to which every-
thing returns, even though this is also a
name. However, it exists – this last nebulous
and unclear reality, the mystery of existence,
by virtue of which things originate and are
themselves, and arrive. There is no protection
from it. This reality, this nature of things
remains, when all other things have passed. It
is the source of all things and the completion
of all things. It surrounds our life like a great
chasm into which all things descend and from
which all things originate, as if from a great
spring. What it is – we do not know, apart from
that it exists and that is the higher reality with
which we must settle accounts». [77, p. 345].
This is the state of affairs with regard
to the idea of God. But in all times, there
was the parallel issue of belief in God.
Belief in God itself can be of a minimum
of two different types.
In one case, humans only need to
know that God exists and nothing better
than him exists. Spinoza has given us a
classic formulation:
«We see that Jeremiah, Moses and John
limit the acquisition of knowledge about God
that every person must have, and not many
imagine him to be as we wanted to show only
in the following light, specifically: that God is
fair and merciful to the highest degree and He
is the only example of true life» [104, p. 281].
 I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR
Since things are this way, then there
is no need to strive towards knowing God
and the Universe. Live in fear of God and
enough philosophising:
«We have shown that true knowledge of
God is not a command, but a Gift from God,
and God does not require any other knowl-
edge from people other than knowledge of his
divine fairness and love, knowledge which
is necessary not for the sciences, but for
submission» [104, p. 283].
But there is another choice that is
more agreeable and, by the way, more
ancient. God must be known, one must
go to God and in general all expansion of
knowledge is welcomed. Faith in this case
is understood to be filling in the un-known
part of the general picture of the Universe.
From Judah’s epistles to the He-brews:
«Therefore we ought to give the more
earnest heed to the things which we have
heard, lest at any time we should let them
slip. For if the word spoken by angels was
steadfast, and every transgression and dis-
obedience received a just recompense of re-
ward; How shall we escape, if we neglect so
great salvation; which at the first began to be
spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed unto
us by them that heard him» [Hebrews 2:1-3]
There is probably no sense in citing
more quotes. They are legion. The entire
Bible, from cover to cover, is 1200 pages
of first class quotes about God.
But what is the dried residue like? Which
intuitively understood concepts could be
used in a technological image of Creation?
A whole series of concepts characterising
God the Creator.
Grace, Goodness. With regard to
humans this is the advent of the opportu-
nity to come closer to God, an offer to make
14
the right choice, use the freedom given by
God wisely, like a subtle, be-nevolent hint
pointing out the right Path. With regard
to all objects of creation, Goodness is the
absolute and sole struc-tural material –
information.
With regard to God, Goodness is His
body, His essence, perpetually pouring
into the Universe and creating the Uni-
verse.
God’s Love. This is love of the Genius
Creator to His Creation. However, in
observing the universal law of cyclic
occurrence and one can notice that in
both God’s and God’s Creation there is a
sequence of active and passive periods and
internal and external manifestation of these
qualities is possible. More importantly,
there are times when Love looks like hate
and creativity like destruction.
Truth. Only the being that knows
all reasons and consequences can pass
judgment on Truth. One of the most vivid
of the poetic lines in the New Testament is
a God-inspired phrase from Jesus that is
also super-emotional in a human way:
«I am the way, the truth, and the life».
[John 14:6].
Beauty. All that is created by god is
beautiful?!? No. Not everything and not all
the time. In any case, in terms of hu-man
perception. It is possible that that is why
creation, even though it is a highly divine
process, includes an element of play,
unpredictability, risk and allows for the
possibility of discoveries, finds and losses.
But the main instrument of beauty  –
Harmony – the only true relationship of
parts to the whole, is always inherent to
God, and any game of creation ultimately
ends in beautiful Creation.
Omnipotence. It exist in a specific
relationship with Freedom. Even though
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
both of these powers are unlimited, mu-
tual inhibition is built in to their very
nature. Indeed, if in creating, God brings
a certain order to the world, with laws,
rules, dependencies, then He takes it upon
Himself not to violate these, i. e. He even
limits His Freedom and His Omnipotence,
but having done that does not lose anything
and does not detract from them at all.
Absolute self-sufficiency of the
person of God. If it is possible to ascribe
human qualities to God, then this is the
case when «I» is not limited by anything,
as every object is part of the Divine «I»
and does not signify something external
for Him. Therefore, the characteristic outer
limitations of humans and incomplete
awareness of the depths of their own «I» do
not apply to God by definition. However,
full introvertedness (directedness inward)
does not mean solitude as it implies endless
variation of games and activities, including
within itself mental contact and links with
an infinite number of included parts, full
introvertedness turns out to be equal to full
extravertedness, i. e. interaction without
limits in terms of quality and quantity.
Perfect thought. Thought – is the main
and most beautiful quality in hu-mans.
One can only imagine how beauti-ful
this quality is in God! However, say-ing
that perfect thought is thought that is not
limited by anything is wrong. I imag-ine
an analogy with chess: in this game, strict
rules leave an infinite freedom of choice
and combine elements of predestination and
unpredictability. One can conjecture that
Perfect Thought, a pale imprint of which
we see in human thought, also combines
elements of de-liberate limitations of
Freedom. Further-more, Perfect Thought
knows no time-space limitations, has no
conflict between the objective and the
15
subjective and ideas and reality, because
thought, material and action are combined
within it in a primordial, perfect,
syncretised whole.
Full knowledge. This probably is
some kind of Knowledge – Feeling –
Cognizance, absolutely inaccessible to
humans, who, after the Fall, have only
been left table scraps from its rich pie:
«genetic memory»   – knowledge at the
level of physiology, «scientific knowl-
edge» – answers, ripped from silent
na-ture and the «voice of conscience» –
awareness of good and evil, which gives
rise to more questioning than understand-
ing. Full knowledge, which is inherent
to God, is unlimited in the depth of its
penetration into objects and their cause-
and-effect connections; it is unlimited in
the area of its spread, as there is nothing
that cannot be an object of knowledge. It
has neither time limits nor uncertainty of
what is to come. As distinct from human
knowledge, Divine Knowledge is true and
objective, free from emotions and bias,
does not need deduction and induction,
analysis and synthesis, it is not divided
into theoretical and empirical, and is
«beyond good and evil». This knowledge
is absolute, exhaustive and efficacious.
God almighty and wise. Because
only an Almighty and Wise Being could
create such a huge, complex, and harmo-
nious Universe, where there is a place and
way of existing for one and all.
Benevolence. It manifests itself in
God’s infinite patience and the power to
forgive our sins, our stiff-necks – stub-
bornness in unbelief. God’s benevolence
consists of preserving up until the last
minute of life the chance for repentance,
spiritual rebirth and the chance to be heard
and comforted.
 I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR
The Creator is demanding and
firm. Evil and despicable deeds are ac-
counted for and measures for retribution
are taken, regardless of person and merits.
God has his own judgment and meth-ods
of reprisal. The logic of these is often far
from understandable for us, but after all,
we know all of the circumstances. The
Lord gives multiple warnings and leads
us away from ungodly acts, but humans,
by violating God’s moral laws, can already
expect punishment in this life – illnesses,
misfortunes, spiritual emptiness, etc.   –
the types of punishment are even too
numerous to enumerate.
God’s punishment of humans. It
consists of a cessation of Grace. Loss of
Grace means that a person loses God’s
support and remains one on one with both
the internal and external Satan, which rules
the material world. Punishment may be
applied to the person in question, his loved
ones, a generation, a country, a family,
several generations and a people. And
the firmness of the punishing hand does
not leave any hope for a pre-determined
period.
God is a brilliant director. His Genius
lies in the most primitive and complex
contortions of human fates ultimately
leading to a human being faced with his
or her sins or good works in personified
form. In other words, in the course of life,
we meet people or are faced with events
that consist of the answer to our good
and bad deeds and thoughts. In this way,
by not limiting us in self-determination,
God does not deny Himself the pleasure
of leading us up to a spiritual mirror and
showing what we have done with ourselves
in forgetting about Him.
The Ten Commandments say, «Thou
shalt not take the Lord’s name in vain».
16
Fearing sin, I want to emphasise one
more time: humans should and must seek
the image of God, but should not think
themselves capable of reaching the image
of God. Let us remember that the gift of
consciousness given to us is not a pretext
for self-aggrandisement and pride.
With regard to today’s science, in the
best case, it does not “notice” the phe-
nomenon of God, and in many cases
takes up a rigidly atheistic position. This
specifically is the sin of pride. The tiny,
superficial, barely apparent human em-
pirical knowledge thinks itself the abso-
lute judge of the surrounding Universe.
This is the illusion and fallacy of a small
child. Science, which grew out of ex-
perimental experience, cannot be other-
wise. Many scientists are atheists.
«He adamantly knew that there was no-
body behind the dome of the clear skies,
But yesterday God called out to him
and quietly called him an arsehole».Guberman
[35, p. 511].
But the child grows up and becomes
smarter, as he or she is wont to do. And
science will become smarter.
And so what will transpire tomor-row?
A paradigm shift is in store. The
concepts of Experience, Practice, Theory
and Method, on which the modern im-
pression of scientific knowledge rests,
must undergo a fundamental evolution and
will be filled with more profound content.
The God-Creator will enter them.
One will have to accept the fact that
experience given to humans in the form of
feelings is able to encompass only a small
part of the phenomena occurring in the
universe.
Any theory describing part of the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
universe is always incomplete, because
the universe is unified. Without under-
standing the general theory of the uni-
verse, all private knowledge is partially
inaccurate.
The methods of the natural sciences
are predicated on human notions of the
material world, or more exactly – that
part of the material world accessible to
experiments and reproducibility. But the
Universe is far more vast and varied. A
broader methodological base is necessary.
Methodology needs instruments capable of
operating with objects of the non-material
world, as well as transitory objects that
related both to material and non-material
phenomena.
«Science is searching for truth, and Logos
is reflected in Science. But it has certain
boundaries and there are questions which not
only does not have the capacity to resolve, but
even to pose. The conflict is created in the false
claims of science to dominion over human
17
life and the capability to definitively resolve
issues of religion, philosophy, morality and the
capability of giving directives for the creation
of spiritual culture», Berdyaev [12, p. 441].
And there is more. The antithesis of
scientific knowledge to religious knowl-
edge itself is an archaism of the Iron Age
and the time of the industrial revolution.
There is no real contradiction between
them. Knowledge of the universe that
God created and the path to experimental,
natural-science knowledge of the universe
lie on one and the same path – the path to
the Creator.
Many brilliant minds have long since
noticed that Faith and really any form of
orientation towards God leads humans on
the path of learning about the universe. By
coming to know God, you come to know
the Universe created by Him.
«The only way to save mankind is knowl-edge
of God». Hermes [22, p. 51].
 II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?
II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF
THE UNIVERSE?
One day you have to stop and look
around to find the way to a decent life
through all the vanity that surrounds you.
The world we spend our lives in – what
kind of world is it, where did it come from,
where is it going, does it have a goal, ends
and boundaries?
«The Mind is a secret ambassador to you,
human
It dwells in your heart for a reason
It is questioning you about dozens of
secret things
When it is alone with you»
Nasir Hosrov [54, p. 84]
Let us presume that there exist 2
approaches to the problem of the origin
of the World: on the level of matter and
on some higher level, where the material
world is a part of broader World view.
Not to go into details for now, let us
consider the World and its origin in the most
general and broad interpretation known by us
and intelligible to us.
Back in the ancient times humans noticed,
that not everything in the environment could
be perceived by the five senses that they
possessed. There are many things which
markedly affect our material life, but at the
same time their existence is not obvious.
The simplest example is the reflection in the
mirror. Does it exist or not? Perhaps, it is a
kind of evil spirit? In Ancient Russia mirrors
were equipped with a small door or a curtain,
to keep it closed, out of harm's way, when it
was not used.
And what about thoughts, and life, and
death? What are they? They cannot be touched
or seen, but they rule the entire world.
18
Here is the significant dialog on
this topic from the work of Hermes
Trismegistus:
« – If you think about it, o King, you
will see that among the bodies there are also
aethereal ones.
–Which ones? – the King asked.
– Bodies appearing in mirrors – don’t they
seem aethereal to you?
– Indeed, o Thoth, your opinion is wonderful,
- the King answered.
– But there are other aethereals. For example,
shapes: doesn’t it seem to you that they really
exist, although bodiless, shapes of beings, not
only the animate ones, but also inanimate?
– Thy words speak the truth, o Thoth.
– Thus the ethereal reflects in bodies, and
bodies reflect in the ethereal, which means that
the sensual world reflects in the comprehensible
world, and the comprehensible world reflects
in sensual world. Therefore you should honor
the statues, o King, as they also embody forms
from the world of the extra-sensual».[22, p. 87]
For some reason two contrary visions
have been formed in people’s consciousness.
Some think that there is a material World,
which can be sensed, measured and the rest
is «of evil», but in fact «evil forces» are a
fiction too. Others say that all the material
things are perishable. They come into
being and disappear, they are constantly
changing and do not equal themselves, they
are illusions, and consequently, they do not
exist.
When scientific knowledge was
practically non-existent, thinkers had no
choice but to depend on general logic and
God-given common sense. This was the
opinion of Plato:
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
«…existence refers to birth the way truth
refers to faith…we, considering many things
such as gods and birth of the Universe, in many
respects, will not achieve complete accuracy
and consistency in our speculations. On the
contrary, we have to be happy if our judgment
turns out to be no less believable than that of
another, and moreover remember, that even I
myself, the reasoning one, and you my judges,
are just human, and thus we have to settle for
a believable myth, not demanding anything
more» Plato [81, v.3, p. 433] .
It is amazing how the human mind
is drawn to extremities and how difficult
it is for it to judge calmly, thoughtfully
while weighing all the pros and cons. The
human mind is constantly afraid of losing
the collected understanding of the World.
How great is this fear, and how persistent
is the unwillingness to understand that the
One, who created our world and humans,
will never turn His back on them.
Later somehow appeared the opinion
about the step-by-step process of creation.
The Lord, composed of the imperishable,
non-material substance, created amorphous
matter, and then shaped all the objects of
the World from it.
«All has been created by You from
“nothing”, and not from Your substance, but
from the matter, also created by You, initially
shapeless, but formed by You at the same
moment that it appeared». Augustinus Sanctus
[21, p. 739].
At times there appears a fascinating
theory: The World is the materialized love
and wisdom of God. In a way - materialized
information, the source of which is God.
The learned visionary of the 18th century
Emanuel Swedenborg, who said:
«God has given me an opportunity to be a
19
spirit in the spiritual world and a body in the
world of nature» [95, с. 379];
considered that:
«Everything in the Universe has been
created by the love of God and Heavenly
Wisdom of the Human God. The Universe, in
the great and the small, in the first and the last
instance, is so full of love and the wisdom of
God, that it can rightly be called the actual love
and wisdom of God» [95, p.425].
But nevertheless, while humans knew
so little about the World, their natural
desire was to hide from uncertainty behind
the phantom of wonder.
However, there is hardly so much
magic and miracles in this World as the
number of beautiful tales about them. Both
this and other Worlds are ruled only by
laws and the will of Creator. This Material
World is explainable and understandable
for humans, just as the non-material
world is explainable and understandable
for the creatures living in it. Moreover,
a human being also possesses potential
understanding of the higher world, if
the level of his own spirituality is high
enough. And, using a technical word,
we can say: everything depends on the
system approach. The Material World is a
portion, a subsystem of a greater system
called the spiritual-material World, with a
universal set of laws. The Material World
is a subsystem of a lower, derivative kind.
If considered conditionally independent, it
can be understood as self-sufficient, living
by its own rules. However, upon closer
examination, it becomes obvious that the
relations of the Material World and the
super-system are predetermined not only
by the rules of its organization, but by the
very sense of its existence.
 II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?
An outstanding Russian theologist in
the beginning of the 20th century Sergey
Bulgakov wrote the following about this
topic:
«An autonomous, withdrawn into itself,
all-sufficient world is godless, atheism is its
natural state. Of course, it does not mean that
there would be no God in the world and the
world would not reflect Him in itself as His
creation – we are far from such absurdity and
blasphemy; but the world is autonomous, it
has an independent, self-governed so to speak,
scientific-natural existence which according
to the famous expression of Laplace, does
not need the hypothesis of God, and it is not
possible to recognize a personal God in it
without coming to Him, breaking through the
world (transcensus) in a mystical, direct way of
religion, by the boldness of faith. Only then the
world comes alive, its dead mask disappears,
laws of nature become thoughts of the Creator,
beauty of the world becomes His robe, history
– His true revelation» [25, p.173].
Nearly the same thoughts were
expressed by the Russian philosopher
of the same period Vladimir Solovyov.
Meaning the divine World, he says:
«The reality of that world is, by perforce,
incomparably richer than our visible world,
the reality of that divine world can apparently
be reachable for only those truly belonging
to that world. But since our natural world is
also unfailingly bound up with that divine
world, since there is no, and there cannot be
any insurmountable obstacles between them,
some rays of light, some reflections of the
divine world should penetrate our reality and
constitute all the ideal matter, all the beauty
and depth we find in it». [103, p.141]
Not knowing and not willing to know
about something are insufficient grounds
for denying it. If someone, who had never
20
seen snow, denied its very existence, this
would not mean that the snow did not
exist. Even if none of the people had ever
seen the snow.
Another situation: if a mentally ill person
has visions, delusions, undistinguishable
from the reality, than it is his true reality,
irrespective of the opinion of others.
The opinions that the material World
is illusive, and that the spiritual world does
not exist, are both incorrect in their very
presentation. And some people’s lack or
underdevelopment of spirituality is not a
case against the existence of the spiritual
world.
In fact we know very little about the
origins of the material world, and even
less   – about the spiritual World. The
Material World is open for human cognition,
although it can hardly be cognized fully.
The cognition of the spiritual world is very
difficult, if not totally impossible. It can be
assumed that the spiritual World is larger
and more complicated than the material
one, that it has a multi-level hierarchical
structure, inviolately obeys its own rules
(we can feel their echo in the rules of
the material world) has a complicated
control system. Cyclicity is peculiar to its
processes. It is inhabited, or even formed,
by some phenomena (creatures) – bearers
of intellect, information and will.
Blessing, knowledge, beauty, love
and harmony have great meaning in the
spiritual world, as well as the Law, which
does not mean total absence of conflicts or
a static position. The higher we rise to the
Origin, Causa Causans, or to God the more
indivisible seems to us the World. And
also the other way, the lower we descend
on the stages of hierarchy of the spiritual-
material World, the more distinct become
the features of separateness. The limit
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
for both is the same point – chaos. The
material World comes to a state of chaos as
a result of extreme internal separation, and
the spirit of creation is born from chaos.
Our material World is probably one of the
stages of world view. We humans, feel that
it is not perfect. Obviously the degree of
separation is extremely important in it.
Contradictions and unsolvable problems
follow people throughout their entire lives
and end with the greatest of all secrets –
death. Blessings, granted by God hardly
break into this World and people can feel
it only in the best moments of their lives.
From an extremely pessimistic point of
view,
«Blessing is not compatible with the
material body, surrounded by evil, pain and
suffering, lust, anger, mistakes and obsessions.
But the worst part is…that evil is taken for a
blessing on Earth…» [22, p.39]
Be that as it may, a lot still depends on
the individual, on what his/her regards are
turned towards. If the person is looking up
to God in his/her mind, then blessings can
reach him/her easier. If the head is inclined
and all thoughts are turned to the material,
blessing is out of the question!
Probably there is a measure of
problems and complexities for each level
of creation, and our World is hardly an
exception.
God grants every one of his
creatures as much strength and as many
opportunities as are required for survival,
but does not forgive the sins of laziness
and despondency.
It probably would not be correct to say
that our material World is bad, and that
there are other Worlds where life is easier
and more pleasant. Any World brings its
21
own lessons and its own responsibilities.
Any World is necessary and beautiful just
because it is the creation of God.
How and when has the World been
created? What can science say about this?
Here it is necessary to add one comment
right away, one about such gigantic time
spans, that the idea of believability loses
any sense.
The main idea is that worlds of all
levels, including the World as a whole, are
involved in a cyclic process of emergence
and vanishing.
Our civilization, being about 10,000   years
young, makes up an inappreciable time span
and cannot possess any experimental findings
on this matter.
Science asserts that the Universe has
been created or appeared as a result of the
Big Bang 15-20 billion years ago. What
kind of explosion was it, for what reason
did it appear and what was its purpose – it
is not known. The age of the Sun and of
our solar system is about 5 billion years.
The Earth as a geological body appeared
4.7 billion years ago. Human ancestors   –
the Hominid   – appeared about 30 million
years ago. The life cycle of a star, and
consequently, of its planets with everything
on them is 9-11 billion years.
The life cycle of a Galaxy is unknown.
How many times does the number of stars
refresh in this cycle is also a secret.
Stars form as the consequence of gas-
dust cloud condensation, but where do
these clouds come from is unknown to
science.
Almost nothing is known about the
Metagalaxy – the galactic network. What is
its life span? How many changes of galactic
structure does it have to experience? Zero
information. There is an estimation of its
dimensions, average density and some
 II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?
other parameters of the Metagalaxy. For
example, it is known that the Metagalaxy
is expanding and that the gravity force is
minor or non-existent.
Black holes – places where stars
collapse and kind of funnels which suck
in matter appear – have also become a
scientific fact. As well as the contrary
phenomena – evidence of “superfluous”
matter appearing when solar flares on
the Sun burst. Very interesting are the
processes in the center of the Galaxy,
which is supposedly the source of the flow
of matter…
The basic theory about the origins of
the Universe rests on the hypothesis of the
Big Bang, which supposedly produced all
the proto-matter of the Universe and gave it
the initial impulse for movement. However,
in the opinion of many scientists, this
theory leaves many things unexplained.
«The model of a “hot” beginning explains
the origin of chemical elements, their current
proportions; however, it does not explain the
formation of large scale space crowding or
existence of quasar objects.
And why is the Universe homogenous on some
scales and heterogeneous on other ones, what
was the source for the expansion of space in
the Universe?
The Big Bang model hardly explains the
homogeneity of the observed Universe on
a large scale and isotropism of vestigal
radiation» Dubnischeva T. Y. [45, p. 239, 240,
243].
And where did the explosion itself
come from, what kind of material
exploded, by whom and for what purpose
was it detonated – is not even asked.
Anyway, one cannot be offended by
science or complain about it. It is a young
social institution of a still very young
rational humanity living by its own, mainly
22
social, rules. People creating science, are
subordinated to the laws of their society
and are limited by these. Any step over
the boundaries is punished, if not with fire,
then with ostracism and loss of material
resources. And the most powerful factor is
that of self-censorship and overwhelming
pietism towards the current paradigm
which weighs upon all scholars. Yes,
objectively there are boundaries, beyond
which starts the unknown, and there is
a collective scientific cognition vector,
which gradually extends those boundaries.
But standing on the edge of the unknown
is not within the forte of every person. The
risks and the required talent are great, and
the material outcome is, as a rule, negative.
Nowadays «the window to the universe»,
opened by science, has approximately the
following limits.
The maximum time span in which
science operates – several dozen billions
of years. We consider the life span of the
universe to equal 400,000 billion years.
The minimum time span is 10-23
seconds – the fundamental time unit for
the material world. Or the frequency of
1023 MHz.
The actual «bottom» of the World’s
time sliding rule is at the 1080 Hz or 10-80
seconds mark.
The opinion of science about the
maximum linear size (diameter of the
Metagalaxy), 1025 meters, corresponds to
reality. The smallest object of the universe
is also known. It is the quark – 10-35 meters.
However, experimental knowledge, based
on perception by the human sense organs,
even multifold intensified by technological
tools can cover the range from 1021 to 10-19
meters, which is, in general not all that bad.
Tacitly, but widespread, science holds
to its opinion that humans should be
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
considered the only bearers of reason in
the Universe, until there is some evidence
to the contrary.
Daring, isn’t it? Yes! Ten billion stars
in each of ten billion Galaxies. Each star
has several planets and only on Earth there
appeared something intelligent. Quite a
nice simplistic theory – the foundation of
the World!
But this is the logic of scientific
cognition. As they say: «Don’t shoot the
professor – he is playing the best he can».
Moreover – be thankful to him. He is
not playing so badly. He is still just very
young.
The reason for this mistake is
godlessness. The scientific paradigm
excludes God from the scenario of creation
23
of the World and human beings. And worse
than that is today’s scientific paradigm.
«…the visible Universe, or firmament,
alighted by countless stars, being suns in their
essence, was just a tool, by medium of which
could the lands be created, and on them –
people who could form the kingdom of heaven.
With such rationale, a person of intelligence
cannot imagine such a huge instrument to be
meant for the creation of human kind only on
our Earth.
There are spirits, whose only occupation is the
acquisition of knowledge.
These spirits come from Mercury; they told
me that there were lands, inhabited by humans,
not only in our world, alighted by the Sun, but
also beyond it, in the starry heaven, and those
lands were countless» Swedenborg E. [95, p.
256-257].
 III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE
III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE
STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE
So how is the great universal spiritual-
material World, one component of which
is our material World) constructed?
A very strange thing: the older a
hypothesis is – the more power it possesses.
Probably the reason is the syncretism of
the ancient human being and the World, in
his strong bond with God.
Again, the deepest idea belongs to
Hermes.
«The universe is a living entity, comprising
matter and soul» [22, p.50].
In fact, the notions of God, World and
Life are synonymous because they refer to
approximately the same subject.
The World structure is hard to
understand for a human being, there are
many engineering solutions, unknown
to the average human mind, and thus not
accepted by it.
«Your mind cannot embrace and heart
cannot hold all that you see in the outer world»
Ferdousi [128, p. 384]
As always, an original vision about the
structure of the Universe is suggested by
E. Swedenborg. Abstracting away from
the specifics of the structure, he draws
attention to its basic principle – each part
of creation is included by its function in
a single pyramid, in which the hierarchy
of relationship goes from God to human
beings and then from human beings to
God. This is the way it really is.
«…everything created by God forms
Devotion, and exactly in the same order, to
24
the same degree and in the same relationship,
that it is to human beings, and through human
beings to God from Whom it originated» [95,
p. 583].
In fact, very little has been written on
the topic about the structure of the universe
The main sources are Ancient-Hindu
Vedas, Cabbala, and vague retellings of
books (not quite clear which ones though)
by E.P. Blavatskaya.
Information on this matter in Judaism
and in most other religions is fuzzy,
mythologized and fragmentary. It is
interesting that Jesus Christ had never
touched upon this. John the Baptist
devoted the first five lines to the general
World view. Wise Confucius even avoids
answering all questions of his pupils
regarding the organization of the spiritual
world.
If we select the most consistent and
frequent details, we can get this outline:
a) The World consists of a number of
levels (worlds, plans, manifestations, etc.),
with different degrees of spirituality and
materiality;
b) Usually seven levels are counted,
where the highest one is the Divine First
Cause, and the lowest is our material
World;
c) In some specified sense, worlds
of different levels are autonomous, kind
of closed within themselves, live by their
own internal rules, but this is true only
from the point of view of someone «from
within»;
d) In fact, all the levels, all the things
and spiritual objects are interpenetrated,
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
inter-connected with each other and
form a single system with a multi-level
management system;
e) It is inherent for any of the seven
Worlds, and even any of their parts, to
combine the material and the spiritual.
There is a potential for spiritual ascension
from our inferior earthly seventh material
World, just as the highest, spiritual World
has the potential for division and moving
towards the material world;
f) The World, the Big World, is
constantly in motion. And this motion is
undulatory. The single spiritual order,
dividing and differentiating, «descends»
to the worlds belonging to the material
class, and then ascends back to a single
spiritual order, whereupon follows the
pause «for rest», when the external activity
is stopped. After this the cycle is repeated;
g) I do not know why, but since
ancient times the prevailing opinion is that
the more spiritual the World is, the better
it is, because this way it is closer to God.
But the levels of Worlds do not make any
difference to the Creator, He loves his
creations equally. But the possibility to
receive goodness and reach Harmony is
hardly equal for the different Worlds. But
at the same time the material World gives
humans such freedom of choice which
neither Satan, nor the Angels have;
h) It is very hard to imagine this,
but probably it is really so: each, even the
smallest, part of the World contains this
whole World in itself. But it cannot be in
a different way, as otherwise the World
would not be eternal, infinite, spiritual
and material at the same time. Just as
each cell contains the scheme of the whole
organism, each atom of the material
World, each monad of the spiritual World
contains surrogate characteristics of the
25
whole hierarchy of the Worlds;
i) And each object, be it a material
object or a spiritual phenomenon, is
influenced by the rest of the World and
influences the whole World as well. Thanks
to this, the World possesses harmony.
Let us stop at this point, as listing all the
characteristics of eternity and infinity is
above our strength.
So, how does the general pattern of the
seven worlds, forming a united spiritual-
material World, look like? Which worlds
does it include and in which order?
It is considered that the three highest
planes of the World are so far from the
comprehension of humans, that explaining
them is senseless and even dangerous. It
is only known that the highest, 1st World
does not contain neither a thought, nor a
figure, nor light, nor time, - nothing, but
it is an emptiness which can create and
devour the World.
Worlds of the 2nd and 3d levels prepare
the appearance of the socalled 4th Worlds
of existence. Highest of the 4 Worlds
of existence is the World of prototypes,
second one is the creative World, third one
is the forming World, and fourth and last
one is the World of shells, that is our own
material World.
The general pattern is this: from the
initial spiritual state the World goes through
stages, on which material characteristics
gradually displace the initial luminescence
and purity, i.e. spirituality, from which the
material Universe appears, than follows
ascension from the material to the spiritual
World.
A person, reading about such things
for the first time, can ask quite sincerely:
how do you know about something which
cannot be seen or sensed at all? Why there
are exactly seven World-stages, why such
 III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE
an evolutionary scheme? And after all, can
there be any kind of proof of all this? Yes,
there are proofs, and there are many of
them. But let us examine the phenomenon
of «Vision» first.
Everyone has had a feeling of
«revelation». It comes to us at the moments,
when some kind of insight adds to visual
impressions, and true, deep connection
between objects opens to us and the
meaning of events is revealed.
Human eyes perform only a small
part of the function of sight. They fixate
outer shells of close material objects in the
brain. The concept of «vision» is superior:
it includes opportunity to perceive objects
in their entirety, in interaction, in time;
to see and assimilate their deepest sense
at the same time. Not just «from all sides
and throughout», but at the same time
perceiving, what happened to the subject
before and what will happen to it in the
future, how and for what purpose it has
been created, what is its destiny, when it
began and when it will end.
The human brain is considered to have
a kind of rudimentary organ – a «third
eye», which performed the function of
«visioning» in the past, the function of
direct connection with the World as a
whole; but as humans become more and
more material, this organ almost died out.
However, there are people who
preserved the ability to use their «third eye»
in extraordinary circumstances. For a few
seconds, sometimes only once in their life,
they have a «vision». At such moments, a
human, still earthly and material, gets an
opportunity of seeing the Divine World,
consisting of Light, Omniscience, Plenum,
Might, Joy and sense of flight.
Or, according to Hermes Trismegistus,
the World of «golden rays of inexhaustible
26
clarity» [22, p. 259].
In other words, from time to time some
lucky people are given an opportunity to
see beyond the shell of the material World.
Nowadays these phenomena are
described in literature and it appeared that
many people have experienced this occult
moment. This happened two times to me
as well. It lasted only two or three seconds,
but what seconds!
All the witnesses agree that the most
important impression in such moments is
the feeling of being able to «cross the whole
space of glowing World of Light «.You get
a feeling of joy, exultation, belonging to
omniscience. At the same time you need
complete readiness, maximum tension
and concentration of efforts, feeling like
a spring stretched to the maximum. The
same is written in Theosophical works.
«Lights (lights of life) are constantly
sparkling around the conarium, but when
Kundalini, (the power, giving rise to light of
spirituality) lights them up for a short while,
the whole Universe can be seen. The third
eye opens even in deep sleep. This is useful
for Manas (mind and moral conscience) which
uses this, although we do not remember it»
E.Blavatskaya [19, p. 555].
Many ancient legends tell about the
moment, when free ethereal souls had to
take shape, come into the human material
shell for the first time. They had not only
to suffer all the severities of a mortal
body, but which is even more terrible,
lose immediate contact with the spiritual
Source that gave rise to them, refuse the
happy life they had been spending with the
gods, and furthermore, lose the ability to
immediately see the spiritual World.
«Our eyes will not leave much space
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
for souls, not belonging to God, anymore.
Through those wet circles we will, constantly
lamenting, see the sky of our ancestors as very
small; sometimes we will not even be able to
see it at all. Poor creatures, we are doomed
to lose the direct sight, as without light we
cannot see anything – that is because these are
windows that we have, and not eyes» Hermes
Trismegistus [22, p. 177].
But still, the rare opportunity of
momentary insight into the structure of
the Universe, is given to humans not by
chance. Probably to wake up their atheistic
souls, probably to support those being
on the hard path of spiritual ascension,
probably as a valuable gift.
Such direct evidence gives almost no
specific information about the structure of the
World in our earthly understanding; however,
they are signals for our conscience, letting
us know that the spiritual World does exist,
and contact with it brings us glory; that the
Material world is perishable and secondary,
that the Law and Connection of things rule
everywhere, that Omniscience is not a fiction,
but an instrument of controlling the World.
And many. many other things can
be drawn from eye witnesses' account,
especially if you think, compare and
analyze, or better – love the God and His
creation, because there is nothing more
interesting, beautiful and informative.
However, there is no point in idealizing
neither the results nor the process of
creation. In these are contained quests,
mistakes, imperfections, successes and
failures.
The structure of the World is immense,
magnificent, complex, ever changing,
multi-dimensional and multi-systemic.
Creative and destructive powers are
always side by side in it; the main thing
is that it does exist; its existence is not
27
mysticism and even not an absolute secret.
Construction of the World on all seven,
or how many are there, levels lives by its
own (level) and general laws, and there
is no witchcraft or magic in it, only strict
order, still not perceived by humans. This
order is set by God, and is totally clear and
known to Him. A human, while being just
a human, cannot totally behold it.
Natural sciences have not formed
a single concept of the structure of
Universe yet. This fact was formulated
most precisely by V.I. Vernadskiy, who
brilliantly combined encyclopedism - the
ability to generate ideas, and high ethics of
scientific thinking.
«The scientific world view is not a
scientifically absolute vision of the Universe
– we do not have this vision. It consists of
separate truths of science that we know,
of opinions, drawn logically, as well as by
studying material, historically mastered by
scientific thinking, of concepts of religion,
philosophy, life and art, which came to the
science from outside» [28, p. 232].
There are many spheres of matter
particularly in the microcosm (down to
size of 10 –19 m), macro world and mega
world (up to the level of objects with
size of 1021 m), in which science has
accumulated understanding of many
processes and phenomena, without the
necessary system coordination, without
deep insight into these processes and
phenomena in the general system of the
Universe, no correlation with the non-
material part of universe. No one has
ever seen the Metagalaxy, an atom, its
core, an electron… The structure of the
unit of matter, its «building block» in
all its manifestations – mass, energy,
information, – is still unknown… Total
 III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE
range of sizes in the universe spreads from
10 –34.8 to 1025.62 m.
As a matter of fact, in spite of being
a scientist himself, the author must
confess that science does have its faults,
the aversion to admitting the limitations
in its scope of knowledge, an ambitious
inclination to claim omniscience.
What a shame! It would be easier to
move forward. Humans still have to learn
28
so much about the World view that it could
go a long way. And when humans are
mature enough spiritually to understand
the other, finer Worlds, they will discover
themselves there in all their beauty, and
this beauty, shown by humans, will please
the Creator. However, these will not be
flesh and bone human beings anymore, but
in some degree parts of God.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
IV. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT LIFE AND DEATH
The next question of insatiable human
curiosity is what life and death are. Is there
a goal, purpose and result? And the most
important question of all is: what is the
World – a piece of scenery, a machine or a
living creature?
Three higher Planes originating from
the First Cause are very far removed
from human logic. Most likely, no law or
principle known to us can be applicable
to them. Are there such notions as life,
activity, goals and the very concept of «a
concept»? However, we will not consider
these just yet.
We will discuss the four planes of
the material and spiritual World, which
include the material world partially and
directly perceived by man, and the three
higher planes, where spiritual entities – the
prototypes of material objects exist.
So what is this four-planed, material-
spiritual world or Universe, partially seen
and perceived by us?
We know the main features of the
Universe from many trustworthy sources.
The Universe is the world born and
subject to constant movement: making,
changes in quality and quantity. The
Universe is not self-sufficient – it takes into
itself the Goodness and Fohat (life force),
coming from higher planes. The Universe
can return cleansed spiritual Beings to the
Higher Planes.
The Universe consists of matter and
souls, on the basis of which suffering
and death are inherent to it, though it is
beautiful and immortal, i.e. eternal. How
can these qualities be combined?
The four planes of the Universe differ,
29
we may say, according to the percentage of
their spiritual and material components.
In the highest of planes the material
element is only considered (intended),
while in the lowest, on the contrary, the
spiritual is almost entirely displaced by
the material.
We say «life» to denote the existence
of a plant, an animal and humans, but we
mean quite different things. It is evident
that the notion of life can be applicable to
any of its manifestations in descending or
ascending lines of development but each
time the very essence of life will differ
more and more.
The human mind gravitates towards
definitions. Can we give a definition of
such a concept as life? The answer is both
yes and no.
Everything we are surrounded with
and made of is matter and spiritual
phenomena. Both components are in
constant movement and active formation.
The essence of God, the Creator
«consists in the birth and creation of all
things. And since nothing would exist without
the Creator, so He would not exist if He would
not create constantly in the air, on the earth, in
the depths, in every part of the world, in the
entire Universe, in everything that is existence
and non-existence. For there is nothing in
the world which is not Himself…» Hermes
Trismegist [22, p. 36].
Thus God is everything, and there is
nothing beyond God – neither connection,
nor quality, nor form, nor time, – as He is
omnipresent and all-embracing. And now
let us ask ourselves the following questions:
 IV. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT LIFE AND DEATH
is there anything in the Universe that does
not go through a life cycle, and is death
absolute?
«The entire world is a big God… He is
profusion of life. And there is nothing in it…,
which is not a living thing. Nothing dead is
there in the world, and was not there and will
not be …nothing dies but if something was
composed it should be divided. Living beings
decompose, as they are composite. The process
of decomposing is not death but separation of
components. Its goal is not destruction but
renewal. What is this life energy? Is it not
movement? And what is unmovable in the
world? Nothing, my son» Hermes Trismegist
[22, p. 68].
Thus, everything is Life, everything is
the Universe and everything is God, that
is the concepts of God, Life and Universe
have the same meaning while they
only present different sides of the same
phenomenon.
So what is the World then and the
Universe – a living being capable of
thinking and feeling? Yes, exactly.
«The world… has its own perception
and thought that differ from similar feelings
of human beings... but they are stronger and
easier. The world has only one perception, only
one thought: create all things and partition
them in itself …As a good sower of life, it
renews its creations, reshaping them with its
movement, gives birth to all life, contains all
living beings, at the same time it is the place
and the creator of life» Hermes Trismegist [22,
p. 45].
The concept of life is much deeper than we
could ever imagine. All things that we can
see and which cannot be seen by us are just
different manifestations of life. There are
many forms and ways of life, but they all
have certain universal features.
30
Emergence and destruction are
inherent to any form of life. The first, main
and obligatory property of life consists
in repetition, through regeneration of an
endless chain of interrelated circles –
cycles, every one of them – birth, growth,
death and disappearance. Why should this
order exist? Is there any explanation for it?
Yes, there is one explanation, and it is not
so complicated.
Life is a form of world existence and
that it looks just this way and not another is
not accidental. It is because life is subject
to a wider law, it is the result of a more
covert reason, or antilogy as philosophers
say. This antilogy consists in the necessity
to combine unity and separateness.
As soon as the First Cause starts
to divide itself into independent parts
(differentiated entities) the problem of the
whole and the part emerges.
The Part strives for independence and
self-sufficiency intending to become the
thing that gave it birth, i.e. the only and
single First Cause. But that is impossible,
for the First Cause was one, and parts were
many and they are interdependent due to a
certain necessity. The part cannot occupy
an endless amount of spiritual or material
space because there are other parts that
prevent it from this.
At the same time the whole, living
in every part cannot stand limitation, it
gravitates to unite parts into a harmonious
whole that existed before partition took
place. Without partition, the world would
not emerge, but any, even the most skillful
partition always leads to imperfectness.
And a complete perfection, the absolute
can exist only as a form of a complete
unity: without parts, without qualities,
without time and space, i.e. without the
World. What should we do then?
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The divine solution to the antilogy has
been found. It is Life.
Every object of this world, both
spiritual and material, has to go through a
life cycle of its own: it is born; it develops in
its self, experiences contact and influence
of other objects – selves, weakens and dies,
having left its offspring and its Karma to
the World.
Every idea strives for world domination,
every man thinks himself an angel or a
demon…, and every brick wants to become
the Dome Cathedral. And that is very good,
but to each of them there is an allocated
time, the time of their life.
The part and the whole are absolutely
opposed to each other. There cannot be
an object that is at the same time a part
of the whole and the very whole itself.
Nevertheless, they have to be united
somehow.
Methods to unite particular things
having a disposition not to combine (for
example two mutually insoluble liquids)
are quite well-known in nature and in
human practice. This is the dispersion
method, which is mixing of liquids until
they turn into minute drops, the mixture
of which is called an emulsion. In this way,
we can prepare a mixture of water and oil.
Emulsion has many of the characteristics
of both of its components. But if the
mixing process is stopped, the mixture
will separate itself back into the initial
liquids after some time.
The alternation between life and non-
life has some resemblance to dispersion.
The period of life is the time when the
separated part exists; this period is changed
into the period of non-existence, when this
part is in some united, non-separated state.
Thus Life is the way to combine
separateness and unity. Life is the form of
31
the World’s existence. Life is the content
and the sense of all that is done in the
world.
This analogy can be extended even
more. In the ancient Hindu epos there is
a wonderful legend about how the god
Vishnu ordered the sons of the heaven
and the dark demons to churn the cosmic
ocean. The holy mountain was used as
a churning staff, and the Great Snake
Ananta played the role of a rope. The very
analogy with churning is very exact, as
it captures the main point: the repetition
and the cyclic character of the process,
rotational movement, a great number of
repetitions of churning as the condition for
the movement of life.
An idea of a ring, a chain made of
rings, and then rings made of chains and
so forth lies in the basis of life.
The cyclic character of the process,
repetitions, series of repetitions, cycles of
series of repetitions, etc are present in every
activity and every process. Actually, the
very concept of «time» we cannot express
in any other way than by using cycles. A
certain elementary cycle or its part can be
used as a measuring unit. People took the
period of the Earth going around its axis as
a primary cycle. A one twenty-fourth part
of this time is called an hour, and just a
bit more than 365 of such cycles comprise
one year – the time it takes the Earth to
complete one full rotation round the Sun.
Hindu sources provide us with quite a
sufficient scheme for measurements of
large time cycles [17, p. 89], based on the
Earth year. The first cyclic unit – Maha
Yuga – includes 4,320,000 years and
consists of four periods, different in their
duration:
Krita Yuga – the brightest period –
1,728,000 years;
 IV. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT LIFE AND DEATH
Treta Yuga – 1,296,000 years;
Dvapara Yuga – 864,000 years;
Kali Yuga – time of quarrels and
suffering   – 432,000.
Maha Yuga – one thousandth part of
the Brahma’s day (day of the Universe),
that is why one Brahma’s day equals:
4,320,000·1,000 = 4,320,000,000 years.
The calendar day of Brahma includes
the night –
the state of Pralaya, equal to the period
of daylight, that is why it is equal to:
4,320,000,000·2 = 8,640,000,000 years.
The year of Brahma is 8,640,000,000·360 =
=3,110,400,000,000 years.
The age of Brahma is one hundred
times longer – 311,040,000,000,000 years.
We will come back to the topic of large
time cycles later, for now we shall turn to
the main peculiarity of time, its relativity.
Measuring time by cycles puts the result
of the process into a direct dependence on
the constancy of the cycle itself. The Earth
calendar day being the same interchange
of night and day was one and a half times
shorter at the beginning of our planet’s
evolution because the Earth had smaller
weight and rotated more quickly. It is
evident that if cycles can contract or stretch
the same can happen to time.
Life is the way of existence of First
Cause (the absolute) in the world, and the
cyclic character is an attribute of all life
processes.
So what do we know of human life and
life of the human soul?
First of all, it is naïve to think that humanity
is just an accidental caprice of evolution at
one point of creation.
Let us cite a passage from V.I. Vernadsky
once more:
«…many things indicate that life can be
32
found now not only on Earth but on other
planets as well. We may consider it more than
possible» [28, p. 416].
There were two trees in the Garden
of Eden. One was the tree of knowledge
of good and evil of which Adam tasted
and for that he was banned from heaven,
and the second was the tree of life that
remained untouchable for the heavenly
couple.
This story suggests one simple
conclusion. That man is mortal as long as
he is far from God. In other words the way
to the desired immortality lies through
man’s turning to God.
Again, the ultimate Hermes expressed it
best:
«Man’s love for the divine Mind frees him
from the mortal part of his nature and gives
him hope for future immortality. You can see
how large is the difference that divides the
good from the evil! The one who has been lit up
with godliness, religion, wisdom and worship
for God can see the true sense of things as if he
could see them with his eyes…» [22, p. 120].
Mankind will be granted immortality
when people sincerely devoted to God
appear.
«…God will put forth his new priest to
whom all God’s words are revealed, and he will
commence a trial of truth on earth for many
a day... Heaven will triumph in his days, and
the earth and the clouds, and the knowledge
of God will spread across the earth, like sea
water, and angels of God’s fame will delight
in that…sin will stop, and the lawless will stop
their evil deeds, and the righteous will find
peace. Then he will open the heaven’s gate and
take away the sword threatening Adam. And
he will let the saints taste of the tree of life, and
the saint spirit will be over them» Apocrypha
of the Old Testament [29, p. 284].
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Immortality and God-oriented ethics
of man’s behavior are not just connected
with each other but they are a single unity.
Naturally scientific knowledge cannot
see the attributes of the Creator and the
subject of his Creation in the phenomenon
of life, until the providential aspect of life
is considered.
Science cannot see this because it
ignores God.
«To the last questions about life and death,
good and evil, science today still cannot
provide the answers, as it could not provide
these in the past.
Noteworthy is the fact that science as
a concrete unity exists only as a complex
of sciences, or even endlessly expanding
scientific specialties. It is like a machine built
from a great number of wheels or parts. The
entire knowledge, the world mind, or the book
of nature opens up to humankind only a few
moments of its history, and every individual
can only read some pages or even only some
lines from that book, however strong his
intellect may be. That is why the assumption
that science can really solve all questions
might be based only on the general belief in
the power of science, scientific method and
scientific mind, but this belief does not allow
for an experimental verification.
Thus science can neither replace nor abolish
religious faith and cannot even defend its own
existence against wanton skepticism without
the silent or open admission of certain religious
preconditions, namely faith in the objective
33
mind» S.N. Bulgakov [25, p. 256].
Yet science has thoroughly studied
many biological manifestations of the
phenomenon of life. It has even accepted the
postulate of abiogenesis according to which
it acknowledges, «the living appears from
the dead». A sign of life is the capability of
biological objects to change, excite, grow,
develop, reproduce, self-regulate and adapt
to the environment in which they live.
Achievements of genetics, the science
about nature and ways of transferring
ancestral features are especially interesting.
Only one step separates them from laws of
spiritual evolution of humans.
For traditional science, the category of death is
seen as the termination of biological processes
as a result of the aging of a biological organism.
And that is all. It does not mention any system
function, ethical aspect, a transformation of
the soul or contacts with non-material world…
A human being dies, and it is all over.
Why he lived and who he was, how much
good or bad has he brought into this world –
all of these questions are not yet subjects of
scientific knowledge. And this is unfortunate!
«I came into this world – is it richer because of it?
And if I leave, – is that of any great loss to it?
I wish that someone could explain, why I,
Once born of dust, am bound to return there»
Such are the words of the unequalled
Omar Khayam [54, p. 102].
 1. HOW TO DESCRIBE THE THINGS, FROM
WHICH THE MATERIAL WORLD IS MADE?
KEYWORDS: scale, metrics, classification,
attributes of classification, parameter, multiplicity
Dear Heart! Let's try to list and
describe the things from which the World
is made. Too hard, right? Actually it is not
so difficult. It is necessary to list the largest
categories of things and to show their most
important characteristics. And we must
start from the list of characteristics and
their metrics.
Metrics is a method of measurement
and a way to present the results.
The first parameter is the characteristic
of size. A particle, an atom, a human
being, a star. Everything has a size. And
though it can fluctuate for each specific
object, in comparison with the differences
in size between classes of objects, these
fluctuations are negligibly small and
consequently the category of the size can
serve as the basis for the classification
of objects of the World. For the unit of
measurement, to start with we shall use the
meter.
The second parameter is mass.
This characteristic, as well as the size
characteristic, can be measured and
described for the majority of objects in
the World known to humans. The simplest
unit here is the gram.
The third parameter derived from the
first two is density. It defines the weight
of one unit of volume of an object. By
density it is possible to get an idea about
the physical nature of an object. Density
in calculated in grams per one cubic
centimeter.
The fourth parameter is time. Everything
34
in the material world, we will not talk about
other Worlds for the moment, happens
through time. Everything has a moment of
appearance, a life span and a moment of
disappearance. The most universal unit of
measurement is the second.
The fifth parameter is frequency. It is
related to time and means the quantity of
oscillations - cyclic changes of state per
unit of time. It is calculated in hertz. One
hertz is equal to one full oscillation within
one second.
The sixth parameter is the quantity
of elements entering into an object as
a system. How many cells there are in a
human being, how many stars there are in
the Galaxy, etc.
There is one more important parameter
– the complexity of objects in the World.
But this parameter as we shall see later,
can be shown only after the analysis of the
previous characteristics.
In general the number of parameters
and approaches to the description of objects
in the World is boundless and depends
only on the capabilities and interests of the
researcher. Therefore we shall stay with
the six parameters listed above.
Now about the way we should build
the scales of these parameters.
The question is not easy. The scales
should be compact, visible and readable,
i.e. convenient to use. But the values of
parameters of the micro and macro worlds
differ very much. The size of an atom is
0.00000000001 m., and the size of the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
nucleus of the Galaxy is 1,000,000 billion.   m.
Therefore the scientists studying the
micro-world use a unit of measurement
called an angstrom, comparable to the
size of an atom, and astronomers use the
concept of a light-year, proportionate to
the dimensions of Galaxies.
In our situation the most suitable is the
logarithmic scale based on the factor of 10.
This means that each subsequent division
of the scale differs from previous one by
10 times. Two notches upward means a
100-fold increase, 3 notches downward
means 1000-fold reduction. Such a
gradation scale will allow the placement
in one table of the largest and the smallest
items that exist in the World. Opposite the
points of the scales we will put the values
of decimal logarithms which, essentially,
show the quantity of zeros after the unit
35
in the notation of the size or another
parameter, for example:
1,000,000 = 106 = lg106 = 6
0.000001 = 10 –6 = lg10 –6= –6
Please note, here we are talking about
how to measure, and not about what to
measure. This is not by accident. We do
not know yet, what objects of the World
to accept as representative, which it is
possible to consider as typical examples,
and which are modifications. All objects
are still of equal value to us, and there is
no basis to classify them.
The natural grouping of the objects
of the World by parameter scales should
suggest the classification divisions and
bring us further towards the laws uniting
the World into a single system.
 1.1. The scale of linear sizes
1.1. The scale of linear sizes
KEYWORDS: size, dimension, diameter, distance.
1025,62 m The biggest object known to
us is the Metagalaxy. This is its
diameter now, 15-20 billion years
after its appearance.
1025,2 m The diameter of the
Metagalaxy at the moment of its
appearance. It is defined simply
as: the recession of Galaxies
multiplied by the period of
existence of the Metagalaxy (10-
15 billion years) and the derived
path subtracted from today's
diameter. This implies that during
its existence the Metagalaxy has
grown approximately 3.5 times.
1021 m The diameter of the largest
known Galaxy.
9,5∙1020 m The diameter of our Galaxy.
Generally the diameters of
known Galaxies are in the range
from 1018 to 1021 m.
2,6∙1019 m The distance from the Sun to
the center of our Galaxy.
1018–1017 m The diameter of cluster of
stars inside of the Galaxy.
3,1∙1016 m 1 parsek is a unit of
measurement of astronomical
distances.
9,5∙1015 m The light year is the distance
which light travels in one Earth
year.
1015 m The diameter of the nucleus
of the Galaxy.
1,2∙1013 m The diameter of the Solar
system by the orbit of the planet
Pluto.
7∙1011 m The diameter of a super-giant
star.
3∙1011 m The diameter of the orbit of
the Earth.
1010 m The diameter of a giant star.
1,4∙10 m
9
The diameter of the Sun.
36
108 m The diameter of a dwarf star.
It turns out, that the size of stars
fluctuates in a range from 108 to
7·1011 m. But here are not included
the neutron stars consisting of
atoms, missing electron shells.
1,2∙107 m The diameter of the Earth.
The diameters of the planets of
the Solar system are in the range
from 104 to 108 m. The diameter
of the biosphere of the Earth
is approximately equal to its
diameter.
(4–6)∙104 m The diameter of a neutron
star.
1,6∙100 m The average human height is
1.62 m.
1m The length of the «wave
packet».
10 –4–101 m The dimensions of animals.
2∙10 –4–102 m The dimensions of plants.
0,9∙10 –2 m The gravitational radius of
the Earth.
10 –3 m 1 mm
10 –4 m The average size of a cell.
The cell size varies in a range
from 5·10 –8 to 5·10 –3 m. Except
for an ostrich's egg – 160 mm.
The whole egg is one cell, and
ancient giant pangolins laid eggs
one meter in size and even larger.
5∙10 –5 m The size of a human sperm
cell and of the majority of
animals does not depend on the
size of the adult, and this applies
to the size of the nucleus of a
female reproductive cell. And it
is interesting, that a sperm cell
head, which in a little smaller
than the whole, after penetration
into the female reproductive cell
at first grows inside it to the size
of 5·10 –5 m., becomes equal
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
to the size of the female reproductive
cell and only then merges with
it, forming a new single nucleus,
which is the actual fertilization. In
the World all is secondary to the
harmony of scale.
10 –6 –10 –4 m The dimensional range
in which biological objects
gravitate to the spherical form
with a single center of symmetry.
10 –6 m The micron is a unit of
length used in the description of
microbiological objects.
5∙10 m–8
The sizes of viruses,
formations which already
possess a number of properties
similar to living objects, but are
more similar to robots, than to
living creatures.
10 –9 m The size of a molecule, the
average size.
10 –10 m The size of a hydrogen atom.
5∙10 ––14
The sizes of the nuclei of
–10 –15 m atoms of various chemical
elements.
10 –15 m The maximum distance
necessary for the retention of
protons and neutrons in an atom
nucleus.
10 –15– The range in the size of
10 –  17   m «strange particles».
10 –19 m The dimensional limit
of modern instruments for
experimental scientific research.
Subjects smaller than 10 –19 m
not only cannot be viewed on
powerful electron microscopes,
but still cannot be investigated
even by indirect methods.
10 –19–10 –34 m A huge piece of the scale
ladder in which it is possible
to glance only by means of
mathematic modeling. This area
of 15 ten-fold steps is equal to
37
the range between the size of the
nucleus of the Galaxy and height
of a human being. There, inside
of this area is the electron, which
no one has seen and whose nature
is not fully understood, there is
the nucleus of the electron if it
exists at all, there is the photon
– an elementary particle of light,
there is also as much variety,
as in the dimensional interval
between the Solar System and
the Metagalaxy.
1,6∙10 –35 m The so-called maximon is
the minimal length of a material
object calculated by M. Planck,
having physical sense and
capable of existing in the World
of matter.
When it became clear to scientists, that
in the material World there is a natural
limit to the speed of movement of any
object and this is equal to the speed of
light, it became possible to also determine
the limiting values of length and time.
Lowest possible dimension:
M= hG /c 3 = 1,6158×10 –35 m
or 10-34,8 m.
The elementary time unit:
Тэ = е2/мэс3 = 10 –23 sec.
The postulations of the relativistic
theory formulated about a hundred years
ago, have proved to be true in practice
and are accepted by science. Therefore,
Planck's sizes can also form the basis
for serious scientific constructions and
conclusions.
 1.2. Mass scale

1.2. Mass scale

KEYWORDS: mass, weight, gravity.

1053 g The mass of the Metagalaxy
3∙1044 g The mass of the Galaxy.
1,2∙1035 g The mass of a giant star. The
mass of stars fluctuates in a range
of 1032 – 1035 g.
2∙1033 g The mass of the Sun.
Practically the same value as
the mass of the Solar System as
the mass of the Sun constitutes
99.8  % of the mass of the Solar
System
8∙1031 g The mass of a dwarf star.
5,9∙10 g 27
The mass of the Earth.
(5–9)∙10 g 4
The mass of a human being.
1,66∙10 –24
g The atomic mass unit – 1/2
of carbon mass С12 is accepted
for calculation of masses of
elementary particles in atomic
and nuclear physics.
1,671∙10 –24 g The mass of an atom of
hydrogen Н1. It is interesting that
the atomic mass is less than sum
of masses of the particles making
up the atom. The difference
occurs because the mass defect
goes to the interaction energy.
1,670∙10 –24 g The mass of a proton.
5,5∙10 –28
g The rest mass of an electron.
I do not wish to paraphrase a physics
textbook, but I will recap that the weight
and mass differ or coincide depending on
the speed of movement of the body.
In the material World there is a limit
to speed of movement of bodies that is
equal to the speed of light in a vacuum
which is slightly less than 3·105 km/sec.
At speeds close to the speed of light, the
mass is manifested through energy. So
the weight (mass), the speed of movement
and the energy appear connected to each
other. The lower one goes down into the
depths of the matter, the smaller value the
mass has. Its place is occupied by energy;
if one goes further away, the concepts
of time and space are involved. They
are connected in some non-separable
way with the displacement velocity of a
substance and its energy.
Well and what will be there if one goes
further to the limits of matter? To the level
of a real atom, an indivisible primary unit
of the matter - the maximon? There, where
no device created by human beings has yet
been able to peek, there appears one more,
the last, transition from the weight, energy,
speed, space, time - to information. But it
is too early to speak about this, dear heart

38
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

1.3. The scale of density

KEYWORDS: density, specific gravity.

1018 g/cm3 The density of the substance Obviously, the further we go into the
of an electron (presumably). micro world, the higher the density. And
1015 g/cm3 The density of the substance vice versa, rising up the structural levels
of atomic nucleus. to larger objects, we see that the density
1015 g/cm3 The density of neutron stars. falls down to insignificant values. The
106 g/cm3 The density of a «white general range of values of density from
dwarf» star. the Universe to the atom differs by 1046
1,2∙101 g/cm3 The density of the substance times. And it is falls with 35 degrees of
of the nucleus of the Earth. the dimensional scale. But this is not the
5,5 g/cm3 The average density of the limit. We do not know, how the density
Earth. increases further as we go down into
1,4 g/cm3 The density of the substance microcworld, as from the atom to the
of the Sun. maximon there remain 25 degrees of the
1,3∙10 –3 g/cm3 The average density of the dimensional scale, and no one yet knows
Earth’s atmosphere. what is happening to density there.
10 –6 g/cm3 The average density of the And now we will continue with you
Solar System. to make our first acquaintance with some
10 –25 g/cm3 The density of the Galaxy. «initial data». The next parameter is
7∙10 –31 g/cm3 The average density of probably the most complex – time.
the substance of the Universe
(Metagalaxy).

39
 1.4. The time scale
1.4. The time scale
KEYWORDS: time, time periods, cycles.
Apparently, by virtue of the
predetermined mortality given to humans,
time as a category is difficult for us. Now,
at the start of our journey with you, dear
heart, only two concepts are accessible
to us: time periods and frequency; as a
matter of fact, they are one and the same,
but for our initial investigation it is more
convenient to separate them. Repeating
processes with durations in excess of one
second we shall call periods, and those
phenomena which repeat one or more
times within a second - frequency.
Let's go, and as always start with biggest
numbers:
1022 sec The Age of Brahma - as
the ancient Hindus named the
entire life span of the World.
1–2∙10 sec
17
10-20 billion years - the age
of the Universe (Metagalaxy)
as of today. How much life is
given to it, no scientist knows.
Though, in opinion of the
ancient Hindus, the Universe
has thus far only existed for
0.000001 of its life span.
40
(4,7–5)∙1016 sec The age of the Sun and the
Solar System, including all the
planets and Earth.
And what came before? From what
and when have they arisen, and how much
time did they need, to be created in their
present form? People still do not know
precisely. So far. Yet while you are reading
this book, they will probably already
know.
10 –23 sec The elementary particle
of time. According to the
calculations of M. Planck,
processes of smaller duration
cannot happen to objects of
the material World.
But certainly there is also a non-
material part of the universe. And does
time exist there? Is there any way at all to
define the beginning and the end, before
and after, and not only in the material
World, but also by and large in the
universe? Let it be inaccessible to humans,
but to the Lord it is, probably, necessary!
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
1.5. A scale of frequencies
KEYWORDS: frequency, fluctuations, waves, radiation, light,
sound, Herz.
You probably know, that in the Universe
there are all kinds of oscillatory processes,
i.e. repeating alternating movements of
objects. Undulating changes are an inherent
characteristic of practically all objects and
processes in the Universe. Fluctuations from
the minimum to the maximum if they last
one second or less are calculated in Hertz
(Hz) – called after the scientist of that name.
1 Hz is equal to 1 fluctuation
per second. If an object
makes 10 fluctuations
per second then its
frequency is equal to
10 Hz.
10 Hz infrasound – the low-
frequency oscillations
which are not heard
by the ear, but are
very harmful to an
organism.
5·102–104 Hz the range of
frequencies perceived
by humans. And a
mouse, for example,
can hear frequency
fluctuations of 105 Hz.
10 –10 Hz
4 9
ultrasound used in
engineering, can
destroy concrete and
metal.
5·106 –109 Hz electromagnetic
fluctuations in the
radiofrequency range
(radio communications).
10 Hz
9
the working frequency
of computers manu-
factured in 2004. Inte-
resting, what it will
41
what it will be in your
lifetime?
108–1011 Hz the MWF range –
microwave frequencies
– electromagnetic
fluctuations used in
technology.
109–1013 Hz the frequency of
hypersound.
1011–1013 Hz the frequency of
fluctuations of an atom
in a molecule.
1014 Hz the light visible
by humans; more
precisely this range is
(0.4–0.72)·1014 Hz.
3·1015–1017 Hz ultra-violet radiation.
2•1018–1019 Hz X-rays.
1020 Hz gamma rays.
Further knowledge of fluctuations is
missing in the size of more than 20 orders.
But certainly there is something there as
well. Nature is continuous. There are no
empty places in it.
However, the blanks in our knowledge
are aplenty. One pleasant fact: their
number is constantly decreasing.
However there is a bottom point in this
line, the frequency of a maximon. The
life span of a maximon cannot last longer
than the time of passage of light through
its section – 10 –43 sec. A maximon exists
 1.5. A scale of frequencies
in one point of space during this or even
smaller time. It is not known, with what
periodicity (frequency) it appears in the
next point of space, but one thing is clear:
a maximon exists in one point of the space
for no more than 10 –43 sec.
Frequency is such a characteristic
for which, perhaps, it is not necessary
to analyze ranges. Here we can speak
not about 60 orders, but about absolutely
incomprehensible numbers. The «longest»
fluctuation is the term of recurrence of
42
the life of the Universe, but how long
this lasts, who knows! The most frequent
fluctuation, right now I shall not say which
one, is not less than 1081 Hz.
However everything is not so dreadful.
Later we shall see that there is a technology
for handling time which enables the
removal of all problems no matter how
little or great the time is. It is possible to
move on the time scale. True, this is not
allowed to humans…
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
1.6. The scale of quantity of elements
forming things
KEYWORDS: quantity, number, element, structure, part and
whole.
What quantity of parts is an object
composed of? Or more precisely: how
many structural elements form a system?
Why this number, and not another?
You will see, the systems are absolutely
different, and the number of elements
coincides! Not once, not twice, but many
times. Why? Because there is a reason,
and it is necessary to understand it.
1010 (105×105) The number of Galaxies in
the Metagalaxy.
1010 The number of stars in the
Galaxy.
1014 (107×107) The number of cells in a
newborn human.
4∙1012 The number of nucleotides
in a cell.
2∙108 The number of sperm cells
in one full-fledged ejaculation
of a man.
1010 The number of neurons in a
human brain.
1014 (107×107) Number of different kinds
of cells in a human body.
1020 (1010×1010) Number of planets, able
to sustain a biosphere in the
Universe (presumably).
105–107 Number of star clusters in
the Galaxy.
102 Number of different kinds
43
of atoms (of chemical
elements)
10n The number of different
kinds of molecules and their
components is practically
limitless.
Strictly speaking, to be able to judge
any law, the selection should be at least
a hundred times bigger. But even this
is not enough. There has to be some
reasonable selection criteria for objects
being examined. We have neither of these
for now. Be that as it may, but then why
do humans have five fingers on each limb?
Perhaps to make us learn counting to
ten and then invent the decimal number
system after looking at our hands?
For now, dear heart, we only instinctively
feel, that among the rational numbers there
are those to which the Creator paid special
attention to:
• Five and 105;
• Ten, 1010, 1020;
• Seven;
• Twelve, six, three, one and 122 = 144.
These are probably the most important
numbers when it comes to combining
parts into a whole.
 1.7. Scale of complexity or level of organisation
1.7. Scale of complexity or level of
organisation
KEY WORDS: complexity, functionality, parameters, structure,
organization, synergy.
Complexity is an important term,
but it is badly formalized. According to
V.  Dal’s dictionary, the etymological
sense of complexity is an item composed
of multiple parts, with complex and
intricate interrelations, i.e. the stress is
laid upon the structure, that it is composed
of multiple and different elements. But
what if two objects are made of similar
components: for example a pile of bricks
and a house built of the same number of
those bricks? And what about two houses
built of the same number of bricks? And
one of these being comfortable and the
other – not? What's to be done then?
I found almost nothing on this
subject. The closest is the two-word term
«organization level» or the relatively new
concept of «synergy». But none of them
has taxonomy - units of measurement.
However, a unit of measurement is
not the goal in and of itself. It helps to
arrange objects in a row, where they
are placed according to incrementing
parameters chosen as a criterion or aspect
for examination. But objects can also be
arranged another way – by comparing
them with each other. Complexity is a
multiple-aspect category. This means
that the complexity of World’s objects
can be observed through of prism of
many facets and each section will bear
some information. I suggest we consider
the following three aspects: structural,
functional and providential. These are
44
quite sufficient for arranging objects
of the World in orderly cubbyholes of
complexity.
We will not consider the providential
aspect, or Divine plan, for now – it will
be revealed to us later; but the structural
and functional characteristics are already
available to us.
There are a number of objects in the
World of which can be said: this object
was constructed of some other objects
of lower complexity levels and it in itself
is an element used in the construction
of other objects of even higher levels of
complexity. It is even possible to construct
such a series:
Protons and neutrons → atomic
nuclei → atomic nuclei and electrons→
atoms → molecules→ complex organic
substances→ cell nucleus → cell → living
organism.
Protons and neutrons form atomic
nuclei. Atoms of the same kind in larger
quantities represent elementary chemical
substances.
Atoms, combined in different ways,
form molecules.
Molecules in mass, i.e. in great
quantities, form substances of organic and
inorganic nature.
Large masses of elements and
substances form cosmic bodies.
Complex organic substances form cells.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Cells, organized in specific ways,
form biological objects – plants, animals,
humans.
It is obvious that the structural approach
cannot be separated from the objective
approach. Notably in a specific area: on the
level of atoms and molecules. It is from these
that the matter of the Universe is composed,
as it can be seen by humans. The amount
of matter, concentrated in the same place,
determines the size, rest mass and intrinsic
energy of the object. The mass of the body is
determined by the gravitational force, which in
its turn influences the shape of the body and its
interaction with surrounding bodies.
It is interesting that with the growth in size
(mass) of cosmic bodies up to approximately
300 km in diameter – the bodies have arbitrary
shapes, but when the size increases to more
than 300 km they become spherical. This is
explained by strength of materials laws – the
science dealing with the principles of resistance
of materials to external loads. A stone or iron
asteroid has its own strength, which preserves
its initial shape, but it is also influenced by
gravitational forces having vector structures,
directed toward the center of gravity of the
body. If the mass of the cosmic body reaches
a diameter of approximately 300 km, and
density is close to that of iron, these forces
are equalized, and if size and weight increase
further, the body starts to sag and cave in,
assuming a spherical form as a result.
Further growth of the mass leads to a
temperature increase at the center of the space
object, and if the mass grows further there appear
thermo-nuclear processes with emissions of
energy and light into space. That is now a star.
Another approach to the concept of complexity
is the functional one. According to this, we will
divide objects of the World by their functionality. Let
us ask of each object: «What can you do?».
Protonsandelectronsinvariouscombinations
45
can form about one hundred chemical elements.
One hundred different kinds of atoms in various
combinations can form practically unlimited
amount of molecules and substances of the
organic and inorganic World.
Atomic nuclei, atoms, molecules form
substances from which space objects can
be formed. Cosmic bodies can generate the
Metagalaxy, Galaxies, stars and systems of stars
and planets.
Planets, situated at a certain distance
from their star, can sustain an atmosphere,
create a hydrosphere and generate
biological life.
Such chemical elements as hydrogen,
oxygen, carbon, etc. can form the so called
organic molecules and substances, from
simple to very complex ones, capable of
managing oxidation-reduction processes
and preserve their structure.
Biological substances can develop into
living cells, whose function is to survive
and self-reproduce.
Cells can form complex biological
objects – from bacteria and protozoa to
plants, animals and humans.
Plants can process inorganic
substances, i.e. turn them into organic substances,
and radically change the atmosphere and
biosphere of a planet, preparing it to become
populated by animals. Animals, feeding on plants
and other animals that live in the biosphere, can
evolve and give birth to Homo sapiens.
Homo sapiens, living on the flesh of animals
with vegetable side-dishes and brazenly
making use of the biosphere and all the
blessings of God's World, can live and
consider themselves to be the masters of
nature. But such is not the case. We do not
know what the function of humans is yet.
But we will certainly get to know this, and
not some day, but very soon, towards the
middle of this book.
 1.8. Providentiality or scale of destinations
1.8. Providentiality or scale of destinations
KEY WORDS: Providentiality, predestination, course, target
function, target, task, meaning, providence, determinism, hierarchy
of functions and tasks.
The word «providential» means
«foreseen by someone» and «specially
intended for a definite purpose». Usually
such designs of things of the World belong
to attributes of the Creator, Demiurge,
Lord (these words are almost synonyms).
For now we can not draw the scale of
World’s objects based on providentiality. It
is not clear yet to us, what the World was
created for, and we cannot judge the end-
purpose each of its parts has. But!
The very fact, the very character of
providentiality shines through and glows
in every object of the World. And let us
seriously turn our attention to it.
Once again, our favorite example with
the pile of bricks and a beautiful cozy
house built of the same bricks. In what,
essentially, lies the difference?
In the second case there was someone,
who thought of destination (functions
of the house), created its architectural
concept, design and technology. That is,
there had been a thought at the beginning
and the first thing it formed was a function,
the destination of the object.
Everything in the World has its
destination that is the reason each thing
exists. Destination of things, i.e. their
providential meaning, is the fundamental
pillar on which the Word is constructed.
But there are many things we do not know
the purpose of. And by no means do we
know all the objects of this World. And
we are unaware of many things of this
46
World. This is precisely why it would be
so interesting to understand the overall
design: then it will be possible to truly
discover the most important thing about
every, known or newly discovered, item.
It’s just like in Mendeleev's table: for an
element that has yet to be discovered, its
basic characteristics are already known.
For now we can only make some
assumptions about the level of common
sense and practical knowledge accumulated
by humanity. Providentiality of things
also shines through their hierarchical
relations. We still do not know the whole
hierarchical chain of functions, but part of
this structure is comprehensible.
Somehow, there appeared maximons,
particles, electrons, protons, neutrons,
atoms, molecules, i.e. substance of matter.
A substance has two functions:
а) creating space, time, heavenly
bodies and energy, and consequently, - the
conditions for existence and evolution of
biological life;
b) creating more and more complicated
organic constructions – molecules,
biological substances, and systems
from these – and as a result, to generate
biological life.
Biological life builds complex bio-
systems, in which the biosphere of the
host-planet is intermixed with flora, fauna
and humans.
Obviously human beings are the
providential task of biological life.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
But what is the providential task of humans?
That’s the mother of all questions. We are
needed for something and will somehow
be used for creation and prosperity of
the next providential stage. And what
were you thinking!? That we would be
eating, drinking, propagating and solving
crossword puzzles forever? No. The brain
of Homo sapiens matures for a reason, and
we are placed above living and non-living
matter for a reason. Some very serious
mission is planned for humans. But what
kind of mission? By the way, please notice
that we have already drifted from the
simple and understandable characteristics
of size, weight, density etc., - from the
things which can be touched, measured
and described.
Complexity, function, providentiality,
are different things, they cannot be
touched.
In addition to things, or subjects,
there is a great number of processes and
phenomena, happening to them in this
World.
Life, death, thought, energy,
interaction, laws of nature, the voice of
conscience – these are all phenomena.
Science and everyday awareness offer a
great number of labels and euphemisms to
denote the essence of these phenomena.
47
This is done out of necessity, in order to
cover the gaping chasm of our ignorance
of the most important phenomena of the
World.
Is there anyone who has the answers?
Probably the One, who created the World?
Maybe He is the one we should turn our
eyes, souls and minds to?
«Our Father, for the sake of our fathers,
who hoped for you to teach them the laws of
life, teach us as well (give us desire to follow
Your path and the strength on this path and
mind to understand Your path). Have pity on
us and give our hearts (wicked by nature) an
opportunity to understand, to hear, to learn
and to observe all your Laws (so unnatural for
us) with love, (not forcedly, but consciously, for
the sake of our loved ones – that is selflessly).»
Cabbala [64, p. 110].
What is life and death? How do laws
of the Universe work? What is universal
attraction? How is the visible light
organized? What is an electric charge?
What is good and evil? And fate? And
luck?
The world of phenomena is just as real
and providential as the world of things. We
will remember this, but will not go further
for now. Everything in its own time, dear
heart.
 1.9. Which two scales to choose?
1.9. Which two scales to choose?
KEY WORDS: Scale range, distribution, concordance of
scales, law, heuristic potential.
To understand what an apple is, you
can:
1) cut it and see what is inside;
2) make a chemical analysis of the
apple;
3) Put a piece under a microscope and
see the cells;
4) Bury it in the ground and see what
comes up;
6) Eat it and enjoy.
The last way sounds the most
appealing to me. Maybe, dear heart, the
most essential way to learn about the
World and Life is to just live your life in
dignity (as best one can) and enjoy it?
It turns out that the Ancient-Hebrew
Cabbala even ranks pleasure and
enjoyment almost as high as the purpose
of Creation:
«…the Purpose of Creation is bringing joy and
pleasure to creatures. Desire for pleasure is a
vessel, and the soul gets pleasure according to
its growing desires» [64, p. 22].
There is some kind of Ancient-Hebrew
secret here. Who has the desire, who gets
pleasure and, most importantly, which of
them is a vessel?
Only one thing is clear: our pleasure
will hardly be complete without
understanding the structure of the World.
The universe bears many properties, and
each of them provides information that
can be studied and described. But for us
only two parameters are essential in order
to draw a diagram on paper. The first,
48
the simplest and most understandable
diagram. And then we will add other
dimensions to it.
Of course, the eight parameters we
have analyzed cannot provide a full
description of the World, but they provide
enough excellent initial data.
The first five scales are obviously
concordant on the scale ranking. The
scale ranking shows how many times
greater is the value on this scale than its
neighboring smaller one. Scale range
is a relative value; it does not depend on
units of measurement. We are going to
measure the scale range in “degrees”, that
is in increments of 10 times. One degree
represents a 10-fold difference in size
between objects, two degrees – 100-fold
etc.
Total scale range of the measurement
scale is 60 degrees, included is that portion
of the scale from an atom nucleus to the
Metagalaxy which is 40 degrees.
The scale range on the mass scale,
taken within the interval from an atom
nucleus to the Metagalaxy is 77 degrees.
On the density scale from an atom
nucleus to the Metagalaxy is 46 degrees.
We only know the minimum period on the
time scale; or rather scale of time spans,
but the longest period – life time of the
Metagalaxy – is unknown. But is there an
end to the life of the Metagalaxy? So let
us start from the age of the Metagalaxy
at present. Then the scale of time spans
has the range from 1017 seconds (age of
Metagalaxy) to 10–23 (elementary unit
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
of time for the material world), i.e. 40
degrees. But if we use the maximum life
span of a maximon 10 –47 , the total scale
range is 64 degrees.
Please notice that the numbers 40 and
60 are repeated. We intuitively feel that
they dominate. Later you will see that this
happens for a reason.
It is interesting to analyze the character
of the distribution of objects of the World
over various scales. How are they placed on
the scales of various metrics – uniformly
or clustered in groups, - are there areas not
occupied by them?
The characteristic of the size scale is
the uniform filling. There are no breaks
or gaps in it, except for the microcosm.
In other words, there is always an object
that can be found for any size. However,
(which is very important), each object of
the material world has a certain size, or
to be more precise, quite a fixed position
on the scale plus some dimensional range,
which intersects or makes contact with the
linear size dimensional range of the next
object. This law is especially obvious, if
we compare the objects of Mega-universe:
Metagalaxy – 1025 m;
Galaxy –1020 m;
Galactic nucleus– 1015 m;
star – 1010 m;
planet, star nucleus – 105 m.
It is interesting that the size range
of the spatial objects listed above has a
distinct increment gradient - 105 m. And
the intervals between these scale levels
are filled with scattering dimensions of
objects or their adaptations.
Filling up of the macroworld, where
objects larger than an atom and smaller
than a planet are located, is not so obviously
distributed on the size scale. The whole
World that surrounds us, from atoms
49
to humans, all the varieties of chemical
agents of biological life, flora and fauna,
fits just within the range of 10–10 to 102 m
What concerns the microcosm, from the
maximon to an atom, this large scale range
from 10 –35 to 10 –10 has not been studied well
enough to make the dependence between
the kinds of objects and their position on
the size scale obvious. At the same time it
does not mean that there isn’t any or there
cannot be such a dependence. Obviously
size categories, the correlation of sizes of
the World’s objects represent one of the
fundamental categories of structure of the
universe in its material part.
The weight index takes up a huge
range from the weight of the Metagalaxy,
which equals 1053 g to the rest mass of an
electron (10 –28 g), i.e. the first one is 1081
times larger than the second. And that’s
not counting the range from electron to
maximon. But the very concept of weight
in this world may be quite different from
the one which exists in the macroworld.
Density is an index, representing the
correlation of mass and volume of a body.
Density is intriguing because it obviously
depends on the size of objects in the
material World. The smaller an object is
the higher is its density. Atom nucleus
is 1015 g/cm3 i.e. 15 degrees heavier than
gold, and the Metagalaxy is 10 –31 g/cm3
i.e. 28 degrees lighter than air. However,
neither weight, nor density can be used
as basic system-forming concepts in the
structure of the World – because they are
derived.
Time scale and frequency scale are
subjects of same nature. If there are no
objects and no events – there is no time either.
But nevertheless, the temporal characteristic
gives a mass of information in comparative
analysis of processes and phenomena.
 1.9. Which two scales to choose?
The category of time was obviously used
by the Creator as one of the structure-
forming factors of the universe. First of all,
time is an all-powerful tool for the division
of the World. Objects, living their life
within one millionth of a second cannot
be brought into line with objects which
can live millions of years. Secondly, the
notion of “frequency”, derived from time,
is closely connected with the nature of
information. Volume of information and
the rate of its transfer directly depend on
frequency. For now, dear heart, remember
that “In the Beginning there was the Word”
and vaguely surmise that this information
is the foundation of the World’s structure.
Otherwise how would the whole thing
work and not go to pieces?
Thus time is a very important thing,
but it is not quite clear how to deal with
it. But it looks like this is not the thread
we should be pulling to solve the tangle.
After all, time is something secondary and
derived, even though it is very important
for the structure of the World. Time is
inseparably connected with weight and
energy in the material World and can
transform into these for a reason.
Quantity scale gives us just one
message. But what a clear and distinct
message! «Any considerable object of
the Universe consists of 1010 elements of
which it is composed».
This way or something like this.
Regardless of the object’s size –
Metagalaxy, Galaxy, a human, a cell…
Why not continue?
Why not use this feature to describe
and classify elements of World structure?
An all-powerful heuristic index:
a) If an object consists of 1010
elements, it is a valid rung of the world
order hierarchy;
50
b) If an unknown object is qualified as
a rung in world order hierarchy, then its
structure is composed of 1010 elements.
And particularly interesting is the fact that
objects and their elements line up into a
chain, in which each inferior object is an
element in the structure of a superior one:
There are 1010 Galaxies in the
Metagalaxy;
There are 1010 stars in the Galaxy;
There are 1012 cells in a human
(newborn);
Cell contains 1010 nucleotides;
There are 1010 neurons in the human
brain.
And what about microcosm? From
how many elements is an electron or a
photon composed of? It is not clear how
these fragments of order are connected
with each other, but there is certainly
some kind of law. Is there a single “ladder”
of structural inclusion with rungs, which
equal to 1010 elements?
A scale of complexity, like that, can
hardly exist. There is no such taxonomy
as «degree of complexity», just as there is
no complexity unit. However, we can find
what we really need somewhere close to
the concept of «complexity».
If object «A» consists of structural
elements «B», we intuitively say that
«A» is more complicated than «B».
Consequently, «A» is hierarchically
higher and more complicated, and, at the
same time, less stable than «B».
Or the second type of relationship,
when «A» consists of «B» nucleus and
some periphery. Here «B» is an essential
condition for the existence of «A»,
but properties of «A» can vary due to
variation of its periphery up to its muting.
And here «B» core is more stable than «A».
And, finally the third type of
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
relationship: by its existence «B»
creates certain conditions that is
the environment necessary for the
existence of «A». Then we can say that
«A» exists thanks to «B». It follows
from this that «B» can exist without
«A», but «A» cannot exist without «B».
And in this case «A», the superior and
more complicated object, is less stable
than «B».
This approach includes concepts
of function, levels, organization,
synergy, structure, hierarchy and
stability. These notions are applied not
to everything, but to the key objects
forming the World: atom, molecule,
planet, star… It would be nice to shed
light upon their full and exact list!
51
The functional-structural level of
organisation is obviously the indicator,
which can be used in the analysis of the
structure of the universe.
So, from all the scales listed above, let
us choose the two which would help us go
about creating a graphical diagram of the
world order. Fisrt of all, it’s the dimension
scale ranking, and secondly, it’s the scale
of matter organization levels.
As for other scales and approaches,
including the providential approach, they
are none the less important and interesting.
But we cannot start explaining the World
starting with them. They are not on the
«ends of the ball of twine», and if we pull
these like threads too early the whole thing
will get even more tangled.
 2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF
THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE
THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS
KEY WORDS: scale, scale-measurement concept, increment of
the scale ranking, basic scaling factor, evolutionary scaling factor,
stability wave, focus of evolution, seed of the World Spirit, scale
symmetry of the universe.
In the mid 1970’s there was a scientist,
who noticed and started researching
one, seemingly obvious, regularity. He
noticed that sizes of objects, which form
our World, take a strictly defined place
on the decimal logarithmic scale. With
an extremely high accuracy, a number of
objects of the Universe line up in a row,
where each stage differs from the previous
one in a magnitude of 100,000 times, or
105 times, or to the 5th order. Moreover, the
total number of such objects is 13, and the
length of the chain is 1060 – or 60 orders.
The author of this important discovery is
a Russian scientist, a person with a basic
technical education, a researcher and
philosopher Sergey Ivanovich Sukhonos
[109].
He managed to describe the regularity
of scale connections in detail. This
Sukhonos, a man capable of impartial
vision and comparing facts from widely
different areas of knowledge, managed
without trepidation, to bring into line all
objects defining the structure of the World
– from the maximon to the Metagalaxy.
To be fair, I need to note, that back
in the beginning of 20th century V.I.
Vernadskiy had also focused attention on
the category of size and, using his special
intuition, called it the most characteristic
feature in the system of reality.
52
«Sizes of natural bodies are not just
indifferent phenomenon; but on the contrary,
they are probably the most characteristic
phenomenon in the system of reality. For living
bodies, the range of these phenomena is quite
large. From the first order with large chemical
combination molecules, in the order of 10 –6 cm
parameters it goes to the large life forms – the
plants and animals with a parameter of 104 cm.
The range is 1010 » [28, с. 441].
Having studied the scale-measurement
concept of S.I. Sukhonos, I saw many
incontestable facts, serious analysis of
these facts and very profound conclusions
drawn from them. To cut a long story
short, if my concept of the structure of
the universe is based on any foundation,
then a good half of this foundation is based
on the regularities that were described by
Sukhonos. I don’t think, my dear friend,
that you will immediately rush to study
the works of this outstanding author, thus
I will explain only what I have taken from
his ideas for my own model.
First of all, as I have already
mentioned, he compared the biggest and
the smallest things in the Material World
– the Metagalaxy and the maximon, and
it turned out that the one is bigger than the
other 1060 times, or by 60 orders, or lg1060  =
60. Moreover the unit of measurement is
not important, be it a meter, a centimeter or
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
the maximon itself. To compare things in
mathematics means to divide one into the
other. If we imagine a thread, pulled from
one end of the Metagalaxy to another, 1060
maximons can be placed on this line side
by side. If we draw a line, divided into 60
equal sections on a sheet of paper we will
get the scale ranking of the Universe. The
outer junction 100=1 is the maximon, the
next one 101=10, i.e. corresponds to objects
being 10 times bigger than the maximon,
the next one 102=100 is hundredfold more
than the maximon and so on up to the size
of 1060 - the Metagalaxy.
Further it becomes clear that many
structure-forming objects of the World,
although having variations in size, in their
average size occupy certain places on
the scale ranking within a strictly fixed
interval of 105, or lg = 5:
Metagalaxy – 1025 m;
Galaxy– 1020 m;
Nucleus of the Galaxy– 1015 m;
Star –1010 m;
Star nucleus – 105 m;
Human– 100 m;
Cell nucleus– 10 –5 m;
Atom – 10 –10 m;
Atomic nucleus– 10 –15 m;
Electron (presumably) – 10 –20 m;
Electron nucleus (presumably) –10–25 m;
Photon (presumably) – 10 –30 m;
Maximon – 10 –35 m.
Thus, the non-dimensional coefficient
of 105 is present, and this is a known fact.
Uncertainty still exists in the extremely
small objects which are cannot yet be
reached by research, such as the electron,
its nucleus and the photon, and if it is
exactly these things that are represented
on the scale or some other things are
located here.
Further the author has noticed one
53
other interesting peculiarity. Objects in
the known range can, at a certain stretch,
may be divided into two ranges, nuclear
and structural, moreover these interchange
next but one, and therefore each range has
the increment of 10 orders: atom nucleus
and atom, star nucleus and star, Galaxy
nucleus and Galaxy. It is obvious that the
core of the system is always more stable
than its superstructure – the system. An
atomic nucleus can exist without electrons
(neutron base) and remain an atom, but
electrons without the nucleus are no longer
an atom. Further Sukhonos introduced
the notion of “stability”. The vector of
stability is in a perpendicular direction to
the scale axis and has two extreme values:
maximum for nucleus objects, and for
system objects – minimum. As a result,
a sinusoid curve with an increment of
10 orders aligns along the scale axis, on
the peaks of which the above mentioned
objects of the World are located: seven on
one side and six on the other side of the
scale axis (figure 1).
Then the author divides the whole
scale into 12 classes, at the intersection
points of the sinusoid curve and the axis.
Further the author analyzes the way
some real objects being among those that
have been thoroughly studied by science,
fill the scale classes, the way they transfer
from one class to another, the way their
stability changes, the way the structure of
the systems changes from mono-centrism
to poly-centrism with the change of place
on the scale ranking, the way symmetry
and form of objects fluctuate.
It is obvious that a great number
of scientifically established facts and
phenomena fall on the scale ranking and
behave according to its internal laws. Here
are some of these.
 № Class
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fotons? Electrons Atoms Human being Stars Galactics

STABILITY
Lg L, сm

33 28 23 18 13 8 3 2 7 12 17 22 +27 М-scale

54
KERNELS OF ELECTRONS? KERNELS OF CELL KERNELS OF ATOMS KERNELS OF KERNELS OF
MAXIMONS GALACTICS
METAGA;ACTICS
STARS

А В

NG
?

STRO
THE WEAK THE ELECTROMAGNETIC THE GRAVITATIONAL
20 20 20
10 10 10

MICROINTERVAL MACROINTERVAL MEGAINTERVAL

Figure 1. The scale classification of objects and forces of the Univerce

2.SCALE-MEASUREMENTASPECTOFTHESTRUCTUREOFTHEWORLD.THETHEORYOFS.I.SUKHONOS
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
It is evident that all material objects
have certain size and distinctive features,
which allows distinguishing them among
the host of other objects. For example,
an atom has variations which determine
the chemical element it forms, and in
connection with this it varies in size. The
same can be said about a star, as well as
about any of the cosmic bodies, including
the Galaxies.
Molecules, cells, plants and many
other objects of the material World
fluctuate in size and type. The question is
the following: how does the junction point,
the border of dimensionally neighboring
objects on the scale ranking, look? The
author clearly shows that in the points of
junction of two objects there are zones with
the size of one order, filled with an object
possessing combined characteristics,
some hybrid, and tambour systems.
Such structures separate the star nuclei
from the stars, stars from Galaxy nuclei,
Galaxy nuclei – from the Galaxies. The
main conclusion is that there exist neither
blank spaces nor impenetrable borders
on the scale ranking. That is to say: the
functional-measurement range of objects
of the World has a continuous nature.
The next important point is the center
of the measurement scale – these are
the objects with the size of 10 –5 m, or
50 mm. Such objects as the female cell
nucleus, male cell – spermatozoid, as well
as spermatozoids of most of the animals
fall exactly onto this size category. So the
spermatozoids of a human, an elephant,
fox and cachalot are practically equal in
size. As you know, the gamete cell bears
all the information on the structure and
peculiar features of humans and animals.
In the process of prenatal development
the first fertilized cell forms by means of
55
division into 2·1012 cells, which constitute
the organism of a new-born, and then
the number increases to 1015 cells, which
makes up the necessary volume of an
adult organism. As a result, humans
and animals travel on the scale ranking
over a distance that is equal to one class
(from sixth to seventh) or the distance
from the center of the measurement scale
(10 –5) to 100 m. 100 m is 1 m, however
after more detailed research the middle
of seventh class corresponds to the size
of 161.58  cm. In the author’s opinion,
this size practically coincides with the
average height of human beings. However,
to the same seventh class belong two
other kingdoms of biological life – plants
and animals. Probably, 161.58 cm is the
average size of all biological objects. In
any case, the author presents us with that
incontestable fact, that humans appear not
just somewhere, but right in the middle of
the scale ranking of the World, and he sees
in this the basis for certain resurrection
of ideas on the central place and special
role of humans in the Universe. There is
nothing for us to do but to sincerely thank
him for that.
Studying the behavior of objects in
the areas of intersection of the stability
sinusoid and the scale axis, the author
provides interesting computations with an
example of planets in our Solar system.
The point is that with their size, the planets
of our Solar system fall on the border zone
between class No. 8 «Star nuclei» and
class No. 9 «Stars». That is exactly the
109.5 cm mark on the M-scale.
Why is Pluto, a member of the solar
system, not gaseous, like the other planets
of Jupiter group? The answer is obvious, if
we look how the planets are located on the
M-axis (figure 2).
2.SCALE-MEASUREMENTASPECTOFTHESTRUCTUREOFTHEWORLD.THETHEORYOFS.I.SUKHONOS
By the size parameter Pluto belongs to
the class No. 8, where the planets of the
Earth group are located, and that is the
reason for its high density. Therefore, the
classification of planets depends not on the
degree of remoteness of their orbits from
the Sun, but on their place on the M-axis.
All the objects of class No. 8 – star nuclei
and some of the planets are solid bodies,
and all the objects of class No. 9 – stars
and some of the planets are liquid and
gaseous bodies.
The next important regularity unites
the phenomena of synthesis, fission and
energy emission with the two characteristic
stability points on the M-axis.
The meaning of these dependencies
can be understood from figure 3.
The peaks of the stability sinusoid
have a neutral position – the «saddle», in
which object-systems can exist in relative
stability. But a much more stable position
is at the bottom parts of the sinusoid curve
– the «depressions».
Transfer from a «saddle» to a «depression»
is performed by means of synthesis, and
from a «depression» to a «saddle» – by
means of fission. In both cases there is
an output of energy. Whatever we study
–  growth of a cell or the growth of a
star, – in any class of the M-axis the same
regularities are found. There are only two
technologies of progress on the M-axis
in the stability zone: with maintenance
of integrity of the system (figure 4) and
without maintenance of the integrity of
the system (figure 5). The author provides
numerous examples of this and also facts
from different spheres of the natural
sciences. One of these, relating to cytology,
is shown in (figure 6). This requires no
additional explanations.
The next very interesting observation
56
is connected with the expansion of the
Universe. The author rightly believes
that the expansion of space, taken by the
Metagalaxy, is somehow connected with
change of the metrics of this very same
space. Or, in other words, the M-axis
changes to some extent. The hypothesis
is the following: The Metagalaxy at the
moment of its appearance, and this was
over 15 billion years ago, has had the scale
ranking from a maximon to the diameter
of Metagalaxy – 1060 times or 60 orders,
and the scale structuring of the World has
rested upon the crystal clear dimensionless
coefficient of 105. Expansion with the
speed, close to the speed of light, the
Metagalaxy has grown, according to the
author’s opinion, approximately 10-fold,
and the M-scale started containing 61
division lines. In connection with this
it is recommended to calibrate (mark,
graduate) the M-axis on the basis of the
two dimensionless coefficients. One is first-
begotten and permanent - 105 and the second
one, by the fact of the current increased size
of Metagalaxy, i.e. 61:12 =   5.083, according
to the diagram, shown on the figure 7.
As a result two stability sinusoids
are obtained – the one which existed
at the time of creation of the world, and
the one which is at work now. There is
a shift between their peaks; it is small,
but extremely important for explanation
of the many phenomena in the history
of development of the Material World.
The point is that for 15 billion years the
stability points on the M-scale have been
moving and are still moving to the right.
The Metagalaxy has increased over this
period. Ordinates of all «depressions» and
«saddles» of the M-scale have changed
along with it, except for the ordinate of the
maximon, which has been and stays equal
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Star half wawe

Klass 8

Jupiter
Uranus
II Lg L, см

8,5
М-axe I  group of solid planets with
8 9 9,5 10 10,5 11
density over 2 SGU.
Mercury I II  group of gaseous planets
Earth with density under 2 SGU.
Pluto
Klass 9 A scale periodicity equal to 0,5
orders is evident.

System half-wawe of macro bodies

orbit No. Planet Size, cm Density

1 Planets of the Earth Mercury 0,485·109 Solid bodies having
2 group Venus 1,210·109 2 to 5.5 SGU

3 Earth 1,276·109
4 Mars 0,679·109
5 Asteroid ring – remains of a planet which was not able to come into existence.
Why?

6 Planets of the Jupiter Jupiter 1,426·1010 Liquid and gaseous

7 group Saturn 1,202·1010 bodies under 2 SGU

8 Uranus 0,490·1010
9 Neptune 0,502·1010
10 Pluto 0,640·109 Solid body approx.
2.8 SGU

Figure 2. Location of planets in our Solar system on the M-scale.

(S.I. Sukhonos)

57
2.SCALE-MEASUREMENTASPECTOFTHESTRUCTUREOFTHEWORLD.THETHEORYOFS.I.SUKHONOS

PS
PS E
S D

SB

М-axe

a) Potential stability “depression” diagramm;

E E E E E E E

F S F S F S F S F S F S

№0 №1 №2 №3 №4 №5 №6 №7 №8 №9 №10 №11 №12

Depressions Lg L, сm

33 23 13 3 7 17 +27 М-axe

b) Stability points, synthesis (S) and fission (F) zones indicated;

PS — “hole” stabiliy; SB — stable balance; S — synthesis; D — division; E — energy

Figure 3. Stability points, synthesis and fission zones (S. I. Sukhonos)

58
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Expansion Compression

1 2

М-axe

Figure 4. Diagram of motion in the potential stability field

with maintenance of integrity of the system: 1 — expansion of the
system;
2 — compression of the system (S. I. Sukhonos)

Synthesis Fission

1 2

М-axis

Figure 5. Diagram of motion in the potential stability field without maintenance

of integrity of the system: 1 — synthesis of the system; 2 — fission of the
system (S. I. Sukhonos)

59
2.SCALE-MEASUREMENTASPECTOFTHESTRUCTUREOFTHEWORLD.THETHEORYOFS.I.SUKHONOS

А SF barrier B SF barrier

3
2 1
1 2

М-axe М-axe

Figure 6. Two types of cell fission (multiplication) process (S.I. Sukhonos)

а) If a cell has a size smaller than the synthesis-fission barrier, than before fission it
initially grows (1-2) to the size,
which exceeds the SF barrier, then divides
(2-3) to the original size and further continues functioning with this size(3).b) If a cell in
. b) If a cell in normal condition has a size larger than the SF barrier, than before fission
it does not grow. The fission process
takes place (1-2), and then “fragments” that have appeared grow to the initial normal
condition (2-3)

5
0 Base wave “the diapason”, /2=10 С

БВУ Expanding border

of the Metagalaxy

ЭВУ
33 5,083
10 сm Stationary wave of evolution, /2=10 28
10 сm

Figure 7.Evolutionary and base stability wave.

Characteristic stable points on the M-axis (dimensions) for the second ESW
depend on the radius of the Universe. With the extension
of the Universe the second sinusoid, unlike the first one (BSW),
will stretch to the right, as a harmonica, and all the stable points, which it presets,
will shift to the right along the M-axis. ESW -evolution stability wave BSW base
stability wave (S.I. Sukhonos)

60
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

to itself. Acts of creation cannot be confused

This hypothesis perfectly explains a with the acts of birth, i.e. reproduction
great number of events in the history of of already existing systems. The wave of
creation, but the initial numbers require acts of creation has moved and is moving
some adjustment. now along the M-axis from the elemental
to more complicated systems. The author
Size of the maximon (was 10 –34,8 m calls this the place where the wave of
and remains so) creation acts and the M-axis touch the
Size of Metagalaxy scaling focus of the creation process. In
– was at the time of creation 1025,2 m the part of the M-axis, where the focus
– is at present 1025,62 m
of creation process has already passed,
the optimal arrangement of objects of the
Size of the M-scale:
World is found, and evolution is replaced
– was at the time of creation 60 orders with self-reproduction.
– is at present 60,42 orders Evolution of objects of the subatomic
Basic scaling factor levels, atomic and molecular levels, has
– was and is 105 probably ended on the scale of the whole
for n-class adopts the value 10n∙5 Universe, and that was the first stage of
of evolution.
Evolutionary scaling factor At the second stage the evolution
– was at the time of creation 105 has been moving in the direction of
mechanical building up of objects and the
creation of cosmic bodies – from Galaxies
– at present (60.42:12) 105,035 to the planets.
We can judge of the third stage only
Evolutionary scaling increment for each from the experience of our own planet.
of the 12 classes is calculated by the It is connected with the multi-stage
following formula: evolution of biosystems and the parallel
creation of the biosphere, which in its turn
∆n= n·0.035 has facilitated this evolution.
In the opinion of the author, the
where n is the class number. focus of evolution now are the social
Absolute value of the evolutionary systems, comprising the societal scale,
scaling factor for n-class is 10n·5.035. the biosphere, and on the Universal scale
But the numeric specifications do not –  «population systems». Now the main
prevent us from seeing the beauty and the task of evolution is the creation and
meaning of the main idea of this point: processing of the «social level».
the Universe is evolving; the evolution It is hard to disagree with the author. Wars,
vector is directed from left to right on the revolutions, incompetence of ruling authorities,
M-axis. The history of evolution of the imperfection of social institutions – how much
Universe is connected with the acts of evil and pain they bring to the World, how
creation, i.e. creating such objects of the much wasted human energy, what harm to
universe, which have not existed before. one’s soul and the whole planet!

61
2.SCALE-MEASUREMENTASPECTOFTHESTRUCTUREOFTHEWORLD.THETHEORYOFS.I.SUKHONOS
I have now recapped almost the
entire book of Sukhonos, but there is one
more, and perhaps the most important
hypothesis  – on the existence and nature
of the non-material World.
All things that the author talks about
have a wave nature: the M-scale with fixed
periodicity of junction points, stability
sinusoid…
The author proves quite convincingly
that all the junction points on the M-scale,
i.e. all the structure-forming objects of
the World are the results of fluctuations
between the extreme sources – maximons
and Metagalaxy. By their character they
are stationary waves in a four-dimensional
space: three-dimensional physical space
plus a scale axis as the fourth dimension.
Fluctuations in this space give rise to
junctions – three-dimensional objects of
the material World. There appears the new
vision of a world order as the consequence
of scale-harmonic resonance, in which
values and functions of various tones can
be analyzed.
A fundamental tone is given by
marginal points of the interval – maximon
and Metagalaxy. This tone corresponds
to a physical vacuum, in which there are
no physical objects, but only energy and
fluctuations. Just like this – energy without
a carrier! We don’t understand everything
in this World after all!
The first overtone gives rise to a
junction in the center of the M-axis with
the size of about 10 –5 m. These are objects,
composed directly of maximons, and
their size, as is known, is 10 –35 m, thus the
above-mentioned aggregates can number
1090 units of maximons, staying invisible
and imperceptible for human being and all
devices.
Nothing prevents the assumption that
62
such «seeds of the world spirit» fill the
whole volume of the Metagalaxy without
exception and quite compactly, being the
carrier and the medium of information
of practically unlimited volume. It is
interesting, that also 1090 of such «seeds of
the spirit» can fit into the volume of the
Metagalaxy.
This is the Spiritual world in all its
beauty!
The second overtone – points of 10 –15 and
105 m on the M-axis are the atom nuclei
and star nuclei. Pay special attention: not
photons – electrons, but at first – atom
nuclei.
The third overtone – points, corre-
sponding to the dimensions of an electron and
a star, etc, including the eleventh overtone,
i.e. 12 harmonics with due account for the
fundamental tone, give us the broad picture
of the non-biological objects of the World, and
the 120th overtone, in the author’s opinion,
gives rise to the physical matrix of human
beings.
S.I. Sukhonos has granted us a
new universal law of nature – the scale
symmetry of the Universe. Apparently, this
law can be characterized as fundamental
for the explanation of the construction of
the World. Of course, both the author and
we realize that the World structure does not
come down solely to the M-axis. Stability
vector, located orthogonally towards the
M-axis appears for a reason, as well as the
seemingly facultative speculations of the
author about the place and direction of the
complexity axis and dimensionality of the
systems of the Universe.
In the author’s opinion, on the edges
of the M-axis the dimensionality of
structures of the Universe equals zero, i.e.
the maximon and Metagalaxy are zero-
dimensional objects, i.e. points.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
«From the micro-world, gradually, with
movement along the graduated scale, the
complexity of systems of matter accumulates,
reaches a maximum in the center of the M-axis,
manifesting itself through the fantastic variety
of life forms, and then starts to gradually
decrease, until it reaches the basic types of
morphological variety in area of Galaxies, and
then decreases impetuously down to linear
structures, ending with a zero-dimensional
object» S.I. Sukhonos [109, p. 114].
Right next to the middle of the M-axis,
where the cell, or an adult human being,
or biosphere (by the way, still not shown
63
on the M-scale), - that’s exactly where the
author sets forth a perpendicular ending
at infinity (figure 8) and practically states
that this is the direction which further
evolution of objects of the World will take,
and the human and social systems will
come closer to the Divine ideal.
Here, my dear friend, I have reached the
place of passing the baton, I would like to
thank the author once again for what he
has revealed to me, and will continue my
search for the truth, now using my own
strength and intellect, in as much as God
grants these to me.
2.SCALE-MEASUREMENTASPECTOFTHESTRUCTUREOFTHEWORLD.THETHEORYOFS.I.SUKHONOS

Dimensionality ?
of the objects
of the Universe

1
М-axe
0
33 3 +28

Figure 8. Dimensionality of the objects of the Universe rises as you move away from its
scale
edges (where the dimensionality tends towards zero) and approaches
to the Scale Center of the Universe (S.I. Sukhonos)

64
 3. THE MATERIAL WORLD – A SCHEME
ON A NOTEBOOK SHEET
It would be desirable very much, my
dear friend, to draw such a diagram on
which all the material World and all its
main parts would be shown. And that the
basic laws of its structure would be seen
and that the diagram would include both
those things known to science and the still
unknown part (dotted line), and thus this
diagram would be simple, obvious and
easily fit onto a notebook page…
From the previous reasonings we
discovered, that the difference between
the smallest and the largest objects of the
Material world is of 60 orders, i. е. one is
greater than the other by 1060 times. We
also discovered that to each interval, in
the size of 105, there corresponds a precise
and average size of structure-determining
objects of the material World. Well in any
case, for the majority of these. The nuclei
of these objects are subject to the same
periodicity with a half-phase shift.
It is also obvious that inside of the
classes with a five order increment the
same regularities repeat, irrespective of the
class number or its place on the graduated
scale. The processes of division, synthesis,
absorption and liberation of energy, the
correspondence of a nucleus and the
structure concerning the same points of
65
a sinusoid, are invariable – irrespective of
the class number.
But it is also obvious, that the graduated
scale is insufficient for an exhaustive
systematization of objects of the
material World. There are a number of
system-forming objects which are either
«superimposed» by their size on the
others, or are absolutely not a multiple on
the scale division of 105.
Molecules and biomolecules are
somewhere between the 5th and 6th classes
and the 7th class – except for human beings,
which seems to be occupied by plants and
animals. They cannot be thrown out in
any way, without them we wouldn't exist.
The class allocated for the nuclei of stars,
has the same dimensional borders, as the
class for planets and biospheres.
And in general the correct scheme is
the one in which everything known to us
is placed on shelves, there is a place for
the unknown and there are no superfluous
shelves.
Therefore we search for the scheme of
classification where any object known to
us in the material World will easily enter.
Apparently, it will be a scheme drawn on a
notebook page…
 3. THE MATERIAL WORLD – A SCHEME ON A NOTEBOOK SHEET
3.1. Five attributes for classification of the
material World objects
KEYWORDS: attributes of classification, a classification cell, class-
forming objects.
To see a clear picture, i. е. an image on
a plane, we need to have two orthogonal
axes. On one of these the graduated scale
will be placed, and yet on the second one
something does not turn out so well.
There are a lot of objects in the material
World, and each one has its size, at least
within the limits of one inertial system.
But where to take the second attribute
from, an attribute which is also equally
inherent in every object? What is there
in common between an atom, a human
being, and a star? Where is this attribute
that equally exists in every object of the
material World? This attribute does exist,
but is expressed in a different degree and
does not change its nature?
Search though, as much as you want,
you will not find it! Because, except for the
size attribute, no other physical attribute
which extends throughout the graduated
scale, remains the same. In the transition
from a microcosm into a macrocosm, and
then into a megaworld, the parameters
of weight, density, movement speed and
any other physical properties lose their
universality.
But, as is well known, never say
«never»! There is still a certain special
parameter or attribute that is equally
characteristic to every material object.
The fact is that each material object has
connections defining its place, value and
origin in the system of the material World.
The characteristic of an object is that it
occupies a certain, strictly fixed place
66
of some magnitude which is already a
property of self-classification of objects
having multitude. Or, putting it more
simply, in each object of the material
World there are some features (attributes)
which unequivocally put it in a certain
classification pigeonhole. You will not
confuse an atom with a star, a molecule
with a plant, a human being with the
Galaxy.
Inventing the classification pigeonho-
les is not necessary at all because they
exist from the moment of God's plan;
another matter is the understanding of
what attributes were used by the Creator
for the differentiation of classes.
All in all, five such attributes can be
found.
The first attribute is scale-dimensional,
and it has already been discussed. The
other four attributes are represented as if
they were facets of a uniform parameter
and the hypothetical name «the functional
and structural level of organization of the
material World», in short – the level of
organization.
If you, my dear friend, come up with
a more precise and easy name I will not
object.
Material objects occupying key places
in the Creator's plan and in the construction
of the universe are of primary interest to
us. The scale of the organizational level
with such an approach turns out to be
discrete (discontinuous): as many system-
forming objects that exist, there are so
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
many points on the scale.
Between the system-forming objects
are intervals. There are objects of a
transitive kind. In this connection we
shall divide all material objects into class-
forming and those that are transitive
(fig.  9, attribute 2).
The next attribute is the physical
nature of an object, again not the best
name to use, but here is what it means. All
objects of the material World are divided
into three groups.
The first group: non-organic
substances of the material World –
chemical elements and their compounds
(except for organic compounds), a nucleus
of an atom, an electron and all that is even
smaller, including a maximon.
The second group: aggregations from
the nuclei of atoms, atoms, molecules, i.е.
their congestions in local space; these are
space bodies, from space balls in the size
of 10-5 m up to planets, stars, Galaxies
and the Metagalaxy itself. An ice asteroid
and a star, billions of years letting out
an unbelievable quantity of energy, as a
matter of fact are the same. Their radical
distinction is only in quantity of substance,
mass: the bigger it is, the more active are
the intra-nuclear processes which produce
light and energy.
The third group: biological objects,
from the organic compounds and fibers up
to human beings.
Attribute No. 4 (fig. 9) describes the way
of communication between the lower and
higher standing material objects. If we
look closely, it is possible to see, that all
objects of the material World are built in
some hierarchical chain. Those that are
located below, serve as a building material
or as a condition of existence for those that
are at a stage above.
67
What is an atom made of? Of a nucleus
and electrons. A molecule is a combination
of atoms. Human beings, animals and
plants are made up of cells, but animals
and plants create the conditions without
which human beings cannot survive.
Attribute No. 4 shows three possible
cases of correlation of subordinate with
higher objects of the material World which
we recently mentioned.
The first case is «a nucleus and
structure». For example: a nucleus of a cell
and a cell, a nucleus of a star and a star. In
these cases the higher structure basically
is defined by a subordinate structure
which plays the role of a nucleus.
The second case is simpler, «an
element of n+1 level completely physically
consists of the elements of the n-level».
A molecule is a combination of the sum
of the atoms; the Metagalaxy is the sum
of the Galaxies. In this case the role of
construction or organization of the sum
of the elements is especially important.
Namely the method of their combination
provides a new quality.
The third case is similar to a
corresponding «foundation and a
construction on the foundation». The
foundation without a house can exist,
but the house without the corresponding
foundation cannot. Humans eat vegetative
and animal food, breath oxygen which
comes from the flora and evolution of
the biosphere. The biosphere, in turn,
is impossible without its carrier – the
planets  – and without an energy source -
a star (the Sun), i. е. without the center of
the planetary system.
And now at last, attribute No. 5
(fig.  9) is the function of the object in the
hierarchical structure of the universe. Here
the scheme is simple up to the zoologism.
 Signs distinguishing
Objects
Material World
Symptom scale Functional-structural features

№1 №2 №3 №4 №5

The relationship Function object

Size On the role of the scale Physical nature a hierarchical
between neighboring
Object structure of the universe
Objects

Evidence
Classification
Class №0 Inorganic
Class-forming Kernel -
10351032,5 м substance
objects structure
material
with kernel Aggregate level n
World

68
creates some
Class №1 new quality
1032,51027,5 м necessary
to create
aggregates
Space Elements - Level n+1
Transient body structure
Class №2

Groups
objects and their system element
1027,51022,5 м

Classification
3.1. Five attributes for classification of the material World objects

Foundation -
Biological building
objects on the foundation
Class №12
1022,51025 м

Fig. 9. Five features distinguish objects Material World

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The object of the «n» level exists owing
to 100 % sacrifice of objects of the «n - 1»
level and possibly to lower levels, and the
object of the level «n» itself exists only for
serving in the creation of an object of the
level «n + 1».
So, an integrated parameter is offered, the
functional-structural level of organization.
This means that structure-forming objects
of the material World really do exist and
really form three converging hierarchical
chains – substance, space bodies and bio-
objects. The point of convergence is in the
field of atoms and molecules. Chains really
have graduated or hierarchical structure:
each object is a building material or a
condition needed for the formation for an
object of the next higher level. Each object
is a step in the general structure, each one
bears its function in the general scheme,
and each structure-forming object steadily
occupies the central place in its class (level).
The levels in the aggregate form a scale of
12 classes. But this will become obvious a
little later.
69
Somethingvaguelyfamiliarismentioned
by E. P. Blavatskaya. Making comments on
the concepts of nidan  –  cause-and-effect
concepts of Buddhism, she draws attention
to their number – 12 – and their hierarchical
structure.
«Exoterically and esoterically there are twelve
nidans, this is the fundamental doctrine of
Buddhism. Also there are twelve exoterical
Buddhist suttas, named nidans, and in each is
provided with one nidan.
Nidans have a double meaning. They
themselves represent:
• Twelve reasons of sensual existence
through twelve connections of the
subjective nature with the objective, or
between subjective and objective natures;
• Interrelation of causes and effects.
Each reason holds a consequence, and this
consequence, in turn, becomes a reason.
Each of them has as an upadha (base) one
subdivision of one nidan and also some
consequence, or a sequel»
[19, p. 560].
 3.2. System-forming objects of the material World
3.2. System-forming objects of the
material World
KEYWORDS: an object of classification, a unit, a system-
forming unit, a functional-structural level of organization, a natural
body.
Now we shall nevertheless attempt to
make a list of the basic material objects.
The problem is not new. In their time a
number of researchers already touched
upon this question. V. I. Vernadsky wrote:
«It is convenient to use one logical concept
in concrete natural sciences.
This concept is all about a natural body. A
natural body in a biosphere we shall call each
object which is logically delimited from its
surroundings and which has formed as a result
of regular natural processes that occur in the
biosphere or originate in the earth's crust.
Such a natural body will be each rock (and all
forms of its occurrence – as a batholite, a rod,
a layer, etc.), any mineral (and all forms of its
occurrence), any organism as an individual
and also as a complex colony, biocenose
(simple and complex), any ground, silt, etc., a
cell, its nucleus, a gene, an atom, a nucleus of
an atom, an electron and the like, capitalism, a
class, a parliament, a family, a community and
the like, a planet, a star and the like – millions
of millions of possible “natural bodies”. As
can be seen from the above examples, we
distinguish here two categories of concepts.
One concept is an answer to objects that really
exist in nature and are not only a creation
of the logic process: for example, a certain
planet, certain ground, an organism and the
like. And on the other hand, the concept which
entirely or in the basic part is a creation of a
complex logic process – the generalization of
uncountable set of facts or logic concepts: for
example, ground, rock, a star, a state and so
forth« [28, p. 418].
And further in the same place:
70
«A human, the biosphere, the earth’s
crust, the Earth, the Solar system, its galaxy
(the island world of the Sun) are natural bodies
indissolubly connected together» [28, p. 427].
This is very close to what we need.
But, perhaps we should not include into
the classification of material objects those
objects and phenomena of the social order
not having the attribute of size.
Within the limits of our research we
shall include the system-forming objects
of the material World the things which
bear properties of size and structure.
Neither seeking the approval
of philosophers nor the applause of
philologists, we shall name these
aggregates, because their first distinctive
feature is structure, participation in the
hierarchical system of structurization,
in the functional evolution on the basis
of graduated hierarchy of structures.
Eventually, these should somehow be
named.
On fig. 10 the grouping of basic (and
some not basic) units of the material
World is presented in attachment to the
measurement scale. The graduated scale
developed by S. I. Sukhonos and accepted
by us with gratitude totals eleven full-size
and two half-size classes (classes No. 0
and 12). The first five classes, from zero to
the fourth one, are mono-objects, i.е. they
include one system-forming aggregate,
each with the following sizes:
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
m

Peaks
М-axe
sinusoid of
Lg(м)

stability 35 32,5 30 5  5  5 0 5 10 15 20 25

27,5

22,5

17,5

12,5

12,5

17,5

22,5
,5

,5
35

,5

,5

25
10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10
Borders
М-axe
of classes, m
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
м=10 0,425

№ of class 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PHOTONS? ELECTRONS? ATOMS HUMAN STARS GALAXIES

Stability

Lg L, сm

33 28 23 18 13 8 3 2 7 12 17 22 +27 М-axe

MAXIMONS ELECTRON’S CORE? ATOM’S CORE CELL’S CORE STAR’S CORE GALAXY’S CORE METAGALAXY

C  core C S C S C S C S C S C S C С  structure
E  energy around core
F  fission E E E E E E E
S  synthesis
F S F S F S F S F S F S

№ of class 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Base material
Planet system

Galaxy’s core
Biomolecule

aggregates
Atom’s core

Metagalaxy
Star’s core
(Electron’s

Cell’s core
(Photon)?

biosphere

(are placed
Maximon

molecule

Anumals
Electron

human

Galaxy

at the peaks
core)?

Planet
Plants
Atom

Star

of the sinusoid)
cell

Some transitional
stars, pulsars, minor planets, satellites
plants, animals and people, asteroids,
Population and social aggregations of

material
White dwarfs, black holes, neutron

Star systems, galactic black holes

aggregates
Unicelluar plants and organisms

Dwarf galaxy, galactic systems

(are placed
nucleic acids, polynucleotide,

between
Proreins, viruses, bacteria

the peaks
of the sinusoid)
Cells, galactic clusters
Isotopes, mesoatoms,

Starry host, quasars

?

“Strange particles”

amino acids, lipids

Space balls

meteorites

Borders oh experimental knowledge

Fig. 10. Placement of units of the material world to the M-scale

71
 3.2. System-forming objects of the material World

basis or submit only in the secondary

No. 0 a maximon – 10 m; –35
level, and in the first level they answer to
No. 1 (a photon)? – 10 –30 m; the functional-structural parameter level.
No. 2 (a nucleus of an electron)? – 10 –25 m;
No. 3 an electron – 10 –20 m; No. 5 An atom, a molecule 10 –10 m
No. 4 a nucleus of an atom – 10–15 m. No. 6 Biomolecules, a nucleus of a 10 –5 m
cell, a cell
The units of classes 1 and 2 have
tentative names. Objects of such a size No. 7 Plants, animals, humans 100 m
are still not accessible to experimental No. 8 A nucleus of a star, a planet, 105 m
research and therefore hereinafter their bio-sphere
names are given in brackets and with No. 9 A star, planetary systems 1010 m
a question mark. However it does not
prevent us from affirming that between Classes No. 10–12 are again mono-objects
the theoretically described maximon and
the electron there are scaled steps which
No. 10 The Galactic nucleus 1015 m
are occupied by certain quite real material
objects. No. 11 The Galaxy 1020 m
However, even with the electron all is No. 12 The Metagalaxy 1025 m
still not so clear. What is it: a «ball» flying
around a nucleus, or an «energy sphere»? Why is there such a set of system-
It is understood that the electron is still forming representatives of the material
100 times smaller than the smallest object World? Why are there not more and not
accessible to modern means of visual less of them? Why are there these ones and
observation. not others? Perhaps, something should be
In general the material World of the deducted or added?
micro-level with sizes of objects less than I added and deducted ten times
10-15 m is not only poorly explored, but is already, estimated this way and that way
also extremely hard to explore. And the and it turns out that: 21 aggregates, one is
reason for this is probably the absence the base (a maximon) and 20 derivatives
of an adequate scientific paradigm. Yet I kept constant within all schemes; there are
shall not go deep into this question and not no superfluous ones and also there are no
afflict upon nuclear physicists the measure empty spaces. The material World looks
of my ignorance; but I shall risk assuming like that, as much I can understand it at the
that many strange things of the microcosm moment.
can become clearer within the framework Now let's have a look at how these
of our concept of the universe. base aggregates correlate among each
Classes from Nos. 5 to 9 include other (fig.  11). The correlation of the type
several aggregates each. This means that «a nucleus – structure» requires some
to the central size of these classes two or explanations. «A nucleus of an atom –
more base material aggregates correspond. an atom», here is the classic case: this
These objects obviously do not submit to nucleus of a construction and periphery
classification in accordance to the scale around the nucleus, and in aggregate it is

72
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
a construction with a strongly pronounced
nucleus. «A nucleus of an electron – an
electron» and «a maximon – a photon»
these are two pairs which nobody has seen
and they are only thought to exist. The
basis to it is only the general rhythm of
change of a nucleus and structure on the
M-scale. «A nucleus of the Galaxy - the
Galaxy», «a nucleus of a star – a star»,
these two pairs do not provoke objections.
And the Metagalaxy according to the
logic of the M-scale is a nucleus without
a construction. What can that mean?
In the opinion of M. A. Markov, the
Metagalaxy as a whole plays the role of a
point - a maximon for the following part
of the M-scale in the size of 60 orders.
And maybe the construction exists, but
it is outside of the material plane and
consequently is there no place for it on the
M-scale? Most likely, this is so.
We, my dear friend, must ask the
question: «Where does a maximon come
from and where does the Metagalaxy
disappear?» But let us wait a while.
Regarding biological objects there
is one nucleus - a nucleus of a cell. If it
is a question of a sexual cell its nucleus
is a nucleus of the future biological
organism  – a human, an animal or a plant;
and if this means cells from which the
organism is built up then in their basis lays
the endocellular nucleus owing to which
the cell lives and self-replicates.
The second type of mutual relations
among aggregates, neighbors in the
hierarchy is the complete integration
in which the construction of the higher
aggregate entirely consists of aggregates
of one or several lower levels. The
nucleus of an atom plus electrons forms
the construction of an atom. Maximons
develop in a photon (this is an assumption).
73
Atoms of various kinds in various
combinations form molecules and complex
organic compounds (biomolecules). A
nucleus of an electron and photons make
an electron (this is an assumption also).
Collectively the stars form Galaxies
though other logic is also possible: the
Galactic nucleus gives rise to matter, and
of this matter the stars are formed which
collectively form Galaxies.
The metagalaxy is the sum of the
Galaxies. Who forms whom and how
is still a question. The stars and their
planets form planetary systems like the
Solar one. An atom is the most striking
representative of the material World. It
forms all space bodies: nuclei of Galaxies,
nuclei of stars, planets, their satellites and
all the minute space bodies, down to space
balls in a diameter of 10-5 m. The nucleus
of a cell in a combination with complex
organic compounds (biomolecules) forms
a cell. Plants, animals, human beings
consist of organic cells of different kinds
and carrying out a lot of various functions
necessary for life.
The third and the last form of mutual
relations is «the base – construction»works
when the objects of the «n-1» level serve
as life-support systems for an object of
the n level although not being part of its
construction.
A maximon is a primary elementary
brick of all constructions at all hierarchical
levels of the material World, including the
Metagalaxy, i.е. the material World itself.
The maximon, most likely, bears in itself
all information necessary for creation of
the material World. As in the DNA of a
sexual cell the code of the future organism
is written down, so possibly, the maximon
knows what the material World should
be. Therefore the maximon is the main
 Physical nature Relationships between neighboring aggregates
of aggregates
Core structure Elements structure “Basis Construction”

Atom’s core
Atom
Electrons
Atom’s core Atom ? Maximon Material world -
Substance ? Maximons (photon)?
/as genetic Metagalaxy
of the material world (Electron’s core) Electron
Atoms Molecule, data medium/
Maximon (photon)? biomolecule

? Electron’s core
Electron
? Photons

Stars Galaxy
Galaxies Metagalaxy
Galaxy’s core Galaxy

74
Stars Planet system
Space bodies Star’s core Star Planet Planet Biosphere
and their systems
system
Metagalaxy  material Galaxy’s core
core of non-material structure? Star’s core
Atom
Star
Planet

Cells Plant
3.2. System-forming objects of the material World

Cell’s core Cell Biomolecule Biosphere

Cells Animal
Human Flora Fauna
Biological objects Cells Human
Gamic cell’s Animal Flora
/chromosomal Biomolecule Cell’s core Biosphere
Plant Fauna
component/ Biomolecule
Cell Biosphere Human
Cell’s core

Figure 11. Classification of the basic material aggregates according to the type за physical
nature and caracter of correlation
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
providing subsystem of the Metagalaxy.
The next similar pair is the planetary
system and the biosphere. The surface
of the planet constantly receiving the
necessary quantity of heat and light from
the central star, at a combination of some
geological and space conditions is capable
to form the basis for the formation of the
biosphere and to support its evolution
as a carrier of the conditions needed for
development of organic life.
Biomolecules are the primary base of
the biosphere. Flora is the base of the living
ability of fauna. The flora and fauna of the
planet form the biosphere; and vice versa:
the biosphere develops the conditions for
evolution of the flora and fauna.
And how human beings are so tied
to the biosphere! Here is full and direct
dependence! In the morning you got up
from a wooden bed, breathed a full chest
of air. Where is this oxygen from? The
plants gave it. Then you dressed yourself
in flax, cotton, wool, silk. Had a breakfast
of vegetables, fruit, bread, meat, milk. Put
on leather shoes, adorned yourself with
furs, went to the street, not being afraid
of the hard ultraviolet rays through the
ozone layer. Got into your car and drove
on hydrocarbons. Beautiful! Human
beings are on top of the pyramid of world-
structure. And try to remove the flora and
fauna: there will be no biosphere, there
75
will be no me or you either.
These are all clear things. But an
unpleasant and sobering question arises:
maybe we are created not for our own
pleasure, but for becoming the «base» of
the next level of the universe? Perhaps, we
are just ripening? For now! But at some
time will someone begin to use us for the
benefit of the general design? And maybe,
already does so?
So, there are basic aggregates of
the material World, there are pairing
communications between them. Division
of the aggregates into three groups is
obvious: substance, space bodies and
objects of organic life. In addition the
general hierarchical construction of the
objects is seen through, is expressed in the
hierarchy of functional-structural levels.
According to attribute No. 5 fig. 9 the
system-forming units of the material
World are established one after another
in an ascending order of the functional-
structural level of problems and tasks of
the material World solved by them, as a
system.
It would be desirable to somehow
represent all that graphically.
But at first it is necessary to imagine,
what the hierarchy of the levels of
organization of the material World might
look like.
 3.3. The material world as a uniform large system
3.3. The material world as a uniform
large system
KEYWORDS: a system, a subsystem, system levels, the graphic
diagram of the material World
Now, my dear friend, the time has
come for us to assume, that the material
World is no other than a system object
existing under the laws and rules of large
and complex systems, and moreover, that
the material World is a certain functional
part, a subsystem of a system of a higher
level which we will reach in due course
too.
And time a material world - a subsystem
the beginning and the end of a chain
which we will eat now incoming place
with places with an bigger system, and us
while can not confuse misunderstanding
of that, whence has appeared the first level
and what purpose is served by last level
of the organization of a material world. Us
various degree of scientific awareness on
objects of a material world also shouldn't
stop.
A variable degree of scientific
awareness of the material World's objects
also shouldn't stop us. Indeed, up to the
present moment science hasn't offered us
an image of the material World on scale
levels varying from 10-20 to 10-35 m. The
nuclei of planets and stars have also been
poorly researched. We know almost
nothing about the nature of Galaxies'
nuclei and the structure of Metagalaxy.
Nevertheless the experience, accumulated
by science, and the knowledge of other
objects of the material World give us
grounds to regard it as a system object and
to continue the research, using the methods
of systems analysis and modeling.
76
The first model is illustrated on picture
12. System-forming material objects are
formed up in two vertically converging
chains. The two top ends embrace the
aggregates of two types – the substance
and cosmic objects. The lower joint part
of the chains is filled with the aggregates,
belonging to the organic life. Opposite
each aggregate, on the left and on the
right, you can see the name of its system
and object function which characterizes
the aggregate's main quality and its
mission within the system's limits. The
first aggregate in the chain of «Substance»
group is a maximon. We only know for
sure that its size is 10-34,8 m and that there
are no smaller objects in the material
World.
Without going into particulars
describing maximon's possible
characteristics, let's mention that it plays
an essential role of the material World.
As a result it acquires two fundamental
qualities. Firstly, it bears all the genetic
information about the structure of the
material World. Secondly, it is self-
identical in time and space. In other
words, maximon is completely similar
to itself always and everywhere, i.e. it's
absolutely invariable. Maximon is not a
tiny bit of substance matter, it's not even
the protosubstance, it's something of what
the protomatter is made.
The substance matter and its attributes
probably emerge at the next three levels
of functional and structural scale (so far
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Space objects
Level number
Substance
System objective function System obiective function

galaxy
Meta-
Maxi-
Material world - Material world - realization

mon
genetic information 0

nuclears
Galaxy
(Elect-
ronic)
? ? 1 ?
/The appearance
Electron atom nucl

of material substance
(photon)?

/The appearance of cosmic

nuclears
Galaxy,
attributes: energy, mass, bodies, their evolution

star
motion, space, time, ? 2 ? and the forming
powers and ieractions/ of cosmic bodies systems/

Planet,
star
? 3 ?

Basic set of substance system

Planet
Atom

Conditions for
physiochemical properties 4 biosphere emergence
Molecule

Physiochemical properties
variation 5
molecule

Control of chemical and

Bio-

metabolic processes 6
nuclears

Self-replication mechanism Set of conditions for biological

Cell

7
life emergence and evolution
Biosphere

Primary form of biological life

Cell

8
Plant

Autotrophy and photosyntesis 9

Animal

Heterotrophy
and active mobility 10
Human

Cogitation and workmanship

11

? 12
?

Organic life

Fig. 12. Levels of organization of matter

77
 3.3. The material world as a uniform large system
beyond the reach of scientific research).
Energy appears, light flares, mass carrier
emerges, as well as motion, space and
time. Electrons and the prospective atomic
nucleus are born.
The forth level is the atom. Its function
is to give the system the basic set of
substances (chemical elements) with hard-
set characteristics. Altogether the science
knows 109 types of atoms.
The fifth level is the molecule which
attaches diversity to the qualities and
characteristics of material substances. The
number of atoms forming the compound
may vary from two to a few thousand
atoms of different sorts. The quality and
quantity of the derivable substances are
virtually unlimited
Then the organic life sphere appears,
but let's go back first to the zero level of
the substance organization and look at the
cosmic objects group.
The zero level of the «cosmic
objects» aggregates chain is occupied by
Metagalaxy. It may seem a paradox, but
Metagalaxy, in a system and object sense
is a univariate object. It just exists or not,
as well as a maximon. If maximon is a
concept, then Metagalaxy is the realization
of the concept of the material World.
The next three levels, as well as the
ones in the «Substance» group are poorly
investigated by the science, nevertheless it
is clear that cosmic bodies emerge there,
evolve and form systems of different scale.
The forth level is occupied by planetary
systems resembling the Solar System. The
system and object function of the planetary
system is to create the conditions under
which biosphere will emerge and evolve at
least on one planet.
Biosphere itself is quite troublesome.
This object is too peculiar. A superfine
78
pellicle covering the surface of a planet,
biosphere should have the appropriate
combination of solar heat, cosmic cold,
periodicity of axial rotation, the right
axial tilt to the ecliptic plane and lots of
other factors, determined by the celestial
mechanics, geology and biological activity.
Biosphere is the result of emerging of
primary forms of biological life and the
reason why the developed forms of life
appeared, such as plants, animals and
the human being. These forms, in their
turn, caused biosphere to step further
in its evolution. As a consequence,
biosphere is the only object of the material
World, which does not have any stable
classification binding on the function and
structural level scale.
Originated in prebiotic mineral level
№ 5, biosphere was permanent in its
evolution and now, being under pressure
of human factor, seems to turn into some
other form, obviously not the best one –
technosphere and partly into noosphere,
which corresponds to level №11.
Later we will see how it happened,
and now let's go back to the transition
from the molecule of the inert substance
to biomolecule – the primary specimen
of organic life. Biomolecules – level
№ 6 (pic. 12) – are complex molecular
formations, showing ability to affect the
chemical processes, in which they emerge
and participate. At this organization level
substance acquires the ability to control
metabolic processes, to accelerate and slow
down the course of chemical reactions
and even to change their direction.
Very complex and multifunctional
organic matter appears: proteins, nucleic
acids, nucleotides and other bioactive
compounds.
The next, seventh level – cell nucleus   –
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
is a complex biological mechanism with the
ability for self-replication. One of the major
attributes of life – the ability to reproduce
objects identical to the creator – is reso-
lved with the help of cell nucleus.
The eighth level – cell – gives the
material World the first elementary
organism. The cell as an independent
organism is a primary form of biological
life, but the cell as a biological building
material gives birth to all the diversity
of species, including plants, animals and
human being.
The ninth level provides substance
with the qualities of autotrophy and
photosynthesis, inherent in vegetative
world. These qualities are essential for
the fundamental change in biosphere
and its preparation for the appearance
and development of the fauna. The vital
functions of animals are based on the
oxidation processes in which the oxygen
is derived with the help of chlorophyll and
photosynthesis of plants.
The tenth level – animal world
-implements heterotporhy and the
mobility of biological objects. An active
intraspecific and interspecific struggle for
survival helps to develop animals' mental
capacity, preceding the next step in the
hierarchy of substance organization.
The eleventh level – human being   –
makes the substance cogitative and
capable of workmanship.
Here we should digress a little and
again turn to the notion of «Evolution
wave» introduced by S.I. Sukhonos. The
thing is that at a certain moment each of
the levels described was the utmost one.
There were times when the substance was
forming, cosmic bodies and their systems
were developing, then, roughly replacing
each other, the species of flora and fauna
79
were changing, and quite recently a human
being was born.
The age of the Earth is about 4,7
billion years. The biological life appeared
nearly 3,5 billion years ago, and the first
anthropomorphous beings endowed with
signs of intellect – about 200 thousand
years ago. The civilized man, like you
and me, is obviously not older than 10.000
years.
Hence, we can draw interesting
conclusions. The evolution history of man
as a biological species makes up 0.006%
from the history of the biological life on
the Earth, and the whole history of the
civilized world constitutes an extremely
short moment – nearly 0.00002% from
the period of our planet's existence.
Different steps of substance organization
required various time periods for their
evolution.
But that's not the point. It is important
that there are certain levels of the material
World organization that have already been
passed by the «evolution wave», where
the units and their interconnections are
already found and perfected, and there is
an area where the evolution wave passes
right now.
You got me right – it is a human
being. He is now ruthlessly twisted by the
evolution wave. Quoting an anonymous
minnisinger of medieval Germany:
«In the glory of light God defined
That reason, spirit and flesh Must harmonize»
[87, p. 448].
So far a man treats his mind and
workmanship as toys. Like a child, he
doesn't think about how and why he has
got these abilities. He applies them to the
detriment of himself, he can't control his
 3.3. The material world as a uniform large system
ambitions, he can't (and doesn't want to) be
in harmony with the World.
The evolution is omnipotent, and
there is no reason to be afraid that it won't
affect man. As well as on the previous
levels, there will be different variants,
unviable ones will be eliminated. Human
species fully complying with the system
and object function (yet unknown to us)
of the level № 11 will be brought to the
foreground and will form a firm base for
the next and probably the last level of the
material World organization.
«…having reached its intellectual step,
life cannot go on without further structural
development... in future we'll not only see the
continuation of life, but also the superlife!»
Pierre Teilhard de Chardin [126, p. 240].
The hierarchy of substance
organization levels starts from the zero
semi-level – maximon, which belongs
to the substance only by half, and ends
up with the twelfth semi-level, so far
nameless – its forming aggregate which
also belongs to the material World only
partly.
Indeed, it's difficult for you to
understand and for me to explain. The
world is not so complicated – I mean the
general scheme – but it is self-secluded.
All the levels and aspects are interrelated
and transform from one to another. It's
impossible to separate them and examine
separately. It's easier for me: I've traced
the whole scheme from the beginning
to the end many times and I understood
why each aggregate was given a definite
and fixed position. But it's impossible to
explain everything right away, that's why
so far you'll have to accept something on
faith, until the whole picture emerges.
80
Only then you'll be able to judge. Now
let's try to supplement the scheme of
aggregates' distribution according to the
levels of substance organization with pair
bondings (pic. 11). Thus we'll be able to
see if the structural connections between
units coincide with the hierarchy built on
the basis of system and object function.
The result is graphically demonstrated at
the pic. 13.
Maximon is the primary construction
element and material.
In some way, yet unknown to the
science, it produces photon (?) and electron
nucleus (?), and they produce electron and
atom nucleus. Then something clears up
slightly: an atom is formed by a nucleus
and atomic shells.
The chemical compound of atoms
forms molecules - the substance units with
an unlimited set of physical and chemical
characteristics. Further the substance
evolution follows two paths: qualitative
and quantitative. The increase in the
number of atoms in one place results in the
formation of cosmic bodies – from cosmic
dust to stars and planets.
Atoms, as it is seen on the scheme,
constitute the substance of the nuclei of
Galaxy and stars, form Galaxies, stars,
planets which in the aggregate form the
Metagalaxy.
The pair «planet-star» is an essential
prerequisite for the formation of biosphere,
which is a thin pellicle on the surface of a
planet with favorable conditions. Complex
molecular formations appear, such as
biomolecules, then cell nucleus and the
cell.
As an independent primary biological
unit the cell takes part in the process of
biosphere formation initiated by the first
organic substances – biomolecules.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

SUBSTANCE COSMIC BODIES

Maximon Metagalaxy
0

Galaxy nucleus
1

(Electron nuclears)? ?
?
(Photon)? Galaxy
2

? ?
M AT E R I A L W O R L D O R G A N I Z AT I O N S L E V E L S

Star nucleus
Atom nucleus

Star
3

Electron
Planet

Atom Planet system

4

Molecule
5

B I O S P H E R E
6

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus
7

BIOLOGICAL LIFE
8

Cell

Flora
9
10

Fauna
11

Human

Spirituality subject
12

nucleus-structure elements-structure “base-construction” connection

connection connection

Fig. 13.Рис.
Structural connection
13. Структурные of unitsнаon
связи агрегатов theихbackground
фоне of their
организационной organizational
иерархии
hierarchy

81
 3.3. The material world as a uniform large system
As a construction element of plants
and animals, an organic cell, together with
complex organic substances, forms the
organisms inhabiting biosphere – flora,
fauna and the human being. Note that the
characteristics and structure of biosphere
and its inhabitants are inseparably linked.
If we look at the 12* level from the
structural point of view, we can make
the following assumption. Firstly, human
is not the last link in the material World
evolution chain. Secondly, human must
become a basis and lay the foundation of
the 12th level unit. So far, since we are
people, we are unable to understand or
explain the essence of this aggregate. Just
like a dog, even the most clever one, can't
explain the essence of man.
The aggregate of level 12 (let's call
it «spirituality subject») can extend the
structural line of human being or biosphere.
These units are both in the active area of
the evolution wave, they haven't yet taken
shape, and both come right up to the 12th
level limit.
Aggregates № 0 and № 12 are frontier
by definition. It means that their sense can
be understood only when the connection
between the material World system
and the higher-order system becomes
transparent. Then we will see the origins
of maximon and understand the purpose
of «spirituality subject» № 12 fostered by
the material World.
Now, having the picture of basic material
units distribution on a caliber scale and
on a matter scale, we can logically build
a two-dimensional graph and see how
all the material World specimen will be
distributed there (pic. 14).
13 squares across and 13 squares
down. The square numeration from 0 to
12 complies with the class numeration.
82
Scale classes are located horizontally: one
class has a range of 2,5 orders astride the
center. The interval between the centers
of classes is 5 orders, i.e. there's a 100000
times increase to the right and a 100000
decrease to the left.
There are 21 basic units in the material
World field, excluding the hypothetic
«suprahuman» aggregate presumably
located within the 7th class which is less
likely, within the 8th or, one.
Most aggregates are located right
in the centers of classes on the measure
scale. According to their dimensions
four aggregates – molecule, biomolecule,
cell and planetary system – take up the
intermediate position between the centers
of the neighboring classes on the measure
scale.
The scale classes are filled with
aggregates in the following way. There are
no void scale classes. There can be from
one to three (or four) aggregates in one
scale class.
There are eleven filled squares located
vertically on the functional and structural
level axis. Each square contains from
one to four aggregates, and there's one
conventionally void square in the class №
12. The object located there, by definition,
exceeds the human being. It's difficult to
understand and describe something that
you haven't seen and that surpasses you in
complexity.
Finding ourselves on the 11ш
matter organization level and having
acquired thinking ability, we are bound
to understand the structure of the lower
levels. Only after analyzing this and using
the scientific extrapolation method, we'll
be given the right to grasp the essence
of level № 12. In fact, we'll be able to
enter this level, otherwise our existence
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Scale axis

Maximon

0
Metagalaxy

(Electron nucleus)? Galaxy nucleus

1
(Photon)?; Atom nucl. 2 Star nucl.; Galaxy

2
Electron
3

3
Planet; Star

Atom
4

4
Planet system

Molecule
5

5
Biomolecule
6

6
Cell nucleus
7

7
Biosphere
Cell
8

8
Flora
9

9
Fauna
10

10
Human
11

11
12

12
(Spirituality subject?) ? ?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Organization
level
axis

Figure 14. Basic material aggregates distribution in the coordinates

«scae — functional-structural organization level»

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Scale axis
Maximaon
0

Metagalaxy
0

(Electron nucl.)? Galaxy nucleus

1
1

Star nucleus; Galaxy

2

(Photon)?; Atom nucl.

2

Electron
3

Planet; Star
3

Atom
4

Planet system
4

Molecule
5

Biomolecule
6

Cell nucleus
7

Biosphere
8

Cell

Flora
9

9
10

10

Fauna
12 11

12 11

Human
(Spirituality subject?)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Organization
level axis

Fig. 15 A graph connecting the centers of basic material units’ classes

83
 3.3. The material world as a uniform large system
wouldn't make any sense.
The organization level axis is discrete by
definition, that's why there are no such system-
forming aggregates that are placed between
the centers of squares (levels). However,
beside system-forming aggregates, there
are also transitional units. Moreover,
the overwhelming majority of material
objects are transitional ones, in the terms
of scale and organization level. They
are apparently placed along the lines,
connecting the centers of the system-
forming units' classes.
As a matter of fact, the graph on pic. 14
clearly resembles a complex sinusoid or a
surge of the oscillogram.
Only one «floating» object makes an
exception - the biosphere. The thing is that
all the other aggregates were developing
according to the following scheme: «I
develop some new quality, then, at some
point I cease being myself, turning into
some other object». This is a traditional
quantitative and qualitative transition.
The biosphere follows a different path. In
the process of evolution the biosphere is
changing in its structure but its function
remains the same – it serves as a placental
system, ensuring the birth and development
of biological life. Later we'll examine this
phenomenon more profoundly. And now
let's state that the planet's biosphere, while
staying in the 8th class on the M-scale,
evolves from the 4* to the 11th (probably,
to the 12,h) class on the organization scale.
There's one more inaccuracy on the
scheme, (pic. 14). The frontier classes
contain frontier aggregates or objects. If
an object is located on two frontiers, like
maximon and Metagalaxy, then only a
quarter of it belongs to the graph. If an
object is located merely on the frontier line,
like class № 12 on the organization level
84
axis, then it belongs to the material World
only by half. Therefore, zero and twelfth
classes on both axes should be graphically
represented with an outer frontier passing
through their centers.
The thing is that the M-axis doesn't
have the material area with objects
smaller than maximon and larger than
Metagalaxy. There are also no objects
more elementary than maximon and
Metagalaxy on the organization axis. And
in the material World there's nothing more
highly organized than unit № 12
So, let's make the axes calibration more
precise and connect the centers of classes
using straight lines, taking into account
the structural bonds defined earlier (pic.
15).
The freaky result that we have is a sort
of a skeleton of the required graph.
Broken lines are not inherent to the
World and are not aesthetically beautiful.
On the contrary, we know from experience
that the World is unlimited, it has no sharp
bounds, it consists of smooth lines and
gradual flows of quality, forms and sense.
Let's go back for a while to the initial
scheme (fig. 10). The main characteristic
of the M-scale is the pitch with 105-fold
periodicity. The corresponding
characteristics of material objects are:
the «nucleus-structure» correlation,
the paramount ability for division and
synthesis, the energy excretion and
absorption in the structure formation
processes. The main thing is that these
phenomena oscillate around the M-scale
according to the undulatory laws.
The World is woven from waves – in
the ordinary and in a figurative sense. The
picture that we have now is the scheme
of a complex sinusoid, of an undulatory
line reflecting the patterns of organization
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
and scale relations between the objects of
material World.
Let's replace the straight lines on the
graph with sinusoidal curves and we'll
finally get what we were looking for – a
graphic scheme of the material World in
the coordinates «scale-organization«.
Pic.  16 – a graphic model of the material
World which shows the area of the material
World objects (units) in the coordinates
«dimensions -organization level». Everything
that exists in the material World is located
on one of the curves of this graph and
nowhere else.
The graph provides the necessary and
sufficient information on contents and
structure of the material World elements.
It displays all the structure-forming
elements – units, their functional and
structural hierarchy and their distribution
on the basis of scale and dimension.
De Chardin followed a similar path
in his research. However, he considered
the degree of consciousness as the major
characteristic. From the inert matter to the
cogitative matter – the human being.
85
«… We've followed, in the line of
ascent, the consecutive progress of
consciousness in the forming matter.
Having reached the peak we can now look
back and try to grasp at once the general
order in the line of descend. Indeed, the
inverse verification provides the key
evidence of the perfection of harmony»
[126, p. 228].
The «organization level» charateristic
includes consciousness, the display of reason
and spirituality by the subjects belonging to the
higher levels of matter organization.
Only the combination of such
organization characteristics as measure
and level gives us the opportunity to
build a viable model of the material
World structure. All the other attempts
were ineffectual. As it turns out later,
the graph is obviously close to the object
of modeling and reflects a number of
its essential regularities, i.e. possesses
heuristic possibilities and can serve as a
virtual instrument for further penetration
into the mystery of Creation.
 3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

System-forming
aggregates dimensions,
Meter 34,8 29,8 24,8 19,8 14,8 9,8 4,8 0,2 15,2 20,2 25,2
5,2 10,2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Lg(м)

25,2
-9,8
-14,8

5,2

10,2

20,2
-24,8

0,2

15,2
-34,8

-19,8

-4,8
-29,8

Scale-
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
dimensional
0

Maximon ? Metagalaxy scale 

(Electron nucl.) М-scale
Galaxy nucl.
1

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Star
2

(Photon) Gal-
? axy
3

Electron

Planet
4

Atom
Planet
system
Functional-structurial level of matter organization

Molecule
5

Biomolecule
6

(complex biological
substances)
7

Cell nucleus
Biosphere

Cell
8

8
Organization level classes

Plants  Flora The number of material world

9

aggregates:
1/4 + 1/4+ 1/2 +19 = 20 by
Animals  Fauna
10

10

conventional 19 material

and 3 transitional
11

11

Human

(Spirituality subject?)
12

12

Numbers and
frontiers of scale
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 classes
C S C S C S C S C S C S C

Directions of
Interchange of nuclei “N” and structures “S”
division  “D”,
synthesis  “S”, D S D S D S D S D S D S
and energy
E E E E E E E
excretion “E”

Figure. 15. Graphic model of the material World

86
 4. GRAPHIC MODEL OF
MATERIAL WORLD
Well, alright, we have at last drawn a
simple scheme on a notebook page, well
what next then? Yes, something in it has
been correctly observed, but there are
some obvious and essential shortcomings.
If it is still somehow possible to agree with
the axis of scale, the axis of organization
actually has no metrics. Where is the
unit of measurement for the level of
organization of matter? If a molecule
composed from atoms is considered as
a class higher than an atom, why is the
Metagalaxy composed from Galaxies
considered a class below in organization?
Why on the organization axis there are as
many classes, as on the axis of scale? For
reasons of symmetry perhaps? And the
set of so-called system-forming objects?
Why these and not others? Especially it
is not clear with the nuclei. Yet the atomic
nucleus can existas an independent object,
but how about the nucleus of a cell? Stars?
Galaxies? And then, why above human
beings in organization there is only one
class? And maybe there is none, – who can
know this?
Some of the objects from a maximon
to an electron are fully beyond the
87
framework of experimental science, and
we know very little about the Metagalaxy.
This is not a model, but an empty picture.
Yes, my (hi soul, probably it is so.
Unlike prophets and those who have seen
God I did not hear a voice from above.
Illumination and understanding of essence
of things visited me naturally when the
quantity of accumulated facts made their
internal motive obvious. Probably, all is
arranged differently but why in the further
researching the graph of the material world
we are allowed to go with confidence to
the next system levels and in the end to
see logically the finished scheme of the
universe?
The time immemorial problem of
knowledge: to understand the composition
of the system as a whole it is necessary to
understand the composition of its parts,
but the composition of the parts can
be understood fully, only after having
understood the composition of the system
as a whole. Believe me: the Lord has
created me and you with the confidence,
that we can understand His design to
become assistants in its execution.
 4. GRAPHIC MODEL OF MATERIAL WORLD
4.1. Graphic features of the model
KEYWORDS: microcosm, macroworld, megaworld,
forces and interactions
Division of the World objects into
those which are bigger than human beings
and those that are smaller is known for a
long time. The things comparable in size
with the human concern the macroworld.
The megaworld is called everything that
is bigger, although the prefix «mega»
has mathematical sense of 106 times.
And everything that is smaller is called
the microcosm, although this prefix also
means six orders, but with a minus - 10-6
times.
It seems nobody has established exact
and standard borders of the three Worlds.
Following S.I. Sukhonos, let's divide the
axis of scale and the whole graph into
three parts by 20 orders (fig. 17). Then the
microcosm will occupy the range from
the maximon to the atomic nucleus, the
macroworld – from the atomic nucleus to
the star nucleus, and the megaworld -from
the star nucleus to the Metagalaxy.
I do not know, whether it is necessary,
but it seems desirable to count how many
aggregates form each of these three
Worlds. We'll agree that into the sums both
fractional and whole parts will enter.
If the aggregate lies on the border of the
Worlds a half is counted for everyone and
if in the grid's corner, as the maximon and
the Metagalaxy, - then by 1/4. In the result
it is found that the microcosm consists
of 3.25 aggregates, the macroworld –
of 10.5 aggregates, and the megaworld
– of 5.75 aggregates. More than a half
of the aggregates – 52.5% – fall on the
macroworld.
Probably it testifies that the macroworld
88
is the most complex and important part of
the system of the material World. But this
is from the area of assumptions.
However there is a firm scientific fact
confirming the assumed division of the
material World on the M-scale into three
equal parts.
Physical science has studied and
described the forces (they are called
interactions) which are shown between
the objects of the material World at
various scale levels. It was found out that
space bodies submit to gravitational laws.
Scientists know how these laws work, but
what the nature of this force is - is still not
known.
The macroworld is managed by
electromagnetic interactions. Here the
laws are described in detail even better, the
nature of electricity is more or less clear,
but the nature of magnetism is so far still
not clear.
A third kind of force operates in the
microcosm – inside the nucleus and at
lower scale levels, up to the maximon.
Regardless of the fact that nuclear
power stations work and nuclear bombs
are being tested, there actually is no theory
yet about interactions for objects of the first
four classes of the M-scale. And there is no
adequate name for such forces. Therefore I
will conditionally call these the subatomic
forces.
For the sake of justice it is necessary
to mention that precisely in this field the
most considerable and expensive research
is being done, and I believe that in 100-150
years the microcosm and its interactions
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

max A max E max G

0 0 0 0
Interaction
forces
Dominance Dominance of the electro- Dominance
of subatomic forces  A magnetic forces  Е of gravitation forces  G
Coordinates of the М-axe

34,8 4,8 5,2 25,2

10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m
At the 20 orders 20 orders 20 orders
moment
of creation 34,8 4,66 5,48 25,62
10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m
20,14 orders 20,14 orders 20,14 orders
At the
moment MICROWORLD MACROWORLD MEGAWORLD

Classes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Scale axis

0

Maximon Metagalaxy
(Electron nucleus) Galaxy nucleus
1

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Star
2

(Photon) Gal-
axy
3

Electron
Planet
4

Atom
Planet
system
Molecule
5

Biomolecule
6
7

Cell nucleus
Biosphere

Cell
8

Flora
9
10

Fauna
11

Human

(Spirituality subject?)
12

1/4 +3+ 1/2 =3 3/4 + 1/2 +8+ 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 =10 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 +4+ 1/4 =5 3/4
Organization
level axis Of the agragate Of the agragate Of the agragate

Makes 18,75% Makes 52,5% Makes 28,75%

Figure. 17. Decomposition of the model of the material World on the scale axis

89
 4. GRAPHIC MODEL OF MATERIAL WORLD
will enter into school textbooks.
But the most interesting thing is that it
is now fully and authentically known what
the size of material objects is on which
action of electromagnetic forces stops and
action of subatomic forces begins.
In other words, science knows the point
on the M-scale where the border between
micro- and macroworlds passes. It equals
to 10-14,66 m. This is the exact radius of
action of the so-called «strong» interaction
which many times exceeds all other kinds
of forces including electromagnetic ones.
If to consider that the exact size of
the maximon is 10-34,8 m, and overall the
M-scale consists of 60 orders and is divided
into three equal parts, the border between
the micro- and macroworlds must be at
the point of 10-14,8 m. A divergence in the
size of 100,14 is evident. A very interesting
divergence.
Let's assume, that at the moment of
finishing of creation, and the duration of
the act of creation was practically instant
by human measures, the Metagalaxy had
the size 60 orders greater than the size
of the maximon, i.e. 1025,2 m. However
science has proven that the Universe
constantly expands with the speed close to
the speed of light – the «red shift» effect.
It is logical to assume that the border
between the micro- and macroworlds is
also displaced and the received divergence
in the 0.14 order is the result of the «red
shift».
But why then not count also the values
of other boundary points on the M-scale
and to establish what they were in the
beginning and what they have become
now!
The following is revealed. The border
between the micro- and macroworlds was
at the moment of creation at the mark of
90
105,2 m, and now occupies the point of
1014,66 m. The displacement has made 100,14
orders on the M-scale.
The border between the macro- and
megaworlds passed through the point of
105 m on the M-scale, and now occupies
the point of 105,48 m. The displacement has
made 10 ~ orders.
The external border of the megaworld
or its size made 1025,2 m at the moment
of creation, and now has grown to the
size of 1025,62 m. The displacement on the
M-scale has made 100,42 orders what
corresponds to the physical increase of the
size of 2.62 times.
Knowing the increase of the linear
size of the Metagalaxy and the speed of
this process, one can't help counting the
time which has passed from the moment
of creation until today, i.e. the age of the
Metagalaxy. This comes to about 15 billion
years which approximately coincides with
the opinion of modern science.
The points of transition of interactions
are interesting. There, where the border
between the micro- and macroworld
lies, two interactions are met. Two kinds
of forces: subatomic (so-called strong
interactions) and electromagnetic forces.
Owing to change of scale and mutual
counteraction, these forces decrease as they
approach the border dividing them and are
equal in value close to the point 10»1466
m on the M-scale. Electromagnetic forces
behave similarly in meeting with forces of
gravitation at the point of 105,48 m of the
M-scale.
It is logical to assume that the
maximum domination of each of the
three forces falls to the middle of the
corresponding intervals, i.e. on the 2nd,
6th and 10th classes of the M-scale.
It seems to be really this way. In the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
macroworld the maximum domination
falls on the aggregate – the nucleus of
the cell which, as a rule, exists in fluid
environments, in suspension, poorly feeling
the gravitational pull, but completely
depending on the electrochemical,
electromagnetic and electro-physical
interactions. And if to take the biological
objects located in classes 7 and 8 – from
plants to the biosphere they substantially
depend on gravitation and the natural
phenomena generated by gravitation.
In the scale center of the megaworld
«nuclei of Galaxies» are placed. This
object unfortunately has been very little
investigated until now, but our scheme
allows us to assume that exactly there,
in the center of the 10th class, in full and
classical cleanness the gravitational laws
prove, and probably the channels are
deployed there by which the maximons
come to the material World and the first
steps of synthesis of proto-matter are made.
Perhaps, not casually the center of the 2nd
class with the object conditionally named
«an electron's nucleus» is so symmetric to
«the Galaxy's nucleus». As the processes
of formation of the substance proceeding
on micro-levels exists not somewhere in
emptiness, but in quite concrete points of
the Universe: in stars, Galaxies, and first
of all in their nuclei.
In this connection it is worth turning
our attention to the complete similarity,
to be exact the symmetry, of the sinusoid
of the microcosm with the bottom (on
the axis of organization) sinusoid of the
megaworld.
It is also interesting that the centers
of the micro-, macro- and megaworlds
include only one aggregate each, which is
generally characteristic for the points of
extremum of functions. The top point of
91
the curve is always one.
And the last assumption concerning
forces. They hardly ever coincide on
the vector. More likely in any placing of
one against another they appear directed
differently, to be exact – oppositely
directed. And if so, on the borders the sum
of their action is equal to zero.
Most likely, the maximons and the
Metagalaxy, extreme external points do
not make an exception in this sense. In
a sense these objects are all the same. If
the maximon bears all information on
the material World and serves for it as a
unique and universal building material,
the Metagalaxy is a realization of the
«project», and is created finally from the
maximons. If to assume that the points
of the maximon and the Metagalaxy join,
then the areas of domination of their forces
- subatomic and gravitational also join,
and their sum in the place of contact is also
equal to zero.
Something to think about.
Now let's look what will happen if we
look at our diagram from one side, from the
side of the axis of the level of organization
(fig. 18). There's also food for thought here!
From the zero until the fifth classes
inclusive is located lifeless matter. Here
the substance of the material World
gradually ripens. And in the left part of the
diagram the evolution of «aggregates» of
substance from a maximon to an atom and
a molecule is seen through, and in the right
part – various space objects created from
this matter. It is possible to assume that
the «aggregates» of substance and space
objects are created in parallel-consistently
by a certain uniform technology.
The basic, larger part of the life cycle
of the stars is known to science, and it
is really a stage-by-stage process with
 4.1. Graphic features of the model

Classes

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Classes Scale axis
0

Maximon Metagalaxy
(Electron nucleus) Galaxy nucleus
1

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Non-living matter

Star
2

(Photon) Gal- Matter of the material

axy world and its attributes
/information, energy,
3

Electron mass, space and time/

Planet
Atom
4

Planet
system
Molecule
5

Biomolecule
6

Elementary forms
Biological mortal life

Cell nucleus of biological life

Biosphere
Cell
8
Living matter

Flora Vegetable
9

life
Animal
10

Fauna
life
Intelligent
11

Human life
/Spiritual
(Spirituality subject?)
12

life?/
Super-biological
imperishable life

Organization
level axis

Figure. 18. Decomposition of the model of the material world on the axis of organization

92
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
duration of 7-10 billion years in which one
phase of a substance's condition is replaced
by another from the moment of occurrence
of the star until its collapse. But this is not
so bad.
Obviously, before the substance takes
the form of chemical elements (atoms)
familiar to us and their compounds
(molecules), it passes the stages of proto-
matter and proto-energy.
At the zero level, there where
the maximon is located, possibly the
information is seen only or nearly so; at
the following levels all attributes of matter
known to us are formed: energy, mass,
space, movement, time. Later we will
return to this question many times.
The second half of the axis of
organization - from the 6th to 12th class –
is occupied by live matter. The 6-11th class
also shows evolution of biological life: 6,
7, 8 – elementary mono-cellular, further
on the 9th - plants, 10th -animals, and at
last the 11th, yet not quite finished, – «the
wreath of creation» – human beings.
Unlike plants and animals human
beings carry out the function of a reasonable
life, until now people have not realized all
the potential of their intelligence.
About the 12th, boundary class it is
possible to speak purely in speculation,
relying on the general logic of the scheme.
Each following class on the axis of
organization relies on the previous scheme,
but it bears an absolutely new quality,
generates such property of matter which
was not present at the lowest levels.
Wasn't present or almost wasn't? Some
plants have the traits peculiar to fauna.
And among the animals there are some
kinds of traits which closely come to the
border of reasonable life.
The human occupying the 11th class
93
is the bearer of the reasonable form of
biological mortal life. The nature of reason
itself is universal. The Universe is rational
from the beginning to the end. As much
the science dug in the body of the universe,
it will never face something deprived
of sense, or with something special, not
included in the general fabric of the logic
of the universe. Hence, the reason can
serve as a high-grade tool of acquaintance
with the World, and including with that
higher than human beings, and generally
any levels of its organization.
But reason, ratio in the universe
system is only a means, a way of execution
of tasks and purposes of another, non-
material level.
As everything in the World, transition
from a aggregate of the 11th level to
a aggregate of the 12th level occurs
gradually, through development and
perfection of the aggregate of the lowest
level, through some transitive forms, and
further, already to the 12th class, - again
through evolution up to the aggregate No.
12 (we'll name it conditionally '4he subject
of spirituality»), which, as the maximon
and the Metagalaxy, borders on the non-
material World and thus half belongs to it.
It is possible to assume that the aggregate
No. 12 is the phenomenon of super-
biological, imperishable life, the subject of
spirituality, the bearer of spiritual life. And
on this we'll stop for now. Here only the
biosphere remains without comment.
An interesting result is given by the
section of the model of the material World
on the scales' centers (fig. 20).
If to trace perpendicular lines through
the center of the scale ranking and the center
of the scale of the level of organization,
then the graph will be divided into four
equal parts. On the drawing they are
 4.1. Graphic features of the model
marked for convenience with letters of the
Latin alphabet.
The aggregates which have fallen into
the same part, concern the same group
according to their purpose.
A – subjects of substance.
В – space bodies and their systems.
С – biological automations (viruses, etc.).
D – subjects of biological life.
Parts A, B, D include the overwhelming
majority of aggregates of the material
World which are distributed in them
approximately fifty-fifty.
Part С is almost empty. Generally, it is
possible to notice, that the whole graph is
as if displaced from the center of the axis
of scale to the right towards the megaworld
by one class. In this sense it is interesting
to pay attention to the aggregate which
is at the level of the middle of the scale
ranking - this is the cell's nucleus.
What is the nucleus of a cell and what
sense does it bear in the chain of evolution
of the matter from the maximon to the
hypothetical aggregate No. 12 (the subject
of spirituality)?
As is known, the nucleus is an
obligatory part of a cell in the majority
of mono-cellular and at all multi-cellular
organisms. Separated from the cytoplasm
of a cell with a capsule, the nucleus bears in
itself the basic mass of the genetic material
of the cell which supervises its vital
processes, and first of all is responsible
for reproduction of the cell organism as a
whole.
It does not matter what size an adult
organism reaches. The sexual cell of a
human, a fox, a whale and an elephant
practically have the same size (4-5)∙l0-5 m,
i.e. closely approach to the center of the 6th
class or, if expressing more considerably,
is in the scale center of the material World.
94
The fact itself is remarkable. Biological
life and the human beings appear from
the scale center of the universe. It is quite
reasonable to think in this connection,
that the material World is created for the
sake of biological life, to be exact - for the
sake of the evolutionary chain of biological
subjects: – plants, animals, human beings
(and the subject of spirituality?) where to
human beings the second by importance
role is given.
As for displacement of the diagram
to the right, this is a consequence of
ontogenesis and growth of organic subjects
as the adult organism in its size is more
than a cell's nucleus by approximately
105 times, i.e. exactly by one class on the
M-scale.
The middle of the level scale of the
organization passes through the aggregate
«Bio-molecule». It is that object of
matter which divides it into the live and
lifeless nature. It's also a rather important
differentiating line.
A little more information can give
quantitative analysis of distribution of the
aggregates of the material World on the
axes of scale and organization level (fig.
21). As seen, from the diagram on the scale
axis, the maximum of aggregates falls on
the 7th and adjoining to it from the 5th to
8th.
Most likely, this is a consequence of the
central position of the center of the scale
axis. The micro- and megazones of the
scale axis, possibly serve as the necessary
and vital base for the macroworld where
the most important events develop and the
magnificent building of biological life is
built topped with reason, over which even
higher shines the spirituality aura.
The center of the maximum of
aggregates is obviously displaced to
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

THE NUMBER OF MATERIAL

AGGREGATES CONTAINED
PROTO-MATTER
Coordinates on the М-axis

/information, mass, 2 3/4 3 3/4 SYSTEMS OF SPACE BODIES

space and time/

SUBSTANCE 3 3
SPACE BODIES
4 1/2 2 1/2
BIO-OBJECTS BIO-SYSTEMS
Classes

4 1/2 (SPIRITUALITY SUBJECTS?)

Scale
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 axis
Classes
0

Maximon Metagalaxy
(Electron nucl.) Galaxy nucl.
1

Atom nucl. Star nucleus

2

Star
(Photon) Gal-
axy
3

Electron
Planet
4

Atom
Planet
system
Molecule
5

Biomolecule
6
7

Cell nucleus
Biosphere

Cell
8
Organization level axis

Flora
9
10

Fauna
11

Human

(Spirituality subject?)
12

Fig. 19.
Fig.Decomposition of of
19. Decomposition thethemodel
modelofofthe
the material World
material World simultaneously
simultaneously
on on
thethe
basis
basisofofscale
scaleand organization
and organization

95
 4.1. Graphic features of the model

Large-scale center
material world
Classes

А Subjects (6 3/4) Space bodies (6 1/4) В

substance and their systems
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Scale
Classes axis
0

Maximon Metagalaxy
(Electron nucl.) Galaxy nucl.
1
Orrganization scale center

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Star
2

(Photon) Gal-
axy
3

Electron

Atom Planet
4

Planet
system
Molecule
6 5

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus
7

Biosphere

Cell
8

Flora
9 10

Fauna
11

Human
(Spirituality subject?)
12

Biological Subjects of biological life (6)

Organization automations (1)
С level axis D

Fig. 20. Section of the model of the material World on the centers of the scales
Fig. 20. Section of the model of the material World on the centers of the scales

96
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
the beginning of the axis of the level of
organization – to the second and adjoining
classes to it, and the minimum, on the
contrary, is displaced to the opposite part
of the scale where the level of organization
is at maximum.
Probably, there where substance is
born, space bodies are built and their
systems are formed, there necessarily the
variety of aggregates is great.
But the higher the level of organization
of the matter is, the more is required the
concentration of forces and attention of
the Founder. The specific variety of fauna
of the Earth is less, than of the flora, and
human beings are single-specific creatures.
Even stronger, probably, is specialized
specificity of the superhuman spiritual
being.
The interesting result is obtained if we
count how many aggregates fall on each
half of the axes.
On the first half of the axis of
scale 7 3/4 aggregates fall, and on the
first half of the axis of organization 13
aggregates. For the second half of the axes
almost a symmetrical inverse variant is
characteristic. On the axis of scale there
are 12 1/4, and on the axis of organization
are 7 aggregates. Certainly, there is
an explanation for this. What is the
explanation? I don't know.
97
Now, my my soul, let's pass from the
formal-graphic research to more detailed
and substantial consideration of the model
of the material World.
Let's divide the diagram into four
zones for convenience and possibility
to increase the image scale (fig. 22). Our
purpose is to see more in detail how real
objects of matter lay down on these curves,
and not only system-forming aggregates,
but everything that is between them and
that should, by the idea make gradual,
qualitative transitions from one to totally
another qualitative object of matter. Is it
so?
Are there any border, joints, and
qualitative leaps between the objects of
adjoining classes lying on one curve? So,
let's search for the seams and joints in the
design of the universe! And there we'll
understand, from which parts and how
the material World was assembled. And
what? Imagine such an analogy. To take a
competent worker from the 15th century,
some arbalester, to give him a steam
locomotive or a steam car invented 300
years after his time, the tools to create the
conditions. He will disassemble, assemble
and even where necessary, will improve.
Maybe, we can also do the same? What
do you think? If, of course, to give him a
steam locomotive and not a computer.
 4.1. Graphic features of the model

7 3/4 12 1/4

3 1/2
3 3
1/4 2 11/2 11/2 1/4
1 1 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Scale axis
11/2 Maximon Metagalaxy
0

(Electron nucl.) Galaxy nucl.

2
1

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Star
4
2

(Photon) Gal-
axy
13

3
3

Electron
Planet

2 Atom
4

Planet
system
1 Molecule
5

1 Biomolecule
6

2 Cell nucleus
7

Biosphere
1 Cell
8

1 Flora
7

910

1 Fauna
11

1 Human

11/2 (Spirituality subject?)

12

Organization
level axis

Fig. 21 Distribution of aggregates of mater of matter

by the classes of scale and level of organization

98
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Macro world
the inorganic part
Micro world Mega world

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0

Maximon Metagalaxy
(Electron nucl.) Galaxy nucl.
1

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Star
2

(Photon) Gal-
axy
3

Electron
Planet
4

Atom
Planet system
Molecule
5

Biomolecule
6
7

Cell nucleus
Biosphere

Cell
8

Organic
Flora
9

world
10

Fauna
11

Human

(Spirituality subject?)
12

Fig. 22. Four conditional pars of the graphic model

of the material World for detailed consideration

99
 4.2. Microcosm
4.2. Microcosm
KEYWORDS: microcosm, a maximon, recession of
Galaxies, quantum of space, quantum of time.
We have to begin again from the
most little-known to science part of the
M-scale  – from a maximon to a nucleus of
an atom. On fig. 23 the area of the graphic
model of the material World that we are
interested in is represented. At the left
the M-scale in two units of measurement
is given. More to the left – the column
of numbers from 0 to 22 corresponds to
the values of the size expressed through
the size of the maximon in logarithmic
calculation with the basis of 10, i.e. Ig
(MH). Or more simply: the numbers mean
the degree of the number 10 multiplied by
the maximon as a unit of length.
The right column of the figures along the
vertical M-scale with the sign «minus», the
value of the decimal logarithm of the
number of meters. So, for example, the
center of class No. 1 on the maximon scale
has the value «5», and on the meter «-30».
However both those values are
approximate. The maximon measured in
meters gives non-integral decimal fraction
and some quantity of characters after the
comma are truncated which leads to an
error.
To express the size through the
maximon itself as a unit of length is
possible, but all the same it will be needed
to pass to metric expression that will cause
error. But the matter is not even in this. The
M-scale itself as was mentioned earlier,
is changeable. The Universe, expanding,
changes its dimensions.
During the period of its existence
from the moment of the Big Bang, to be
100
exact - silent and instant occurrence of the
Universe nearby 15 billion years ago, the
Metagalaxy has increased in diameter by
2.5–3 times, to be exact – from 1025,2 m to
1025,625 m.
The Metagalaxy increase is realized
through the so-called recession of the
Galaxies. It means, that the structural
elements of the World themselves – a
maximon, an atom, a star, a Galaxy – do
not change their size.
But their linear position relative to
the sinusoid of stability. The size of the
atom from the moment of creation has not
changed, but the borders and the center of
the class «Atoms» have been displaced.
Everything would be good, if the
classification was but a really objective
fact not dependent on us.
The sinusoid of stability shown in
the right part of the drawing precisely
corresponds to the grid of classes. These
are 12 segments on the axis of scale, each
of which equals to l\j of the actual modern
size of the M-scale: six segments on which
the division processes dominate, and six
segments where synthesis dominates. The
sinusoid tops, whence the division and
synthesis originate, are called points of
saddle stability. These points correspond
to the centers of classes and, hence define
their borders – 2.5 orders to the left and to
the right on the M-axis.
If the material aggregate at the
moment of the World's creation is near the
class center, for example to the right of it in
the synthesis zone its creation proceeded
 М-scale
lg(Mx) lg(m)
22 13
21 14 from
27 98%

Kernel of atoms
Border of Kernel of atom  nuclon 1,6 .10 kg 1015 Energy
15 =0,145 14,655
20 15 skiled knowel- 1,6 .10 m proton+neyton) Weight 14,8
to g/сm3 of Universe
edge 25
19 16 4 .10 kg

Class №4
Strange particles
18 17
-17,1775
17 18
Sinthesis

16 19
31 18
15 20 Electron 9,1.kg10 10 =0,105 19,695
g/cm3 19,8
14 21

Class №3
13 22
22,2125
12 23
Division

11 24
Energy
10 25 Kernel of electron ? =0,07 24,73
24,8

101
9 26

Class №2
8 27 Gives rise elecrtomagnetic
27,24751
7 28 interaction
Sinthesis

6 29 Weight of rest = 0

Foton ? but he has a
5 30
velocity of light 8 =0,035 29,765
10 sec 29,8
4 time of

Class №1
31 which his weight  1052kg emission a
quant of
3 32 light
32,2825

2 33 10 sec
Elementar
Division

35 34,8
1 time unit
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

34 Mx Maximon 1,6.10 m=10 m

Class
№0
Maxi-
mon
34,8 Energy
0 35 34,8
1 2 3 =0
1) Exact co-ordinats
Scale of the organisation level of classes
2)   displacement
cies

Weight

of saddle points of
frequn-
Time or

Density
Quantity

stability

Fig. 23. MicroWorld

 4.2. Microcosm
thanks to a processes of synthesis,
connection of parts into the evolution of the
universe the grid of classes has moved so
that the point of saddle stability has moved
over the object and appeared to the right of
it, the object appears in the division zone.
The synthesis processes become forbidden
to it, and the division processes - real and
even inevitable. But a similar collision can
happen only with the aggregates precisely
getting to the zone of displacement – ∆
which as seen from calculations on fig. 23,
isn't large.
The lowest points of the sinusoid
of stability are also some kind of a dead
zone where the tendencies of synthesis
and division counterbalance each other,
and the exit of the object from this zone is
accompanied by energy output.
Transition points (the sinusoid's
middle) correspond on the M-scale to
the points of borders of classes, and for
the objects of the material World, these
are small areas of the so-called vestibule
type. The objects occupying these are
equally remote from the system-forming
aggregates of adjoining classes and bear
in themselves a mixture of their qualities.
Usually the boundary, transitive systems
occupy on the M-scale areas of not more
than one order.
And nevertheless it is necessary
to talk once again about the value of
the mechanism of displacement of the
grid of areas of synthesis and division.
Thanks to this phenomenon the process of
evolution of the material World is realized.
Priorities in the processes of creation
of the substance vary, the epochs of star
formation are interchanged, the Galaxies
evolve, transformations in biological life
and biosphere evolution happen. Possibly,
elf and the mechanism of the future end of
102
the evolutionary process and will be once
capable to complete the life cycle of the
material World with the same inevitability
with which it was once begun.
The aggregates occupying the
microcosm, very little is yet known about
these. Two of them, an electron's nucleus
and a photon, have conditional names.
Nobody has seen the electron either, and
about its size in academic publications
is dryly told that: «It ha the size less
than10-18   m» .
Strictly speaking, an atom's nucleus
has no final theoretical description. A
hundred years has not passed yet since it
was discovered, that addition to a proton in
the nucleus there is also a neutron, and what
else is placed there and how it is arranged
there – there's still no clear picture. Nuclei
of atoms occupy a range from 10-13,5 m to
10-15 m. Objects of smaller sizes – »strange
particles» from 10-15 to 10-17,5 m – just finish
the area of experimental knowledge of the
microcosm.
It is known, that the mass of an atom's
nucleus makes 99.9 % of the mass of the
entire atom and comes to 10-27 kg. Likely
not much, but the size is such – 1.6∙10-15 m,
therefore the density of the nucleus makes
1014 g/cm3. That is a one centimeter cube
like that used in a game of dice, made of
nuclei of atoms, will weigh 100 million
tons. You cannot roll these!
The mass of the Universe is 98%
composed of the mass of atom nuclei.
All processes of formation of the stars,
space bodies and their systems directly
depend on gravitational forces and are
inseparably linked with the mass of the
world substance.
An electron, about which it is known even
less, has the size of 10-20 m, mass of 10-31 kg and
an absolutely fantastic density of 1018   g/cm3.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The unit forming class No. 2 on M-axis
with the conditional name «electron
nucleus», in general is unknown to science.
But, logically, it should exist in series with
system forming M-scale units.
The unit «photon» is a quantum of
elec-tromagnetic radiation, including light.
Science delicately avoids the question on
size of a photon, but rather confidently
asserts that it moves with the speed of
light and has mass to the order of 10-52 kg.
It is the photon, in particular, that gives
rise to electromagnetic and, probably,
gravitational interactions. It is also known,
that quantum (photon) emission of light
lasts 10-8 seconds. At speed equal to speed
of light, the path covered by a photon, or
length of light «straw», appears equal to
be 1 m. For the size of a photon it is quite
a big path - all the same as though man
displaced from edge to edge of the Galaxy.
About maximon it is known, that
its size 10-34,8 m is the smallest size
admissible by material physics. The
general theory of relativity combines
gravitational interaction with metrics of
space-time. In other words, space and
103
time, according to theory of relativity,
consist of absolutely small pieces, more
finely than fine. Compton quantum of
space-time corresponds to minimum
wave parameters. Its length is 10-34,8 m,
and period – 10-43 sec. Space quantum and
time quantum correspond to these sizes.
In other words, there are no objects of size
less than m and process shorter than sec
sec. in the field of material world.
«In microscopic section of the World one
heptalliointh part of a centimeter is the measure
of a proton and there is the same reality filled
by content, as ten-billionth part of a second,
when the atom of polonium, passing through
atom of bismuth, gives atom of lead. Each of
these atoms in this insignifi-cant time interval
gets its most complicated, sharply varying
structure, exhibits its natural movements.
In this microcosm phenomenon of our bot-
tomless consciousness we approach the divi-
sion of our personality: how many uncon-
scious and conscious experiences do each of
us go through in hairbreadth, in an instant!
There are instants in everyone's life, when it
is obviously and definitely admitted» Ver-
nadsky V.I. [28, page 515].
 4.3. Macroworld – inorganic part
KEYWORDS: macroworld, atom, molecule, minerals.
Macroworld in its inorganic part (fig.
24) begins with the second half of class
No. 4 the atomic nucleus. The size of
nuclei depending on the kind or atomic
weight varies in range from 10-15 to 10-14 m.
The following unit – atom, as it is
known, consists of a nucleus and electron
shell. Its size is defined by diameter of these
shells which nobody has seen, and is from
10-12,5 to 10-9 m. The size of atom exceeds
the size of its nucleus ap¬proximately
by 100,000 times (105), however there
are conditions at which the atom loses its
electron shells and there remains only its
nucleus. A similar condition of matter,
arising under influence of ultrahigh
temperatures and pressure is referred to as
plasma. In conditions of plasma, the size of
atoms is equal to the size of their nuclei.
In the boundaries of habitual physical
conditions atoms in mass represent
chemical elements, i.e. elementary
substances. About 100 kinds of atoms are
known to science.
The distance between separate
atoms is adjusted by parity of kinetic
and potential energy. At small distances
matter is in a firm or crystal condition. At
greater distances in the liquid phase and at
distances even more in gaseous state. The
essential influence on modular conditions
is caused by temperature and pres¬sure.
A majority of atoms (chemical elements)
show chemical activity, i.e. ability to enter
with each other into different chemical
reactions and form molecules of complex
substances with new properties. The
elementary molecules can develop two to
104
three kinds of atoms. But sometimes tens
of kinds of atoms participate in reactions.
And the same kind of atom repeatedly
participates in designing various parts of a
complex molecule.
Moreover, some variation, because
of the variable number of the neutrons
comprising their structure that influences
physical characteristics of substance,
while preserving chemical properties, is
peculiar to atoms. Such atoms – isotopes,
-being a part of molecules have given rise
to an even greater variety of complex
substances. Chemically pure water can
have tens of versions on the molecular
structure:
«…complexity of the structure of all sorts
of water, in the beginning associative, then in-
evitably leading to electrolytic decomposition
of its molecules and. at last, the physical and
chemical difference of its molecules, owing
to existence of several hydrogen and oxygen
has been revealed –in a limit of 18 different
combinations and if we consider the possible
associations of molecules and their electrolytic
disassociation, then hundreds of varying in
structure chemically pure water» Vernadsky
V.I. [28, page 425].
And nevertheless atom is the basic
building unit of inert matter. The Universe
is basically built of atoms of hydrogen and
helium. How durable is the atom? What is
its life duration in comparison with lives of
a star or the Galaxy?
«It is found out, that for each kind of atom
there is a certain period of their life. On an
average each atom exists, maintaining a cer-
 М-scale

Lg(Mx) Lg(m)
41 6 Nucleus of
star Planets 5,485 Energy
40 5 =0,285 5,2

300 km
Planets
39 4 106:102

Class №8
appereance
Boundary of
cosmic bodies
of spherocity of
38 3 g/sm3
2,9625
37 2
Synthesis

Asteroids
36 1
35 0 =0,250 0,45
,2
34 1

Class №7
33 2

Meteorites
2,0725
32 3
Division

5
31 4
Middle of Cosmic Energy
30 5 =0,215 4,585
M-Scale balls 4,8
29 6 Interstellar

Class №6
gas

in one molecule:
7 10 24 g/sm3

105
Quantity of Atoms
from 2 to 10
28

Micrometeorites
7,1075
8
Synthesis

27 Atoms

Molecules
106:102
26 9 g/sm3
25 10 Atom =0,180 9,62
Molecule Atoms 9,8
11 ftom

Class №5
24

Atoms
1,6 .1027kg
23 12 to 4 .1025 kg
12,1425
22 13
Division

21 14
Atomic Atomic nucleus Energy
20 15 =0,145 14,655
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

14,8
nucleus 1) Exact
16 coordinates

Class №4
19
or

of classes
cy

Time

2)   offset of
Mass

17
Density
frequen-

Quantity

18 stability saddle points

2 3 4 5
Organization level scale

Fig. 24. Macroworld — inorganic part

 4.3. Macroworld – inorganic part
tain structure, strictly for a certain period.
The minimum average period of existence
for ThC1, considered now as one atomic form
of the chemical element polonium, is equal
to a little hundred billionth part of a second.
This number cannot be considered as finally
established. But for other form of the same
polonium, for atoms RaC1. it has been estab-
lished precisely: these atoms, each on an av-
erage, exist for around three millionth part
of a second. On the other hand, the greatest
measured average duration for a chemical
element – for thorium: its life is near about 50
billion years. For all other chemical elements,
except for the highly radioactive, the average
life is much more. For heavy elements,
proceeding from thermal effects, is roughly
estimated to be 10l7–1023 years» Vernadsky
V.I. [28, page 485].
If one is to consider that life cycle of
Metagalaxy hardly exceeds 4∙1014 years,
then it is possible to not worry about atoms.
A majority of atoms, including hydrogen
and helium, have a half-life period more
than life of the Universe.
The quantity of atoms in one molecule
fluctuates from 2 to 105. It is obvious,
that variety of molecules is incomparably
more than for hundred initial atoms
-chemical elements. The number of kinds
of molecules is practically indefinable.
However there exists division of matter
into two kinds: organic and inorganic, or,
otherwise, minerals.
Cosmic bodies are constituted
from atoms and minerals, and organic
substances are used for construction of
bio¬logical objects – plants, animal, man,
and biosphere.
The mass of atom depends on its
nuclear weight and fluctuates from 1.6∙10-27
kg to 4∙10-25 kg, and density in comparison
to the nucleus is absolutely insignificant
– from 102 to 10-6 g/cm3. The molecules,
106
approximately, have the same density.
The evolution of mineral material of the
Universe comes to an end on atoms and
inorganic molecules and begins the con-
struction of cosmic bodies.
In other words, atoms and molecules
col-lected in large number in one place of
space, form gas, liquid or solids.
Cosmic gas clouds consist of dispersed
molecules or atoms of gas.
The liquid fraction in conditions of
cosmic vacuum does not exist.
From solids, the finest cosmic objects are
micrometeorites. They occupy the di-
mensional ranee from 10-8 to 10-2 m.
Meteorites occupy the dimensional
niche from 10-2 m to 1 m. Larger cosmic
bodies – asteroids – can be in size from 1
up to 105 m.
A special place among small cosmic
bodies is occupied by cosmic balls  –
spherical formations of diameter ranging
from 10-5 to 10-4 m. It is interesting to
note, that this size, corresponds to the
geometrical center of the M-scale. The
origin and reason of sphericity of cosmic
balls is unknown to science until now.
Micrometeorites, meteorites and
asteroids look as improper form of
stones or whole blocks, splinters of some
unknown rocks. They are basically made
of iron, stone, and ice. Their orbits in the
Solar system run between orbits of Mars
and Jupiter that gives the basis to assume
the reason of their occurrence as cosmic
accident that occurred with a planet, which
had once occupied its place in the Solar
system.
At the boundary of macroworld in the
center of class № 8 are located two full-
fledged cosmic units – nucleus of a star
and planet. To not repeat, we shall speak
about them, when we shall study the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Mega-universe.
But the boundary of macroworld is
inter-esting in one more unique feature. It
is particularly her, there passes an invisible
distinction at the mark 105 m, up to which
cosmic bodies have a casual form and after
which get the form of a sphere.
As it has already been said, at about
the mark of 300 km space bodies become a
sphere irrespective of the material they are
made of. The reason of this phenomenon,
in our opinion, is very simple. Under
laws of resistance of materials for each
107
kind of material there is a certain load
above which the material collapses. An
increase in dimensions of cosmic bodies
is accompanied by increase in their weight
and force of gravitation directed towards
the center. Natural iron or stone (minerals)
out of which the cosmic body is made,
on an average have such resistance to
destruction, which does not exceed the
forces of gravitation of the Starting from
this size, force of gravitation pulls down
minerals, evens roughness and brings a
cosmic body to the form of a sphere.
 4.4. Mega-universe
4.4. Mega-universe
KEYWORDS: Mega-universe, Metagalaxy, Galaxy,
stars, planet, planetary system.
As is known, atomic hydrogen and
helium constitute more than 90% of all
matter that forms large space objects, like
stars, gas fogs, nuclei of Galaxies, etc.
The space between stars is filled up
with rarefied gas, dust, magnetic fields and
space radiations.
The architecture of the Mega-universe
is more convenient to examine from the
maximum unit of M-scale – Metagalaxy
(fig. 25).
In modern understanding Metagalaxy
is a denuclearized, weak structured cosmic
formation of insinuate form, having, pos-
sibly, a cellular structure and consisting of
1010 Galaxies.
It is possible to assume from this that
Metagalaxy had increased by 2 to 3 times
during its existence. The increase had
taken place and is continuing to take place
due to recession of Galaxies.
The total mass of Metagalaxy is about
1050 kg, and average density is lighter
than the lightest – 7∙1031 g/cm3, that being
by seven orders less than the density of
interstellar gas – 10-24 g/cm3. Interstellar
gas, on an average, is distributed so, that
on one cubic centimeter there is one gas
atom. And if density of Metagalaxy is to
be considered, then one atom of matter is
on a volume hardly more than one cubic
meter.
At the same time distances between
adjacent Galaxies are rather insignificant.
If the size of Galaxy is taken as equal to
one millimeter, then the nearest Galaxy
will seem to be at a distance only 10 cm,
108
and the size of the whole Metagalaxy will
constitute about 100 m.
For Metagalaxy gravitational and
moreover electromagnetic forces are
almost insignificant or are totally not felt.
The number of Galaxies comprising it is
more likely constant, than dynamic.
The unique and universal movement
peculiar to Metagalaxy is the recession
of galaxies in it. The question, what is
outside Metagalaxy, is ontologically
incorrect. Metagalaxy is a material world
with peculiar attributes like space, time,
movement, mass, and forces of interaction.
The sources of attributes are units of
the material world. There, where there
i-universe is no material world, there are
no attributes of it. Something else may be
there, but the habitual properties of matter
are not present.
From the point of view of organization
or, more precisely, definition of the place of
Metagalaxy on the scale of organizational
level it is the zero point.
Metagalaxy like the maximon rests at
the beginning of the organizational scale
and represents a zero-dimensional object.
It means that for creation there are only
two states of Metagalaxy: either it is, or not
present. More differentiated functions are
not assigned to it. It is possible to say the
same about maximon. Both units occupy
half the class both on the M-scale, and
on the organizational scale. And if one
is to assume, that maximon is the carrier
of genetic information about the material
world, then Metagalaxy is an embodiment
 М-scale

Lg(Mx) Lg(m)
Metagalaxy  4,2 х1025 m = 1025,625m Metagalaxy life circle ~400 000 billion years Energy
60 25 =0,425 25,625
25,2
50 . 31 1010 Age of
59 24 10 kg 7 10 3 galaxies
g/sm in Metagalaxy

№12
Class
Galactic
systems
58 23 М-galaxy 1,52.1010
23,1025
years

Cluster
57 22

of galactic
Syntesis

Nucleus of
“Our”

metagalaxy
56 21 Galaxy 3 .1041 kg 1 rotation in
Galaxy 20,59
55 20 =0,39 20,2

Galactic
Distance between 1025 108 years

Dwarf galaxies
Galactic L.C. g/sm3

Class №11
54 19 40 000 billion years galaxies = 1022 m

clusters
53 18 In one
18,0675
cluster
52 17 105 107

Stellar
Fission

51 16 stars
Galactic =0,355 15,555 Energy
50 15 nucleus 15,2

Quasars
49 14 30

Class №10
2: 3 .10 106

Galactic nuclei
48 13 Planetary kg г/см3 1 rotation
13,0325

109
systems 10 in 2х102 years
47 12 10

holes”
Syntesis

stars in
46 11

“Galactic black
Distance between 1029 1032 galaxy
16 kg
stras10 м Star

Stellar systems
45 10 =0,32 10,52
20 10,2

Stars
Star material 1,4 10
Sun

Class №9
44 9 98% composed of Neptune 2 .1030
Jupiter г/см3 stars in
Н, Не Saturn kg Meta-
43 8 Uranus  2 г/см3 galaxy
7,9975
42 7  2 г/см3 Planets
in Metagalaxy 4,7.109 years
Fission

3 1021, inclu-
41 6 Mercury 1023 1026 5,5 г/см ding with
Biosphere 1020

White dwarfs
Nucleus Venus Composition kg Energy

incl. pulsars
Planets

40 5 of star Earth Fe, O, Si, Mg

Neutron stars
Neutron Pulsars 5,485
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

=0,286
Mars star 1060 from 3.1027 Hz 5,2
Earth

Nucleuses
of stars

Class №8
39 4 Pluto Nucleons to 3 .107 Hz

Planets
6.1024 kg 10 15 g/sm3 in NS
38 3

“Black holes”
1) Exact
0 1 2 3 4 coordinates of classes
or

2)   offset of stability
Organization level scale
Time

saddle points
Mass
Density
Quantity
frequency

Fig. 25. Mega-universe

 4.4. Mega-universe
of this information, and zero and the
twelfth half classes of the M-scale is one
whole. Then the M-scale is looped back
and the relativity concept of the sizes of
material objects gets some theoretical
substantiation.
However, to say that Metagalaxy
is not absolutely structured would be
incorrect. In the process of movement
downwards on the M-scale to the level of
1024 m we encounter the so-called cells of
Metagalaxy, viz. niches, or emptiness not
occupied by Galaxies.
In the bar from 1022 up to 1023 m there
can be found clusters or condensation of
Galaxies and even galactic systems. The
dimensional dispersion of Galaxies is
rather insignificant – only of two orders:
from 1021 to 10l9 m.
Dwarf Galaxies (10l9–1018) are singled out
in a separate class by astronomers.
Our Galaxy is one of largest – 1021
m. The mass of Galaxies on an average is
3∙1041 kg, density – 10-25 g/cm3, i.e. about
1 atom on 10 cubic centimeters. However,
the density by section of the Galaxy is non-
uniform.
Galaxies represent lentiform congestions
of stars and star gases, rotating around the
central nucleus.
The nucleus of the Galaxy – 1015 m –
is five orders less than the size of Galaxy.
Most likely, nucleus of the Galaxy is source
of matter, forming a star and other bodies
of the Galaxy.
From the nucleus of our Galaxy
hydrogen of mass one and a half times
more than mass of Sun is thrown out
annually now. Even if one is to consider
this intensity constant during the existence
of Galaxy it turns out, that its nucleus has
left a building material for 1.5 billion stars.
And in the whole of Galaxy there are only
110
10 billion stars. It is easy to assume, that
during the first period of activity, when
emission from the Galactic nucleus was by
one to two orders greater there took place
initial star formation.
The theory of Galactic nucleus is
practically absent. And the reason for that
is simple – the answer to the question is
unknown: where from matter and energy
come to the Galactic nucleus?
Actually the answer exists, and is not
such a complex one, but it is behind the
frameworks of today's scientific paradigm.
Therefore it is not accessible for the time
being.
Science has already recognized the
possibility of transformation of mass to
energy, and vice versa, at speeds close to
speed of light, space and time can also be
compressed and stretched from zero to
infinity.
«"Space", "time", "mass" and "energy" in
modern physical models should be relative to
an equal measure. They are commensurable
by values G and С (gravitational constant and
speed of light» Chesnokov C. [2, page 99].
Meanwhile the most important
category in this series is missing:
«information» and its source.
The size of nucleus of the Galaxies
is from 1013 to 1017 m. In the center of the
nucleus is observed a brightly shining
nucleolus of size lower than the nucleus by
two-three orders.
Temperature and pressure inside the
nuclei of Galaxies are huge. Eruption
of dense gas clouds from the nucleus at
times resembles an explosion. The speed
of the proceeding gas reaches thousand
kilometers a second, and is accompanied
by powerful electromagnetic radiation and
release of gigantic energy. The volume of
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
singular emissions in some nuclei consists
of tens and hundreds of solar mass.
Around the Galactic nucleus are
located aggregates of stars, sometimes in
the form of shapeless clouds, sometimes in
the form of spiral formations. Stars appear
as a result of condensation of gas which
emanates from the Galactic nucleus. The
life cycle of a star has been studied in
detail, and we shall return to it again, when
we shall consider the model of material
world in dynamics. If a star is equated to
one millimeter, the size of a poppy seed,
then the average distance between stars
will constitute about one kilometer, and
the size of Galaxy – 10000 km. actually,
the average size of a star is 1010 m, distance
between stars – 1016 m, and the greatest
linear size of Galaxy - 1020 m
Stars differ by their nature and sizes.
Black holes, neutron stars, pulsars are
unique space bodies consisting only of
atomic nuclei of atoms without elec¬tronic
clouds. Their density – 1015 g/cm3 – is
practically equal to density of atomic
nucleus, and sizes – from 103 to 106 m –
can be less than the sizes of planets and
nuclei of ordinary stars. Thus the neutron
star consists of a huge number of – 1060 –
nucleons.
The white dwarfs (from 106 up to 108
m) together with black holes and neutron
stars make a group of stars in the final part
of their life cycle.
Actually young stars occupy the
dimensional niche from 108 to 1012 m.
As a matter of fact, a star is a cosmic
body made of gas, compressed to a sphere
by forces of its own gravitation. Mass of a
star is 1029–1032 kg, and density – 1–2 g/cm3,
i.e. a little denser than water. However this
is average density. The density increases
in the bowels of stars, and temperature
111
reaches tens of millions degrees. As a
result there is a thermonuclear reaction of
transformation of hydrogen to helium or
helium to car¬bon, and the star becomes
a powerful and constant source of energy,
radiating light and heat continuously
during 7–10 billion years.
The substance of stars by 98% consists
of hydrogen and helium. How and when
other elements are got is not quite clear.
But it is somewhere closer to the star's
nuclear oven.
Possibly, the star's nucleus is this oven.
However almost nothing authentically is
known about the nuclei of stars.
Not knowing the exact sizes of nuclei
of stars, we can only assume, that it lies
within the limits of class № 8, i.e. from
102,5 to 107,5 m.
Besides to the eighth class are related
cosmic bodies accompanying stars, viz.
planets and their satellites.
It is necessary to emphasize at once, that
modern science does not have an opinion
regarding existence of planets at other
stars, except for the Sun. It is considered,
that though the Sun, an ordinary by many
parameters average star of our average and
quite ordinary Galaxy has ten planets with
satellites, it represents an exception among
1020 stars constituting Metagalaxy, because
of the presence of planets. The probability
of a similar judgment is defined by number
10-20. The possibility of our originality, we
shall directly say, is insignificant. More
likely, it is to the contrary. Rarely does a
star have any planets revolving around it,
and a planet – its satellites.
Planets (we shall understand hereafter
under this concept also their satellites) fall
in the dimensional range from 104 to 108
m. Objects of smaller size are asteroids or
smaller planets. And everything that is less
 4.4. Mega-universe
than 300 km in diameter is not spherical in
form and is not called «planet».
Planets consist practically of all the
chemical elements, but a major part of
their mass is iron, oxygen, silicon and
magnesium.
Our Sun has, at least, nine planets and
one ring of asteroids between the orbits of
Mars and Jupiter. Quite reasonably it is
considered, that a ring of asteroids are the
remains of a planet, which had collapsed
for some reason. Probably, as a result of
collision with a meteorite that flew from
interstellar space. But the probability
of such collision is low. Probably there
is another explanation connected with
M-scale and expansion of the Metagalaxy.
It has been already said that planets of the
terrestrial group plus the extreme planet of
Solar system Pluto have density more than
2 g/cm3 and, as a matter of fact, they are
solids. And planets-giants of the Jupiter
group are gaseous, and their density is
below 2 g/cm3. And these two groups
of planets by their sizes occupy on the
M-scale two areas divided by a point of
transition on curve (half wave) of stability.
This point has a value 107,9975 m. obviously
planets that exceed this point in size are in
a gaseous or liquid modular condition, and
planets which are less in size, exist in the
form of solids.
The critical point during the existence
of Solar system has changed its place on
the M-scale. Its initial coordinate was
10  m.
If one is to assume, that the unhappy
planet by its size was hardly more than
107,7  m and, accordingly, had a density less
than 2 g/cm3, i.e. was liquid or gaseous,
then in due course the critical point «has
crept» through its dimension and the planet
has appeared in the field, where the density
112
should be above 2 g/cm3. The process of its
consolidation has begun i.e. compression.
Thereof its diameter has decreased, that
the constant twisting moment has caused
an increase in speed of rotation around its
own axis, and the planet, already having
become iced-iron-stone, has been torn off
by centrifugal forces and swept as a belt of
asteroids along its orbit.
It is possible to tell more about known
planets, that their mass oscillates from 1023 to
1026 kg, density – from 0.7 up to 5.44 g/cm3,
and distribution of density is non-uniform.
The temperature and density sharply
increase to the center of planets.
A majority of planets and large satellites
have atmosphere.
Planets in aggregate with a star, around
which they rotate, represent a planetary
system.
It is known to science, that our star  –
Sun  – exists about 5 billion years, and
planets, in particular the Earth, – not
more than 4.7 billion years. It is logical to
assume, that during the moments of origin
and fading of a star, planets do not exist.
But the stable condition of a star constitutes
80-90% of time of its life cycle. Therefore
we have the right to assume, that not less
than 80% of stars in the Metagalaxy,
namely 0.8·1020, have planetary systems.
In comparison with a star and more
so in comparison with the size of external
orbit of the last planet, the own sizes of
planets are very small.
If the Earth is taken as a millimetric
grain, then Sun will have a diameter of
109 mm, the distance to it – 11.6 m, and
diameter of the orbit of the extreme planet
– Pluto – will constitute 1 km.
The mass of planetary systems is close to
mass of the central star and accordingly
lies in the range (2/3)·1030 kg.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The size too can be specified presumably,
by analogy with Solar system and taking
into view the dispersion in the sizes of
stars  – from 1011 up to 1014 m. About
density of planetary system it is possible
to judge differently, depending on how
to consider its volume: if, as a sphere
with diameter of the extreme planet, then
density constitutes about 10-6 g/cm3, if, as a
cylinder of the same di¬ameter and height
to the size of Sun, then 10-5 g/cm3.
The rotation time of planetary system
about its axis, if to judge by the extreme
planet, depends on its orbit. Pluto – the most
remote planet – does a full turnaround of
the Sun in 247 terrestrial years. At that Sun
has a period of rotation about 30 terrestrial
113
days.
Planets in planetary systems get
light, heat, radiation from their central
star. Intensity and density of the stream
of energy depend on affinity to the star,
inclination of its own axis of rotation of
the planet to the ecliptic plane and from
the period of rotation of the planet.
The Earth is the third planet from the
Sun, inclination of its axis is 23,45°, and
frequency of rotation is 365 rotations for
one rotation around Sun.
The Sun radiates 3.8·1020 MW energy.
From this energy the Earth's share is
half of billionth share – 1.9·1011 MW that
quite suffices existence and evolution of
biological life on our planet.
 4.5. The Organic World
KEYWORDS: Organic World, biosphere, Ыо-molecule, biopolymers,
DNA, cell, animate and inanimate, plant, animal, man, super-biological
object.
In due course, not so long ago, it was
considered, that living beings are born
only from living beings. Therefore such a
dichotomy was established: the inanimate
nature consists of minerals or inorganic
compounds and molecules, and animate
matter consists of organic compounds and
bio-molecules. There was as though an
impassable division between the animate
and inanimate nature at the lowest
molecular level. However, in the 50s of XX
century it was found out, that if through
a mixture of hydrogen and hydrogen
containing compounds electric charge
(in nature -lightning) was to be passed,
then some kinds of organic acids and
amino acids are formed in quite a natural
way, and in an oxygen free environment,
like what the Earth's atmosphere was
4.5 billion years ago, more complex
organic compounds are also synthesized
– amino acids, organic acids, sugar, basic
nitrogen…
It is interesting to note that bio-
molecules and organic compounds can be
found in the structure of meteoric matter.
There is a characteristic splash on the
graphic model of material world, where
objects of the organic world are quartered.
At the base of this pyramid lies the
biosphere and bio-molecule, man stands at
the top, while above there is yet unknown
half-biological, or super-biological object
with the conditional name «subject of
spirituality» (fig. 26).
Bio-molecules and biopolymers are
114
high-molecular compounds containing
chains of repeating links. Thousands
and even millions of identical molecular
structures are joined together.
Biopolymers by natural selection and
extremely long search of trials and errors
«have learned» many remarkable things:
to influence the oxidizing and reducing
chemical reactions taking place in them,
to combine into coacervate drops, to
isolate from the external environment by
a membrane, to maintain and improve
its internal structure, to replenish energy
through adoption of elements from the
external environment and discard to the
external environment products of exchange.
They have developed ability to reproduce
its own matter and maintain structure at
mechanical division into parts, for which
purpose the DNA matrix mechanism was
used, and further had shown ability to
reproduce. It took 750 million years for
formation of the elementary denuclearized
cell prokaryotes. They were heterotrophs,
i.e. absorbed more primitive organic
compounds.
Heterotrophs have oxygen-free
metabolism, ineffective from the energy
point of view, and moreover leading
to exhaustion of the Ocean's waters,
where biological life is born and where
heterotrophs soon have nothing to eat.
Then autotrophs – organisms, capable
of synthesizing organic substances from
inorganic matter – appear and start
spreading all over. They use solar energy
 М-scale
Lg(Mx) Lg(m)
43 8
42 7 Earth’s Biosphere
exists
biomass - 3,5 billion years
41 6 1015 kg Fission
of dry =0,285 5,485
40 5 5,2

Animals
Biosphere matter
or 10 8
39 4

Class №8
of Earth’s

1-2 millions species

mass
38 3
2,9625

2 000 г.  6 billion people

1900 г.  1,6 billion people
1000 г.  275 million people
37 2
Synthesis

Above biological

 100,2 
one species
three races
36 1 subject of spirituality
0,45
35 0 Plants Animals Human ,2

8
Plants
1 =0,25

Class №7
34

Size of
germinal cell
of a man
2 .10 in
an ejaculation
350 000 species
2 Newborn
Man

33
2 .1012 2,0725
32 3 cells
Unicellular
Fission

Biological life

115
31 4 Unicellular organisms Adult Energy

Bacterial
Middle of 1014 =0,215 4,585
30 5 Cell plants cells 4,8
М-scale Cell

Cells
nucleus The are exist for
29 6

Class №6
Bacteria 1010 nucleotide 3,8 billion Brain 
1010
28 7 in a cell years cells
Viruses 7,1075
27 8
Synthesis

Biomolecules, Bio-matters
26 9 More than 10 millions varieties
=0,18 9,62
25 10 9,8
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Organization level scale

1) Exact coordinates
of classes
2)   offset of stability
or
Time

saddle points
Mass
Quantity

Density
frequency

Fig. 26. Organic world

 4.5. The Organic World
and photosynthesis for getting vital organic
compounds. Through photo catalysis
hydrogen sulphide is oxidized to sulfates.
The free hydrogen formed reduces carbon
dioxide to carbon and water, out of which
are constructed organic matter further
necessary for life. The following step is
fission of water through photosynthesis with
the purpose of extracting free hydrogen
for synthesis of organic molecules. It is
interesting to note, that oxygen, remaining
as a byproduct goes to the atmosphere.
Thereafter, there appeared the ability
to assimilate carbon dioxide, which had
saturated pre-biological atmosphere of the
planet, and it also assisted in changing the
structure of atmosphere, viz. to reduction
in content of carbon dioxide and rise in
content of oxygen. The so-called cyanic-
bacteria-cyania were the first elementary
organisms, which, using photosynthesis,
made the atmosphere oxygen containing.
Oxygen under the action of Sun's
ultraviolet radiation formed an ozone layer
in the atmosphere, capable of absorbing
rigid short-wave radiation and therein
created protection for complex organic
compounds and opened the path to their
unobstructed improvement.
The oxygen-containing atmosphere
made it possible for living organisms
to use highly energetic oxygen type of
metabolism.
Organic compounds and elementary
organisms, being born and dying, serve
as the basic source of chemical substances
and elements, which would have not
appeared in such quantities from chemical
processes in inorganic nature. Processing
minerals to organic, oxygen and into
complex chemical compounds, organic life
has built itself a house – biosphere, which
covers the whole surface of the planet,
116
including ocean, land and atmosphere.
«98,6% of mass of the physically accessible
layer of Earth is made of only eight chemical
elements: 47% – oxygen, 28%  – silicon, 9%
– aluminum, 5% – iron, 4%  – calcium, 3% –
sodium, 3% – phosphorus, 2% – magnesium»
Bondarev V.P. [24, page 269].
During evolution prokaryotes
denuclearized cells – became complicated,
and included in its structure aerobic
bacterium capable of functioning inside
the cell-owner, producing energy or other
vital functions. Thus, the nucleus of a cell,
responsible for processes, taking place
in a cell, was gradually formed. There
appeared eukaryotes – nuclear cells. When
bacterium resembling filaments were
attached to the eukaryotes they managed
to form an organism capable of movement
in liquid environment, the task of search
of food and movement was facilitated with
the view of protection. Approximately
thus appeared predecessors of the present
elementary organisms, and the first step, in
grandiose ladder of evolution of plant and
animal worlds, was laid.
Bio-molecules, bio-substances, bio
polymers, fibers are all building materials
or, more precisely, building blocks
for bearers of biological life. They are
rather not blocks, but specialized, very
complex structures, capable of executing
certain tasks: collect and accumulate
energy from external sources, manage
chemical reactions, accumulate or remove
certain chemical elements or substances,
collect, accumulate and transfer genetic
information, etc.
The most elementary structures from
biomaterials are viruses. It is yet a cell
and not a nucleus, but already something
independent, consisting of nucleonic acid
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
and a capsule. Viruses are capable of
active self-reproduction, live exclusively
inside a cell, using its resources, can cause
illnesses of organisms at the intracellular
level: something like a latent electronic
destruction mechanism -as a pyrotechnic
charge under the pilot's seat of a military
plane, which in case of emergency can
be blown by command from ground. The
sizes of viruses are from 10-8 to 10-7 m.
The next representative of the
elementary is bacterium. The size is from
10-6 to 10-5 m.
This unicellular denuclearized
organism multiplies by division, is mobile,
autotrophic – lives through inorganic
sources of carbon, is capable of living
both in the oxygen environment, and
without oxygen. Actively participates in
the formation and destruction of minerals,
is one of the central agents in circulation
of matter in nature and formations of the
biosphere.
The following unit is the cell nucleus.
It is a compulsory part of unicellular
and without exception all multicellular
organisms. Its size is from 10-6 m to 1 mm.
The nucleus is concentrated with genetic
materials, necessary for reproduction
of similar cells by the cell, and also
mechanism of control over ability of the
cell's vital functions. It is interesting, that
the sexual cell of man, as well as many
animals, consists practically of a nucleus
and is of size about 10-5 m that corresponds
to the center of the bar. Although an adult is
to five orders more, but the genetic package
with information about man is precisely in
the scale center of the universe.
It sounds as a compliment. However,
the truth is there, as said earlier, the sexual
cell of a cachalot, fox and even an elephant
is placed.
117
«The principle of compactness, inherent
in cell metabolism, is especially expressed
in the structure of DNA. For example, DNA
of a man's ovule weighs 6·10-12 g and thus
codes properties of all proteins of man»
Bondarev  V.P. [24, page 358].
In general, everything is all right with
compactness in the structure of a cell. The
DNA double string on which all structure
and psychological essence of the future
man are written down, has length of about
two meters, but is so thin, that it can be
placed in a cell of size several hundredths
part of a millimeter.
A cell is an elementary living
system. It can exist quite successfully by
itself (unicellular). And can be a part of
multicellular organisms – animals and
plants.
The structure of a cell consists of a
nucleus with full genetic code of a cell, and
a cytoplasm with floating, as the cell itself
in the primary ocean, organelles and other
structures responsible for all the processes
of cell's vital functions.
The science about the structure of
a cell – cytology – in detail provides the
structure of a cell, mechanism of its vital
functions and has developed enough ideas
about its evolution.
In the context of our task there is no
necessity to state the basic provisions
of cytology. For us following positions,
firmly and for a long time ago accepted by
scientists-cytologists, are only important.
Cell is a living biological organism built
from complex biological compounds,
consisting of bio-molecules, and on its
basis are compounds from atoms and
molecules of inanimate nature. A cell is
an elementary, simple living organism
and, by virtue of it, is the carrier of the
following properties distinguishing the
 4.5. The Organic World
animate from the inanimate.
Metabolism – ability to metabolism
with the purpose of acquiring energy and
restoration of expendable cells and matter.
Unlike inanimate nature consisting mainly
of oxygen, silicon, iron, magnesium and
aluminum, living organisms consist 98%
of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen and hydrogen
formed in complex biological molecules  –
polymers: nucleonic acids, fibers,
polysaccharides and fats. The metabolism
is carried out through food and breath.
Autotrophy – ability of some plants,
through photo catalysis of sunlight, to
create from water and atmospheric gases
all nutrients necessary for them.
Heterotrophy – ability of mushrooms,
bacterium, animals and man to eat organic
substances and, owing to fermentable
disintegration. receive energy and
necessary elements from them.
Breathe – same form of metabolism
uses oxidizing-reducing reactions as the
source of energy.
Self-reproduction and vital-life
cycle – ability to generate copies of self,
which go through a repeating life cycle:
birth, growth, attaining sexual maturity,
reproduction, bringing up posterity that
is characteristic only for animals, ageing,
death.
Heredity and variability – a
mechanism, on the one hand, fixing the
accumulated specific attributes, and on the
other hand providing adaptability to the
changing conditions of living environment.
Irritability and self-control – ability
to react energetically to external influences
and react selectively on them. The reaction
of an organism to changes of environment is
subordinated to the law of self-preservation,
which is based on the mechanism of self-
control. The organism does automatically
118
all that is necessary for neutralizing external
destructive influences.
Life cycle of various cells in an
organism has a huge dispersion by time of
half-decay of atoms.
«There are 1014 cells in the organism
of man. In some tissues the number of
cells remains a constant during the life of
an organism. In these tissues, rather less
differentiated cells divide, whose reserve is
self supported, and one of the daughter cells is
differentiated. For example, in man nearly 70
billion cells of intestinal epithelia and 2 billion
erythrocytes perish daily. Quite differentiated
cells make the cell cycle in many other
tissues and then division of a cell cannot be
completed to the end, but limited to doubling
of chromosomes; or does not begin at all, and
the cell leaves the cycle at a certain moment.
Some nuclei do not enter into a cycle during
the life of a differentiated cell (neurons, fibers
of skeletal muscles), thus life expectancy of a
cell corresponds to the life of an organism. The
minimum life expectancy of a cell (intestinal
epithelia) of man is 1-2 days» Bondarev V.P.
[24, page 359].
At an early stage of evolution (it is
probable, that it was two with superfluous
billion years ago) unicellulars divided into
seaweeds, which gave rise to the line of
plants, and into elementary, from which
subsequently animals originated.
And somewhere 570 million years ago,
when naked minerals of the Earth began to
be covered by soil, there appeared animals
and plants.
Plants are an isolated group of objects
of the organic World, and they occupy the
ninth class on the organizational scale.
The living, mainly multicellular organisms,
autotrophs, forming minerals, atmospheric
gases and sunlight in organic compounds,
appeared on Earth not less 3.8 billion years
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
ago and at present total 350,000 varieties.
With rare exception, plants do not move
during the life cycle because roots go into
the earth. However for plants the static
ontogenesis is made up by the rather
dynamic phylogenesis of the species.
Classes and types of plants constantly
expand, move or decrease their area,
occupying either one or the other territories
of the planet, following the change in
climatic conditions and evolutionary
processes taking place in the biogenesis.
Plants serve as the determining factor
of existence and vital ability of animals
and man. Plants give them food, habitat,
oxygen to breathe, medicinal products.
Plants also give man dress, fuel, building
materials, and minerals.
Plants have played the main role
in formation of the modern biosphere,
and first of all in creation of the oxygen
atmosphere of Earth. If suddenly plants
cease to be, herbivorous will become
extinct and then predators. There will be
neither meat, nor vegetables, nor cereals,
nor fruit. Man will be left only with salt
as food. Without plants animals, and man
cannot exist.
The Earth's surface warmed by Sun
for billions of years enables a multitude of
biological objects to be born, live and die.
In the course of their life they participate
in complex chemical reactions and leave
behind them products of exchange and
their own remains. Expressing it more
delicately, in general, my soul, you
understand, what covers our once naked
stony planet as a thick layer.
«At last, in the external shell – in the
biosphere – a significant mass of its matter
is captured and collects in living organisms,
changes under the cosmic energy of Sun. The
119
mass of biosphere should be to the order of
1024 g.» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 100].
As a result a superficial fertile layer
of soil - humus forms on land, and in the
World.
Ocean – a planktonic film on the
surface and a ground film at the bottom is
formed.
«The planktonic film is an important
part of the biosphere mechanism, despite its
thinness just as an important part is the ozone
shield with insignificant ozone percentage.
Its area equals hundreds of millions of square
kilometers, and weight should be expressed by
numbers of the order 10l5-1016 tons.
Planktonic and ground films cover the
whole of the hydrosphere. If the surface of a
plankton, maybe, in general, is close to the
ocean surface, i.e. it is equal to 3.6·108 km2,
then the surface of the ground film should
exceed it considerably, as it follows all the
complexity and all irregularities of the ocean
bottom relief Vernadsky V.I. [28, pages 156-
157].
Actually, the whole area of man is
completely located in the biosphere. The
boundaries of biosphere are wide
enough. Firstly, it is a spherical surface
covering the whole Earth, including land
and ocean. Secondly, it extends upwards
from the Earth and into depths of the
planet. Spores of plants in the stratosphere
and gas with oil in the bowels are signs of
the presence of biosphere.
«From the geoid level biosphere stretches
upwards to the borders of stratosphere, and
getting to it; it hardly probably reaches the
ionosphere – the terrestrial electromagnetic
vacuum just being covered by scientific
consciousness. Below the geoid level the living
substance penetrates into the stratosphere
and on the top areas of the metamorphous
 4.5. The Organic World
and granite shells. From the view of planet it
rises 20-25 km above the geoid level lowers
on an average to 4-5 km below this level.
These borders in time vary in places, on small
durations extends far behind them. Apparently,
at sea depths living substance should penetrate
to places deeper than 11 km, and their existence
deeper than 6 km has been established. In the
stratosphere we just experience penetration
into it by man, always inseparable from other
organisms – insects, plants, microbes; and thus
the living substance has already gone 40 km
upwards from the geoid level and is fast lifting
up» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 246].
The whole biological chain from a
bio-molecule to man is based at a certain
place – in a thin layer of contact of the
atmosphere with the surface of our planet.
The name of this layer is biosphere. It is
not all that simple with it. Biosphere is
not present, if there is no biological life,
and biological life is impossible without
a biosphere. If we remove biosphere,
there will remain only anaerobes, the
elementary and worms, living without
free oxygen. And if we remove plants -
animals will die, structure of atmosphere
will change, ozone layer will disappear
and the biosphere will cease existence.
Biosphere is a continuation of the mineral
world of the planet and, certainly, is an
inanimate phenomenon; and on the other
hand, it integrally includes everything
animate, including man, and moreover it
defines life and death of all living things
on the planet. Processes of self-regulation
act on biosphere, the evolutionary process
is present, taking place in a certain
direction, and if definition of objectives
is not monitored, then in any case, the
unconditional predetermined, program
oriented nature are being monitored.
The biosphere possesses a most
powerful synergetic potential. To manage
120
and find balance on such complex
processes, as energy interchange of
planet and atmospheric surfaces, cycling
of substances in nature, forming and
preservation of biocoenosis.
«Sun has radically reworked and changed
the face of Earth; the biosphere has been
penetrated and captured. To a great degree
biosphere is an exhibition of its radiations; it
composes the planetary mechanism, turning
them to new varied forms of terrestrial free
energy, which radically changes the history
and destiny of our planet» Vernadsky V.I. [28,
page 43].
The biosphere, obviously, demonstrates
a number of attributes of animate intelligent
being, but on a number of other attributes
it is a product of a mineral-cosmic origin
and phenomenon of inanimate nature.
The conclusion arises by itself. The
biosphere is in a providential location, the
meeting point of animate and inanimate
nature and serves as some kind of a
placenta for the origin and development of
biological life.
Like the woman who carries a child,
the biosphere carries life, protects it,
creates all the necessary conditions for
life, but also receives from biological life
all that is necessary for self-maintenance
and development.
And, as is known, it is impossible to
change the meeting point, the surface of
planet with density above density of water,
with sufficient, but not a superfluous
stream of energy from its star, with a cycle
time and inclination of the axis to ecliptic,
giving a uniform stream of external energy
and billions of years stability for evolution.
Here it is my soul, life in Space. The
number of such places, so are the centers
of life. Any thinking person will come to
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
such conclusion.
«I am convinced that this life will cover
not only our planet, but also that, which in the
Bible is named as the new sky and new earth.
I am convinced that such a complex being like
man, his organism, should be prepared for
enormous quantum of processes, which takes
place in the immense Universe. In order to
create one intellectual being, apparently, it was
necessary to start such a big uranium boiler as
our Galaxy, and may be, our entire universe»
A. Men [73, page 83].
On our chart biosphere is placed
between the 7th and 8th classes of the
organizational level. The location was
obtained by projection of the biosphere
value on the curve formed (fig. 26) on the
bar scale.
The size of biosphere is constant and
equal to the size of planet – the carrier of
biosphere.
A quantitative estimation of biosphere
can be given through volumetric or
total mass of organisms and bio-matter.
However bio-objects 50-90% is made
of water, and therefore a more adequate
estimation through weight of dry matter.
The total biomass of the planet Earth's
biosphere constitutes 1015 kg of dry matter,
or 10-8 part of planet mass.
The age of modern biosphere of the
Earth is not less than 3.5 billion years,
and its formation began more than 4
billion years ago. The Earth before the
biosphere looked entirely different from
what it is today. Naturally there was
no vegetation and animals, as well as
soil and humus. There were stones and
not oxidized minerals. The atmosphere
constituted of methane, nitrogen, carbon
dioxide, hydrogen sulphide, and there was
no free oxygen in it. It was impossible to
121
breathe there, in addition active volcanic
and tectonic activity of the young planet.
Whoever happened to be in places of
volcanic activity could imagine fumaroles,
geysers, streams of sulfur, streams of lava,
black ash rains, hot hydrogen sulphide
lakes, stench and shudder of earth, a real
hell.
In an evolutionary sense biosphere
had since long passed the formation stage
and is in rather a stable phase of existence.
Only man with his technogenic problems
of growth brings discord to the biosphere
equilibrium.
On hindsight at evolution of biological
life, it is shown with evidence the
orientation towards increase in complexity
of biological objects, and not any, but,
namely in the direction of development of
the first system, consciousness and reason.
«Among the infinite number of forms,
where complication of life is dissipated,
differentiation of nervous substance is
segregated, according to the prediction theory,
as a significant trans-formation. It gives
evolution orientation and thereby proves, that
it is meaningful» Teilhard de Chardin [126,
page 152].
«It is only possible to regret (and be
surprised), that, in spite of clarity of the
facts, consensus does not yet reach that
recognition, that "the galaxy" of vital forms
draws in detail (as admitted by us) a wide
«orthogenetic» movement of deactivation in
a direction of greater increase in complexity
and consciousness» Teilhard de Chardin [126,
page 146].
The plant kingdom and evolution of
biosphere have stimulated development of
the animal kingdom.
Animals, unlike plants, are capable of
moving, they are heterotrophs, being fed
 4.5. The Organic World
exclusively with organic food, viz. plants
or other animals comparatively weaker
and lesser in size.
The animal kingdom is also basically
represented by multicellular organism;
however their variety is several times
greater than plants and reaches 1.5 to 2
million species.
Multicellular animals on land
appeared nearly 800 million years ago. An
active mobile life, struggle for survival,
necessity of interaction served as the
cause of development of the rudiment of
psychology in animals, abilities to perceive,
accumulate and transfer elementary
information necessary for preservation
and evolution of the species. The most
«advanced» species of animals form the
group of primates, the predecessors of
man.
Primates are mammals, five-fingered,
plantigrades, have seizing limbs, a big
brain. a developed ability to communicate
through a set of gestures and sounds,
inclined to flocking and complex social
methods of self-organization. They
appeared on Earth more than 14 million
years ago. Nearly 5 million years ago
there was a division of primates into
two kinds  – monkeys and hominids
(predecessors of man). The reason of the
division was bipedalism, which freed
the front limbs of hominids that in turn,
after 3 to 4 million years allowed future
man to master fire and rudiments of labor
activity. Though anthropogenesis is far
from complete, especially its initial stage,
nevertheless it is possible to consider that
doubts in the animal origin of man have
been overcome. Today's science agrees
with the evolutionary theory of origin
of man from the bowels of the animal
kingdom. That, certainly, was.
122
In our chart man occupies the
11th penultimate class on the scale of
organizational level.
Remaining an animal by his physical
nature, man possesses a set of unique
properties unknown to previous stages of
the organizational level.
First of all, they are analytical capability,
consciousness, abstract thinking and
presence of speech. As a matter of fact, all
these are one and the same – reason.
Secondly, they are man-made capacity
and definition of objectives. As a result,
it is the transition from adaptation to life
environment to adaptation of environment
to his needs. The ability of social
arrangement of man is also included here.
And thirdly, a not yet dominating,
but existing ability of man to ethical
behavior, overcoming the animal instincts
of envy, enmity, egoism through unique
mechanisms of morals, reasonable self-
restriction, morals and feeling of self-
respect given to man. Or, to say in other
words, the abilities of hearing the voice of
the Creator and ability of following Him.
Unlike the plant and animal kingdom,
man has not yet passed the culmination of
his development. The evolutionary wave
on our planet is now in two areas -in the
field of the social structure and in the field
of morally-ethical establishment of man as
a species, as a unit on the organizational
level scale.
It is not by accident that human
population is growing by leaps and
bounds, possibly, getting nearer to some
limit unknown to us. About 1000 years
back there were 275 million of us, and by
2000 it was 6 billion and this with absolute
monopoly in species. Man has no specific
contenders. One species and three races
are insignificant for incest.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The Lord has given us the ability to
think. It is possible to assume, what else
will man be, but know exactly where the
winding path of evolution will lead us is
only known to the Creator.
The phenomenon of man for us, people,
is the most important and intriguing
mystery of the Creator.
By our biological origin we are
animals. And often we are convinced that
it is so.
«Man combines all animals in him», –
quite fairly remarks John Donn [46, page
71]
By the way, another such remarkable
idea is attributed to him:
«It is our business to correct and restore
everything, to which string of understanding
has been lost». [46, page 72]
On the other hand, such gifts of the
Creator as consciousness, reason, freedom
of moral choice, authority over nature,
religious judgment of the World, lead to
the thought, that:
«…the link between divine and natural
world is man» Soloviev V. [103, with. 143].
Moreover, a belief is born, that man
can be not only a link, but also should be
the link and has been created especially for
it.
«And man as one, who belongs to both the
worlds, by acts of intellectual contemplation
can and should touch the divine world and,
being still in the world of struggle and free
floating anxiety, enter into contact with the
clear images from the kingdom of glory and
eternal beauty» Soloviev V. [103, page 141].
123
What for is this communication, how
it should be carried out, what particularly
should man do is yet unknown, but the
whole meaning of appearance of man
as result of evolution is in carrying and
developing spirituality in him.
«…every incorrigible materialistic person
is a mortal Man, a living automatic device,
in spite of him being bestowed with a big
brain power», – wrote Blavatskaya, and my
applauses to her [19, page 485].
The exclusiveness of abilities, sharp
difference from the living world, and
absence of competing analogues in the
beginning led man to the idea of similarity
to God, that the universe has been created
for him and in his sake.
However the infantile sicknesses of
anthropocentrism, having gone through
sobering experience of social disasters and
impartial analysis of scientific knowledge
gradually has come to naught.
«Refusal from self-confident
anthropocentrism and opening of Space life
of the last decades, should affect significantly
man's claims of being master of the World
and manager of any life, subject of the mono-
dictatorship that defines ways of World's
development. But anthropocentrism received
an unexpected reinforcement from modern
astrophysics, which has formulated the so-
called antrophic principle, according to which
the Earth has seemed to be structured under
parameters of man and so if the value of one
of fundamental constants had been different,
human life would have been impossible.
In practice the assumption, that it is
not the Universe that tuned to man, but
man could have been generated in a unique,
narrow corridor of strictly defined conditions.
Really, in fact in case of "imperfection" of the
Universe (i.e. impossibility in development of
intelligent life in it), it was simply impossible
 4.5. The Organic World
for anyone to fix it. But the Universe has
unlimited time. And sooner or later there
casually appears a combination favorable to us.
Then there we appear and are surprised of the
Universe's perfection. Therefore, man should
be considered not as a crown of the whole
universe, but as one of the stages of its total
evolutionary process. In this respect closer to
the truth was not West with its traditions of
rationalism and anthropocentrism, but the East
with its integrity and cosmicality, including
man in the inseparable system of nature as a
component part.
Nevertheless man is not simply a part
of the World, but a part that has realized the
whole and capable of including in him this
whole at an ideal level. The consciousness
acts as the planetary factor, enabling the
establishment of new attitudes of mankind,
as a uniform organism with Space that can
give the process of self-organization in nature
a targeted feature, and instead of the position
of either anthropocentrism or cosmocentrism
approve synergism of man and Space»
Samokhvalova  V.I. [2, page 53].
The transitory role of man becomes
more and more obvious. The Lord has
created us for providential purposes, not
known to us yet. All that was before us
were made, so that we appeared. And
we are needed for advancing further the
Creator's plan and then move aside or
become His assistants.
«Man is not the center of universe, as
we innocently believed, but, is much more
beautiful than the vanishing skyward top of
a great biological synthesis. Its man, and only
he, who was the last to appear in time, the most
fresh, the most complex, the most iridescent,
multi-colored from the consecutive layers of
life. Such is our fundamental vision» Teilhard
de Chardin [126, page 231].
The aggressive settling of man on
the planet's surface, full domination as
124
species and scientific-technical progress
have led some thinkers to the conclusion
on the regeneration of biosphere to
a «noosphere»  – an association of
consolidated thinking people, and as result
- the advent of some collective Intelligence.
«…geologically we experience at this hour
segregation in the biosphere of the kingdom
of intelligence that changes radically its
shape, and structure, – noosphere. The word
«noosphere» and the corresponding concept
has been created by E. Le Roi in 1928»
Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 380].
The advent of noosphere is put in one
row with the deep processes of evolution
of Space, the Earth, life and biosphere.
«"Explosion" of scientific idea in XX
century has been prepared by the whole past
of biosphere and has the deepest roots in it
structure. It cannot stop and go back. It can only
be slowed down in its rate. The noosphere is a
biosphere advanced by scientific thought, that
had prepared for the gone hundreds millions,
can be billions, of years process, which created
Homo sapiens Faber, is not a short-term and
passing geological phenomenon. Processes,
having been readied for many billions years,
cannot be passing, cannot stop. Hence it
follows, that the biosphere will inevitably pass
anyhow, sooner or later to the noosphere, i.e.
that in history of people, occupying it, there
shall take place events, necessary for this
purpose, and not contradicting this process»
Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 277].
The theory of a noosphere does not
appear as absolutely indisputable for us.
More likely, the basic object of evolution
will be the ethical perfection of man, every
living person on the Earth. But the known
drawing together of people on the basis
of revolution in communication facilities
is being made in full conformity with the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
prediction of Vernadsky V.I.:
«This process – full settlement of biosphere
by man – is caused by the course of history
of scientific thought, inseparably connected
with speed of relations, with successes in
techniques of movement, with the possibility
of instant transfer of thought, its simultaneous
discussions everywhere on the planet» [28,
page. 261].
However there will pass some time,
and the peak of an evolutionary wave
will pass further on the scale of the
organizational level as it had once passed
above all previous units of the material
world, and will reach an extreme, twelfth
point of the scale of organizational level.
The unit placed there is unknown to us,
moreover it cannot comprehend the person
in full.
As it is impossible for the cleverest
animal to describe the human essence, so
it is not allowed to us to know what is this
above the biological subject created on the
basis of that, what man will become, when
his evolutionary maturity ends.
«We after death – 1 have trust in it –
shall again become imperishable particle of
the conceiving light, which flows over the
Universe.» Guberman I. [35, page 124].
This is Igor Guberman, a poet and
bearer of Russian-Jewish wisdom. He is not
a philosopher, but, unlike any philosopher,
is capable of accommodating in a tetrastich
the best philosophical treatise without the
slightest detriment to meaning.
And nevertheless, why then, beyond
the boundaries allocated to man in the
class № 12 scale of complexity of the
world?
125
Though we are unable to perceive it,
but to suppose it is not forbidden. Even
the dog has a certain idea about its owner
and about people in general. All the more
man: he has been given reason, and reason
is there or it is not. As a computer, which
can be either of an old design, low-power,
or modern, highspeed, it essentially is the
same machine. Similarly intelligence for
both man and the Creator is of the same
nature. It means, we have an opportunity
of comprehending the most complex
things, be it in the most general form.
The unit № 12 is at the border, at the
extreme right point of the organizational
level scale; it means, this unit only in
half belongs to the material world, and
another half is outside of it. The same for
the extreme elements: at the left -maximon
and the Metagalaxy made of maximons.
If the unit № 12 by half does not belong to
material World, then:
• at first, it has an above biological
nature;
• secondly, not losing
communication with biosphere as the
point of its origin in the material World,
it is capable of being integrated into some
other, non-material World and exist there
in parallel.
Besides, it is possible to assume, that
important characteristics of unit № 12 will
be spirituality and morals, since at these
points, in particular, passes now the peak
of evolutionary wave above man -the unit
of a previous level on the organizational
scale.
But assumptions are assumptions,
therefore everything that is on the chart
more to the right of man, we shall draw
with a dotted line.
 5. SYNERGETIC MODEL OF THE
MATERIAL WORLD
Until recently it was considered,
that nature strives to level, make even,
and reduce to a common denominator
everything that differs from standard. The
temperature is leveled, pressure reduces to
an average value, moun-tains fall to ruin,
all that is created by man from natural
materials with time converts back to
them. The law of entropy, i.e. irreversible
dispersion of energy and decrease in
complexity and orderliness of the systems,
rules over the world.
The principle of entropy, quite appli-
cable to thermodynamics, has been applied
to the arrangement of the World. That,
altogether, is incorrect. The mountain,
certainly, collapses, but in fact it had once
emerged from something.
And only in the 70’s of XX century it
has been scientifically proved that there
are in nature cases of «occur-rences of the
order from the disorder». Synergy, a new
scientific direction, is the study of similar
cases.
The basic idea of synergy is the
possi-bility, and under certain conditions,
even inevitability, of origin of order and
organization from disorder and chaos as a
result of self organization.
This approximately takes place as fol-
lows. The initial system works at the usual
order. Functioning processes, infinitely
repetitive, focused on constant or poorly
varying external conditions take place in
it.
However there comes the moment
when environmental conditions start to
vary considerably. The system ap-proaches
126
boundary of its adaptive ca-pacities and
begins to lose stability. This instant is
referred to as the bi-furcation point. At
the bifurcation point the system becomes
susceptible to fluctuation viz., perception
of sig-nals, capable of playing the role of
positive reverse communication, i.e. affect
the system in such a way that it applied new,
more perfect opposing mechanisms to the
hostile environment. Surplus of various
fluctuations, which are «not noticed» by the
system in usual conditions, at bifurcation
points is perceived and is capable of
generating the next round of system self-
improvement and even its transition to a
qualitatively new condition, i.e. generate a
higher level of self-organizing system.
Synergetic evolution of nature’s sys-
tems is now a fact obvious to science. At
present it is only possible to guess why and
with what purpose the system evolves from
the bottom to top horizons of synergy, but
it is already clear how it occurs.
It is possible to list the basic technological
mechanisms of evolution:
• ability of systems to accumu-late
useful fluctuations during innu-merable
iterations of working cycles, so as to use
them at the necessary in-stant;
• iteration of existence of the
systems itself - finiteness of the life cycle
and simultaneously the capacity to self-
reproduction;
• morphological adaptability that
allows divide the system, get united into
several systems or complicate its own
structure, depending on necessity;
• ability to choose, correct and rank
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
as per value optimization criteria during
adaptation;
• infinite ramification of the sys-tem
development ways, practically in the mode
of complete overrun of all possible choices
and subsequent sifting of viable choices of
systems through natural selection;
• presence of an evolutionary
wave  – period, when formation of the
system takes place very sharply and ends
in location of a viable solution. Then
comes the period of stability, when the
system confidently handles its functions
and reliably protects itself from the hostile
external environment;
• nesting principle of systems –
structural connection between differ-ent
127
synergy level systems has been built on
the principle of the Russian nested doll
(Matryoshka). A higher organizational
level system includes or regulates a system
of lesser synergy level.
Our graphic model of the material
world should also be commented in terms
of synergy.
For the time being, we have before us
a set of base units of the material World,
organized by criteria of size and level of
organization.
To me, my soul, I would like to show
you their synergetic interrelation, how the
uniform and continuous evolutionary path
from maximon to man looks like, etc.
 5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter
5.1. Maximon – information,
giving rise to matter
KEYWORDS: maximon, Hypermatrix, flash, invariance of max-imon,
program of building the material World.
Most likely, man is more foolish, than
he could be. There is an impression, that
the Lord created a hundred watt lamp, but
reduced the voltage in the circuit by five
times. Because of this the filament hardly
illuminates the bulb.
But there are cases, probably by mis-
take, when a man comes to the World
with abilities, surpassing several times the
allowed abilities.
William Shakespeare is an eternal puz-
zle. He obviously, intuitively pos-sessed
the omniscience accessible to angels.
In his last play «The Tempest», there are
such words, inspired by light of Divine
wisdom, about the nature of material
things:
« … how these easy dreams,
So too magnificent palaces and towers,
Topped by clouds, and temples,
And the terrestrial sphere sometime
Will disappear, and as clouds, will vanish.
We ourselves are created from dreams…»
[129, page 722].
The evolution of material world begins
with maximon. Once again I remind: it
is for certain known about maximon, its
size is equal 10-35 m - the minimum wave
length, capable of existing in the material
World, and its life period is 10-43 sec.
Our opinion is in that maximon is
semi-material base element of the material
World and the full genetic code of material
World, together with all its units is
contained in maximon.
128
An incomprehensible brief flash of
maximon executes two functions - bears
the building program of the material
World and serves as a build-ing material
of the first, smallest «nested doll» in the
hierarchy of units of the material World.
Well here the moment has approached for
the first unpopular revelation. It is time to
explain, what can and should be the nature
of maximon.
It is still early to speak, whence it,
why, when and by whom it was cre-ated,
but it is already necessary to say, how it is
arranged.
To you, my soul, already, probably,
is clear, that now it will be about the non-
material World. Man reasonable as a
species, is extremely young. The picture of
the universe has opened only a small part of
it to him and, certainly, this nearest, easiest
conceivable part is the material World. But
to consider that the universe ends with the
material World is naivety and a gross error.
We are not surprised by the fact that sound
with frequency 21,000 Hz, inaudible to our
ear, is perceived by mouse, that darkness
for a human eye is not darkness for a cat.
There are enormous Worlds or parts of the
universe, which are not directly perceived
by our sense organs, however they exist and
are no less important for organization of the
universe, than the part visible to us.
Imagine a cube of dice, a three-
dimensional, volumetric figure with six
equal sides at right angle. Let the size of a
side be equal 10-35 m, the minimum Planck
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
wave length (fig. 27).
Now we shall start adding similar
cubes to the three sides and build a design
externally similar to Rubik’s cube, only
the size of its side should be equaled 1025
m, i.e. to the size of the Metagalaxy. And
may be, our cube should be more, with
reserve for recession of Galaxies, or we
shall assume the ability in it to self in-
crement as required.
And now we shall destroy the cubes,
but we shall leave the hidden volu–metric
grid limiting their places. Thus: the object
is not present, but the place remains. The
Cheshire Cat has left, but its smile remains.
Let's call this invisible, im-perceptible
for man as the unchanging design of a
Hypermatrix. It is banal enough, but suits
by implication. So, the Hypermatrix fixes
all the places without exception, where
maximons can arise and repeatedly live
their short life.
The cell of a Hypermatrix corre-
sponding to a cubic expanse with side
equal to the size of maximon can be in two
states either empty or filled with maximon.
We shall name these states accordingly as
passive and active.
In the active state the cell of a
Hypermatrix «is filled» with a form of
energy unknown to us, this is exhibited
in the form of fantastically high frequency
fluctuations.
In 10-43 seconds these fluctuations suc-
ceed in transferring information not only
about the design and method of functioning
of the material World and all its units, but
also about the current condition of that
chain of objects into whose structure the
given maximon at the moment is included.
The first part of the information we shall
name genetic, and the second - operative.
Their frequency characteristics are
129
different.
We shall not say for the time being,
whence this information is received and
how control signals and feedback are
built, but it is clear, that such questions
necessarily will arise and it will be
necessary to find intelligible answers to it.
Simply accept as a hypothesis, that
maximon is a flash bearing certain en-
ergy and some considerable volume of
information. Spatially the flash is localized
by boundaries of the Hypermatrix cell.
The flash energy does not go beyond the
Hypermatrix cell. Probably, information
on the fact of flash is transferred to adjacent
cells.
It is very important to remember that
the size of a cell, duration of the flash,
content of genetic part of information
is absolutely invariable with relation to
location of a cell in the Hypermatrix.
That is, in any location of a Hypermatrix
any cell gives birth to absolutely identical
flashes – maximons.
The operative part of information does
not change the universal and standard
nature of maximon. Firstly, its volume
is vanishingly small in comparison to
volume of the genetic information, and,
secondly, working frequency, used for its
transfer, is below by many orders.
As it has been already said, the flash
continues for 10-43 seconds. After it has
ended, some time should pass for the cell
in order to restore the ability of making the
following flash. What this interval is can
be only assumed, but, most likely; it cannot
be less than 10-43 seconds – the period
of the flash itself. Time of information
accumulation is usually more than the
time of its transfer.
Obviously, there is an interdiction on
more frequent mode of flash occurrence
 5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter

а
Мx а
а=10
35
m
а
А. spice occupied by one maximon  М х

 25
10 М х=10 m

Мx

 25
10 М х=10 m
180
В. Hyper matrix  10 cells Maximons hold Metagalaxy

Cell numbers
1 2 3 4 ... n
47
Stage 1 Мx Time of Flare glow  10 sec

Stage 2 Мx Interval between Flaers in adjacent cells 0

Stage 3 Мx Cell restoration time 1047 сек

..... n

Stage n Мx
Speed of Flare “run” equals speed of light

С. Flare displacement — Maximon along cells of hyper matrix (along a straight line)

Fig. 27. Maximon and Hypermatrix

130
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
in the same cell. It is possible to assume,
that the mechanism of ex-pansion of the
Universe has been cre-ated exactly with
this purpose.
All objects in the Universe move in
sets of trajectories, but in relation to the
motionless Hypermatrix their dominating
trajectory is from center to the periphery,
and speed of movement is comparable
with the speed of light.
A similar order excludes the necessity
«to illuminate» one and the same cell of a
Hypermatrix without interruption.
If cells adjacent to each other are sin-
gled out from a row of the Hypermatrix,
located on one line of length of 300,000
km, and serially «switch-on» the flashes,
starting with the first cell, one after
another, then the «spark» will run over all
of the line in a second. This is the limit of
speed of movement of objects in a material
World.
Most likely, cells can «switch-on»
only in series and without misses. One has
completed work, the adjoining switches
on. The variation in speed of «recession»
«spark» on the chain is reached due to
delay in switching the following cell. One
has completed work and the following joins
with a lag, as a result the «spark» runs its
path more slowly, with lesser speed, but
the total energy of the process in unit time
also falls.
It is already clear to you: a set of large
number of flashes maximons, lined up
definitely, gives rise to the first complex
unit of the material World – photon.
I remind: units of the first and second
classes in the science bar are not de-scribed
yet, and the names «photon» and «nucleus
of an electron» have a conditional nature.
But it does not at all stir our belief on
existence of cer-tain units in corresponding
131
points of the graphic model of a material
World.
The number of maximons, forming a
photon, most likely is 1010, by analogy to
other M-scale units known to science.
Do you know my soul, how the image
tube, screen of the first TV is arranged and
how an image appears on it? The glass
screen inside is covered with numbers
of tiny luminescent dots. If you direct an
electronic beam to this dot, it is lit and
is visible and if removed, it ceases to be
visible.
A special device drives a beam from
point to point along a line, running, line
after line, the whole screen, and one more
device regulates the beaming force during
the moments of its passage of each dot,
somewhere more strongly, somewhere
more poorly and somewhere will switch
it off. The ray travels the whole screen
very quickly 24 times a second. Our eyes
possess inertia of perception, and for them
the screen is seen as a shining dynamic
picture.
I do not know, whether I have helped
you or only have confused more, but the
structure of a material World is similar to
a volumetric TV, if one such existed. And
may be it has already been created?
Hyper matrix is a volumetric screen.
Cells are phosphor grains, capable of
being substantiated in the form of flash
of maximons according to the signal of
external operating program.
Flashes of maximons are organized in
such a manner that they give rise first to a
photon, and then, one after an-other, more
and more complex units of the material
World. At the same time the lowest level
unit comprises of all the properties and
potential for the inevitable creation of
a unit of the following, higher level of
 5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter
organization.
As a result it will turn out, that all
objects of the material world - from
photon to man and stars - with all physical
parameters and laws of ma-terial World are
some kind of volu-metric image, sliding
along a Hypermatrix with speed, close to
the speed of light.
Strange? Improbable?
Didn’t we subconsciously go to this?
You remember:
«In the beginning there was Word, and the
Word was with God, and the Word was God»
[Joh. 1 : 1].
The thought and reason predominating
over matter, define its existence. But how
has it been engineered? It appears, very
simple: matter has been directly created,
combined, built from information. As a
result matter is that, what thought, which
132
generated it, is and if there is no thought,
there is no matter.
«… Space and time with all its laws,
defining their interaction, are coded in the
energetic impulse itself. If it is not contained in
the energetic impulse evolved to a maximum
movement, then there should be some orga-
nizer of this construction, besides an inge-
nious one, as it is necessary for him to rather
minutely adjust all laws of interaction. Who
is he, this architect? God? But even to God
such a work is beyond his power... Anyway,
in allocating the candidature of God, I invo-
luntarily affirm the idea, that energy of a
quantum at its maximum speed carries all
parameters of the universe and laws defining
their development» [50, page 23] Zerkin N.V.
Look my soul; he has almost come to
the same conclusion, as we have. To him it
is «energetic impulse», to us – «maximon»,
but the idea is the same.
 5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter
KEYWORDS: Synergy, maximon, units, geo-placentary systems, design
reliability of the material World.
Well, what a name has turned out for
section 5.2. It is understandable: syn-ergy
is not a simple thing. If you drop a cup,
it will break and will cease to be a cup.
All complex things with ease roll to the
simple and initial. But how is it possible
for nature to manage uphill complexities,
how the simple and lowly organized
add to something more complex, higher
organization?
With a cup everything is simple - it is
made by man. He is clever, skilful. Well,
and who made man? Molecule? Atom?
Perhaps, God? No. Or almost no. The
material World is able to build itself and
is made with inevitable ability to evolve,
without foreign intervention in laws of
matter. The matter is made with ability of
self-creation.
We understand evolutionary processes
with difficultly because they take place in
another time scale. Our life period and all
vital rhythms of man are many times less
than the duration of evolutionary processes
in the animal world and moreover in the
world of inert matter.
But in fact it is a question of percep-
tion and nothing else. A man to a but-
terfly-day-fly seems to be constant in the
age sense, and human life - simply infinite.
But we shall, for now, leave the prob-lem
of time bar and shall try tracking only the
evolution of material world from origin of
the first maximon till date.
The birth and evolution of inert matter
or substance of the material World begins
with maximon (fig. 28).
The flashes – maximons, «running»
133
over the expanse of a Hypermatrix
create the volumetric-physical image-
phenomenon of the first material object -
photon. What is this - a volumetric picture
or a physical object? They are both. The
dichotomy «substance-energy», habitual
to us, is absent at low levels of matter.
Both the properties exist side by side and
are capable of self-replacement.
The corpuscular-wave theory, as well
as theory of relativity takes it origin from
here.
How many blinking dots, skittering
in space on Hypermatrix cells, does one
photon create – I do not know. Per-haps,
1010 pieces, maybe, as much, as many
maximons can be placed in a sphere of
diameter 105 maximons. And maybe,
only one maximon is consistently shining
during 10-43 sec-onds at the required points
of the Hypermatrix, tracing a photon. I
know nothing save, that as a result a rather
steady material formation - unit of the first
class on the M-scale, possessing its own
physical properties, which are distinct
from properties of maximon, and capable
of interaction with ones similar to it, result.
Here it should be noted, that there is no
and there cannot be static units. The same
photon is the photon’s volumetric image,
with all its material properties, constantly
updated, equal to itself and moving in the
Hy-permatrix expanse.
The only thing, which the universe is
not rich in, is statics. Statics is not present.
Perhaps, statics is the secret of
nonexistence.
Material projections of photons fly in
 Planet capable of Intervention
Intervention
having atmosphere instant of
instant of man

Planets
organic life

systems
Biosphere
Noosphere

Lithosphere
atmosphere

Atmosphere
Hydrosphere
Animosphere

Geo-placentary
Magnetosphere
Oxygen-Nitrogen

(of carbon dioxide)

Galaxies Stars “Solar systems” 
. and star forming . Star, its planets
Metagalaxy . Galaxies . and satellites
. .
10 10

Systems of
10 10

cosmic bodies
Planets and their satellites
Stars Asteroids
Globuls Comets
Super new
Cosmic dust
Gasses stars Small cosmic bodies
Chemical elements and their compounds Cosmic dust

134
in different aggregate conditions White
Interstellar gas
dwarfs Black

Cosmic bodies
Plasma Radiation
Radiation Neutron holes
Gravitatio stars Energy
5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter

PLANS OF EXISTENCE OF INORGANIC MATTER

Chemical Inorganic compounds
Maximon Photon Electron Atom Molecule
compound

Matter
Organic compounds

Time
Space
Interaction (force)
Mass
Energy

of matter
Attributes
Information

Fig. 28. Birth and evolution of non-organic matter

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Hypermatrix space and interact with each
other, showing the propensity to form
units of the subsequent level. But how does
it take place?
Photon is not simply a sum of a certain
quantity of maximons. Certainly, photon
has a complex internal arrangement,
design. Most likely, photon is more
complex than a maximon to the same
degree, as man is more complex than a cell
or a cell than a bio-molecule.
Under the scheme they are divided
into two organizational level classes. The
internal arrangement of a photon gives it
the opportunity and energy for interaction
with ones similar to it. But how is their
interaction arranged, how they «see» or
«feel» each other?
It can be assumed, that photon as a
whole is constantly scanned by the part
forming its maximons, which trace its
dimensions, location, internal processes
and transfer this information -»energy»
to the external Hypermatrix environment.
Actually, these signals are the «forces» of
interaction.
Each unit has a universe; each
thing of the material World has its own
informative-energetic aura, connecting
them with all other objects of the universe
through the absolute infor-mation-energy
conductor - Hyperma-trix. The unit of each
organizational level is arranged in such a
manner that it holds in it the opportunity
and need to interact and create units of a
subsequent level.
Thus units of the subsequent electron
level scale, atomic nucleus, atom and
molecules are built.
In parallel the familiar attributes of
matter  – information, energy, mass, force,
space, and time appear.
At the moment, when evolution cre-
135
ated atom and elementary chemical
compounds, there was a division of its
trajectory into quantitative and qualitative
vectors.
The inert matter began to grow in the
first case quantitatively and form cosmic
objects, and in the second there took place
the process of complication of matter with
the aim of origin and development of
biological life.
Growth in volume of inert matter at
localized points of the future Me-tagalaxy
was accompanied by the phenomena of
gravity, energy, radiations, appearance of
plasma, collection of gases and space dust
in globules, their growth and formation of
stars.
By the way, science in detail describes
evolution of stars and effective stage of
completion of their life cycle, confirms it
with scores of ob-servations, but for some
reason has neither an explanatory theory,
nor practical observations of the process of
birth of stars.
It is proved, that a star is a gaseous
cosmic body, where under action of forces
of its own gravitation a nuclear reaction
of transition of hydrogen to helium takes
place with the release of huge quantity of
light and heat to the surrounding Space. In
due course, after 5-10 billion years, when
the nu-clear reserve is exhausted, stars of
relatively small mass are compressed and
turn into white dwarfs, while bigger stars
at compression are not in a fit state to hold
the external mantle, and it blows up with a
huge light ef-fect.
Such cases occur rather often and for
some reason, contrary to any logic, are
referred to as a super new stellar flash.
Well, what about it: a lot in this World
carries the name, reverse to its nature. Why
do they name a star during the moment of
 5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter
end of its life cycle as super new? And why
maximon, lesser than which nothing is
present, is not named a minimon? Perhaps,
because it maximum small?
After explosion the remaining nucleus
of stars, smaller in size turn to neutron
stars, and those that are bigger to black
holes.
We even do not want to imagine what
takes place with planets and satellites
and everything that had arisen on them.
However we can assume, that for the
remaining 4-5 billion years people of the
Earth will come up with something.
Stars, by what means they appear,
however, are not created anywhere, but
in definite areas of the world space - in
Galaxies. Probably, in their centers,
probably, from gas and dust, which scatter
from the center of the Galaxy?
One to two percent of dust and gas are
condensed in satellites of stars - in pla-
nets and the bodies rotating around the
planets  – their satellites.
Planets rotate around its star at varying
distances from it and around its own axis,
exposing most part of its spherical surface
to light and heat.
At first, some time is spent on
stabilization of the system - may be, some
hundreds millions of years, but thereafter
during billions years the central star and
planets exist in a rather stable mode and
nothing disturbs the origin and smooth
course of evolution of biosphere on one or
the several planets.
All in the World is related, and how
many analogies and, moreover, typical
decisions are there cannot be counted. Well
what to it: the Founder is not a magician
and knows the price of a successful
engineering solution. If a reliable solution
principle is found for any task, then a good
136
engineer will use it in all related cases.
The foetus in a woman’s womb,
and in any mammal, is protected by a
spherical bubble. It separates the child for
the time being from the external world,
creating inside the mother’s body a local
environment necessary for survival and
development of the foetus. A planet is
the place of possible birth of biological
life. Spherical in its form, the planet
is sur-rounded by a number of various
spheres. At first the completely non living
magnetosphere – magnetic cover of the
planet; then the lithosphere - land, terra
firma on which we walk; atmosphere –
thin layer of the gases held by planetary
gravitation; hydrosphere – the World’s
ocean.
«Barysphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere,
at-mosphere, stratosphere.
This basic structure could vary several
times and become complicated in some
details. But in general it should be formed as
such from the very beginning. This structure
served as the starting point for geochemical
development…» Teilhard de Chardin [124,
page 72].
When all this is warmed by heat of the
central star, fed by active volcanic activity
of the planet itself and is accompanied by
lightning discharges, then with inevitability
complex organic compounds appear,
capable of chang-ing the atmospheric
structure and with the help of elementary
microorganisms generate the biosphere.
The biosphere, in turn, serves as a pla-
centa for origin and evolution of various
forms of biological life.
How this occurred on Earth is now
known to science more or less clearly (fig.
29). Nothing, well literally noth-ing, does
prevent assume, that the same takes place
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
on planets of 1010 stars of our Galaxy and
planets of 1020 stars of the Metagalaxy,
and, probably, not once.
Thus, we remember about the
coacervate drops in the warm waters of the
World ocean and how under influence of
electric discharges (lightning) well-formed
complex or-ganic compounds synthesize
from them, how they combine, break
up, acquire ability to retain themselves,
manage processes of oxidation-reduction,
and as a result unicells are created.
At this earliest stage of biological life
division and formation of two empires -
vegetative and animal takes place.
For a long time all life existed only in
water, the plants in the form of sea-weeds,
sea animals – sponges and coelenterates.
And further as per the flow chart on fig. 29.
To tell the truth, I do not love very much,
neither worms, nor insects, nor even fishes,
but it is necessary to accept, that they are
our primogenitors or distant relatives.
As noted fairly by P.T. de Chardin,
evolution «…on the way to progress,
makes billions and billions of attempts.
This method of trial tatonnement in
combination with double mechanism of
duplication and inheritance (allowing
accumulate and im-prove more and more
the once found favorable combinations of
the individuums involved in the process)
generates extraordinary set of living
progenies, which form that which has been
named as «tree of life» « [124, page 314].
There are many schemes of evolution
of the animal world. Each author as he can,
draws the schemes, covering hundreds
of millions and even billions years. It is
evident from them, how life gradually
got across from water to land and to
atmosphere, how some kinds came back to
the initial sphere of its habitation, how the
137
animal world developed and became more
complex, and more recently, appeared
primates, Hominids and in the end man.
It had already been for long noted by many
researchers, that the whole evolutionary
game of biological life is directed
towards development of nervous system
and intellect:
«… every form of instinct in its own way
aspires to become «reason»; but only on the
human line (for external and internal reasons)
the operation was successful to the end»
Teilhard de Chardin [124, with. 173].
With the advent of man and in
the process of his specific evolution –
genealogy – the geo-placenta has widened.
The biosphere has become an object of
technogenic expansion of man. It changes
to a great extent, and this gives the basis to
consider, that there has arisen a new socio-
technogenic plan of the geo-placenta -
noosphere. The respectable, world famous
scientist, academician V.I. Vernadsky
placed human reason and its possibilities
very high, but, in my opinion, he paid
mankind an unde-served compliment,
connecting the activity of modern man
with reason. Skills and reason are different.
For the time being man brings more harm
to the planet, than advantage. Reason
without ethics is not a blessing, but a vice.
«Vivification of the Universe, created by God
is the highest purpose, and man was incu-
bated into the universe with this purpose, but
he still executes this purpose very badly and
takes very little participation in this execu-
tion» A. Menn [73, page 80].
Probably, when man shall learn regu-
late his ambitions by moral consid-erations
and correlate the direction of his activity
 138
BRITH AND EVOLUTION OF BIOLOGICAL LIFE
Nature’s plan Socio-
Spiritual
technogenic
plan
Biosphere plan
Atmo- Animo-
Water Land mass Noosphere
sphere sphere
Organic matter
Proteins
Bacteria
Unicelluar
Plant Animal
life life
Protozoa
Sponges Coelenterates
Waterweeds

Arthropods Chordates
Rotifers
Lancelets
Echinoderms

Wormlikes
Cartilaginous

Waterweeds
Tunicates
Terrestrial plants

Cyclostomes
Fishes
Insects
Arachnids

Amphibians
Reptiles

Fig. 29. Birth and evolution of biological life on Earth

Mammalians
Birds

Didelphics
Placental
Lepidopteron

Primates
Hominids
Skilled man
Intelligent man

(non-flying)
Floating and birds
Civilized man

Water mammalians
Ethnical
man
Spiritual
man
5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
with the Divine Plan, then there will arise
animosphere, V.I. Vernadsky, – last geo-
placentary shield with a spiritual nature.
The last because, having mastered it, man
will ripen for regeneration to a being of
the following super-biological level of
organization…
Thus, the conclusion or basic idea is
the following. One unique element serves
in building the material World in all its
diversity.
Maximon is a flash of energy, wave
impulse, limited by volume of a cube with
sides 10-35 m and duration of 10-43 seconds,
in turns occupying the adjacent cells of a
motionless Hypermatrix, creates units of
the material world of all levels of com-
plexity.
Carrying the full genetic code of the
material world, maximon directly forms
not only the first the lowest in organization
unit, but transfers it the ability to create
units of subsequent levels.
The structure of unit of each level
from 1st to 11th includes programs of
139
unit formation of the following level of
organization.
Within limits of the material world
laws of material World only operate; in
it there are neither miracles, nor magic.
But the material world itself, with its laws
has been conceived and designed outside
it. It has been con-ceived very cleverly
and minutely. Despite the indescribable
complexity in design, its reliability is
amazing. It is absolute. There are a number
of mechanisms that level any deviations
from the set scheme of operation.
My soul! You have already under-
stood who we are, you and I?
We are the Divine idea! We are woven
from Divine idea, and all of the material
World is from the same material!
But how gracefully it has been made:
the idea is only at the base of the design,
at the junction of the material and non-
material Worlds, and thereafter – full
independence in development within the
limits of laws of matter.
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
KEYWORDS: synergy, churning the world, total enumeration of
versions, states of balance, evolution of the material world, specific
human evolution, morality, spirituality, awareness.
In order to get butter from milk, it is
necessary to take a flat wooden spatula
(dasher) and shake (churn) milk with it
for quite long, until the first pats of butter
appears; then the process will continue
more quickly and soon all fat from milk
will be churned to one pat of butter, if,
certainly, it is non-skimmed milk.
Creation of the World is something
similar to process of churning. It had been
noticed by Indians in high an-tiquity.
The synergetic act is unique, but, as
all unique, has its unpleasant reverse side:
synergetic jump from the lowest to higher
degree of organization takes place seldom
and only under the con-dition of a large
number of repeated attempts - iterations.
It is necessary to churn milk with a dasher
monotonously and for long that at some
time, probably, butter appeared.
T ime of maturity of synergetic transi-
tion, time of evolutionary processes
connected with it are not matched with
time - lives of one live being. For many
evolutionary processes of a million years
is nothing, a brief instant during which
nothing changes.
Nature pays a long, very long time
for the opportunity of self-development
without extraneous intervention.
But how is this quantum leap upwards
arranged? How can it occur, if you exclude
intervention from the outside and any
mysticism?
Synergy has a mechanism, rather – a
combination of several technologies.
140
First of all, the process flows practi-cally
under conditions of unlimited number
of iterations. Tests without any visible
success are repeated prac-tically infinitely.
Secondly, we shall consider the action of
«Law of total enumeration of versions».
Thus, we, at our own risk, shall name
following regular pattern. Nature in each
of its aspect, in every corner of the material
world infinitely sorts out combinations
of things and phenomena, putting them
either this way or that, until it will not sort
out all conceivable variants. And what is
interesting: process of sorting comes to
an end only when all variants have been
passed.
The third moment is elimination using
the principle of viability. And, it operates
not only in animal or plant kingdom, but
also in inanimate nature - everywhere the
more viable and steady supersedes the less
stable and more vulnerable.
The fourth circumstance is the genetic
factor. Each unit is arranged such that
it carries in itself two opportunities of
development excluding each other to the
following, higher stage of organization.
One opportunity is the ability to create
almost unlimited in variety number of
more complex structures of absolutely any
form and with new functions.
The second opportunity is connected
with primary presence in the genetic code,
an image or design of the unique «correct»
solution, adequate to the nature of units of
the subsequent level of organization and
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
general logic of the material world. The
material World is given the full freedom
to design units and sort variants of their
modifications, and in the genetic code of
a maximon there compulsorily exists a
«necessary» solution, - but not in details,
but only in the basic characteristics. Those
of the casual solutions, which are felt
by congruous or close to the necessary
solution, from the point of view of system,
at once appear as most adequate both in
relation to the medium and to the system
and, as a consequence, more vital.
And at last, the fifth property of
syn-ergy mechanism is the contactless
control over observance of interests of the
supersystem.
Here again, my soul, it is necessary
to mention the area about which it will
probably be possible to tell a little later.
Material world is only a subsystem in the
system of the universe, and its purpose and
tasks are in the hierarchical subordination
to tasks of the universe. At the same time
material world is independent and made
with full freedom within the limits of laws
of its structure. The right and possi-bility
of self-development is the most important
attribute of a material world. Started once
through maximons, it builds itself from
simple units to com-plex, depending only
on information incorporated in maximon.
There is no puppeteer, who would set in
motion the material world and di-rectly
managed it.
Yes, the puppeteer is not present,
strings are not present, but the problem
of management and realization of final
interests of the supersystem is present, and
there is a mechanism of its solution. How
can such a thing exist?
Without problems! Oh, the Creator
is wise! Management is made through
141
situations of the states of balance.
Where the Buridan’s ass should go, when
from both of its sides and equally spaced
are identical heaps of hay? What dice to
choose, if both have been thrown with one
number?
The states of balance of competing
systems is a rare case, but it means «rare»
at million iterations and billions years of
evolution.
The states of balance is exclusively
in the sense that at this moment all laws
and rules counterbalance each other and
thereby are nullified. The choice or exit
from the situation can be any; either casual
or expedient, freedom of system thus is not
broken.
Varying the exit vector from states of
balance, the supersystem quite effectively
realizes its tasks without violating freedom
and independency of subsystems.
From the moment of creation and till the
present minute, the material world is in a
continuous self churning; the process of
Creation was, is and shall be.
Till now you and me, my soul, tried to
understand, that which had been created
and that from where it origi-nated, and
now we draw attention to the time aspect.
How long ago and in what sequence were
the things sur-rounding us created?
We shall, for now, not go deep into the
problem of metrics of a time axis, ap-point
scale for time and produce other similar
subtleties; we shall simply accept today as
zero on the line representing a time axis
and then eve-rything, that is to the left, is
the past, and everything, that is to the right
is the future.
According to different sources, the age
of the Universe is from 15 to 20 billion
years, therefore we represent on fig. 30 a
line, where on the right we mark «0», and
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
on the left - «20 billion years». Just in case,
though the act of Creation most likely took
place about 15-17 billion years ago.
Four stretches of five billion years on
this chart separate today from the in-stant
of creation of the Universe. Five billion
years ago our Sun was formed, and after
some 300 million years was formed the
Earth - one of the planets of the Solar
system.
In order to consider in detail the basic
events which have taken place for the last
4.7 billion years of the history of the Earth,
we increase the scale to 1:100000000
years (Fig. 30). However this scale is so
great, that the moment of appearance of
the ancestor of man 4 million years ago
practically merges with the zero mark.
Therefore we for the second time increase
the scale to 1:2000000 years, then the
schedule covers the period of about the last
100 million years (fig. 30).
In order to track evolution of man as
a species in detail, it is necessary to in-
crease the scale to 1:40000 years, and we
have considered the stretch of history for
the last 2 million years (fig. 30).
And the final increase in scale up to
1:1000 years allows see the stretch of
history for the last 10 thousand years
during which, in the scientists’ general
opinion, civilized man existed and ac-
tively developed, viz. modern type of man,
like you and me (fig. 30).
Well here again we have not managed
without scales. It is otherwise impossi-ble.
Our civilized history in comparison even
with history of the Earth is painfully short
and cannot be viewed in a microscope.
The differ-ence equal to 5·105 times is
close to the resolution of an electronic mi-
croscope.
According to the theory of astronomer
142
F. Khojyla, to which he relates with a
known share of skepticism, and modern
scientific perceptions, the Universe, or the
Metagalaxy, arose in unison in a fraction of
second from a uniform center (of unknown
size) as a consequence of Big Bang. This
took place not less 15 billion years ago.
That, which blew up, was yet impossible
to be named matter: it did not have the
basic attributes of matter - mass, space
and time, but was very strongly heated and
bore a huge charge of energy and light.
Then, having scattered and having cooled
down, this something formed substance,
dust, gases and, basically, two elementary
elements: hydrogen and helium.
Two billion years passed in formation
of the first stars and their constella-tions -
Galaxies.
If one is to depend on the theory of
maximon, offered by us on the theory of
origin of matter and graphic model of the
material world, then such a script, more
likely, is possible.
The act of creation begins with origin
of the centers of generation of maxi-
mons. These centers are points in space,
corresponding to the location of nucleus of
the future Galaxies.
The supersystem transfers to the
future material world only two things:
max-imons, carrying energy and informa-
tion on the disposition or topography of
receipt of maximons.
All the rest is subordinated exclusively
to laws and forces of the material World.
The first procedure of synthesis of
matter is the formation of photons from
maximons, and from them nucleus of the
Galaxies. It has been already said, that the
term «photons» is conditional. What is this
formation; I do not know, but something
in size 10-25 m and two levels above in
 Origin of Earth
Origin of Sun
Origin of Universe
?........?
Last 20 bin.
years
Т
20 bln. years 15 10 5 4,7 0  As present

Last 4,7 bln. Scale: 1 point = 100 000 000 years

years
0 Т
4,7 bln. years

143
Scale: 1 point = 2 000 000 years
Last
100 mln years
0 Т
100 mln. years

Last Scale: 1 poinr = 40 000 years

2 mln. years
0 Т
 2 mln. years
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Scale: 1 point = 1 000 years

Last
10 000 years
0 Т
10 000 years

Fig. 30 Total time axis decomposition of the material world

 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
organization, than maximon. Perhaps,
they are enigmatic superstrings, which
elementary particles consist of.
The next step is synthesis of «nuclei
of electrons» - again a conditional name;
then elementary particles, nuclei of atoms,
which form plasma, formation of stars
from plasma and as a result registration of
Galaxies, as structures consisting of these
stars.
The following, fourth step is the final
formation of stars, planets.
The fifth step - planetary systems and
biosphere.
Thereafter one after the other there
passes eight steps of evolution of inert
matter from a molecule to the genetic unit
«subject of spirituality». Such a script
appears to us to be the most logi-cal.
But we shall continue consideration of
the time aspect.
The time axis segment, equal to age
of Earth (fig. 31), covers 4.7 billion years,
from the moment when the bundle of
cosmic gases and dust began to be formed
to a spherical body and form the unique
structure of the solid core, surrounded by
a layer of molten iron in the shell of a solid
mantle.
About 200 million years has passed on
all this tapping. Somewhere in this time
interval there occurred a serious cosmic
accident on our planet. The Earth was hit
by an enormous asteroid that pulled out a
significant part of substance from Earth
and carried it out to the near-Earth space.
Combining under force of gravitation,
these fragments formed our satellite -
Moon. However the separation impulse
has not faded out to the end. With every
year distance to the Moon from the Earth
increases by 4 cm.
The geological history of our planet
144
began 4.5 billion years ago. Volcanic
activity, weathering and erosion,
sedimentary accumulation, squeezing and
compaction form magmatic, sedimentary
and metamorphic types of rocks.
During the first 100 million years the
primary oxygen-free atmosphere and the
primary ocean of the Earth were formed.
The ocean was formed 4 billion years
ago, but there existed no single green
leaflet, nor any small insect. The na-ked
planet, permeated with the smell hydrogen
sulphide, gurgling mud fu-maroles,
fountains of hot geysers, underground
rumble and tremor of solid ground, hot
lava and ashes dimming the light of Sun
and the grey-red sky and atmosphere
unsuitable for man.
About 3.5 billion years ago the first
unicells were formed in the ocean, not yet
plants and not animals, and began the first
stage biological evolution of duration 1.5
billion years.
As a result 2 billion years ago there
appeared the first plants – seaweeds in the
ocean. Then things began to develop more
actively: all kinds of prehistoric water
fowls occupied the ocean already after 500
million years.
For a long period of 700 million years
organic life did not wish to leave the warm
ocean to an unfriendly land. But you can’t
escape from fate, moreover, by this time
owing to bluish green seaweeds oxygen
began to appear more and more in the
atmosphere. And soon, after 350 million
years, high plants occupied all land after
which say after 50 million years the
atmosphere became standard and became
what we see it today.
If one is to increase the scale and ex-
amine in detail the last 100 million years
(fig. 32) then right at the end of the scale
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

4,7 bln. years Formation of terrestrial globe

Beginning of geological history of the Earth

Oxygen free atmosphere

A
R

4 bln. years World’s Ocean

C
C
H
A
R

Simple unicellular organisms

E
Y
N

Fig. 31 Taxis segment equal to age of the Earth

P

3 bln. years
T
O
Z
P
O
R

2 bln. years First seaweeds

O
I
T
E
C
R

First animals
(natatorial)
O
Z
O
I

1 bln. years
C

First land animals

Scale: 100 mln. years

Seed plants
Phanerozoic

Paleozoic Modern atmosphere

Прошлое

Mesozoic

Caenozoic
0 Human
Будущее
Т

145
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
near to today's time, literally not more 4
million years ago, we shall notice the first
attributes of our appearance in the material
World.
It was then that the first upright pri-
mate – hominid appeared.
«Ancient Indians specify a different
period - more than 18 million years, but what
does it, in essence, change?» Blavatskaya E.P.
[15, page 203].
There is such a technique even in some
contemporary animals to stand on hind
legs, extend by a column and thus more
successfully monitor the conditions. This
is especially useful in conditions of tall
grass in the African savannas, whence we
come from. It is useful also in searches of
subsistence.
As a result there arose an interesting
side effect: the forelimbs became not so
necessary for movement and became
incompletely used.
2 million 200 thousand years passed.
During this period the hominid had
learned to use free forelimbs for a lot of
needful affairs, grown wiser and began
to be referred to as «the skilled man».
Another 200 thousand years passed, and
man became anthropo-logically and by
appearance quite the same, as we are now!
Man is imperfection itself in com-
parison with the functionally specialized
representatives of the animal world.
Without canines, claws, bare skinned,
physically weaker than many animals
surrounding him, he had only one
advantage, viz. the ability to think.
Whence such mutant came from is not
understood clearly to the end.
This unique ability developed for about
1.5 million years (fig. 33) for the primeval
146
man and when about 200 thousand years
ago there appeared «rational man», then he
started the total colonization of all climatic
belts of the planet, and nothing could
stop him anymore, neither the weather
conditions, nor wild animals, paucity of
nature. Intelligence prompted him how to
survive in any conditions.
And absolutely a small stretch of
his-tory – 10 thousand years - the Earth
carries on it an absolutely unknown earlier
attribute - «civilized man». The basic
attributes of civilization - statehood, army,
religion, culture.
How young is mankind! Look, my
soul, all «dateless antiquity» on fig. 34.
What does this stretch mean in comparison
with billion years of evolution of biological
life on Earth? And what does it mean in
comparison with the whole history of
material World? Simply funny!
However, the categories big and
small applied to time are as relative, as
application to linear sizes. The small can
be much more complex, important and
different, than the big!
The insignificant segment of history
of the last 10 thousand years is for some
reason many times richer in events, than 3
million years of previous specific human
evolution.
Imagine, my soul, such an image:
world’s dasher (forces of creation) makes
as though two simultaneous movements.
Cycles of life and death of individual
people - rotation of the dasher about its
axis – takes place approximately at the
same rate, as one million years ago. This
repeating process as you know is referred
to as ontogeny.
Another matter is the speed of the
dasher’s big circular movement, giving
rise to new species of man - phylogenesis.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Cretaceous period
AGE OF REPTILES
80 mln. years

Fig. 32. Taxis segment of the last 100 mln. years

60 mln. years
Paleogene period

P
A
H
G
A
E
N
O
E
F
R

40 mln. years
A
O
Z
M
O
M
I
A
C
Quartenary (anthropoge)

S L
Neogene period

20 mln. years
Scale:
period

Upright primate-
homindid
4 mln. years ago
2 mln. years

Skilled man
1,8 mln. years ago
0
Т

147
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

Skilled man

16 000 years Modern

anthropologic man

Fig. 33 T axis segment for the last 2 000 000 years

1200 mln. years
A
QUARTERNARY (anthropogenic)

P
G
H
E
A
O
N
F
O
A
R
M

80 mln. years
Z
M
O
A
I
L
C
S

400 mln. years

Appearance of
Scale:

intelligent man
40 000 years

Settlement of the
Earth by
intelligent man
0
Т

148
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
For such a turn during millions years
there is a qualitative change of species.
In the similar cycle are included - origin,
development of species, quantitative
growth, territorial expansion, replacement
of preceding species, domination in
relation to competing species and then
gradual curtailment, surrender of positions
under the impact of the subsequent, more
perfect species.
At the same time change in species
of man basically takes place along the
line of genetic adsorption. All essential
achievements of the previous species are
included in the expanded list of properties
and possibilities of the following species.
Having become civilized people, we in fact
have not lost bipedalism, neither skills of
work, nor ability to phonic communication.
The science about the origin of man  –
anthropology – has made detailed
representation about the stages of man’s
evolution from apelike ancestors to the
contemporary «king of nature». Though
a lot of very important points remain
unclear, the most important things have
been dis-closed and understood.
Man is a product of long and complex
evolution of animal world. The unique
species features of man - speech, work
activity, reason, and sociality - are ob-
tained and developed during the natural
development process. Man possesses such
abilities that are not present and have not
been with any other species in all the
history of development of biological life
on Earth.
It does not mean evaluation of their
quality or degree of their utility, but
their originality is unconditional. Man
continues to evolve, and rate of evolution is
steadily progressing, and interval between
occurrences of new species is rapidly
149
decreasing. The rate of species formation
of man takes a burst like nature, if one is
to examine history of evolution of man as
a whole.
The rate of phylogenesis, once based
on periods in millions of years, now
nears closer to periods comparable to life
expectancy of a separate person, aspiring
to be balanced with rate of ontogeny.
Involuntarily there arises the assump-tion,
that somewhere absolutely in the near
future there is that point, where according
to the Creator’s plan should reach «homo»
in order to finish the species evolution,
occupy the system applicability and pass
above his head evolutionary wave of the
following, last unit of the material world.
So, where is that species chain that
connects our animal ancestor with us -
intelligent and civilized?
The remains of a monkey, which lived
about 30 million years ago, similar to man,
were found in Egypt. It is shown in fig. 35
under No. 1. Similar animals were found
by anthropologists in Africa in geological
deposits 20 million years old – No. 2, and
in Asia and Europe similar finds are aged
10 million years – No. 3. These animals are
similar to certain contemporary monkeys,
which basi-cally lived on trees, and moved
on the ground on four legs - paws. They
were the predecessors of primates -
anthropoids.
Further there is a blank in the
anthropological data of length 5 to 10
million years.
Somewhere nearly 4 million years
ago there appears anthropoids i.e.
Australopithecus - upright hominids. On
the scheme it is Nos. 5-9, 11, 12.
Eating basically plant food, they were
animals, but only, perhaps, with sepa-rate
anomalous for animal’s devia-tions. The
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

Т
0

1 000 years
America

Spiritual man
Slavic people and 1
Russia

Scale:
Beginning of Europian
civilization
Jesus Christ 2

Lydia, Media, Persia

Rome
Carthage 3
China

Fig. 34 T axis segment for the past 10 000 years

Exodus of Jews from Egypt
Pentateuch
Phoenicia 4
Moral man

Mycenae, Greece 5

6

7

8
Upper Egyprian Kingdom
Babylon and Assyria

9
Appearance of
civilized man

10

11

150
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
teeth of an Australopithecus were covered
with enamel that prolonged its life; it
walked on back foot and its free forelimbs
possessed grasping abilities.
However, starting from the period
nearly 2.5 million years ago, there appeared
a competitor to Australopithecus viz.
hominid of species homo. Half animal-half
man, it was cleverer than Australopithecus
hоmо No.10, 13, 14, was able to use fire,
used meat in food, possessed rudiments of
speech and, the main thing, and actively
used man-made instruments for protection,
hunting and arrangement.
And the gifted artist of those times
conceded little to a contemporary art-ist.
Not having gone through next glaci-ations
and interspecies competition with homo,
Australopithecus disap-peared a million
years ago from the face of Earth.
Homo, occupying the area, actively
developed (No. 15 and 16) and 600
thousand years ago gave a lateral branch of
development (No. 18): no more a monkey,
not an animal, but a humanoid - the
Neanderthal man, named in honor of the
place of first find in the Neanderthal valley
in Germany. He possessed developed
speech, rudiments of religion, had pro-
pensity to fine arts, occupied Europe and
Asia. However nearly 30 thousand years
ago he was completely superseded by
cleverer Homo sapiens with reason, who
came from Africa.
The appearance of Homo sapiens is
dated to 200-140 thousand years ago, and
the place of appearance - southern Sahara.
Moreover, analysis of DNA shows that
this species converges to one foremother,
progenitor of all people, who lived 200
thousand years ago.
From anthropological point of view
modern man is Homo sapiens, a man of
151
intellect. So, this species appeared too
in Africa nearly 120 thousand years ago,
about 100 thousand years ago started the
beginnings of settlements in Europe, Asia
and other parts of the world. Approximately
30 thousand years ago modern man
became a mono-species, relegating aside
Neanderthals and Homo sapiens and has
confidently occupied the leading position
in the world of biological creatures.
However, on this the evolution of species
has not only terminated, but has begun to
unwind with increasing acceleration. And
this fact demands special consideration.
How and why do the rate of species
evolution of man changes?
I suggest my soul, conduct micro-
research on this account and find out the
main rule.
Let's put cycles of human species on
the time axis (fig. 36).
The cycle of existence of a species
begins from the moment of appear-
ance of a new species, and then there
is the period of expansion of the area of
dwelling of the species, its quanti-tative
increase and expansion of the occupied
territory. Natural restrictions thus can be
the opportunities of getting food, climatic
conditions, geological limitation of space,
inter species competition.
The never ending evolutionary process
constantly gives rise to new species
and subspecies, until there appears a
competitive variant. From this moment
starts the partial or full replacement of
the old species and occupation of the area
by a new species. Thereafter the scheme
repeats.
During change of species for man,
unlike animals, there takes place ac-
cumulation and summation of the specific
mastered advantages. Any departure
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

Till
today HOMO
№19
120 000 years SAPIENS SAPIENS
ago
30 000 years Disappearance of Neanderthals 30 000 years ago
ago
Homo 30 000
Homo sapiens №18
140 000 neanderthalensis 250 000 years
№17
200 000 years ago
ago
Homo heidelbergensis 700 000 years
№16
(Africa, Europe) ago

300 000 Homo erectus

№15
1 800 000 years (Africa)
ago
1 000 000 years Disappearance of Australopithecus 1 000 000 years
ago ago
1 000 000 Homo habilis
№14
2 000 000 years (Eastern Africa)
ago

1 800 000 years Homo

№13
ago rudolfensis
(Southern Africa)
Australopithecus 1 400 000
1 500 000 Australopithecus №12
№11 boisei 2 300 000 years
2 100 000 years robustus ago
ago (Southern Africa)
2 500 000 years Homo
№10
ago (Africa)
Australopithecus 2 300 000
2 500 000 years №9
Australopithecus aethiopithecus 2 600 000 years
№8 (Eastern Africa) ago
ago afarensis
(Southern Africa)
Australopithecus 3 000 000
3 000 000 Australopithecus №7
№6 bahrelghazali 3 500 000 years
4 300 000 years afarensis (Africa) ago
ago (Africa)

3 900 000 Australopithecus

№5
4 200 000 years anamensis Ardipithecus 4 400 000 years
ago (Eastern Africa) №4
ramidus ago
(Ethiopia)
5 000 000 Gap in
10 000 000 years anthropology
ago
10 000 000 years Afropithecus
№3
ago (Africa, Asia, Europe)

16 000 000 Proconsul

№2
20 000 000 years (Africa)
ago
30 000 000 Aegyptopithecus
№1
years ago (Egypt)

Fig. 35 Genealogy of Modern Man

152
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
towards specialization of species
withdraws man from his basic species
defining features – capacity to think.
The accent to any other side reduces
survival rate and competi-tiveness of
the new species. Look yourself how the
accumulation of species qualities took
place and you will be convinced in it.
As it has been already said, the erect
primate - hominid - possessed bipedal-ism,
enamel on the teeth and seizing properties
of the forelimbs. Having appeared 5
million years ago, he for the first time met
a real competitor after 3 million years - a
competitor by intellect.
Man, who appeared 1,8 million
years ago, skilled, had learned to make
instruments for hunting, war and ar-
rangement of everyday life, had a
undeveloped speech, used skins of animals
for protection against heat and cold,
organized primitive dwelling in caves,
where on walls he depicted himself and
animals.
A mere 200 thousand years ago ap-
pears Homo sapiens. It is in his prac-tice
to use fire, rich speech, division of labor,
making dresses from animal skins and
leather, rudiments of medi-cine, first
steps in religion and morals - totems and
taboo, use of meat in food, collecting and
cultivation of cereals, rising cattle, display
of graphic art, and elements of social
arrangement.
The subsequent species - civilized
man - begins his history 10 thousand
years ago and now completely occupies
all conceivable area of man on the planet
Earth.
What has increased and what forms
the species portrait of a civilized man?  –
Institutes, born with ability to think,
viz. the state as an institute of social
153
system, religion, law, army, education and
scientific activity, economy, medicine, art
and culture.
The technological, material basis of
the new sharp progress during the last 10
thousand years was the discovery by man
of the opportunity to extract ore and melt
metal. Copper, lead, iron have equipped
the human being in such an unprecedented
way, that to talk about any competition
from animals is ruled out. The invention of
the alloy of iron-carbon mix has given rise
to steel - the basic constructional material
of today's civilization.
The question on materials, used for the
needs of man, is actually settled. Modern
technologies are in a condition to create
practically any material with properties
set in advance.
With processing and formation of
materials too there are no problems.
Everything, that it is necessary for man to
make from inert matter, is already being
made or will be soon made. Such is the
result of infinitely long struggle of man
with living sur-roundings, with material
nature of the material world.
However there are the things of other
nature poorly connected or nearly not
connected with inert matter. Their value
for the universe is huge, and for human
evolution they are even more significant,
than the whole previous path.
For last three millennia have appeared
three things, each of which has given rise
to a new human species.
The first: formal rules of moral norms,
ethics and morals have generated a moral
man.
The second: comprehension of
monotheism and the spiritual primate
above material has generated the spiritual
man.
 III Scale
Intelligent man  II 1:50 000 years
Hominid  upright primate  I IV
Last 5 mln.
years Т

year

years
years
years
years
years
years
8 000
2 000

1,8 mln.
900 000
200 000

to 3 mln.
from 5 mln.
Intelligent man  III
IV
Scale
II 1:2 500 years

last
200 000 Т
years
year

years
years
years
years
2 000

8 000

200 000
200 000
100 000
Т=0 (Р.Х.)

Civilized man  IV

Moral man  V
III

154
Spiritual man  VI

Last Knowledgeable man  VII

8 000
Т
years
Scale
year

years
years
2 000

1:200 years

8 000
1 320
Т=0 (Р.Х.)

Appeared Australopithecus
I Upright primate 5 mln. years ago
5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

II Skilled man 1 700 000 years Australopithecus HOMO

III Intelligent man 200 000 years Homo Homo
neanderthalensis sapiens
IV Civilized man 10 000 years

V Moral man 3 320 years HOMO

VI Spiritual man 2 000 years SAPIENS SAPIENS

VII Knowledgeable man At present

Fig. 36 Chronology of human species change

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The third: beginning of the practice of
total knowledge of man has generated the
informed man.
It turns out, that four kinds of human
beings now coexist: civilized man, moral
man, spiritual man and in-formed man. But
it is possible to look differently at things.
The increase in the rhythm of occurrence
of new spe-cies, leading to their imposing
on one other, probably, testifies approach
of mankind to such a point, such a mo-
ment, when man is to undergo radical and
final species changes resulting in practical
conformity with plan of the Creator.
Analyzing the dynamics of reduction
in interval between occurrence of new
species and considering approximate
duration of existence of species, it is
possible to assume, that this point on the
time axis is somewhere between the years
2200 and 2300.
However, this is neither scientific, nor
a responsible assumption.
With much greater confidence it is
possible to assume, that in the his-torically
near future measured by hundreds of years,
a whole bouquet of new specific qualities
will collect, aspiring to join in one time
point and cover all human population.
The near future of mankind seems
almost transparent, where «immemorial»
problems of mankind - death and
immortality, good and harm, admission
to integration into the control system of
microstructure as “adult boys” are solved.
The technological precondition of such
serious breakthroughs will obvi-ously be
the penetration of science and practice into
the bottom scale of floors of the material
World - from the atom and electron to
maximons inclusive - and mastering
oscillatory processes with frequencies of
at least to 1040-1050 Hz will be abundantly
155
clear.
However I have been carried away
and have told nothing about the three last
human species (fig. 36).
What is a moral man and why the date
of appearance of this species is so exact?
Any new species carries in itself a cer-tain
essential antithesis of the previous species.
The power and novelty of the civilized
man were and remain in the ability to build
mechanisms, regulating human living
and human activity. The state, law, army,
education, science and even religion in the
part regarding its material arrangement
- all these are exclusive mechanisms of
external restriction and compulsion of the
individual. I shall designate my attitude
at once: a similar component in the
management of man and human society
is inevitable and necessary, until man is a
mortal, biological being.
But man during evolution of his spe-
cies comes up with his reasonable head
from the viscous depth of laws of animal
life, where all is legal for the sake of
preservation of self existence and existence
of the species. The head seems to be in
the kingdom of reason and ethics, and the
body remains in the power of physiology
and animal instincts.
The abilities of reason of speech gen-
erate consciousness, reflection and, at last,
necessity of moral choice at definition of
behavior strategy.
The Old Testament Tree of Good and
Evil gives us simple and clear «history of
the question». As soon as man departed
from animal syncretic unity with nature,
before him appeared necessity of an
independent moral choice on conduction
of any action and even inactivity. The
knowledge of good and evil means
providing the ability of moral estimation
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
and impu-tation in man’s duty of making a
moral choice.
An interesting law: each step on the
evolutionary ladder, on the one hand,
displaces us from the Creator, from the
initial point of creation, and on the other
hand, allocates him with features and even
functions of the Creator.
My soul, does it not direct you to some
simple ideas? What is the Creator building
on the basis of yesterday's semi animal
man?
The term ethics originating from the
ancient Greek «ethos» is a habitual usage,
which was used by Heraclitus, subsequently
has been put into scien-tific usage by
Aristotle. Then Cicerone translated it into
Latin as «moral». Russian equivalent of
these synonymous terms - «morals», from
the root «customs»; these terms in other
languages are approximately constructed
in the same way.
Nevertheless in language usage all
three terms - ethics, morals, customs, -
adjoin, languidly transferring each other
accents in shades of value.
Though for man the need existed in
a moral choice initially, but comprehen-
sion of this fact and more so the ability
to formulate the rule of self-restriction,
which everyone should carry in him and
follow them without external compulsion,
came to mankind not long ago.
In history nothing occurs suddenly.
Each specific change matures gradually,
through many attempts and displays, but
in memory of people is fixed one, often the
brightest fact on which the historical count
is made.
1320 B.C. - Exodus of Jews from Egypt.
In due course in 1800 B.C., escaping from
draught, Jews at the invitation of Pharaoh
resettled in Egypt.
156
A crucial significance thus had the
assistance of «the right hand of the
pharaoh» - Joseph, son of Jacob, founder
of the people of Israel.
A young, beautiful and, importantly,
wise Joseph was traitorously sold by
his brothers to the passing merchants
into slavery to Potiphar, the captain of
bodyguards of the Pharaoh. But Joseph's
beauty and decency allowed him to rise
quickly to the position of the first adviser
of the Pharaoh. In the beginning the Jews
in Egypt lived not bad, but in 480 years the
situation changed, and Jews were subject
to heavy slavery as to not pose a danger to
Egyptians.
And here then occurs a rare for history
super active explosion. All the people,
to the last person, agree to throw their
dwellings and leave for the desert, where
there is neither habitation, nor food, nor
even water.
Imagine! With small children, with old
men to absolute uncertainty: they had in
fact not wandered for already five hundred
years. And for what sake? For the sake of
freedom from slavery – slavery external
and internal. For the sake of freedom.
And now imagine, what can transform in
a similar situation a crowd into people,
a nation. It is in fact not an army in a
campaign and not a country, where the
person is attached to a place and property.
Only rules of self-restriction to which
everyone voluntarily follows. Moral laws
- or death.
Three months had hardly passed from
the forthcoming 40 years of wander-ings
in the desert, then Moses, an 80-year god-
inspired organizer of the Exodus, at mount
Sinai transferred to the Israeli people the
Ten Com-mandments, most part of which,
in essence, are ethical rules.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
1. Do not worship any gods, except for
the Lord.
2. Do not worship idols (do not wor-
ship images).
3. Do not use the name of the Lord in
vain.
4. Work six days, rest on the seventh.
5. Respect father and mother.
6. Do not kill.
7. Do not commit adultery.
8. Do not steal.
9. Do not commit perjury.
10. Do not wish you not belonging.
Since then 3 thousand years have
passed, but nothing can neither be added,
nor removed to the six last commandments,
which define the moral choice of a decent
man - the moral man.
A clear head and deep expert about
problems of ethics, professor Guse-jnov
A.A. [38] considers, that a mod-ern man
holds in him three natures: moral, social-
cultural and natural (animal-biological).
Their direct correlation with species of
«the moral man», «the civilized man»
and the previous species of semi animal
primates is obvious.
So, though the moral man is for the
present not distributed everywhere and
has not fully mastered the ethical stan-
dards, but evolution has sparkled a new,
following side.
Morals are rules of self-restriction of
man, directed towards suppression and
control of animal part of his nature.
But how much is this important and
how much is this inevitable, this ani-mal
part? There is no doubt that evo-lution
leads to reduction in man the value of
animal component and growth of spiritual
component.
The world, where man lives, is full
of hatred, the reason being inadequate
157
consciousness and behavior of man
himself. While evolution has not lead man
from the animal condition to the point of
his systematic, providential purpose, the
World is opposed to man’s incompleteness
and punishes him.
The world in its basis is spiritual, and
man, even the moral man, in his basis is
still a material animal.
But there comes the moment, when
it is let known to man that spirit is above
matter, that spirit reigns over matter and
man.
God-inspired commoner Jesus Christ,
in effect, preached the primate spiri-
tuality.
I’m the light in the world. Who follows
me shall never go to darkness, for light,
bearing life, will always be with him». [In
8 : 12].
«Light bearing life» - it is none other
than Divine spirituality of the world. The
task of people is to transit from life in
categories of matter and flesh to spiritual
assimilations with the Creator.
«You judge all by flesh, and I do not judge
anyone. If I judge about something, then My
judgment is true for I am not alone, and the
Father who has sent Me, and I are to be judged
together» [In 8: 15-16].
The sense of Jesus’ mission consisted
in informing people on the Spiritual
beginning, and when leaving, leave in
his place another Consoler - Spirit of the
Truth, Spirit of the Sacred. Henceforth the
primate of the spiritual beginning in the
World will define life of people.
The last words uttered by Christ to his
pupils, summed up his mission in the
material world.
«I have told it to all of you, so that you
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
found peace through Me. You will suffer in the
world, but take heart: I have won the world»
(In 16, 33).
So it would be desirable, my soul, to say
on this theme more, but to that the turn will
come in the book. In this or in another.
But all the same it is necessary to say already
now about man as a phe-nomenon of the
world’s evolutionary process.
The evolutionary process, having
created man, itself has undergone sudden
transformation. Evolution has in some measure
«been humanized», has entered man and has
by necessity transferred a part of its functions.
«Man, - by the successful expression of Ju-lian
Huxley, - opens, that he is not anything other,
than the evolution, which has recog-nized
itself» Blavatskaya E.P. [18, page 227].
Thus, with the advent of conscious-
ness, with development of intellect, before
man opens more clearly his providential
role in the World. What does it consist in?
I. Kant considers - in becoming happy.
«The final purpose of mankind consists in
the highest moral perfection, which is attained
by means of man’s freedom, thank to which
man gets the ability to the highest happiness.
God could have made people perfect and
happy. But then such condition would not
have risen from the immanent principle of
the universe. The immanent principle of the
World is freedom. Purpose of man consists,
hence, in achieving the maximum perfection
through freedom. God wishes that we not only
be happy, but we also made ourselves happy»
[55, page 221].
Yes, freedom and happiness of man are
good things, but will it not be too much to
create a universe for the comfort of man?
Perhaps, the other way round, man should
do something?
«The Creator has not finished creation of
our world. Its addition to the complete, whole
158
is assigned to us. However sour a fruit is during
maturing, such we see our world. Its correc-
tion is our task and purpose. The compensa-
tion is the pleasure (taste of the ripened fruit).
In human power it is to influence only on him
and on nothing external. Therefore correction
is possible only by self-improvement of
everyone» Servitude [64, page 95].
The conception about evil as an imma-
nent property of the World is one of the
many errors. Malice is a con-sequence of
inadequate behavior of man in the World.
Its basis is godlessness and unwillingness
to follow moral restrictions in reply to
desires which are given birth by animal
instincts and human ambitions. It is the
inability to resist the cele-bration of Vanity
Fair.
«You know, that the life imminent is
enter-tainment and game, both flaunting and
boasting among you; and competition in
multitude of property and children are like a
rain, growth from which delights infidels; then
it withers, and you see it as yellow; then there is
the straw, and in the last - strong punishment,
and pardon from the Allah, and goodwill, and
life imminent - only deceptive use» the Koran
[61, page 382].
It is known: «As we harm ourselves,
the enemy will not decide to harm us»
Shota Rustaveli [94, page 166].
How much evil has been done and how
much is still to be accomplished. Perhaps,
the Lord punishes us a little. But, I think,
it is not possible to overcome stupidity by
force and rudeness.
«On the world if to look
absolutely calm,
then you see in softening weariness,
there are not enough that damnations are
worthy,
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
But more - sympathy and pity».
Guberman I. [35, page 506].
The exit and solution of the problem
has been known for a very long time.
Ancient Indians have opened to us, that
the world order and morals of man are
connected inseparably.
«The word “Dharma” comes from the
San-skrit “dhar” (to support). It is responsible
for the general order (the invariance principle
of a model) and preservation of the model
[World] in integrity …
Dharma is unity of world order and morals of
man … on the centrifugal vector, takes place
riddance of spirit, whose energy gradually,
in process of distancing from the center,
«mortifying», turns to matter (the main idea
of advaita) … matter can be named the lowest
form of spirit … If to imagine the return
movement say from pe-riphery to the center,
it is easy understand, that the share of spiritual
will increase and share of matter will decrease.
Moral in that case represents a bridge from
time immemorial connecting the World of
matter and consciousness» Eminova S.M.
[132, page 6, 7].
You do not study morals; it is ob-
tained, leaning on one’s own internal need.
Pythagoras had said:
«Do not look after about getting great
know-ledge: from all knowledge the moral
science, maybe, is the most needed, but you
are not trained in it» [110, page 89].
Imperfection of man and, the mainly,
unwillingness to see one’s imperfec-tion and
the unwillingness to over-come is the source
of evil.
«… light has come to the world, - speaks
Jesus, - but people have loved darkness more,
rather than light because their business were
malicious; for everyone, doing mali-cious,
hates light and does not go to light that his
business because they were malicious were not
159
convicted, and those acting under truth goes to
light that its business because they in the God
were made» [In 3: 19-21].
All our business is doomed in the end
to failure if their essence was contrary to
the Lord; and, on the contrary, the most
improbable plan and business will come
true, if in their basis is the Divine light.
«… to people, obeying the command of
the Lord God and not daring to break laws,
all is possible over expectation and the reward
for them from God is future (after death) plea-
sure, on the other side, to people receding from
exact execution of these commands, equally
the easy becomes insuperable and turn to
inevitable destruction all that, for what they
had undertaken as something un-doubtedly
good» Flavy I. [118, page 6].
Well, and now about that human kind
which is born today before our eyes. It is
a question of information tech-nologies:
computer networks, data-bases, systems
of accumulation, processing and transfer
of informa-tion.
Whether few any inventions have
been conceived by people? Why in-
formation technologies are represented as
so important?
The matter is that, as we shall see it a
little later, the universe in an overwhelming
part is connected not with substance and
not with inert matter, but with handling
of information. And matter is one of the
forms of existence of information.
From the moment of the beginning
of computer expansion, man becomes
the consumer of information streams on
various questions of the World surrounding
him.
The awareness changes in a radical
way, efficiency and quality of deci-sions
taken increases, and, what is especially
 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World
important, the relative den-sity and weight
of moral factor decrease on choice of
solution variant.
«And suddenly may be in nature is organized
Absolutely another,
And not from here we leave,
But we come back there? «.
Guberman I. [35, page 510].
As a result there is a far-reaching
chain of consequences. Radical expansion
of knowledge about the World finally
brings man to knowledge of the universe,
to understanding the technology and
idea of the Creator’s works. From here is
the following step: the blind or intuitive
160
belief gives place to understanding the
nature of the Creator, brings to division of
responsibility, partnership in His affairs
and gradual integration with spiritual
essence of the Creator.
As the invention of iron served as
the cause of many technological and
social innovations, which have generated
as a result the modern civilization, and
information technologies, possibly, will
serve as a footpath on ground floors of the
scale, will allow to pass three-four levels,
reach the natural elementary base of
universe – maximon and may be pro-vide
the right to man to understand and, maybe,
even to participate in affairs of creation.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the
material World
KEYWORDS: time, space, taxon, space-time taxonomy, logarithmic
time scale, life cycle, self rhythm, time sensitivity threshold, object,
maximon mould of material object
How are time, space and material
objects related? It is considered, that they
do turn almost one into another!
Not simple, oh how time and space are not
simply arranged! In complete emptiness as
though they really are not present, or are
present, but as much as you want – endless
and without limit. It still somehow can
be understood. But number? The simple
count! What problems can be there with it?
Here am I, and here is my friend, a cheery
fellow and cynic. We have each before
us a mug of beer. He sipped it, and I
inopportunely got lost in thoughts: «What
stock of beer do we have? Is it simple to
count, if we approach the question strictly
in a formal way?»
First of all: what is meant by beer and
in what units it is to be counted - bottles,
cans or in liters? Whether to consider a
bottle with nonalcoholic beer as beer? And
that pack of costly beer that is hidden in
the anteroom for tomorrow's meeting with
favorite woman, - to count it or not?
The identification problem of objects that
are to be counted exists, and it cannot be
avoided.
While I counted, my friend had drunk
the beer; it means, by one beer it had
become less. The neighbor from above
dropped in, evaluated the situation with a
sharp eye and took a sip from my mug. She
always was skilful at guessing the moment
when it is has already been poured, but
161
has not been drunk yet. What to do now?
Should I count my mug or not count it?
What if we were not at home, but at the
conveyor of a beer factory? How many
hundreds of bottles would it be necessary
to add during this time? And how many
would have already been taken to the
shops?
Possibly, the count duration should be
much lesser than the rate of current changes
in quantity of objects to be counted.
And that open can, which is for the second
day kept at the window, would someone
finish drinking? I doubt it. The count time
of objects should be much lesser than the
life cycle period of objects to be counted.
My neighbor finished drinking my beer
and, swerving her hip, left! My friend too
left somewhere above. Why did he not take
leave of me? And where has tomorrow's
packing disappeared?!
And if beer, similarly to maximon,
appeared and disappeared in time equal 10-
43
seconds? It would have been impossible
to count or drink it. It means that each
object has its time range, and the one who
counts it should be in one and the same
time range with it.
Well and certainly, there should be
spatial borders of the problem statement.
My wise true friend is at present climbing
the stairs. The beer, which he promised to
bring, is not yet on the table, but is already
in the house. Here he rings the doorbell. Is
 5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World
it time to count his beer or still early?
– Hi! Have you brought the beer?
– I changed my mind. With beer there
is no end of trouble. We shall better drink
vodka.
– A good idea! And I have decided to
change the paradigm - now I shall consider
only that, which has been drunk!
– To change so be it! Marry, and wife
will count you all!
My soul! It is clear to all that it is
necessary to measure short processes and
phenomena by short periods of time, and
the long by longer periods. It is senseless
trying to find in the structure of time any
gradation. The time scale is absolutely
smooth, as any scale. Nothing disturbs us
imagine infinitely decreasing or infinitely
increasing values of time. Nothing does
prevent us shift to the logarithmic form of
representation of the time scale with base
10n seconds (fig. 37).
Why? On our diagrams, space is
also represented in common logarithmic
metrics. Thus it will be easier for us to
establish relation between time and space.
But for now look at fig. 37. It has turned out
to be a beautiful scale. Somewhere in the
middle is the mark 100 seconds, equal to
one second, further each step is an increase
or reduction by 10 times. The diagram is
the same, as on the scale axis of sizes. By
itself the time scale has no restrictions, but
if creation is not finite, then it certainly is
cyclically limited.
The Creator has in store innumerable
set of time cycles, frequencies, rhythms,
waves and other ways periodic repetition
of processes, which are to be repeated,
viz. from palpation of human heart to
pulsation of the Metagalaxy. But it is
obvious, that among them are the longest
and shortest periods. That part of the
162
universe, which seems as slightly opened
to our understanding, is within the limits
of 95 degrees on common logarithmic
time scale.
The longest period constitutes about
1021-1022 seconds. It is of the order of
hundreds of thousands of billions years,
the least period - 10-73 seconds or frequency
of 1073 Hz.
Pay attention, my soul, the basic part
of the scale is in the zone of fraction of a
second. There is one interesting point - 10-23
seconds on the scale, almost symmetric to the
maximum point. This is an elementary time
unit. As it has been already said, the sense
is such, that in the material, physical world
there can be no phenomenon or processes,
which in time is shorter than 10-23 seconds.
However the design of universe is
manipulated only by a small part in forms
of inert matter. A greater part of it is non-
material, and this non-material part is multi-
tiered, has a complex hierarchical structure
and all throughout consists of information.
And where there is information, there are
frequencies. The more the information and
more the speed of its transfer, the greater
the frequencies required. At the top of the
hierarchical pyramid of the non-material
World frequencies of the order of 1073 Hz
are most likely necessary.
Details, as always, will be later.
But let us return to counting the stocks
of beer. Failure in the attempt to strictly
formalize the process of counting directs
to some conclusions.
A. The count object and subject should
be close to each other by the dimensional-
scale attribute.
B. The count object, subject and
method should belong to one field of scale-
time.
C. The count procedure can be
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Lg t, sec

400 000 bln. years .. 4х1014 years 1,2х1022 sec

1022
100 000 bln. years .. 1014 years 3,1х1021 sec
1021
10 000 bln. years..... 1013 years 3,1х1020 sec
1020
1 000 bln. years....... 1012 years 3,1х1019 sec 102
1019 1 minute 6 х101 sec
100 bln. years.......... 1011 years 3,1х1018 sec 10 1
1018
1 aec; 1 Hz  number of
10 bln. years............ 1010 years 3,1х1017sec 100
10 17 oscillations per second
1 bln. years............... 109 years 3,1х1016 sec 101
1016
100 mln. years............. 108 years 3,1х1015 sec 102
1015
14
10 mln. years.............. 107 years 3,1х1014 sec 103 Millisecond; 103 Hz
10
1 mln. years................. 106 years 3,1х1013 sec
1013 104
100 000 years............. 105 years 3,1х1012 sec
1012 105
10 000 years................ 104 years 3,1х1011 sec
1011 106 Microsecond; 106 Hz
3 10
1 000 years.................. 10 years 3,1х10 sec
1010 109 Nanosecond; 109 Hz
2
100 years..................... 10 years 3,1х109 sec
109
10 years....................... 101 years 3,1х108 sec 1012 Picosecond; 1012 Hz
8
10
1 year......................... 1х100 лет 3,1х107 sec 1015 Femtosecond; 1015 Hz
107
1 mounth.................................... 2,6 х106 sec Attosecond; 1018 Hz
106 1018

105 Elementary unit of time;

1023 1023 Hz
1 day....................................... 8,6 х104 sec
104 1043 Hz
1043
1 hour............................................ 3,6 х103 sec
103
non-material
Region of

1053 1053 Hz
time

2
10
1063 1063 Hz

1073 1073 Hz
Fig. 37 Common logarithmic time scale, lgt, sec

163
 5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World
successful, provided that the count object,
subject and method are related to one
and the same dimensional-time field of
the material World. Here at once there
is an internal excitement: what are these
dimensional-time fields? Do they exist?
Where are their borders? Is it delirium?
No, it is not delirium. Only time should
be connected with space, to be exact with
specific units forming hierarchy of the
material World.
Pay attention, my soul, to each unit,
and in general to a material item, some
time characteristics are inherent. Here are
the most important of them.
Life cycle – Тl.c – time from appearance
to disappearance; includes birth, active
part, formation and end.
Self-rhythm – Тs.r. – duration or
frequency of the basic life sustaining
oscillatory process Temporary sensitivity
threshold - Рt - a very small time period,
that its exception or addition practically
does not change the characteristic self-
rhythm.
The observations accessible to
us show, that all three parameters are
mathematically connected.
Тl,c. = Тs.r.×1010;
Тs.r. = Тl.c.×10 –10
Рt = Тs.r.×10 –2
The time of system life cycle
accommodates in it nearly 10 billion of its
self-rhythms, and the sensitivity threshold
usually constitutes one hundredth of time
of self-rhythm.
Now it is necessary to understand
the space-dimensional gradation for
the purposes of defining the space-time
164
structuring of the material world.
Strictly speaking, it is possible to choose
gradation on 12 classes of the dimensional
scale or any another multiple of taxonomy
to it.
However pay attention to the hint
given by the Creator. Along the M-scale
passes the wave of stability (fig. 38) and
lies on it in exactly six full fluctuations.
Fluctuations are a function of time.
One sixth part of the M-scale - 10
orders – a beautiful and typical number for
the Creator. Contra-indication is also not
visible, therefore we shall accept division
of the M-scale into six equal parts, in the
centers, with the following units: Galaxy,
star, man, atom, electron, and photon.
We have to define the life cycle time
for the six listed units. Then we have to
enter these values on the logarithmic chart
«size - life cycle» in the coordinates «size
- time». Thereafter outline the dimensional
and time borders of the areas surrounding
the centers found, and, thus, build a
graphic picture of space-time fields of the
material world.
Let's begin by filling the matrix of
values. Initial data are very scant. Four
out of thirty parameters are more or less
precisely known.
Life cycle of a star = 1017 sec.
Self-rhythm of man «inhale-exhale» =
=~3.4 sec.
Self-rhythm of atom = 1011-1013 Hz.
Life cycle of maximon - 10-43 sec
As the corresponding dependences are
known to us, we can fill other parameters
on four of the six lines.
Further we construct the chart axes
Lg (m) / Lg (s) and enter the four points
described.
Other points are obtained by the
method of mathematical analysis or by
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
simple graphic extrapolation.
As a result on the chart we get six points
- the centers of required fields - and two
extreme points corresponding to maximon
and the Metagalaxy. The points obtained
are subordinated to a uniform mathematical
function and precisely enough lie on a
uniform curve of the second order.
Let's mark on this curve the points
of intersection with the borders of six
allocated classes on the M-scale. For this
purpose we shall draw horizontal lines
from corresponding points on the M-scale.
Through the obtained points of intersection
we shall drop perpendiculars to the time
axis.
As a result on the logarithmic chart
«Size-time» a chain of rectangles is
formed that represent the space-time field,
into which the material world is divided.
Each rectangular contains specific objects
of the material World.
The top and bottom parts of the
rectangle correspond to the dimensional
borders, and left and right - to time borders
of the objects’ life cycle.
The picture has been obtained, what
further? What information can these
squares carry, diagonally strung on some
curve?
Yes, relatively autonomous regions of
the material World have been obtained.
Figuratively expressing, the object, subject
and rate of count organically fit in the
given field, and it means that beer within
the limits of each field can be counted and
drunk without problems.
Inside each space-time field there
exists or dominate laws and rules, and all
processes and events take place in its own
specific rate.
And on the contrary: laws and rates of
one field are poorly suitable or do not suit
165
at all the other field.
Every square that we got is nothing other
than a taxon or taxonomic category of the
material World.
And taken together they give us the
complete taxonomic classification of the
material world in the space-time aspect.
Now, my soul, let’s go through these
newborn taxonoms. There are interesting
things, but even more black holes not
accessible to my understanding.
Let's begin with the middle. Biological
taxon covers all biological objects from
the cell nucleus to the biosphere. The
dominant unit defining the primary goals
of taxon is man. Possibly, the role of
dominant in the future will be passed to
unit by the «Subject of spirituality». The
dimensional range - from 10-5 up to 105  m.
Self-rhythm  – inhalation-exhalation of
man – 3.4 seconds. Life cycle of man is
somewhere in the range from 80 to 600
years. You feel, how we do not gather
additionally! The threshold of time
sensitivity is to the order of the one 100th
part of a second. The complete range of
life cycles for objects inhabited by taxon is
from several days to 1 million years. What
does it mean? I do not know. Perhaps,
it is periods with the inclusion of life
cycles from bacteria strains to the time of
change of biological kinds, and evolution
of biosphere? And may be, the life cycle
period of the «Subject of spirituality»?
Everyone can have a peep at the law,
and here try it to decipher it!
The next one down the M-scale is atomic
taxon. The self-rhythm of atom is known
precisely enough - it is the frequency of own
fluctuations of atom in molecules. It is in the
range from 1011 to 1013 Hz. The dimensional
range of a taxon is from 10-15 to 10-5 m, which
is close to reality as it includes objects from
 5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World
the atomic nucleus to the bio-molecule.
The sensitivity threshold is around 10-15
seconds. The segment occupied on the
time scale is from one micro second to
about several days. What does it mean, I
do not know. There are isotopes of atoms
with a half-life period of insignificant
part of a second, but there are atoms, for
example hydrogen and helium, capable of
existing billions of years.
Electronic taxon covers objects in size
from 10-25 up to 10-15 m with the life cycle
range from one micro second up to 10-21.2
sec.
Average value of self-rhythm of electronic
taxon as per calculations constitutes
10-23 seconds that as you remember,
corresponds to an elementary unit of time.
It is interesting! It turns out that it has not
been casually impossible to define for
electron, its place and energy in one point
of space.
Life cycle of an electron by calculation
is 10-13 seconds. What is it? Perhaps, it
is the frequency of rotation around the
nucleus of an atom? Anyway, the number
coincides with the bottom limit of self-
fluctuations of an atom in a molecule. Is
it by accident? The sensitivity threshold is
10-25 seconds. The range on time scale is
from 10-21 to 10-6 seconds.
Photonic-maximonic taxon includes the
finest units in size from 10-35 up to 10-25 m.
On the time scale it occupies the
segment from 10-43 to 10-21 seconds. It is
a big segment to twenty with superfluous
orders, besides a big part of the segment
is behind a threshold of elementary time
unit, i.e. everything, that takes place in
this taxon though is done for the material
world, but, most likely, is still invisible
and imperceptible to material perception.
The units, photon and maximon, forming
166
part of the taxon strongly differ from each
other.
The photon, possibly, has life cycle
to the order 10-31 seconds, self-rhythm –
1041 Hz, time sensitivity threshold – 10-43
second. And for the maximon the same
size, 10-43 seconds, constitutes the life
cycle, self-rhythm – 1053 Hz, and time
sensitivity threshold – 10-55 seconds.
Fantastic numbers! And it is not the limit!
We, my soul, are only approaching the
non-material part of the universe, and there
absolutely other speeds and volumes of
processing and transfer of the information
are required. You wish to understand the
Creator’s plan - be ready to accept things
above your understanding. Eventually,
you and me are from biotaxon, and wish
to understand, how the other five taxons of
the material world are arranged and That
World which rules over them.
The percentage of abstract or totally
unclear things will only grow further.
It is possible to ask from the Lord about
one thing in our desperate voyage: to
understand at least in the most general
terms the meaning of creation and our
place in it.
We still have two more taxons left. The
stellar taxon covers space bodies, and
primarily the stars. The dimensional
range of units is from 105 up to 1015 m. It
occupies the time interval from 1 million
up to 100 billion years.
Actually the star on an average lives a
life cycle for (10-15) billion years. However
it is necessary to say that active part of life
cycle of a star is more likely known as (8-
10) billion years, and nobody knows how
long it takes for a star to be formed and
for how the remains of a star live, viz. the
white dwarf or black hole. More precisely,
I do not know that someone knew. The
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
self-rhythm of stars is as per calculations,
about one year, and the time sensitivity
threshold is one day. Perhaps, to the
expert on solar rhythms it says something
and maybe not. Apart from other, it is
necessary to take into account that the
calculations resulting here at the best can
be qualified as approximate. I simply do
not have either the opportunity, or time for
a serious mathematical analysis. All this,
my soul, is sphere of your action.
Galactic taxon has appeared the most
surprising. It covers the greater systems
of space bodies - Galaxies and the
Metagalaxy with size ranging from 1015
m up to «limit» – 1025 m. And it is known.
But as to time characteristics the chart has
shown absolutely unexpected things for
me.
We, my soul, know, that our Sun
approximately is in the middle of star
sequence both by dimensions and
radiation capacity that the planet the Earth
is somewhere in the middle between orbits
of other planets of Solar system, that our
system exists nearly 5 billion years and
that it will exist approximately for as
much, that our Galaxy together with all
the Metagalaxy appeared nearly 15 billion
years ago and consequently, continuing the
logic, we can expect, that life cycle of the
Universe is somewhere in the middle of its
path and as a whole constitutes may be 30,
may be 50 billion years. It is although huge
numbers, but somehow is still clear.
However calculations show a completely
different order of numbers.
The galaxy lives approximately for
3200 billion years. Its self-rhythm is
three hundred twenty years, thus «beats
its heart», and the temporary sensitivity
threshold is 3 years. It turns out, that we are
living right at the beginning of life cycle of
167
Galaxies; we have passed 15th billion from
3200 billion years. Converting to a good
human life we turn out to be not older than
a three-month baby. I did not think of it.
Even more improbable is the business with
Metagalaxy. Its life cycle somewhere is
around 1021.6 seconds, which corresponds
approximately to a period of 400,000
billion years.
The self-rhythm accordingly is about 40,000
years, and the sensitivity threshold is 400 years.
What is here to say! Again repeatedly you
feel such insignificantly small before the person
of God. And again the idea comes that the Lord
is great. Each time He appears even bigger and
more majestic, than we thought.
However I have already encountered
somewhere similar figures. Well certainly, they
were repeatedly mentioned in her works by
Blavatskaya E.P. [17, page 90]. Referring to the
Secret doctrine Indian Brahmins, it specifies
three esoteric cycles, which are very close to
our calculated values: Day of the Brahma, Year
of the Brahma and Century of the Brahma.
Calculated size Indian esoteric cycles
of life cycle as per Blavatskaya
(l. c.) E.P.
L. c. of the Metagalaxy Century of Brahma
400,000,000,000,000 yrs 311,040,000.,000,000 yrs
or 1021.6 sec. or 9.67·1021 sec.
L. c. of the Galaxy Year of the Brahma
3,200,000,000,000 yrs 3,110,400,000,000 yrs
or 1020 sec. or 9.64·1019 ~ 1020 sec.
L. c. of the star Day - Night of the
10,000,000,000 yrs Brahma
or 3.1·1017 sec. 8,640,000,000 yrs
or 2.68·1017 sec.
 5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

M a t r i x o f m e a n i n g s

Т s.r.
T l.c. Life Pt
Size Self rhythm Time scale Dominant
cycle,
Stability

range Threshold range

sec unit
wave

Duration, Frequency, of time

sec sensitivity
Hz
E

22 12 9,6
1,24х10 sec 10 sec 10 sec Metagalaxy
from
S

400 000 40 000 400 years

from bln. years years 1018,4 sec
15
10 m 20 8 to
10 sec 10 10 sec
to 1025 m 10 sec 10 22 sec Galaxy
D

3200 10 years
E

bln. years 320 years

from
S

from 10 5 m 3,1х1017 sec 3,1х107 5

1013,2 sec
10 sec Star
to 1015 m 10 bln. years sec to
day
1 year 10 18,4 sec
D

Heart beat  pulse or

from
S

from inhalation  exhalation

3,1х109 104,8 sec
105 m 10 2
sec to Man
100 years 3,4 sec
to 10 5 m 10 13,2 sec
D

from
S

from 13 15 10 4,8 sec

1015 m 101 : 10 3 1011 : 1013 1011 : 10 13 10 : 10 Atom
sec sec Hz sec to
to 10 5 m 10 6 sec
D

from
S

from
10 6 sec
1025 m 10 13
sec 10 23
sec 10 23
Hz 10 25
sec to Electron
to 10 15 m
10 21,2 sec
S

43
from 1031 sec 1041 sec 1041 Hz 10 sec from Photon
S

1035 m 10 21,2 sec

to 10 25 m to
43
1043 sec 1053 sec 1053 sec 1055 sec 10 sec Maximon
D
synthesis  “S”, E

Mathema-
process  “D”,

tic
release  “E”

dependan- Т s.r=
Direction of

and energy

cy Т s.r.
Т l.c. = Т l.c. Т s.r.:1 sec Pt = 2
on the = 10 10
division

scale Т s.r.х1010 10
Tlg

Fig. 38. Space-time taxonomy

168
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Lg(meter)
Scale

Logarithmic graph “Size  time”

М
1025 Galactic
talon
1020

1015 Sellar
taxon
1010

105
Biological taxon

100

105
1023sec Atomic taxon
Elementary unit of time

10
10

1015
Electronic taxon
20
10

1025
Photon-maximonic taxon

1030
1035 0 Time

1043 1031 1013 101 0 109 1017 1022 Lg(sec)

1021

of the material World

169
 5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World
Similarity is evident. The conclusion
arises by itself. The teachings of ancient
Brahmins deserve the most intent
attention. Such a dense point of contact is
hardly coincidence. But it is necessary to
dig deeper a lot over there. I have a rather
not simple attitude to Blavatskaya and her
books. Having read through practically all
her works, I have not yet understood two
main things: whence all this information
and why such eclectic form of presentation,
which excludes the opportunity to make
general idea about the subject? What
purpose is pursued in her works? To show
the author’s knowledge and understanding
of certain latent truths, which are not
allowed to be known to the reader? What is
it - inability or unwillingness to structure
information?
But one should not ignore her works.
There one can find rather vague, but
extremely interesting treatments on the
history of man’s appearance on Earth. The
idea of ethereal man, noumenal World,
special role of the Moon in history of
man’s appearance, history of change and
evolution of human races - for certain
there is a fair share of truth in them.
However, my soul, it again is that case,
when you should take upon yourself a part
of the research, which I am not capable of
conducting any more. I will not accomplish
it in time. Another life is required.
The task for you is formulated thus. It
is necessary to find and study the primary
sources of Brahmin esoteric doctrines
and impose it on our vision of world. The
result should increase the measure of
adequacy of our representation about the
arrangement of the world.
I do not doubt, and you do not doubt,
- you will succeed, in fact you are I, and I
am you. We are manifestation of the same
170
soul, which has been granted with the
ability to perceive.
Thus, before us is the majestic picture
of the full range of existential taxons of the
material World.
Their spatial and time borders are
known, but it is not known, how man can
see, what takes place inside. Biotaxon is
the only one that is accessible to our direct
study. Why? Because the observer  –
man under existential characteristics is
appropriate to biotaxon.
In other taxons the scales of space
and time are different. For their adequate
perception the observer should possess
different existential scales, corresponding
to taxon.
Than that is easier! If it is necessary to
fix the flight of a bullet on a film, the frame
frequency is increased by one thousand
times. If we wish to see, what is happening
with electrons on the electronic shell of the
atom, the subject of observation should
have dimensions to the order of 10-20 m and
self-frequency about 10-23 Hz. Too small
an observer? It is not at all. It is as much
greater than the maximon, as much man is
bigger than atomic nucleus.
The counter of beer bottles should in
scale be proportional to the bottle, and its
life period and time of calculation should
be in scale proportional to storage and
drinking time of a bottle of beer.
In order to understand, how the units,
forming the taxon, are organized, to trace
their life cycle and regulate them, we need
subjects of monitoring and control, having
dimensions and self-frequency equal or
close to it.
The idea, in general, is clear and
basically logical, but the task is where to
get such counters: with one size of that of
an electron, and the other in size of a star
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
or the Galaxy.
Think a little, my soul: is there a
problem?
What is your opinion, items of the material
World dangle in Space without control as
liked by anyone? And all roll, where the
curve will take it out?
It does not seem to be so. No. The
Creator knows about each thing, at each
moment of time, absolutely everything.
But what is the technology how it is
done?
Most likely, it is very simple through
information moulds of things made from
maximons. Imagine any object - atom,
man, or any man-made thing; let the whole
of their volume be as if impregnated by
an invisible very rare «gas» consisting of
171
maximons. They completely repeat the
appearance of the item and its structure.
It is a copy, collecting information on
everything that takes place with the
subject and it is the channel of transfer
of information on the item, because
maximon and the designs from it directly
communicate with the hyper-matrix.
It is natural, that the maximon mould
has the same sizes and same self-rhythm,
as its prototype. And the hyper-matrix
is capable of perceiving signals of any
frequency, from any existential taxon.
Therefore our task consists in learning
to hear the maximon frequency, and it will
open us secrets of all taxons of the material
World! And no microscopes are needed!
 5.5. Boundaries of the material World
KEYWORDS: three-dimensional taxonomy of the material
World, definition of the material World, functions of taxons.
Well, it is time, my soul to sum up the
first results.
We have proceeded from that the material
World, a part of the universe where we exist,
has been created not by magic, but through
some technology basically comprehensible
to human understanding. Moreover, some
laws, rules and technological methods of
creation have been studied already for
a long time and are applied by people in
their activity.
Our attention had been directed on
material objects and, accordingly, on
research of the material World, although
we gave and we realize that the universe
consists of something more, that is not the
World of matter.
Our nearest target is to define the
material world.
What does it mean - to define some
object?
It means, at least, the following:
to correlate the object with wider and
already known concept, to describe the
borders and purposes, to list the structure
forming elements and the scheme of their
interaction, and also the scheme exchange
of resources of object with the medium.
Well, it seems that we are in a condition of
answering these questions. It is necessary
only to give the definitions a brief and
presentable form.
The material World is a big, open,
complex system with mechanisms of self-
creation, self-regulation, optimization,
hierarchically structured, serving as a
subsystem of a higher level System –
172
world order, created by means of this
supersystem, receiving from it necessary
resources, working for the purposes of
the supersystem yet unknown to us,
subordinated to general control from
the supersystem, cyclically created and
destroyed by the supersystem both at
various hierarchical levels, and as a whole.
Well like a patent formula! And how
convenient to criticize! All the weak points
are clearly visible. But it is easy to make
corrections. Please, supplement, specify,
and change the formulation. I agree. It is
without insults and ambitions, for the sake
of truth. Improve the definition!
The material World - probably, like
any complex thing - can be measured by
many metrics, and under each metrics
boundary values can be found, where it
will fit well into. Theoretically it is so, but
for some reason we have managed with
you to find only three parameters, suitable
for measurement: size, time and level of
organization of matter. Three transparent,
interconnected parameters. It is already
quite good. Are there more metrics, how
many of them, what are they? The question
is open.
It was found out, that our metrics are
in inseparable link with a set of structure
forming elements (units) of the material
World and the method of their interaction.
It is established… What it, which I have
again blurted out, is!
From a strictly scientific point of view
nothing has been established. All these are
semi-scientific assumptions. The whole
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
book is one big hypothesis. The offer of a
new paradigm is a new vision of the world
order. It is not any more a fantasy, but is
not yet science. It has been already poured,
but is yet to be drunk. All is delicate, very
delicate!
You, my soul, and my benevolent
reader, know about it and forgive me
on use of stylistics of scientific research
among normal human speech. And we do
not need a non-benevolent reader. Let him
write for himself a book and read it as he
likes. Let him rejoice.
Thus, «it is established», that the
material world consists of 22 structure
forming units, 2 out of which the maximon
and the Metagalaxy belong to matter by a
quarter and 1 - the subject of spirituality –
by half.
Notably nobody had ever seen four
of the 22 units: they are maximon,
hypothetical photon and electronic nucleus
and the subject of spirituality. About
maximon it is only known, what it should
be in size, and what should be its maximum
life cycle.
Strictly speaking, nothing about the
Metagalaxy too is known. It is so big, that
it is not visible. However it size can be
defined theoretically.
Practically the discovery of S.I.
Sukhonos of the size-scale rhythm of
units of the material World does not attract
any doubt. Also the functional-structural
hierarchy of objects of the universe is quite
obvious.
Two connected metrics - the size
and level of organization - have allowed
construct the distribution chart of system
forming units of the material World. (Who
has forgotten, can go back to fig. 16.)
Spatially-organizational panorama
from 144 squares has been so different in
173
scale, that for the person, occupying only a
square in it, it is completely not simple to
understand it.
A thoughtful analysis during receipt
and counting of beer lead us to the obvious
fact: for each scale of the linear sizes there
should correspond a certain time scale,
time intervals.
It has appeared, that time of existence -
life cycle of the Metagalaxy is by 65 orders
greater than life cycle time of a maximon.
It is also a considerable range.
As a result of all searches it has been
possible to find three interconnected
parameters of the material World. It is
absolutely quite good. Three metrics - three
axes. Three axes - a three-dimensional
picture! We draw three projections of
taxons of the material world (fig. 39).
Beauty, but is clear only to the draftsman.
Axonometry is the three-dimensional
space image; clear to all (fig. 40). Here
it is the image of the material part of the
universe which cannot be seen human eye,
but which is open to the Creator’s vision.
The whole material World is not less than
six taxons. In principle, a more fractional
division is probable, up to 144 taxons,
but division by less than six taxons is not
acceptable.
Each taxon has quite concrete borders
on the three key parameters: size, time and
level of organization (fig. 41). Moreover,
there are three additional parameters,
necessary for describing taxon: frequency
of self-rhythm, threshold of time sensitivity
and threshold of size sensitivity of the units
forming the taxon.
Self-rhythm and life cycle size, as a
rule, are in the ratio 1 to 1010. The threshold
of time sensitivity, i.e. the time segment is
practically not felt by the unit by virtue
of its small value usually constitutes
 5.5. Boundaries of the material World
0.01 of its self-rhythm. The threshold
of dimensional sensitivity as per our
approximate calculations cannot be above
10-12 from the unit dimension.
Thus it was possible to make the table
of boundary parameters of taxons of the
material World (fig. 41). To who it is not
boring, can have a look.
The taxons of the material World look
like bricks, which hang in the air, drawn
on the borders of size, time and level of
organization.
Each «brick» has its task. «Bricks»
do not have common volumes, but there
are points of adherence, which passing
through the edges, parallel to the axis of
level of organization.
Photonic-maximonic taxon is
responsible proto-matter. In it deep
outside the threshold of material time –
10-23 seconds – takes place processes of
preparation of matter in its pre-material
kind. It is not so pure an idea, not yet
noumenon, but not yet material object -
neither weight, nor size, neither speed, nor
path, nor time in material understanding is
yet present. Unless only at the edge, where
taxon enters the zone of material time and
borders with the following taxon.
Electronic taxon - here the electrons
and other subatomic elements of the atom
and atomic nucleus are formed. These
units already bear all physical attributes
of objects of the material World; however
they are not yet chemical elements, and so
not yet material substance.
Nuclear taxon – here the chemical
elements and molecules from them are
formed. This is inert matter - substance of
which the material world is made of. Here
the bio-molecules and their units down
to cellular structures and cell nucleus
are born. These are already building
174
material with other property that goes to
construction of biological objects of the
universe.
Biotaxon – region of the highest
classes on the organizational level scale.
Here the biological life from the lowest
level up to plants, animals and man is
born and evolve. And the biotaxon is
crowned in full conformation with the law
of negation by a certain super-biological
being. Something that on one part is in the
material biological World and on the other
part it is a non-material object. And it is
similar that for this sake of this point, for
the sake of this boundary unit has been
constructed all the complicated design of
the material World.
From other, right side the biotaxon is
supported by two «bricks» – star taxon and
galataxon. As a matter of fact, both these
taxons are responsible for space bodies out
of matter, which is born within the limits
of three first taxons of the left side.
Galataxon defines topology of the
Metagalaxy and structure of the Galaxies
forming it. Here in the centers of Galaxies
appear maximons; proto-matter and sub-
atomic elements are formed. In all such
centers, as always, are 1010. The Creator
loves this number. I also like it.
Thus in the nuclei of 10 billion
Galaxies proto-matter is synthesized first
of all, then sub-atomic elements of matter
and, at last, full-fledged atoms, basically
hydrogen and helium, which then scatter
in space and are cooled. Crystals, gas, dust
are formed out of them - in general, all
types of finely dispersed substance, which
already is object of action of gravitational
forces.
Starry taxon – here the atomic
galactic dust is condensed in congestions,
compressed in nuclei of the future
 Lg (meter)
Front view Side view Lg (metr)

Gala-
xy

20 25
№6 №6 Galataxon

Planetary
system
№5

Metagalaxy
Звезда

10 15
№5 Stellar taxon

Biosphere

5
Planet

(Subject of spirituality?)

Galactic nucleus

0
№4 №4 Biotaxon

Stellar nucleus
Human
№3

Fauna

Cell
Flora
№3 Atomic taxon

Atom
Cell nuclear

Molecule

Atom nucleus
Biomolecule
№2 №2 Electronic taxon

Electron

(Electron cells)
?
№1 №1 Photonic-maximon taxon

(Photon)

Maximon ?
Lg (sec)

35 30 25 20 15 10 5

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 43 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 22
Organization level (12 classes)

Lg (sec)
Top view

175
№1 Lg (metr)

30 35 40 43

Top view

№2

Lg (sec)

5 10 15 20 25

№3

0
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Front view

5
№4
Organization level

№5
№6

22 20 15 10
Organization level

Fig. 39 Taxons “size-time-level of organization” in orthogonal projection

 12
clas
s

level scale
(12 classes)

Organization
12

Biotaxon
11 7
clas
s
10 7,5
clas
7 s
clas 9
s
8 таксон

taxon
7 3,5 le

Atomic
sca
Звездный
Log c ize
l s

176
time 6 a Lo g Lg(m)
2
scal
e 3 s
s
pho Elec
Lg(sec) tro s clas
s5 1
Galaxon

clas
ton-
max 2 clas
s s
taxo nic
clas n 1s
taxo imonic
n 4 0
0 clas 25
43 s 10 m
10 sec clas 15
3 10 m
5
21,2
2 10 m
10 sec
5.5. Boundaries of the material World

5
6 10 m
10 sec 1 15
4,8 10 m
10 sec 25
13,2 10 m
10 sec 35
22 10 m
18,4 10 sec
10 sec

Fig. 40 Material World in 3В taxonomy

 Life cycle Organizational Threshold of Threshold of size
Taxon Units forming taxon Sizes, m Self-rhythm, sec
range, sec level classes time sensitivity, sensivity,m
description from 1 to 12) sec

from to from to from to from to from to from to

Photon- Maximon,
35 25 43 21,2 53 31,2 55 33,2 47 37
maximonic (Photon)?, 10 m 10 m 10 s 10 s 0 2 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 m 10 m
taxon (Electronic nucleus)?

(Electronic nucleus)?,
Electronic 25 15 21,2 6 31,2 16 33,2 18 37 27
Electron, 10 m 10 m 10 s 10 s 1 3 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 m 10 m
taxon Atomic nucleus

Atomic nucleus,
Atom,
Atomic 15 5 6  16 5,2 18 7,2 27 17
Molecule, 10 m 10 m 10 s 10 s 2 7 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 m 10 m
taxon Biomolecule,
Cell nucleus

177
Cell nucleus, plant cell,
animals, 5 5  13,2 5,2 3,2 7,2 1,2 17 7
Biotaxon Biosphere, man, 10 m 10 m 10 s 10 s 7 12 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 m 10 m
(spirirtual subject)?

Star nucleus, Planet, Star,

Stellar Planetary system, 5 15 13,2 18,4 3,2 8,4 1,2 6 ,4 7 3
10 m 10 m 10 s 10 s 1 7,5 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 m 10 m
taxon Biosphere, Galactic
nucleus
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Galactic nucleus,
15 25 18,4 22 8,4 11,6 6 ,4 9,6 3 12
Galaction Galaxy, 10 m 10 m 10 s 10 s 0 3,5 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 m 10 m
Metagalaxy

Fig.41 Material World taxon boundary parameters

 5.5. Boundaries of the material World
stars, heated up again up to very high
temperatures, atoms drop the electronic
shell under gravity, and start the
thermonuclear reaction.
Planets and their satellites are formed
in parallel, star-planetary systems are
built, like our Solar system.
On an average each Galaxy consists of
again the same 1010 stars and for each of
the 10 billion stars there is set of planets,
which accompanies it during a greater part
of the life cycle. On those planets, where
mass, speed of rotation and temperature
balance of the surface are successfully
combined, are formed the atmosphere,
World ocean and biosphere. The presence
of bio-sphere is the first step and potential
opportunity for evolution of biological life.
Biosphere and biological activity serve
as the reason and catalyst of synthesis of
complex chemical substances and their
compounds. Thus, the starry taxon is
connected with atomic taxon, and both
of them from two sides prop up biotaxon,
where somewhere on 11-th floor we are
there with you, my soul. All is fine. It is
a remarkable picture. A known logic is
present in the arguments. Who knows it
is so or not so? To check it up is complex
178
now. But even if the hypothesis which has
been rolled out before us is true, all the
same it is incomplete, not self-sufficient.
The universe is not settled by the offered
scheme.
The borders of the material World have
been found, but beyond them there should
still be something or someone. What
purpose is served by the material World?
Who has created it? Or at least who has
thought about it? What is a maximon with
its genotype of matter? What is beyond the
borders of material World?
From where are energy and energy
resource of the universe formed and
where do they go? What is this subject
of spirituality in 12-th class of the
organizational level?
The list of questions can be continued.
Answers are not yet available, but one
truth comes up in all the severe evidence.
We have reached that side, where the area
of existence of the material World, native
and clear to us, comes to an end, and
should find an entrance to such an area of
the universe, which is absolutely unknown
to us and consequently can be named
for now only through opposition – non-
material World.
 6. NON-MATERIAL WORLD
Now I know both where the entrance is
and how to enter the non-material World.
But how much effort and time had been
spent in order to understand it! And who I
was then, in the beginning, and how much
have I changed now? How long has it been?
25-30 years? It has been more! And all this
time something had been taking place
with the soul. Perhaps, long disinterested
searches for truth - mandatory condition
for access to understanding radiant truths
of the world order? But why then is this
book, my soul, what for you need my
experience, if the entry ticket is a catharsis
of everyone’s soul?
However, there is also another side to
the problem. Perhaps, only the purity of
soul is not enough.
The non-material World is a rather
complex engineering structure. Anyhow,
it is not simpler by any means than the
material World. There are neither drop of
mysticism, nor gram of magic, and there
are its own laws, own rules, own design,
and own technology. It is a whole science.
But has this science be discovered by
everyone for himself really anew like the
self-educated child prodigy?
The Lord protects us from our stupidity
and moral immaturity.
The path to understanding world order
is the path to omnipotence, to the Absolute,
unconditional omnipotence, next to whom
immortality and omniscience are no more
than regular accessories from the category
of technical means.
The conclusion is simple. Development
of man as a species is made of two
179
components - moral-ethical and scientific-
educational.
The Lord keeps watch on that, that
one component does not break away too
much in development from the other. Any
serious mismatch is a danger to survival of
the species and contradicts the purposes of
the system.
People on an average (including the
author) are much sillier, than could be
by the objective potential capabilities
of human brain. Why? It is because the
Creator does not allow us to be cleverer,
until we learn to respect each other and our
Father, the Creator, so that we do not kill
each other and ruin the whole universe.
So, my soul, the problem of your moral-
ethical maturity is totally your personal
problem, and only the Lord knows the
measure for it. And regarding technology
and design of the universe, they can be open
for everyone, who is interested in knowing
it. Therefore I shall tell you about all that
has opened before me. And let your merits
before the Lord provide Him the basis to
unblock your ability in understanding that,
which has been discovered before you,
and give you the strength and wisdom to
discover something for those who will be
after you.
And nevertheless, my soul, in the
beginning I shall lead you to places of my
long search of entrance to the non-material
World, because even the human embryo
passes through all stages of the evolution
of species. And it will be not harmful to
you in understanding the results. It is a
small retrospection – only a few pages.
 6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way
6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in
the wrong place and in the wrong way
KEYWORDS: reflectivity of the Worlds, freedom and
necessity, path, truth, life, noumenal World.
If the material World is our native
house, then the non-material World has
been entirely and completely created by
the Lord for the Lord. It is possible to enter
there, only if you are let in. But it is there
that all secrets of the material world, life
and death lie, there truth is. And that is
why we wish to get there.
«Show me, Oh Lord, Your paths,
teach me Your way.
Lead me to Your truth,
My God, my Savior,
Every day I rely on You».
[14. Psalm 24: 4-5].
And truly, try to find the entrance to
non-material World! Nobody in the course
of history of mankind has found it, and
you try to find. It is not that simple.
But in actuality such cases existed,
and were not one. It was found out, but
people did not apprehend it. Or there was
no sanction to apprehend.
The first thing that once came to
my mind was to rely on the units of the
material World. Their composition had
been found out; obviously, they should
somehow intersect with the non-material
World; here you have to find, where this
intersection is. It should be said, that the
idea in itself appeared later to be correct,
but I approached it in a rather primitive-
mechanical manner. I argued thus. There
are units of the material World, about
each of them it is known, with what other
units it adjoins and interacts. Let me try
180
to present them in the form of children's
cubes and add them on the floor by joining.
Every research passes through the stage
of children's games. The first magnifying
glasses were on sale at fairs as a toy. A
figure similar to letter Т (fig. 42) was
obtained. The first association was Тeos,
the first letter from His name.
Beautiful, but the entrance to non-
material World did not open. One more
illustration to the formation of the material
World was got. Biological life, reason and
spirit given birth by it, originate from inert
matter, but are opposed to it and located
along the perpendicular. It is already
known. And what is further there?
The two-dimensional scheme «level
of organization - size» has obviously not
helped us. Perhaps, this scheme has some
other measurements? Say for example,
freedom and need. For different units there
are absolutely their different measures. Let
us admit that man has such measure of
freedom, that to a majority it is a burden.
And to some it is not.
And does the star or atom have
freedom or not? It seems they have,
but only a little and, most likely, not the
same by quality, as man has. But it is
there. That is why stars are not similar to
each other that are why any atom has an
isotope – variants of design. On the top
of mechanical unrealized freedom is at
the molecule. And if so, then the variety
of molecules is practically infinite. And
if it is thus, the variety of designs from
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

MATTER

SUBSTANCE SPACE

Galac-

Atom nucleus
Stellar
(Electronic Star tic
(Photon)

nucleus
Maximon

nucleus

Electron
Nucleus)

Galaxy
Atom

galaxy
Meta-
Planetary

Planet
system

Molecule
nucleus molecule
Cell Bio-

Size
Biosphere
Cell

SPIRIT BIOLOGICAL
Organization level

LIFE
Flora
Fauna

INTELLECT
Man

ABOVE Subject of
BIOLOGICAL spirituality
LIFE

Fig. 42 Connecting units of the material World, two

dimensional installation

181
 6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way
molecules potentially is even more. And
so on along the ladder of the universe’s
units. Obviously, each unit exists in some
part in the necessity zone, and some in the
freedom zone.
In short, to the flat image (fig. 42)
I would attach a third axis «freedom –
necessity». A terrible thing has turned out,
similar to tail of an air plane (fig. 43).
There, where necessity is brought to
naught, freedom begins. If the sum of these
values is taken as one, then different units
will have different displacement from the
zero mark. The Maximon and Metagalaxy
completely are in the necessity zone. All
other units of the material World, except
the subject of spirituality, belong in part
to freedom, and in part to necessity. The
subject of spirituality completely lies in
the freedom zone, adjoining only by one
of its side to the reference mark necessity
plane.
In general it is an absolutely nonempty
picture. There is something to reflect upon,
but it is the key to some other door, not
that, which we are in search now.
However it is high time now to discuss
a little about the category «Freedom».
Somehow the freedom phenomenon, it
seems, is penetrating the whole universe.
In the material World - in man - it plays a
huge role, but, maybe, even more is its role
in the non-material World.
Spirit, freedom, moral choice, and
purpose of man - relation of these concepts
has been for long obvious to the bright
human minds.
«God comes to us without violence. God
always speaks in a whisper. He always calls
us. If you hear a loud voice, persevering,
anguished it is not God’s voice, it is human
voice, even, if it speaks about something
sacred, if it forces us (I mean the voice in the
182
internal, spiritual sense of the word). Since we
are each an eternal jewelry to the Creator. This
pearl is the spirit, image and similarity of the
Divine.
And spirit without freedom is nothing. And
that is why, guarding the freedom of each soul,
the Lord comes to the World in such a way,
that man had the right, as well as the freedom
to turn his back towards Him or with open
heart» A. Men [74, page 25].
The measure of freedom, given to
man, is phenomenally great. Only God
has more of it. And freedom by nature is
such a thing, which, once given, is not that
simple to take it away.
«God cannot force anybody,
As he made man,
By placing a part of his spirit,
And with it the free-will of freedom»
I. Guberman [35, page 123].
Freedom has another side – responsibility
for actions and decisions. All the biblical
history of mankind begins from the moment
of entrusting man the responsibility of choice
between good and bad.
«The specificity of freedom is only in that
man can make a choice between decisions –
correct or erroneous, and in the latter case
destruction awaits him. It means that freedom
of choice is completely not the right to
irresponsibility. On the contrary, it is a heavy
moral burden for, being in society, man answers
not only for himself and the posterity which
has not been born yet, but also for his group,
friends, fellow tribesmen, for the ancestor’s
heritage, for well-being of descendants and,
last, for ideas forming his culture and even
ideals, for whose sake it is worth living and not
a pity to die» L.N. Gumilev [36, page 632].
If there is the theme of moral choice,
then, obviously, there appears the theme
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

ity
e ss
ec
N

s)
on l eu
im n) uc s
ax to
n eu
M ic cl us
ho n
nu us
0 (P tro on cle
le
c t r ic
le ec om nu c
xy
(E E
l t m r nu la
A to lla r tic y a
A te ta ac ag
S ax et
m
S al al
o G G M
Organization

e ed
Fr
Size
level

et
an
Pl

Planetary
system
Molecu
le

Biomole
cule

Cell nuc
leus re
p he
os
Bi
Cell

Flora

ty
s si
Fauna e ce
N

ity
al
Man tu
piri 0
o fs
Organization
ct
b je level
Su

om
e ed
Fr

Fig. 34 Connecting units of the material World, three dimensional installations

183
 6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way
of reward and punishment depending on
correctness of the choice. Either in this
or in that life, but it will be necessary to
report and receive requital.
«When the hand turned to sunset,
Feelings suddenly start to visit, Based on the array of questions, truth
That spirit is rented to us,
And it is better to return them without spots».
I. Guberman [34, page 108].
Or here, even more precise:
«Years will fly as a fast fallow deer,
Will cover flesh with layer of loam,
And God-Father with a mighty hand
To my soul on… е will give»
I. Guberman [35, page 165].
Here I apologize to the reader for citing
a poem, as though lexicon is inappropriate
for our conversation. But the absence of
division between low and high is one of the
most interesting paradoxes of the Universe,
and the poet I. Guberman is given the
exclusive gift of its understanding.
All the same what is this – non-material
World? Where is it - is it impossible to ask?
Since the concept of space is an attribute
of matter. And is it possible to ask, what is
it made of? Or what is its design? Or how
it works? Also is impossible? Perhaps, it is
not there? In fact, neither to touch, nor to
see it is impossible. But what of it, even
in the material World of things, which
man can never see and touch, even by
virtue of it being small or, on the contrary,
formidable.
But here one joint between that and
this World has been highlighted as a
result of our last discussions. We have
established, that maximon carries in it
all genetic program of the material World
and that this program is not created in
184
the material World, and comes from the
outside. Whence? Who creates it and how?
What for? Where and when? How long has
this been lasting? How long it will be so?
Who had decided? Who had thought it up?
Who had created?
is somewhere near. So it is here we shall
dig!
If the material World had been created
according to a certain plan, it means, it is
the Embodiment to which idea preceded.
It means the material World is the material
interpretation of a certain non-material
idea – noumenon of the World. It is not a
drawing and not a description. It is a model
or, more likely, the original of non-material
property, meant for material incorporation
in the World of matter.
The material world is preceded by its
idea – the noumenal World. It antedates in
two senses, initially, when the idea already
existed, but the embodiment had not begun
yet, and constantly, when any event in the
material World is preceded by an event
prototype in the noumenal World.
But if idea is the noumenal prototype
of material World, then there is someone,
who had conceived and created it. Who?
The answer in general had been known
since ancient times: Demiurge, the Creator
is a certain step in the hierarchy of Divine
forces, responsible for construction of the
universe. At the same time, I think, not
only for the project, but also for realization
and for support, including in the plan of
the material World.
Well certainly, there is the highest step
in the hierarchy of Divine forces, from
where the initial impulse originates and
gives birth to Demiurge.
The vast citation from Plotin supports
us in the similar assumption:
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
«It is possible to consider as proven, that
from Initial there should form the other life,
since he is the almighty force, an inexhaustible
almighty. The proof of it can be that even things
lying at the lowest stage of life, nevertheless
possess productive forces. We shall also note
that origin process of things does not go on
an ascending, but on a descending line, so
the further it goes, the more the plurality,
whereas the (any) beginning at each step
always possesses a greater simplicity, than that
which originates from it. Therefore creator
of the sensual World cannot be the sensual
World itself, but only mind and the noumenal
World; similarly the originator of the mind and
noumenal World cannot be neither the mind,
nor the noumenal World, and the beginning is
even more simple, than that and the other. A lot
happens not from a lot, but from that, which is
not a lot, and this is because, if that life, from
which mind originates, was in itself a lot, then
it would not have been the first beginning, and
it would have taken us to go still above to the
beginning of the really unique, which would
exclude from itself any plurality and would be
to the utmost simple, that is absolutely simple.
But how can the plural, universal mind
arise from this absolutely simple beginning,
which itself, is obviously, not a mind?
If one is to admit that the mind lives such
life in blessing, and besides always similar, viz.
continuous and unchangeable, then it means, it
does not search for anything outside itself as to
itself prevails,  – prevails because it not only
contains all real in itself, but also is one with it.
That is why life is the most blissful, complete,
perfect, clear as in it all is the soul, all is the
idea and nothing that is deprived of soul and
thought» Plotin [82, pages 57, 58].
But, if everything is so, it is logical
to put forward some more assumptions.
A mirror-like similar non-material World
should be added to the material world. In
total these two Worlds will completely
represent the universe. We shall name
the extreme points of these Worlds as
their «alpha» and «omega», and they
185
correspond to the subjects of spirituality:
God - in the non-material World, subject
of spirituality  – in the material world.
«I am the Alpha and Omega, the beginning
and the end, the First and the Last» (Open 22:
13).
It turns out thus: the Lord comes,
creates the World and its crown - man. He
creates by being dissolved in them. And
man, collecting the best in him and joining
together the best from all people, gives rise
to the updated God.
Something similar can be read in E.P.
Blavatskaya's works:
«Remember the doctrine: Human soul,
the lowest Manas, is an unique and direct
intermediary between the individual and
Divine Ego. That, which goes on to formation
of the individual on this Earth, called by the
majority wrongly as individuality, is the
sum of all its mental, physical and spiritual
characteristic features, which, being embodied
on the Human Soul, create man as a result.
Now, from all these characteristic features,
the clean thoughts are the only one that can be
embodied on the highest, immortal Ego. It is
made by the Human Soul that again plunges
into its essence, into the source-father, mixing
up with the Divine Ego during its life and
reuniting with it entirely after death of the
physical person … Only that, which is worth
of the immortal God inside us and identical
by its nature with divine quintessence, can
survive, for in this case it is its own, i.e. Divine
Ego, «shadow» or emanation, which rise
to him and are absorbed by him again into
itself to once again become a part of his own
Essence … Thus, from that individual, who
was, only his spiritual experiences, memory
of everything that is good and noble, together
with consciousness of «I», merged with
consciousness of all of other personal «I»,
preceding it, - survive and become immortal.
There is no individual or separate immortality
 6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way
for terrestrial peoples outside of that Ego,
which animates them. This Highest Ego is the
unique carrier of all alter egos on the Earth».
[19, pages 486, 487].
Pierre Teillhard de Chardin too arrives
at the idea of future synthesis of the best
human individual consciousnesses into
a unified consciousness and formation of
a qualitatively new consciousness from
this of a renewed spiritual being at the
point «omega» that will correspond to
completion of the evolutionary cycle:
«Apocalypse is the revolution of
equilibrium, separation of the consciousness,
which eventually reached perfection, from
its material matrix, henceforth in all its force
have the opportunity to be based in the God-
omega» [126, page 295].
Thus appears the through classification
of plans of the universe, where reign:
Demiurge - Idea -Embodiment - Subject of
spirituality. Each plan needs to be named,
in accordance with its function, and the
basic technological difference. It is time to
draw the scheme (fig. 44).
In the Gospel from John it is told about
the case, when Jesus explains the direction
to the dull apostles: «I am your path, truth
and life» (In 14, 6). He is the Messiah, the
Divine messenger, preached the Kingdom
of God. In our terminology it is the non-
material World. Probably, the words path,
truth, life are keys to understanding the
structure of the non-material World. They
go well as names for plans of the Universe.
God is the path, defines whether the World
is to be or to not be, and also its life vector.
Demiurge is the truth, the generator of
laws and rules of the Universe, the builder
and the judge.
Idea – life, noumenal World – model,
186
the cliché, a matrix for duplicating inert
matter in 1010 Galaxies and biological life
in biospheres of 1020 planets of the Divine
World.
Plotin considered noumens as
manifestation of the highest reality:
«…it should be agreed that knowledge
and truth should be inherent in mind, and to
noumens - reality, and that knowledge of the
essence of each thing is accessible to mind,
and not just knowledge of qualities by which
only the image or trace of the item are given
to us, instead of the item as it is in itself and
in which our subject does not merge with the
object, does not constitute one with it…
Thus, the mind, noumenal essence, truth
- all these, in our belief, constitute one and the
same being, which is more obviously, a certain
great divinity, and more precisely, not other
than a certain divinity, and all the set of those
divine essence, in which it vouchsafes open
its life. But although this essence (mind) is,
undoubtedly, the divinity, it is only the second
divinity, which opens to us before we are
honored to contemplate the first God, who is
still above…» [82, pages 71-73].
Anything of the material World
includes something that cannot be
accommodated in the World of matter:
«…essence of life is not reduced to all
significant that we know about» G. Pomerants
[83, page 25].
Any material item and man including,
at all the seeming variety in its basis
originates from a certain ideal matrix -
noumen:
«The corporal man originates from an
ideal man, who, being the only man, produces
set of human individuals, and all of them
equally are the essence of people just because
something identical imposes one and the same
imprint. And it means that man-in-him, as
 U N I V E R S E

Non-material world Material world Plan of universe on the “Working

organization level axis frequency”
 
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spiritual Spiritual
bring I being II
73
Plan 1 “PATH” 10 Hz
 

Demiurge 63
Plan 2 “TRUTH” 10 Hz

Idea
53
Plan 3 “LIFE” 10 Hz

187
Embodiment
43
Plan 4 “WORLD” 10 Hz

Mineral
world Division into system forming
units and taxons takes
Biological world place inside plan
Plant world
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Animal world

Man

Fig. 44 The Universe - sun of the material and non-material Worlds

 6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way
every noumen and all of their integrity, is not
located in the multitude (separate things), but,
on the contrary, (this visible) the multitude is
contained in that super-sensual World or, more
truly, as though is settled around it» Plotin [82,
page 176].
And in the end, the World, the material
World in all its structural levels – from the
space bodies consisting of plasma and
minerals, up to man and above human
essence. At the same time the subject
of spirituality belongs both to the plan
«World», as well as the plan «path».
The peculiarity of the World of matter
is in its remoteness from the Creator, in
its almost full self-sufficiency. It has been
only created and received the rules of
the game, the games of life. Thereafter it
develops and lives as it wants. But there is
a requirement: the face of the World should
be turned to the Creator. Then it is good to
the World.
But we shall return to the layout on
fig. 44. Plans in horizontal partitioning
are laid well on the completed axis of the
organizational level, and on the vertical
are built in logical hierarchy of joint
subordination or even management. We
get something in the form of a ring: from
God from the plan «path» down matter to
man, then the subject of spirituality and
rise again to the plan «path». In total, the
hierarchy has four floors.
Here again Swedenborg insists that
man is the crown of creation, created for
communication, for transition from matter
to God:
«That people are in essence such subjects
and that they are in essence Divine perception,
as though from itself, it has already repeatedly
been proved. Through this connection the
Lord is inherent in any creation; for all that is
188
created has its purpose in man; why the service
of all that is created ascends on degrees from
the last up to man and through man - to the
God-Creator» [95, page 483-484].
For certain there is some considerable
sense in accumulation of the feat of human
soul, in overcoming the internal evil,
poured in man. No, neither the private and
not individual nature has such victories.
But human morals in some sense are a
phenomenon of the level of universe. For
some reason it is quite necessary to the
system.
«… streams of souls, ascending upwards
… create an immortal treasury of human
souls» A. Men [73, page 80].
The religious thought has long known
truth. Prophets, Christ, Apostles appealed
for rescue of the World through rescue of
the soul of each man. S.L. Frank briefly
formulates this idea thus:
«So the rescue of soul and responsibility
for rescue of the World form a continuous
united double unity in religious task, facing
each human individual» [120, page 140].
If we consider, that the basic operating
frequency for the bottom plan «World» is
the frequency of maximon – 1043 Hz, – and
recollect the standard discrete increments
for world order as 1010, then the working
frequencies of three higher levels are equal
to 1053, 1063 and 1073 Hz.
Why not? You have the protest feeling
growing in you? You do not agree? Look,
how this paragraph is named. There is
search, sifting of ore. A static outline
is obtained, where the hierarchy and
subordination of elements are visible, but,
certainly, there is no information on the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
activity process. I am eager to understand
how it all works there.
Here we shall try to draw it (fig. 45).
According to our human perceptions,
God is eternal, immortal and absolute, and
life, by definition, is transient. It can be,
and may not be. Hence, the concepts above
life and non-existence are equal to God.
He is something, capable of give birth to
everything. He is the complete indelible,
zero-measurement. He is freedom, which
has been not limited by his own first
action. He internally is not differentiated,
similar to Himself, the Carrier and Source
of unified resource or universal potential
for creation of everything that He shall
want to create. He decides, to be or not to
be to the universe and He defines the Path
to it. Frequency of information signals on
the plan «Path» is not less than 1073 Hz.
The mechanism forming Truth – laws of
construction and functioning of noumenal
and the material Worlds is started through
life. The plan «Truth» is controlled by
Demiurge - second stage of the spiritual
hierarchy with frequency 1063 Hz.
The truth emanates Blessing – a certain
code of instructions on how and what to do
correctly. The blessing forms the basis of
construction of noumenal World, drawing
the outline of life in the material world.
The main feature of the plan «Life» is
that subjects and objects of creation of the
noumenal World are not separate.
In general, at this level the division is
rather conditional from our human point of
view. Spiritual agents of the plan «Life» (in
theological lexicon they are referred simpler
- Archangels) freely pass from the role of
subject to the role of object, lining up and
perfecting the design of noumenal World,
whose working frequency is 1053 Hz.
It can be said about Angels that
189
independent of whatever stages of the
world order they are related, these are
spiritual subjects, laden with a certain
function and some degree of freedom for
its best execution.
The witness and eyewitness of the
non-material World E. Swedenborg says:
«Angels, no less than man, have will and
reason. Their reason gets life from the heavenly
light, since the heavenly light is Divine truth
and consequently Divine wisdom; their will
gets life from heavenly warmth, because
heavenly warmth is the Divine blessing and
hence Divine love» [95, page 81].
Obviously, Swedenborg for a while
in some sense himself became an Angel,
otherwise he could not have seen anything.
«…Man cannot see through his eyes items
located in the spiritual World … In turn the
angels and spirits cannot see anything in the
natural World» E. Swedenborg [95, page 382].
The guardian angel of man is given to
everyone and is capable of helping to cross
life, if man himself aspires to go along the
paths of the Lord, but the angels cannot do
anything against the silliness and evil of
the convinced atheist:
«… Angels of all kinds of societies are sent
to people so that they protect and divert from
bad feelings and thoughts and inspire them in
the process of free acceptance of kind feelings;
through these infusions and setting aside bad
intentions, whenever possible, angels manage in
some way affairs and actions of people. Being
inside man, angels, so to say, live in his feelings:
more close to him, how much he lives in
blessing on truth, and away from him, if he his
life away from blessing. But all these duties of
angels are executed by the Lord through angels,
for angels execute them not for themselves, but
 6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

Plan
Plan function No. Masters

Source of being “Path” God

1 /1073 Hz/

Being

Demiurge
Being 2 “Truth”
/1063 Hz/
Integration vector
Integration vector

Welfare
Spiritual
“Life” agents
Idea
t

t
ec

ec of noumenal
3
bj

bj

world
Su

/10 53 Hz/
Noumenal
world
C R E A T I O N

Мх

Inert “World” Living

matter matter

“Subject of
spirituality” Spiritual
Embo- being
diment 4
of the material
Material world
world /1043 Hz/
Spirit
leading
forces of the
material
world

Fig. 45 Interaction of the Universe plans

190
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
at the behest of the Lord» E. Swedenborg [95,
page 237].
All the three plans – «Path», «Truth»
and «Life» are the Worlds, consisting
entirely of thought, and from nothing
more. Only streams of information, their
processing and creation of designs for their
processing and transfer of information.
How all these are arranged without
physical medium? I do not know.
Perhaps, in the non-material World
there is something that carries out similar
function? For certain it is. And it carries
out perfectly. Such frequencies are not
reachable on material medium.
The noumenal image is packed in
maximon and with its help crosses the
border of material World. First the lifeless
matter is created, from it the space bodies
are created, then on parts of planets arise
geo-placental spheres and life arises.
Fundamental spiritual forces of the
material World (in church terminology –
angels) look after the whole process. They,
as though, do not interfere, but, operating
through the casual mechanism, supervise
the event. As a result in due course the
business reaches the appearance of man
and then the following above biological
191
unit of the universe – the subject of
spirituality, who steps over the border of
the material World and goes towards one
of the plans of the non-material World,
and may be, directly to the top, to the plan
«path».
May be to the initial «path» or, maybe,
to something new? The completion of a
full cycle entails some change in quality.
Omega is some way differs from alpha? In
what and why is this difference, if it is?
The outline is not so good, only
assumptions. The engineering concreteness
is absent. It is more an illustration to the
theological treatise. It is a weak outline.
Blind, random searches have very low
probability of success. It should have been
understood a long while ago. The scheme
is not worthy of a decent designer.
We searched not there and not so, though
not without advantage.
In fact, my soul, we are engineers. So
let us approach the problem as an engineer.
What we have seen in the material World is
an open complex system, having common
points with an unknown super system,
without which it cannot work.
It is here that we should search. And
hereafter build all the argument only in
terms and concepts of a systems analyst.
 6.2. The universe – a totally
self-closed system
KEYWORDS: totally self-closed system (TSS), customer,
Creator, universal resource, periphery of TSS, vector of influence,
initial plane of the vector of influence.
My soul! Are you not bored? Then
let’s go further. Let’s now get into such
wilderness, where nobody has ever been.
There will be no citation.
Everyone knows that systems can be
in hierarchical joint subordination. One is
subordinated to the other, at the bottom is
the last, on the top is the most important,
but in all cases there is someone, who had
conceived and created the main system,
and there is an even more important
manager, who ordered to create the main
system and gave money or some other
resources for it.
The Universe is such a system,
where everything goes into, including
the Creator, and the manager, and
resources. Moreover, all this is made of
one incorporeal material.
It is the question about an essentially
new or, probably, type of self-closed
systems unknown to me, and which
is made of actually the system and its
periphery. By periphery it is understood
all subjects and all mechanisms, thanks to
which the system appears, functions, leads
to the set purpose and ceases its existence.
Or one more definition: periphery covers
all the causes and effects of system
activity, and there is nothing related to
the system outside its periphery.
My soul, once again I shall say that
a similar statement of the problem was
unknown to me, therefore allow me to say,
192
how I imagine it, this same periphery.
We look at the diagram in fig. 46. In
the center is actually the system, consisting
of two interacting parts: the noumenal
World and the material World. Around it
is the periphery, providing the purpose,
technology and control. Although in
the center a concrete complex system is
specified, the periphery is given in the
most general way regardless to the subject
of system.
On the left is the beginning of all
beginnings – the system customer, a
certain subject of intelligence and source
of all resources, without exception, in
which the motive and plan are immanently
inherent for attaining a certain purpose,
using system as the means. The customer
has a certain universal mono-resource
and, releasing it, starts the mechanism of
creation of periphery and system.
The Creator of the system is formed
first. He devises how to arrange the
periphery and how to arrange the system
itself. At first He builds the hierarchy of
purposes, functions and tasks, defines
the structure of periphery and the system.
And at last, chooses ways of functioning,
combination of strategy and tactics of
administrative decisions that provide
optimum promotion in achievement of the
criterion function.
Besides the Creator remains the direct
conductor of a universal resource which,
 Source of disturbance 
the system and DISTURBANCES
periphery itselves

Periphery of a totally Purposes, functions

self-contained System Management strategy
system laws
Management tactics

System:
System System “Noumenal World Monitoring
customer creator Material World” block
Блок

193
Initial мониторинга
universal
resource

Correction
Universal resource  feature Operation Management of tactics
commands apparatus Correction
of strategy
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Result corresponding to the initial

motivation of the system Customer

Fig. 46 Structure of a totally self-contained system

 6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system
flowing through him, is cast in forms of
elements of periphery and units of the two
Worlds.
The basic elements of periphery are
system laws, management apparatus and
monitoring block. The system laws are
description of its structure and regular
operating procedure. There it is said, what
should turn out as a result of system work
and how it should manage by itself in order
to get the set result.
The monitoring block monitors the
real system condition, which always
differs from that stipulated by the system
laws.
The reason is that the system, ratio of
its parts, interaction of information streams
gives a number of by-effects unwanted
for basic purposes of the system. These
disturbances lead to system deviation
from the regular operating mode.
The monitoring block constantly
measures the current condition and
compares it with the regular condition.
A divergence is found out as a result. It
is analyzed and evaluated. In case, if the
divergence is significant, information on it
is transferred to the management apparatus,
where commands are formed and sent
to the system, which in turn corrects the
system state of affairs and rectifies its
work to the required part. If any deviation
repeats regularly, then something is not so
in the tactics or strategy of management.
And then the management apparatus sends
commands to correct something in the
technology of management.
The system is so arranged, that within
certain boundaries it can support itself,
save and lead in the set direction. However
freedom incorporated in the system and
the inevitable disturbances can get it into
such mode, from where it cannot come
194
out on its own. Especially in case of such
situations, external management is needed.
The system works, consuming the
customer’s universal resource and as a result
issues something, for the sake of which it
had been created. This something answers
the basic customer motive and goes directly
to him, gradually replacing the universal
resource, which is constantly spent. It is
logical to assume, that something, being
born from the system, is basically the same
resource, but with some different quality
Change in quality of resource takes
place thanks to system qualities through
which it had passed. Thus it is possible
to judge about the customer’s primary
motive.
For a totally self-closed system, the
need for periodic renewal of the universal
resource with the help of circulating it
through self-created systems serves as the
basic motive.
In dynamics it is approximately like
this. The customer possesses a sufficient
universal resource and decides on system,
that it is time for it to be! The Creator is
then generated, who devises, how to build
the system and as how to operate it. The
Creator’s idea, supported by the customer’s
universal resource, becomes embodiment.
The system starts to work and issues the
customer universal resource-features,
i.e. a resource with some increment of
quality. The resource-feature gradually
takes the place of the initial resource until
it completely will not replace it. Then, it
is possible that after some break, the cycle
repeats.
And still, at the same time, the class
of totally self-closed systems includes only
one system, only one copy – the system
of universe. Why? It is by definition. You
remember, it was said, that similar systems
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
comprise in them all that is necessary, and
outside the system there is nothing, that
could influence them. But in the World
there is the law of interdependence. Each
thing influences the other and experience
counter influence of things of the World.
From here the conclusion: a totally self-
closed system cannot exist in two and
more copies, and there is nothing, which it
would not cover. Accordingly, it alone, the
unique covers all in the world, and the only
freedom, allowed to it, is the freedom to be
or not to be.
My soul, it seems, that the engineering-
system approach justifies in solving the
riddle of universe. The outer darkness has
slightly thinned and it is possible to view
something.
At first, at the center of the outline (fig.
46) are the material and noumenal Worlds,
each representing the mirror reflection of
the other. Thus two points - maximon and
Metagalaxy - are located in the “mirror”
plane (fig. 47), something like a playing
card. The game of Gods is a sacred Lila.
The idea and embodiment are the two
sides of a uniform complex system - the
central part of a totally self-closed system.
Each unit, each point of the graph of universe
experiences simultaneous influence in
several directions, or, more precisely,
planes. I do not know how to better name
these influences. It is something defining
the existence and functioning of the
system units. There are no forces present.
Perhaps, it is information? So there is all
the information.
It is possible to say about these
influences, that they influence units of
both the Worlds and that they are directed
specifically in relation to the object. Here
and perfectly! We shall name them as
vectors of influence.
195
The vector of influence «being» defines: to
be or not to be of the object? give life or
take it away? When to be born and when to
die? What tendency prevails now?
The vector of influence «universal
resource» feeds each creation of the
Divine World, fills it with vital force, leads
to blossoming, maturity and fades, when
the predetermined term of life comes to
an end. Equally covers all things of that
and this World, and also the Creator of the
system and system periphery.
Vector of influence «scale of sizes»
sets the scale harmony of objects of the
universe, dividing them into 60 tenfold
orders and on 12 stages - ranges. Strangely
enough the scale is related to objects of the
noumenal World.
The vector of influence «level of
organization» defines the 12-stage
taxonomy of noumenal and material
Worlds, establishing their hierarchy and
structure.
The scale and organizational vectors in
aggregate give the functional coordinates
for each thing of the universe.
The vector of influence «management»
directly influences objects of the universe,
if their activity comes in contradiction
with the system purposes. The vector of
influence "management" breaks up into
three basic parts - standard, reflection and
actually management commands.
The standard is the law, description
of the regular, calculated condition
that, what it should be. Reflection is the
operative information on real condition,
which always differs from the calculated
in some way. Tracking the mismatch is
referred to as monitoring. And at last, the
management commands are the influence
on system with the purpose of bringing it
to the regular condition.
 6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system

Scale classes
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

12

12
Customer ?

11

11
10

10

resource
9

9
8

8
7

7
6

6
Noumenal Idea
units
5

the universal
4

4
3

3
2

2
1

1
Universal 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Scale
0

units

0
1
1

2
2

of passing
3
3

4
4

5
5

Material
units Enbodiment
6
6
C o m p l e x i t y c l a s s e s

7
7

8
8

General direction
9
9

10
10

11
11

Result ?
12
12

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fig. 47 Idea and embodiment - two sides of the one complex system (Universe plane)

196
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
If you, my soul, are a «system analyst»,
forgive me for truisms. But I, in fact,
cannot know, who you are by profession;
may be, you grind lenses as Benedict
Spinoza, and think about high values. May
be, you photograph half-naked maidens for
the covers of glossy magazines. It is also
a good occupation. My business is just in
case explain plainly everything, so that it
is clear to anybody.
And one more vector of influence is
time. It is a specific vector; it exists only as
a derivative of the second order, through
influence on other vectors of influence.
Obviously, in the non-material World
too there is time, which may be a little bit
different, than in the material World, but
queue, sequence exists there also, «earlier»
and «later», «more quickly» and «more
slowly»…
The life and death of being alternate
in time. The stream of resources varies
its capacity too in time. The scale of
linear sizes depends on the run effect of
Galaxies, expansion of the Universe also,
certainly, in time. Management consists
of set of cyclically repeating procedures,
system stabilizing parameters in time.
Even the level of organization of objects of
the universe is subject to influence of the
evolutionary wave passing above it, also
a function of time. In general, it is clear,
that each thing of the universe is propped
up from different sides by a whole bouquet
of vectors of influence. But how is it to be
imagined? Is there any order? Whether
it is possible to represent all this more
precisely, than on the outline in fig. 46?
I will not trouble you with stories about
my long searches.
Yes! Certainly it is, yes. And now, and
further there will be rather simple and
clear schemes - illustrations to explanation
197
of world order.
It is because the Lord thinks in clear
terms.
If the universe plane (fig. 47) is
considered as the diagonal plane of a cube,
to be exact of two cubes placed diagonally,
then all vectors of influence will find a
place (fig. 48).
Two cubes, located diagonally with
its sides, position the directions of vectors
of influence, thereby giving a schematic
space idea about the periphery design of a
totally self-closed system of the universe.
Why the vectors of influence are located
in space so, and not differently? You try
somehow differently - nothing will turn
out. The arrangement corresponds to their
internal logic.
The design base is the universe plane,
consisting of the noumenal and material Worlds.
Through these Worlds passes the unidirectional
vector «universal resource» along the trajectory
from the noumenal to the material World - such
is the sequence of events: first the project, then its
embodiment. In the same direction is located the
evolution vector of units of the universe.
The bidirectional vector of influence
«level of organization» starts from the zero
line of organization scale, connecting both the
noumenal and material Worlds, and its rays
are directed towards the opposite extreme
points of the universe plane.
The unidirectional vector of influence «scale
of size» also is located in the universe plane, but
is perpendicular to resource and organization
vectors. The boundaries of its influence
correspond to values from maximon to the
Metagalaxy.
Thus, three vectors of influence interact in
the universe plane – resource, organizational and
scale. Their interaction is subordinated to the
time vector of influence that finds its reflection
in the sequence and direction of evolutionary
 6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system

Being

Vector of influence
e “Being  non being”
nc
lue e”

Management

Management
f inf sourc
r o re

U
cto al

ni
Ve ivers

ve
rs
n
“U

e
pl
an
e
2
11
01
91
8
d
orl
7
6
4
5
a lw
3 en
2 um
0
1
No
12
Non being
11

Ve
10

c
U

tor
9

“O
N

of
rga
8
I V

inf
niz

lue
7
E

lev

ati

nc
on
6
R

e
el”
S

5
12
E

4
Ev ecto

3
olu r
v

2
tio
n

1
e 0
e nc
in flu 1
of
c tor le
of
Ve ca
2
“S ”
e 3
siz
4
P

5
L

Ve
A

6
c tor
N

7
E

of
8 inf
2 lue
d 11 nc
9 orl 01 “M e
ia lw 91 an
r 8
10
M ate 6
7 ag
em
5 en
11 3
4 t”
2
12 0 1

Vector of influence
“Being  non being”

Fig. 48 Universe plane and vectors of influence

198
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
process. As a whole they create units of the
two Worlds and fill with them the universe
plane.
The bidirectional vector of influence
«life-nonexistence» is located on the vertical.
From above, near the place where the source
of a universal resource is located, come being,
life, existence. From below, the opposite value
of this vector comes towards – nonexistence,
death, termination of existence. At each point
of the universe plane there is life and death;
their sum is always constant and equal to
unit. But during each moment of time the
proportion of life and death varies. During
the moment of birth it is almost only life, and
during the moment of death is almost only
death. The vector of being is necessary to
switch on and off the units of the universe.
Perpendicular to the vector «being-
nonbeing» is located the vector «management»
is located. Its task is to hold vital functions of
units in the regular boundaries. Management
is a vector of complex composition,
consisting, at least, of three sub-vectors –
standard (law), signal of actual condition
(monitoring) and actually the management
signal. Their orientation may coincide or be
directed against, depending on the degree of
a mismatch of regular and real condition.
My soul, pay attention, something
similar to the sketch of a design has been
got. Two cubes: one – noumenal World, and
the other  – material World. These Worlds
are located on a single diagonal plane,
and around them the planes of vectors of
influence, through which, and may be from,
something comes to units of the universe that
gives life to all the system.
To our perception only the material half of
the universe plane is accessible. The rest, invisible
part of design is information. Can such a thing
be possible? Why not? Ask any programmer (if
you are not a programmer), what takes place in a
199
computer in order that a simple and clear image
appears on the display screen.
There are designs from matter and designs
from information. Both of these and others are
created by someone. The Creator, in essence, is
one – Demiurge, and his small copy – man –
also a product of Demiurge.
Information designs are not bound by
restrictions, which are inevitable for matter;
therefore they can be much more complex and
varying, than any material design.
Complexity of information designs practically
has no limitations, if the question on nature of element
base, on information carrier is dropped. This problem
in the universe order has been solved somehow, and
we shall proceed from this. We shall return to it later.
The real restriction of the sizes and
functional opportunities of information systems
can only be their purpose. However complex the
purpose, an information system can be always
created based on it, capable of realizing it.
So it is, but we do not know anything about
the purpose. Why the World was created? Do
you know?
I do not know, but would wish to know.
In the non-material World, there are answers
to the questions whence we came and where
we shall leave. There, I think, no questions are
present: any soul is integrated in the information
field, which is the continuous answer.
But our soul needs an answer already in
this life, as necessary for the polar explorer to
reach the pole, as for the climber to ascend to
Jomolungma, as for the geologist to drill the
earth’s mantle. Well, what is strange here,
God, we are Your children.
But, probably, there is only one way for
the mortal person to experience during lifetime
the idea of creation: it is necessary to recreate
the scheme of world order with such degree of
constructive accuracy that the scheme itself
prompted, what the final point and purpose of
the universe system is.
 6.3. Periphery design of the
universe
KEY WORDS existence plane, non-existence plane, material World
control plane, noumenal World control plane, alpha point, omega point,
monitoring plane, periphery of the noumenal World, periphery of the
material World, key section, diagonal 7/12.
One more ascent to the top, where the
understanding of world order opens up.
One steep, but last ascent.
The layout of the material World
as well as its mirror duplicate-ancestor
the noumenal World has already started
spreading under us. But above and around
us is the most complex design of the system
periphery. Here it is all that gives rise and
forces the universe system to function.
If the periphery is indeed arranged as
shown in the key diagram (figure 49), then
a more detailed drawing should be got. Let
us take the bottom cube – material world  –
and let’s try to depict it in detail (figure
50). The diagonal plane is occupied by the
diagram of material world aggregates. On
the top is the existence monitoring plane.
Information on the current situation of
existence of the material world aggregates
comes here. At the back is the control
monitoring plane, where information
on the real functioning of material
world aggregates is reflected. Both the
monitoring planes do not have thicknesses
as if. It means that they are required
only for reception and further transfer of
information and are not intended for any
analysis and processing of information.
Question: what information? Well, it is
obvious, information from material World
aggregates. It is so, but three aggregates
of the diagram do not completely belong
to the material World. Maximon,
Metagalaxy and subject of spirituality are
200
not mere material aggregates. Maximon
and Metagalaxy are in equal capacity
aggregates of the noumenal and material
Worlds, but the subject of spirituality along
with its material nature can exist outside
matter, by the way outside the noumenal
World. Somewhere in an altogether
different and unknown World.
An interesting design feature follows
from this. The twelfth class of the
organizational level axis is not an object of
monitoring. Moreover, it is not an object
of control as well as an object of influence
vector «Existence – non-existence». That,
which is in the 12th class of material
World, is only genetically connected with
matter. By definition this class has half-
volume. The second half is absent. At
the threshold between the 11th and 12th
classes the aggregate begins to lose its
material features, and acquires some other
properties. To the moment of reaching
the boundary of the 12th half-class the
aggregate acquires 100% properties of
beyond-material object.
The material World control plane and
the non-existence plane limit our cube on
the front and bottom side. Their function
in the design of periphery is considerably
complex. They include analysis elements
comparing the reference with the actual
condition and output of commands. These
planes occupy a thickness in the cube
corresponding to the semi material 12th
class in the organizational level scale. In
 O
rg
B

a
Scale-size boundary  max

ni
G

z
Being

at
B

io
n
G
Existence,
A le light, life
F a B C
Mana
geme Sc H
nt C
H G M
M G
H
A M
D Mana
ge D
E
ment F E
L F H
B
Intention N N
L
Noumenal B
E

le
world J 

ve
7\12 G Existence monitoring

l
A
K
I
A

Non being
C F  Monitoring functioning
Embodiment C J
Material Control H 7\12
world of the noumenal M
D
world
B D
 E

201
ABHE  I L
M
Noumenal A
world N

U
7\12

ni
H J L


ve
r
K

se
7\12 N

pl
A


an
e
F I Control of
E Material world
Key plane 7/12 K
N
N
J Diagonal 7/12
D

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

E K Non being,
L darkness, death
K

Scale-size
boundary  min EHNK  Material World
J
K

Fig. 49. Spatio-planar circuit periphery of the Universe

 6.3. Periphery design of the universe

E L

Dia
gon
12 H

la
7/1
11 T K
2
10
9 xy
ala
8 e tag y
 M lax s “Empty
7 Ga cleu
6 nu place”
y
5 lax
Ga
4

m
3

E tor
on
r s

xi in
) Sta cleu

i
st g
2 us

en p
uc
le nu

ce lan
1 on n
xim nic r
E tro Sta 12 M
Ma ec

e
s -
(El u Plaet
0
0 cle n tar
y
nu ne
m
Ato Pla stem

1
sy
1

2
n
oto
(Ph

3
2

on
ctr m
Ato ial
Fuctioning monitoring plane

Ele

4
a ter
M or l d
3

W trol

5
ule n
lec co ne
Mo
pla

6
4

le L
cu
ole

7
M

m
Bio
at
5

8
ll
er

ce
fa
ia

o
us

9
cle
l W

Nu
6

10
or
ld

11
7
N
on p
-e lan
xi e

a
12

un
st

Fa
en

T 12
ce

11 N
n
Ma 10
9

9
) 8
y?
u alit 7
irit
6
10

sp
Dia

f
to
jec 5
go

b
(Su 4
na
11

3
l7
/12

2
1
12

K
“Empty
place”

Fig. 50 Empty place at the junction of planes

202
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
short, see figure 50, and you’ll understand
what I mean.
At the corner between the control
plane and existence plane an “empty
space”, a narrow long parallelepiped, of
square cross section and of length equal to
the whole bar, is formed.
Obviously, this is no “empty space”,
but on the contrary, a very important.
What better place for the receiver of result
of system action?
According to the law of symmetry,
in the noumenal World (upper cube) at
the same corner in the 12th class should
be a similar «empty space» between the
existence plane and control plane of the
noumenal World. What a better place for
the Originator and Creator of the system?
But we shall return to the basic periphery
design planes. Four planes control the
link between the noumenal and material
Worlds (figure 51).
The existence plane carries in it the
creation mechanism of the universe.
This mechanism has a standard three
element structure from standard, set of
technological methods and structures for
data analysis and synthesis of commands.
Similarly, in principle, the other three
control planes are organized. However
the content of reference, technology and
control commands is dictated by the
control object and therefore, of course, it is
individual for each plane.
The laws of existence in the
mechanism of universe creation are
addressed to aggregates of noumenal
World, define to which aggregate, when
and where should it be in its structure. The
technology of creation of aggregates offers
a set of methods and rules of creation of
noumens – noumenal aggregates. The data
analysis and command synthesis function
203
will provide the opportunity to monitor
the real situation of noumens and control
their birth and existence. Expressing
figuratively, the creation mechanism is
responsible for statics, viz. how many
players should be in the noumenal World
field and when they should appear. It is
another matter, who should run where
and in general do what. The noumenal
World control mechanism is responsible
for this. There laws are described by
conventional functions of each noumen.
Who should execute what function and
how to interact with one’s neighbour. The
management technology is accordingly
sized. All target levels and system tasks,
strategy and tactics of attaining them are
laid in it; on the whole, all that is needed
for each noumen to do what is required,
there and then, when required. The control
commands are formed accordingly and
their results monitored.
Thus the typical scenario of the
system’s operation in standard mode is
completely played in the noumenal World.
All aggregates from the noumenal man to
maximon are balanced and are ready to be
transferred for deployment in the material
World.
The Maximon and Metagalaxy belong
to the noumenal and material Worlds in
an equal degree. Being in the centre of the
zero class on the organizational level scale,
they may exist in both that and the other
World.
The periphery of material World
is mirror reflection in relation to the
periphery of noumenal World, both in the
context of location of control mechanisms
and the gist of their action.
In general, in contrast to noumenal
aggregates, which are created in
accordance to some primary intention and
 Creation mechanism of the universe (Existence)

12 Laws of existence (life)

Data analysis and command synthesis analysis

Universe creation technology

Noumenal N
11
World o
u
control m
mechanism e
(I
n n
a
te l
n W
ti o Material World control technology
o rl
n d
)
Data analysis and command
Laws of the noumenal synthesis analysis
World
Laws of the material
Data analysis and 0 World
command synthesis
analysis M

204
a
te
Noumenal World control (E ri
technology m a
b l
o w
d o Material world
im lr
e d control mechanism
n
t)
6.3. Periphery design of the universe

Technology of dismantling and

recycling the Universe 11

Data analysis
and command synthesis 
analysis 12
Laws of Mechanism of dismantling and
non-existence (Death) recycling of Universe (Non-existence)

Fig. 51 Existence and control mechanisms

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
then only are tested and set in the noumenal
World with the purpose of harmonizing the
system, the construction of aggregates in
the material world is initiated by a genetic
program, built in the maximon, and every
subsequent aggregate appears thanks to
the properties of aggregate at the previous
level.
Self-creation is built inside the structure
of aggregates of the material World,
and this factor needs some balancing
mechanism. Such a role is entrusted on
the non-existence mechanism, whose
task is the operation of dismantling and
reclamation of the material aggregates.
However hard it may be to understand,
but death for material objects is as much
important as birth. The change of existence
and non-existence is a single mechanism,
lying at the basis of arrangement of the
material world.
The laws of non-existence, laws of
completion of existence in the material
form are the reverse side of the laws of
existence and life. Non-existence also
has its technology, its methods for taking
out the aggregate from the condition of
material being, its dismantling technique
and reclamation of any object, from a
photon and atom to plants, animals, man
and even spiritual beings.
Besides, the condition of existence
of life on our planet is the result of 3
billion years of history of life and death
of the representatives of flora and fauna.
It is thanks in particular to non-existence’s
work that ozone layer, soil, atmosphere and
mild climate appeared on the Earth, and
the most important – evolution of species,
that created us.
The non-existence mechanism, as
in the previous cases, has an analytical
component and is capable of forming
205
signals, controlling the processes of ageing
and death.
As has already been said several
times, the aggregates of the material world
are autonomic. In life they are lead by the
genetic code and the freedom of self choice.
External control is absent by definition.
Such is, apparently, the Creator’s vision.
Otherwise what is the interest – a lifeless
toy; who needs it!
It has also been said, that there are
higher system purposes and one should
not go far from it. That is why freedom is
limited, it should not threaten the system
integrity and should not hinder attaining
the choice criterion. In this context there
is the mechanism to control the material
World, acting through incidental category
at moments of system equilibrium. In this
mechanism is the collection of laws of
the material world and the technological
methods of control, and the structure
of analysis and synthesis of control
commands.
The aggregates of the material and
noumenal Worlds are in a condition of
constant monitoring and exchange of
signals with the control planes. Signals go
on both sides.
And the most important is, there is a
constant, active exchange of information
between homonymous aggregates that
are in the noumenal and material Worlds.
The noumen brings information about it
to the material aggregate, thanks to which
it functions. And, in turn, the material
aggregate informs its noumen on the
results of embodiment. The feedback path
arises and monitoring channels are needed
for it.
To solve this task an existence
monitoring plane and control monitoring
plane is foreseen in the periphery design.
 6.3. Periphery design of the universe
Their mechanism is the same in principle.
Information on the present condition of
aggregates of the material World (figure
52) is on the right side of the plane, located
in the material World plane, and projected
as a mirror reflection on the left part of the
monitoring plane, and then goes over to the
noumenal prototype of the aggregate and
then is projected on the existence plane,
where information is compared with law,
deviation is analyzed, evaluated and in
case of need a corresponding correction
signal is generated. Besides the noumen,
material aggregate or non-existence
mechanism may serve as destinations.
The system monitoring plane functions
similarly (figure 53). Let us not overburden
you, my dear, with repetition. Look at the
picture, everything is so clear. Let’s proceed
forward.
It’s time to show you the general view
of the universe’s periphery (figure 54).
Some reasoning in the beginning.
Did you notice by which place forward
are we moving up to the top and source of
universe?
Yes, let’s keep quiet.
The answer sounds obscenely: back to
front, bent, on all four, by touch. Uphill.
Otherwise it is impossible. It is the
inventor who sees forward and upward.
But we are acting the role of finder of alien
inventions. We are touching each detail and
all the time are looking back to see how it
is applied to the already understood part of
the system. All the time we are dependent
on that which has been understood and
jump start from it, relying on the internal
logic of the comprehended.
Thus we go up crabwise uphill,
pushing off from logic. How do you like
such a method of scientific comprehension
of objective reality? We are on the other
206
hand pioneers! This is not yet known.
In the beginning we drew the graph,
depicting the aggregates of the material
world. Then we put the mirror reflection of the
noumenal World, which precedes it. Then we
built the existence and control mechanisms,
thanks to which, the noumenal World and
its embodiment – the material World exists
and functions. Now it is necessary to find out
the Person, who conceived and created these
mechanisms, and then that Person, who
created their creator.
Do you remember, when we analyzed
the arrangement of a totally self-isolated
system, it became known that there should
an originator, alias the absolute system
source. There should also be the creator,
alias the inventor, developer and curator of
the system.
It is necessary to search it. Somewhere
in our design there is a legitimate place for
this and that (figure 54).
The «alpha point» is the top part of
the noumenal World diagram, from where
the universal resource originates. Is this
not the system originator? And that very
«empty space» between the existence
mechanism and control mechanism planes
of the noumenal World ideally adjoin with
them, and this probably is the system
creator – Demiurge.
«…the first beginning is not separated
from all things and is not contained in them.
There is no such thing that may own it; on
the contrary, it owns everything without
exemption. It is also the well being of all things,
because they and the existence get from it, and
they exist as much as they are in contact with
it, – some this way and the others differently,
and that is why some of them are better than
the others, in particular how some are nearer
and the others away» [82, page 84].
 To the noumenal
aggregate

Region
of the m
aterial
worlf
C
H

M
12
11
10
9
8
D 7
6
5
4

207
0 1
2 3 3
E 4 5 2
6 7
8 9 1
10 11
Region 12
of noum
enal w L
o rld

From the material

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

aggregate
Information on the current
situation of existence - non-existence
of the material world aggregate

Fig. 52 Plane for monitoring existence

 6.3. Periphery design of the universe

ion
eg
dr
w orl
nal
ume
No
C

H
To the noumenal
aggregate

E
From the material aggregate

Information on the current

functioning condition
of the material
I world aggregate

ion
eg
rl dr
wo
al
t eri
Ma

Fig. 53. The plane of the monitoring operation

208
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
And welfare is that substance (would
like to say: «that matter»), from which
the alpha builds the whole universe. The
deepest, uttermost basic «matter-cause-
life», from which angels, maximons and
people are made. All except that, which is
at the point «omega».
«[Alpha] is foremost welfare, as it is the
cause of the most intellectual meaningful life:
the omnipotent from whom originates life
and thought, the cause of substantiality of all
existing is an unique and absolutely simple, as
it should be for alpha» [82, page 85].
The originator – «alpha» – created
Demiurge, Demiurge created periphery,
periphery created the noumenal World,
and the noumenal World created the
material World. Then what is the second
«empty space» below at the corner of
the material World’s periphery. What is
the point «omega» symmetrical to point
«alpha». It is the same as the top corner,
only at the completion of the life cycle of
the whole system.
The system in fact had been set to
some target, served to some given result.
Well, this result is accumulated in the
lower block, and then on completion of
the system’s work, merges at the point
«omega», which are simultaneously both
the end result and its receiver.
Then it can be supposed that «omega»is
the same as «alpha», but enriched with
experience or at least by emotions,
obtained as a result of passing through the
system. Throughout we get that it is man,
who through his transformation, through
some spiritual change at the end of
infinitely large number of trials (iterations)
should serve in synthesizing the eternal
being at the point «omega». By being born,
overcoming evil in oneself and giving the
209
world one’s moral achievement at the cost
of one’s human motality.
How precisely Platon noted:
«…birth is that fraction of eternal life and
eternity, which is given to a mortal being» [80,
page 117].
In such case the birth of a man is to be
seen as attendance to work, or even more  –
as the conscription to an existing army, to
the front, to line of fire, with inevitable
demise in the end. How dismal it is. In any
case, such is the logic of the system. But,
apparently, only thus it is possible to raise
the spirit for creation of a renewed celestial
being at the «omega» point.
“Then the purpose of the celestial plan as
regards the evolution of man becomes clear:
Man passes through evolution in a physical
body to feel better the separation – this allows
him to better feel self-consciousness and come
to that in order to deeply feel freedom and
love.
This is possible only in the space-
time World, similar to ours. In this case it
is understandable that self-consciousness,
acquired by man thanks to separation during
incarnation, inevitably is lost, when he returns
to the spiritual World after death, since this
World is not spatial and is timeless. There man
can no more differentiate himself from others,
and it means that he loses perception. Hence it
is necessary to return to the Earth in order to
continue his evolution” [66, page 38].
Here it should be noted that the idea
of existence of some center, where the
positive products of ethical efforts of
mankind converge, belongs by right to
Pierre Teillhard de Chardin. He was the
first to name it as omega.
«In order that the failure threatening us
 Existence mechanism
Customer and
System source


System 12 Functioning monitoring
Creators plane
11
10
9 No
u Upper scale limit
8
Noumenal World
W me
7 or n
control mechanism ld al Existence monitoring
6
plane
5
4
12
3 11
10
9
2 8
7
6
1 5
4
3
2
1 Material World control

210
0 1
mechanism
Lower scale 2
limit
3 M
a
Noumenal World 4 W ter
system periphery 5
or ia
ld l
6
6.3. Periphery design of the universe

7
8
9
Material world Accumulator of results
system periphery 10
of system operation

11

12 End result recelver of

result

Non-existence
mechanism

Fig. 54 Design of the universe’s periphery. Existence mechanism

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
transformed to success, in order that plot of
human monad was set up, it follows, continuing
our knowledge to its final limits – and this
is enough – agree and accept the reality of
existence and irradiance already at the given
moment this enigmatic centre of our centres,
named by me as omega, which is necessary not
only for guarantee of some vague existence in
the future or closure and equilibrium of space-
time» [126, page 274].
Although, of course, the expression
«Alpha and Omega» itself as applied to
the Lord has been known to us from the
Revelation:
«Said the Seated on the throne: behold, I
create all new. And he tells me; write; since
these words are true and accurate; And he told
me: It has been accomplished! I am the Alpha
and Omega, the beginning and end; I shall
give the thirsty water of life from the source
gratuitously» [Revelation 21, 5, 6].
«Alpha», as we remember, is not only
the originator, but is also the universal
resource. The complete and final resource.
He is all without remainder, and only he
goes to create the periphery of the system
itself. The system is a modification,
reincarnation of the universal resource,
and it means, the originator himself. In the
end, when the resource is exhausted, the
periphery and both the Worlds collapse,
vanish, and the final point «omega» gains
its full potential for the next cycle.
May be, it rests a little and repeats the
cycle.
Thus, we have already the whole
panorama as if open. But there is one more
design feature, which should be examined
in detail.
It has been already said of the intuitive
perception of many people as regards some
numbers. The numbers 7, 12 and 144 will
211
help us to get to the place of contact and
transition from man to the non-material
World and elements of its periphery.
The points «alpha» and «omega» lie on
the universal plane at the top of graphs of
the noumenal and material Worlds, and the
line joining it passes through the centre of
the seventh class of the scale. Since this scale
has 12 classes, then it is possible to give a
conditional name seven twelfth  – 7/12 – for
multiples. We shall name in an analogous
manner the line, joining the points alpha and
omega.
We obtain not a very simple line. The
beginning and end. The system’s initial and
final points. The key axis of the universe,
the Divine diagonal is the diagonal 7/12.
The Lord has a lot of beautiful names;
a lot of beautiful things are beside His
name. Pythagoras thought that the number
7 is ruler of the world (divine), requiring a
special worship [110, page 85].
Thus, 12 classes on the size bar and 12
classes on the organizational level scale.
In all there are 144 fields, on which the
scheme of the material World lies. The
matrix for the noumenal World adjoins
right against it, also 12×12 = 144.
The clairvoyant Swedenborg claims:
«...the number 144 implies all blessings
and truths as a whole…» [95, page 49].
In the Bible we twice encounter the
description of the Heavenly temple and the
Divine throne, and in both the cases the number
12 dominates. The prophet Ezekiel informs us
that in the Lord’s temple «the altar has twelve
elbows in length and twelve in width» [Eze. 43,
16]. Christ had 12 apostles. Why not ten?
And what Apostle John says is this:
“One of the seven angels came to me, who
 6.3. Periphery design of the universe
had seven cups, filled with seven latest ulcers
and said to me: come, I shall show you the
wife, bride of the sacred Host. And lifted me
up in spirit to the great and tall mountain, and
showed me the great city, the holy Jerusalem,
which descended from the sky from God… It
has a big and tall wall, twelve gates and there
are twelve Angels on it; on the gates are written
names of twelve generations of Israel’s sons…
The city walls have twelve foundations, and
the names of twelve Apostles of the sacred
Host are on it.
The one who spoke to me had a golden
cane for measuring the city and its gates and
the walls. The city is in the form of a Rectangle
of same length and breadth. He measured the
city with the cane by twelve thousand stages;
the length and breadth and its height are equal.
And he measured its wall as one hundred forty
four elbows… And the twelve gates – twelve
pearls: each gate was from one pearl…
Among its streets, on this and the other
side of the river, the tree of life, bearing twelve
times fruits, giving each month its fruit, and
the tree leaves – for the cure of peoples» [Rev.
21, 9-21, 22].
Why there are so many coincidences?
It may be supposed that never during
history were people born, who had the gift
of contact with non-material World. From
them you get information on what has been
seen and understood. This information
has been very much distorted. Man can
reason and explain only in those terms
and categories that he knows. What can
a Russian farmer-land tiller, for example,
of the 10th century say about visit to an
atomic power plant? Not much. What of
that he would have said have reached the
great grandsons in the oral account of his
fellow-villagers? Even less, almost nothing
has reached. But numbers! The number,
mentioned not once in the emotional
context of an extraordinary theme may be
remembered! It is number, which can take
212
upon it all the burden of untold meaning
and take sacral value.
If through the diagonal 7/12 a plane
is passed perpendicular to the universe
plane, then we get the key sections of the
universe (figure 55). Such high words are
not accidental. It is in fact on this plane
and on this diagonal the most interesting
things take place.
At first, here all the aggregates –
carriers of spirituality are located. Plants,
animals, man and subject of spirituality
are located here.
Secondly, the points occupied by
these aggregates belong to the plane of
universe and key section to an equal
degree. Exchange of information between
these planes is possible through them and
moreover, transition to the control and
existence planes. It is particularly around
the Celestial diagonal that the periphery
design of both the Worlds is built like a
range. It is for some reason. The whole
meaning of the system is to go from the
point «alpha» to the point «omega». To
transit from the condition «alpha» to the
condition «omega».
If plant and animal, as a species, do not
withstand competition, are not capable of
adapting and surviving, then there is a deep
reason for this. Such a plant or animal could
not hold to the Celestial diagonal, could
not «guess» and maintain its providential
role in the life of the universe. This role is
taken over and carried by the neighbouring
species. And the defective species has the
path to disposal. The more successful
species will become the factor of the present
moment of evolution and will be counted
and supported by the functioning plane.
Thus, plants and animals, as well as
all the lower level aggregates of matter
have the possibility of two evolutionary
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
trajectories. In the direction of the
functional plane – for strengthening the
benefits received from them; in the
direction of the non-existence plane – for
disposal of useless and harmful species.
It is more difficult with man. Basically,
he also has two trajectories, similar to
material aggregates. But apart from them
there is also a third trajectory – the direct
path along the Celestial diagonal to the
point «omega».
But which trajectory is given to whom?
«…it is thought, that the heavens are gifted
to each according to the direct will of the Lord
and thus are allowed and accepted there at the
will of the Lord. They do not understand that
the Lord leads there at his mercy all those,
who accept only Him, and those who accept
Him, live according to the Celestial order, i.e.
according to the tenets of love and faith; and
that be thus from childhood to the last minutes
of life here and then in eternity is that mercy,
about which is usually said. Thus should it be
known that each man is born for heaven and
that who is accepted in heaven is that, who
accepts it in him, as long as he lives on earth,
and that one is excluded, who himself does not
accept them» [95, page. 259].
The tales about hell and heaven are
only half-true. To a greater degree the law
on retribution in this life about carrying of
punishment and laurels to descendants and
relatives of man:
«..we are in hell each time when we
undergo misery, hardships, agony etc.» [19,
page 545].
The same thoughts are expressed by
the witness of the material World periphery
Swedenborg:
«The Christian world does not completely
213
know that heaven and hell are formed out of
the human race. It is ordinarily known that the
angels were created first and from them the
heaven was formed; that the devil or Satan was
earlier an angel of light, who was taken away
together with his aggregation for revolt and
thus hell was formed. The angels extremely
wondered at such beliefs in the Christian world
and far more on that here nothing is known
about heavens, although it is the main teaching
of the church» [95, page 179].
It can be supposed that population
of the existence and functional planes,
adjoining the material World started then,
when homosapiens appeared.
Who considered during life, like
Lukian, that
«Only the wealth of spirit is our real
wealth. All other bring more of sorrow than
welfare» [3, page 310].
He after life on earth takes on himself
the adequate function on the functional
plane, becoming Angels of the spiritual
part of the material World; and those, who
turned away from the rules of world order,
were directed to the existence plane as
Angels of death. That is why Swedenborgs
thinks that
«Angel… is a being created and finite…»
[95, page 455].
Of course man is a wizard of sin. How
many ways of committing sin are known
to us? May be, more than stars on the sky.
But each man tries to add the list with his
experience. However it has been known for
long that all the thinkable and unthinkable
sins in reality lead to one sin viz. godlessness.
«Around the Sun are the multiple galleries
   Customer Plane ABGF (110)  Demiurge, Angels of life
at the beginning 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7\12
of the cycle Complexity B
 G
11
7\12
10
9 H e
al ()  “Path”
8 D Sc
IV M  Key axis of the Universe 

Plane ABCD
7 IN  “Divine diagonal” 
6 E 7\12
Section at  “Diagonal 7/12”
5 points
7\12
4
N

Archangels of Noumenal World

3
7\12
2  Complexity

(011)  Intention

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 7/12
7\12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10
1 0

1
B

214
7\12 G
2
 3
A 7\12 D
4 IA

5 4 3 2
5 4 3 2

F Point 7/12 on the G

scale axis 5 O
H 6 N
M
A
L
6.3. Periphery design of the universe

7
(110)  Incarnation

7\12
D 8
E
L 9
10
 N
Plane KLMN
Angels of the spiritual
part of the Material World

e
11 10 9 8 7 6

al 11 10 9 8 7 6 11
Sc xis
a J 7\12   Customer at the
7/12 7/12
0 1 2 3 4 5
7 8 9 10 11 6 end of cycle -
K
Plane JINK
Recelver of result
(011)  Satan, Angels of death

Fig 55. Key section of the Universe

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
of demons, similar to regiments of different
types of army, who by being next to mortals,
are not far from immortals, having received
a part of the World populated by people,
are watching over human deeds. And they
carry out them, ordered by the gods, through
storms, whirlwinds, tornados, vagaries of fire,
earthquakes, as well as famines and wars,
punishing godlessness. It is in particular
in godlessness the severest sin of people in
relation to gods lie. The role of gods, after
all, is to do good, the role of people is to be
pious, and the role of demons it to help gods.
For all the other sins, which people commit by
mistake, by impudence, by compulsion of that,
which is called Fate, or by ignorance – the gods
do not ask for these sins. Only godlessness
comes within the strike of justice» [22, page
84].
What happens with those, who are
not only directed by spirit to God, but
also understand His logic and as much as
possible follow it in their deeds?
Their souls have the direct path to
the point «omega». The pure energy of
their souls constitutes that material, out
of which, probably, is formed the renewed
Spiritual being.
Thus, in the noumenal World the
images of noumenal aggregates come
from the existence plane and the functional
plane. But in the material World the
trajectory of motion of aggregates depend
on their providential conformity with the
trajectory of the Celestial diagonal.
Aggregates, tending to the path of
service, reach the control plane of the
material World.
Aggregates, tending to oppose the
system ideas, fall to the non-existence
plane and cease to exist.
Aggregates, tending to merge with the
system originator and the Creator of the
universe, without deviating anywhere, fall
215
to the point «omega» and become one with
it.
As a result of our searches we have got
by touch a voluminous graphic scheme made
of two diagonally connected cubes. What is
this: is it how the universe looks from the
side? In general, what is this geometrical
drawing method of description? Points,
axes, planes, projections are some awkward
fantasies of a teacher of descriptive geometry.
Is it possible to graphically represent such a
complex thing as the universe?
Yes. But it should be understood that
drawing, graph and diagram are schemes,
principal feature of a subject, where in a
conditional form, in graphic language
the main information of the subject is
conveyed.
The principal electrical diagram is
not completely similar to the real wires,
switches and lamps. Engineers and
designers understand this very well, but
you my soul, may hear about this for the
first time.
Two cubes are graphical abstractions,
method necessary for separate analysis of
the functions of the noumenal and material
Worlds. In reality they, are perhaps,
embedded in each other. At each point of
the hyper matrix, where there is a material
object, there is its noumen. However they
are separated from each other by the tenth
order variable frequency, as a minimum.
You know that through one and the same
wire it is possible to transmit tens and
hundreds of telephonic conversations
simultaneously, and no one will interrupt
with the other.
And one can imagine the spherical
feature of the Universe. Sphere, along
the equator the bar line passes, closing
at the points «zero» and «twelve»
(maximon and Metagalaxy). Above and
 6.3. Periphery design of the universe
below the bar – equators run graphs of
material and noumenal Worlds, joining
at the points alpha and omega at the same
coincident points «zero» and «twelve»
at the beginning and end of the bar.
Strictly speaking to draw such a scheme
is impossible, but to make the model in
the form of a globe is quite possible. An
interesting and demonstrative model will
come to hand. The connection between
boundary point conditions and the total
unfolded condition of universe is seen.
Geometrical conception is a powerful
instrument of abstraction from the
particulars. The scheme drawn is very
useful, when it is necessary to convey the
basic moments of structure and functional
feature of the object. But, of course, it
should be noted, that real object is more
diverse than the scheme and externally
may differ from it in the most radical way.
In general, a clear and exact picture
is often better than a text and leads to
understanding the gist of things.
Till now we were based on our work of
systematic analysis, technological approach
216
and graphical form of representation. The
arsenal had proved effective.
So that is all. We have reached the
top. We have touched the basic elements
of design. Not all, of course! A lot has
been behind in the dark. But the basic
interrelations, distribution of functions
and even the sequence of appearance of
the system parts have been clarified.
Now it is left to only pray, lift the eyes
to God, turn towards Him, look around,
take a chest full of breath and tell about
how the universe looks from that height,
where the Creator had conceived its
content and form.
It is a bit dreadful. Not do any harm!
There is no gain, nor ambition is there, but
human folly – who and when can evaluate
it in oneself? Not one mortal person!
Neither logic, nor science, nor
technology will help here. Only prayer
will. The talk with the Father, the Lord
will. I know, He is listening with love and
answers us in the language of events in the
course of our deeds.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
LORD! FATHER! CREATOR!
You populated the World of matter
with lots of us, souls. Minuscule points,
burning short instance of perishable life.
The infinitely small space, occupied by my
body and the infinitely small period of my
existence.
But the spark of Your Spirit is in me.
Every part of You is equal to You.
And You gave me the bliss of conversing
with You.
Let the language of our communication
be without words, but its meaning is
completely clear.
I pestered You with questions, how the
World created by You is organized, and You
punished me for my display of godlessness:
for ambition, greed, obduracy, stupidity,
and for a lot more. But you did it only on
business.
I understood Your signal. It is forbidden
to go to a clean temple with unclean spirit.
Then I began to be anxious about
the purity of my spirit and began to find
answers to my questions.
A more businesslike and precise
method of communication cannot be there.
For many years I accumulated Your
answers, and the moment has come, when
it has become possible to see the World as
a whole, as it is seen by You. Moreover,
the reasons and internal motives of
Your creation have in general become
understandable.
217
Prayer II
You opened before me the door, but I
am afraid. Is it true that everything is such
and I can or even should overstep the door
step?
I realize the seriousness of the
impending step, but it does not embarrass
me.
Lord! Since You do not stop me, then
my apprehensions are in vain.
I am afraid of that, that as always, new
knowledge will bring into the World more
of evil than benefit and bliss.
The knowledge that you transfer
through me, will radically enhance the
perception of people of the Earth about
the universe and the place of man in it.
People have before them a steep climb
to understanding their role in the path to
knowledge.
Such steps will be a lot.
O Lord, I do not request for myself!
Make it so that the path to knowledge of
Your truth does not accompany with much
evil.
What am I talking about! All evil of
godlessness is in us, and there was not one
punishment from the century that has not
been worthy of people.
Thank You, Lord, for the strength you
provide me and the necessary conditions for
concluding my business, which I consider
as Yours.
 7. TECHNLOGY OF THE WORLD ORDER
At first I wanted to say “Design of the
world order”. No. It doesn’t turn out to be.
At the boundary conditions there is neither
design, nor universe.
My soul, please understand that we
have gone to such height of generalization,
to which human language has not created
adequate terms.
Language is a fantastically interesting
thing. For example, you know what it
means “podduzhny”? No, you don’t know,
neither did I.
Vladimir Ivanovich Dal explains:
“The hand rail, accompanying the trotter
on run in order to correct him if he moves
out of way?”. Do you understand?!
Well now, somewhat yes.
And if V. Dal is asked a question from
our time? For example, what is, Vladimir
Ivanovich, a power steering?
You do not understand? What is
difficult here, Vladimir Ivanovich! It is
just a device, reducing the required force
of the driver on the steering wheel of an
automobile, so that it was easier to correct,
if one jumps the track.
Most probably, the great Russian
philologist would have helplessly said: “I
did not think that my descendents will
distort the live Russian language like this.”
For reference: “distort” means spoil,
disfigure, trash. [40, tome III, page 207].
What to do? We have to describe things
and events, which are yet to be named. We
have to depend on concepts, whose subject
is almost unknown, and only general logic
prompts that it probably exists and appears
approximately in such a way.
As Lotze expressed in the century
218
before the last and cited in one of A.A.
Potebnya’s books:
“Botany youth get pleasure in getting to
know the Latin names of plants” [84, page
149].
No, it is not idle curiosity that induces
us to search terms and forces us to contrive
them in case of its absence. The matter is
that indeed:
«…language and Logos are the only
possible realisation of human thought…» [84,
page 252].
Moreover, language, apart from
communication function, carries the
capacity, inherent to Demiurge. Language,
but not limited to, can serve man as an
instrument of creation. This is already
very close to our topic.
«Divisibility, discursiveness of thought,
attributed to language had created that
harmonious World, once having entered, we
do not get out of it; only by forgetting this
one can complain that language hinders us to
continue creation» [84, page 152].
However, to what extent human
language is rough, conditional, incorrect
when compared to the variety and
complexity of the World.
«…if we are to take the unattainable
purpose of his aspirations, divine perfection
of thoughts, appeasing complete visualization
and spontaneity of sense perceptions with
complete simultaneity and difference of
thought as human asset», - dreams divine
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
inspired researches A.A. Potebnya [84, page
152]
Speech and wisdom of its carrier are
adequate to each other. When the subject
of your description is such a complex
and abstract thing as the structure of the
universe, the reserve of human wisdom
seems more than modest.
But a man is not an Angel; he is
provided neither with omniscience nor
divine wisdom. In this regard Angels find
it simpler.
«The angel’s speech is also full of wisdom,
because they flow from the internal thought of
angels, and their internal thought is wisdom,
similar like their internal feeling, which is
love. Love and wisdom combine in their
speech, as a result of which their speech is
executed in wisdom to that level that they can
express in one word that which man cannot
express in a thousand; not to say that their
thought embraces such subjects, which man
can neither understand nor express in words»
[95, page 129].
If it was possible from here, from the
World of matter, to talk with the Angel, ask,
listen... But this is forbidden, and technically
is not possible, as E. Swedenborg says.
«…the angels language has nothing in
common with human, earthly; this is clear
from that Angels cannot pronounce not a single
word of human speech. They tried to do this,
but could not, since they can pronounce only
that which is compatible with their feelings
and what is not compatible is against their
life: their life is life of their internal feelings
(affectionum), and their speech flows out from
them» [95, page 129].
Any pioneer is to some extent an
adventurer and layman. Will any normal
man take the risk of hammering the wall
219
with his head? And break the paradigm
established over centuries?
But in all the centuries such abnormal
semi-scientists exist and some of them are
right.
In short, my soul, excuse me, if my
explanation will not be quite distinct.
Most of the words and concepts required
by me do not exist. In your time they,
possibly, may appear.
It is well said in the Quran (one can not
only cite the Bible!):
«Allah, your Lord – there is no divinity
apart from him, – is the creator of all things»
[6, page 102].
Everything that is known to us and
everything that is unknown, but can be
guessed, is the creation of the Lord and
everything is the embodiment of the Lord,
because in reality in the World and beyond
its thinkable limits there is nothing other
than the Lord.
Everything in the final count is God,
but the forms of manifestation of the Lord
are an infinite variety.
The boundaries of this variety are so
wide that there is no analogy in human
perception. To be precise, there is no
boundary.
However there is something that
unites the limitless variety of Divine
manifestations. Like a spherical surface:
limitlessness exists but infinity is not! The
varieties of Divine manifestations have the
properties of continuity and repeatability.
This is it. All the manifestations are links
of the chain. The links can be of any
quantity. The links can be of any quality.
But the links are one behind the other and
is the link, from which everything begins,
and is the link on which everything ends.
 
A new cycle may give rise to new links,
but the cycles exist repeating the phases of
birth, deployment, functioning and closure
of the universe.
In one of such cycles, my soul, we are
living our life given by God.
As always, see the diagram (figure
56–59).
There the chain of Divine
manifestations are drawn divided into 15
links - phases. The division may be more
elaborate. I chose such a degree of
detail, which corresponds to my level of
understanding of the subject.
We will say about each phase
separately. In the beginning a few words
about the drawing as a whole.
The phase chain begins from the
zero condition and comes back to zero
condition. Zero, as is known, is not an
empty space, but an inexhaustive potential
220
and repository of all the numbers, their
source and accumulator.
A full life cycle of the whole chain is
a period of the order 400,000 billion years.
«Our» cycle is at the beginning. From
the moment of start we are separated by
15 billion years. Such is the age of 1010
Galaxies that form the material World.
Each Galaxy consists of approximately
1010 stars, born during different times.
Sun, our star is 5 billion years old.
The biosphere of planet Earth, where we
are from, is in the state of development
somewhere between the 11th and 12th
phases.
God’s works are simultaneously
grandiose and simple. The main question
is «Why is this all needed?» We shall put
this question at the end of the section, but
now we move along the phase chain.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
7.1. Phase 0 «Beyond-existence»
KEY WORDS: embodiment technology, cascading principle, hierarchy
principle, link principle, beyond-existence.
The initial, it will also be the terminal,
phase «beyond-existence» implies «beyond
the brink of existence, on the other side
from existence».
Human intellect does not have any
significance in it, since man does not have
a similar practice.
Even death is not equal to non-
existence. For example, man is no more,
has gone to the Kingdom, but his things
are there, his memory is there, his
imperishable soul is there, a trace of the
life he lived remains in the living.
As regards non-existence it cannot
be said that it exists. Can such a thing be
understood and explained?
It can be, but we have to approach
it from the other side. Not what is non-
existence, but who is its carrier, who and
why hides behind it.
To the question «Who?» the answer
was, is and will be one: God.
Everything that was, is and will be are
all made by God and made from God.
There is nothing in the World, which
in its origin is not made of Him.
But! The structure of the World is such
that a majority of things are formed by the
method of «cascade creation». This is an
hierarchy chain of creation. The first thing
is created directly by God. The next thing
on the hierarchy is created by the powers
and from the resources of the first thing.
Things of the third hierarchy level are
created by things of the second level and
so on.
That is why we can say about each
thing, except the first, that they are made
221
by both God and nature.
Once again about the resource.
Everything, out of which the World is
built, all matter, all non-material part of
the World, everything to the minutest
movement of thought is put together in the
end from resources of the only resource
source, whose name is also, as you have
already guessed, – God.
Here appears before us a huge semi-dark
warehouse with racks going into infinity,
where the reserves of stars, Galaxies and
planet, samples of plants, animals and our
brothers – people of all times and nationalities
lies.
There is no such warehouse.
God has the capacity to fold up
information at a point, and convert the
point to zero.
How does He make it? How do I know?
But I know for certain that He can do this.
My soul, I would like to give you a warning.
A picture, complete, clear and reasoned
in detail, will not be there. A researcher,
when he tries to show something very big,
system-defined, some new vision, cannot
give a detailed picture.
He follows the common logic, general
system patterns. It is not his task to give
a detailed reasoning. Other people shall
come, clear the Gnostic field and find
detailed explanation in each phase. And if
necessary shall correct the paradigm itself.
Thus the conclusions. God, the higher
spiritual being, the root cause and
the initial substance of all things and
occurrences of this World, has the capacity
to embody irreversibly into forms of
 Phase 0 Phase 1

“Beyond  existence” Exsistence, “Customer”

“God - Path”

73 63
10 Hz 10 Hz
Spiritual being
has awaken

No existence

No periphery А
Spiritual being sleeps Point in the future
periphery
First cell of the
Hypermatrix

No Universe Plane No Universe Plane

Fig. 56 Phases of
 Phase 2 Phase 3

Creation of the periphery,

Scale harmony, “Executor”
er”
“Contactor” “God - Life”
“God - Truth” /Here and further/
3 63 53 53
Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz “Top block” 10 Hz

В В
12 
 7/12 9
10
11 12
8
7
6
А 4
5 А
2
3 
1
0
0
Line in the future Plane and volume of the
periphery future periphery
First Hypermatrix
volume

No Universe Plane No Universe Plane

the world order (0-3)

 Phase 4 Phase 5

Generation of the Noumenal

Generation of the
World
periphery

B G 53 53
7/12
 10 Hz  10 Hz 
12

12

12
A
11

11

1
10

10

No wp 6
9

um rld
8

en
7

al
6

H M
5

5
4

4
12

12
11

11
10

10
3

3
9

9
8

8
2

2
7

7
6

6
5

5
1

1
4

4
3

3
2

2
1

1
D E0 0
1

1
2

2
3

3
4

4
5

5
6

6
7

7
8

8
9

9
N
10

10
 
11

11
12

12
J K

91
01
11
2
B 91
01
11
2
B
 6
7
8  6
7
8
5 5

0
1
2
3
4
Universe Plane 0
1
2
3
4

Hypermatrix
12 12
A 11 A 11 created A
10 10
9 9

8 8

7 7
6 6

5 5

D 4
12 H D 4
12 H
3 3

2 2

1 1
0 0
E 1 E 1

3
М-scale 2

3 М-
4

5
in the initial 4

5 be
6

7
condition 6

7 to
8 8
2 2
11 11
J 9
8
91
01
N J 9
8
91
01
N
10 7 10 7
6 6
5 5
11

12 0 1
2
3
4
 11

12 0 1
2
3
4

K K

Fig. 57 Phases of
 Phase 6 Phase 7

Material World  Material World, Complex

nal
simple matter and matter and planes
Cosmos

3 43 43
Hz  10 Hz  10 Hz
12

12
11

11
10

10
No wp 6

No wp 6
9

9
um rld

um rld
8

8
en

en
7

7
al

al
5

5
4

4
12

12
11

11
10

10
3

3
9

9
8

8
2

2
7

7
6

6
5

5
1

1
4

4
3

3
2

2
1

1
0 0
1

1
2

2
M wo 6

M wo 6
3

3
at rld

at rld
4

4
er

er
ia

ia
5

5
l

l
7

7
8

8
9

9
10

10

  
11

11
12

12

01
11
2
B 01
11
2
B

5
6
7
8
91
Universal time 
5
6
7
8
91

4 4

x 0
1
2
3
and space 0
1
2
3

12 12
A 11 created A 11

10 10
9 9

8 8

7 7
6 6

5 5

D 4
12 H D 4
12 H
3 3

2 2

1 1
Га
ла

0 0
кт

E E
Зв

ики

1 1
езд
Фо

2 2
ы

М-scale
Эл
то

Ат

3 3
ект
н

ом

Мо

4 4
ро

begins
ле
н

5 5
кул
ы

6 6

to grow 7 7
8 8
2 2
11 11
N J 9
8
91
01
N J 9
8
91
01
N
10 7 10 7
6 6
5 5
11
2
3
4
 11
2
3
4 
12 0 1 12 0 1

K K

the world order (4-7)

 Phase 8 Phase 9

Material World, simplest Material World, planet life M

biological life

43 43
 10 Hz  10 Hz 
12

12

12
11

11

11
10

10
No wo 6

No wo 6
9

9
um rld

um rld
8

8
en

en
7

7
al

al
5

5
4

4
12

12
11

11
10

10
3

3
9

9
8

8
2

2
7

7
6

6
5

5
1

1
4

4
3

3
2

2
1

1
0 0
1

1
2

2
M wo 6

M wo 6
3

3
at rld

at rld
4

4
er

er
5

5
ia

ia
l

l
7

7
8

8
9

9
10

10
 
11

11
12

12
2
B 2
B
 
11 11
01 01
91 91
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
12 12
A 11
A 11
A
10 10
9 9

8 8

7 7
6 6

5 5

D 4
12
H D 4
12
H D
3 3

2 2

1 1
0 0
E 1 E 1

2 2

3 3

4 4
Би

5 5
о

Би
мо

6 6
ос
ле

фе

7 7
Кл
кул

Ра ка
ра

ет
ст
ы

8 8
2 2
J 1
J 11
ен

9 11 9 01
91
0
N 91 N
и я

8 8
10 7 10 7
6 6
5 5
11 4 11 4

12 0 1
2
3
 12 0 1
2
3 
K K

Fig. 58 Phases of
 Phase 10 Phase 11

fe Material World, animal life Material World, man

3 43 43
Hz  10 Hz  10 Hz
12

12
11

11
10

10
No wo 6

No wo 6
9

9
um rld

um rld
8

8
en

en
7

7
al

al
5

5
4

4
12

12
11

11
10

10
3

3
9

9
8

8
2

2
7

7
6

6
5

5
1

1
4

4
3

3
2

2
1

0 0 1
1

1
2

2
M wo 6

M wo 6
3

3
at rld

at rld
4

4
er

er
ia

ia
5

5
l

l
7

7
8

8
9

9
10

10

  
11

11
12

12

B B
 
2 2
11 11
01 01
91 91
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
12 12
A 11
A 11

10 10
9 9

8 8

7 7
6 6

5 5

D 4
12
H D 4
12
H
3 3

2 2

1 1
0 0
E 1 E 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5
6 6

7 7
ые
8 отн 8
ив 2 2

N J 9
Ж
91
0 11
1

N J 9
Че
ло
ве
к
91
01
11
N
8 8
10 7 10 7
6 6
5 5
11 4 11 4

12 0 1
2
3  12 0 1
2
3 
K K

the world order (8-11)

 Phase 12 Phase 13

Life cycles of the Universe

Function of man in the
Growth of M-scale
world order

63 53
Hz 10 Hz
10
43
10 Hz

r,
 “L

ba


s
ar
e

ye
th
b

n
on
12

12

llio
s

bi
11

11

as

0
10

10

cl

00
N

+1
9

9
ou or

ou or

00
8

8
m ld

m ld

r4
w 6

w 6
en

en
7

fo
al

al
5

5
4

4
12

12
43
11

11
10 Hz
10

10
3

3
9

9
8

8
2

2
7

7
6

6
5

5
1

1
4

4
3

3
2

2
1

1
0 0
1

1
2

2
M wo 6

M wo 6
3

3
at rld

at rld
4

4
of
er

er
5

5
ia

ia
2 e
/1 al
l

l
+1 -sc
7

7
М
8

8
9

9
10

10

11

11
 H
12

12
63
 10 Hz

01
11
2
B 01
11
2
B
91 91
 6
7
8  6
7
8
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
12 12
A 11
A 11
10 10
9
8
9
8
а)
7
6
7
6 b)
po
5 5

D 4
12
H D 4
12
H
3 3
2
1
2
1
Un
E
0

1 E
0

1 cas
2
3
М-scale has 2
3
4
5
reached 4
5
6
7
the limit 6
7
8 8
irit 2 irit 2
J 9 Sp
91
01
11
N J 9 Sp
91
01
11
N
8 8
10 6
7 10 6
7
5 5
11
1
2
3
4
 11
1
2
3
4

12 0 12 0

K K

Fig. 59 Phases of
 Phase 14 Phase 15

Existence, closure of “Beyond existence”  total

system cycle completion

53 63 73
“Lower 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
block” 53
10 Hz

N
13 No existence
12
10
43
Hz а) No periphery

Renewed Spiritual being
b) sleeps
of
12 le 63
1/ -sca  10 Hz
М K 0

Hypermatrix compresses

а) Compression to a “Block”
b) Compression to a
point exist No Universe plane
Universal time and space No time and space
cased to exist

the world order (12-15)

 7.1. Phase 0 «Beyond-existence»
things and events of the material and non-
material properties, until he does dissolve
completely into it.
At that the technology of the universe
is built on the principles of links, hierarchy
and cascade.
Each qualitatively enclosed thing or
event is a link in the chain of creation.
The previous link is always lower, and the
succeeding link is always higher on the
organizational level. Thus the hierarchy
based on the feature of organizational level
is established in the chain.
A special place in the hierarchy is
occupied by two boundary points – the
beginning and end of the chain. There are
probably coincident. But they are equal to
each other.
The cascade consists in the capacity of
each thing, more precisely each link of the
chain, to independently generate, create
the following , a higher link.
The function of creation is not
concentrated at one point, but transits from
link to link. Something like a cascade
waterfall or domino principle.
A similar structure is possible only
on the condition that the beginning and
the terminal links of the chain have in
principle a different nature and are located
beyond the chain logic. The first link by
definition cannot be. To be precise, it is
like this: There should be an empty space
up to the first link that has the capacity to
create the first link.
«Beyond-existence» is the condition
to the start that has no manifestations,
even the most spiritual-noumenal. Zero!
By all external attributes an absolute zero.
But this zero is capable of unfolding the
cascade of Creation.
The domino dices have been placed,
but for the process to begin it is necessary
230
to have a live hand and will to make the
first push.
If we are to approach the zero phase
from the position of systems, then the
picture changes a little.
Wave processes lie on the basis of the
universe and all that creates it and even
contemplates. The whole technology of the
world order has a wave nature.
There is basis to suppose that the
«beyond-existence» condition has a
frequency characteristic of the order of
1073 Hz or a little higher.
What is this substrate, what is this
medium that is capable of withstanding
such high frequency oscillations? I do not
know.
But may be, «beyond-existence» is the
frequency region that is not perceived by
existence? Like ultrasound for human ear,
it is inaudible, although it is there.
Computer functions at the frequencies
around 1010 Hz. The universe rests on the
frequency 1073 Hz. The difference is by 60
odd orders.
This is not all the frequency scale of
the universe. What volume of information
is accommodated at the zero phase of
the world order and what is the speed of
information processing!
For certain everything that was, is
and will be during 400,000 billion years
of the full life cycle of the Universe, are
processed without effort in such a fantastic
frequency mode.
The frequency difference between
«beyond-existence» and existence, most
probably, constitutes a multiple of 1010. The
operating frequency of existence is to the
order of 1063 Hz. Also a great deal. But less
by 10 billion times. A giant, insuperable
dividing wall. No wonder that such a wall
can be taken as the edge of existence.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
May be, it is so. Who said that the computer
«beyond-existence» functions?
May be, it does not function,
but on the contrary is at rest? Yes
it is switched on simply. The Lord
is sleeping. He is taking rest and
dreaming about the past and future
life.
We, my soul, are taking rest
almost half the time of our life cycle.
It is totally logical to suppose that
God also needs a break. May be,
during such a break the frequency
completely becomes zero. There are
no oscillations.
231
«When the Great Breath is directed, it is called
the Holy Breath and is considered as the Breath of
the Incognizable Divinity – Singular Existence,
which breathes out thought, that becomes the
Cosmos. Similarly, when the Divine Breath is
breathed out, the Universe vanishes into the
Womb of the Great Mother, who then dozes
covered up in its Tunics, forever - Invisible» [15,
page 88].
But, when God awakens, his frequency
characteristic is 1073 Hz, and it is this
frequency that is necessary for switching
on the phase No.1 for transition from non-
existence to existence.
 7.2. Phase 1. Existence, «Originator»
KEY WORDS: existence, “originator”, the Lord’s attributes:
love, all-might, ethics, will; principle of reduction in level of
frequency.
At this phase the transition from non-
existence to existence takes place.
A point appears.
Why a point? Because existence is
already there, and nothing else is yet to be
there.
The design is not there, the volume is
not there, the space even the imaginary is
not there, scale is not there, parts are not
there.
The visual image, the point is
conditional. As a matter of fact the point is
set against a line, plane or space, but they
are not there.
Such a point accommodates in it all,
but these «all» do not have structure.
Such a point is limitless from the inside,
but beyond it nothing is there. Existence
around it is not there, because it, the
existence, is only inside the point.
The idea of the point is that it is the
first existential form of God.
In a systems sense the phase No. 1
is the act of appearance of the «system
originator».
I understand, my soul, how horrible
to the ear are the words «originator»,
«contractor», «executor» that are put in
one series with the name «God». But it
seems to me that the Lord will not find
here godlessness on my part.
I once more draw your attention: the
World created by the Lord, apart from
others, is the most complex engineering
structure, or systems object, which is one
and the same.
This is first of all. Secondly, it has been
232
noted that neither magic nor superhuman
powers were used in the world order.
On the contrary, becoming slowly
familiar with the surrounding World,
scientific thought see only a strict following
of laws, arising by the nature of the things
itself.
And if this is so then there compulsorily
exist construction stages, processes in the
construction process and the carriers of
these functions.
In my tired out and hardly pleasant
soviet experience of thought looms a rude
«originator», «obliging-furtive contractor»
and «lazy-cunning executor». Please
forgive me, my soul, for the Russian accent
in building the images.
We are talking of course about the
functions, about the composition of
unavoidable stages and procedures during
the process of assigning, development and
realization of any project, including the
universe.
The initial existence point – alpha,
executing the function of the «system
originator», by definition, carries in it a
full set of resources, information on the
basic properties and objectives of the
system. This is it.
Everything is as if?
No! Not all! I have forgotten the most
important thing. the most important thing
is the mentality of the “originator”. What
sort of ethical portrait of the “originator”,
so is his order.
I had long been thinking about ethics. It
is a very unusual thing. A lot of it depends
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
in the world of people. There, above? Still
more!
The basic ethical norm is very simple:
Establishing the universal rules, do not
violate it yourself.
The simplicity of this rule is
comparable only with the complexity of its
execution.
I wanted to expound everything in
order, description in the beginning, then
in the end, – conclusions. Solemnly and
emphatically.
It is not possible. The most important
conclusions appear unwarranted. It is
neither possible to outstep nor avoid it. It
is okay. The internal logic of a subject is
more important than the literary fads of a
commentator.
«Ethics is the cornerstone of
universe». Or say:
«Ethics is one of the basic attributes
of the Creator».
In general, the time and necessity has
come to say something about the structure
of God.
Is it fearful? It is simply dreadful!
Something like violation of piety. But
technological approach is a technological
approach. It is applicable on all the links
of the chain, on all parts of the system.
This is the method of reviewing the world
order. And nothing more. Man in any case
cannot be equal to God.
The idea of «human god» is deeply
antagonist to me, it is vicious and godless
in its base. But god perception is allowed
and moreover, probably, is the first and
main task of man.
The technological principles of
hierarchy, linkability and cascadabiliy is
to a full degree related to God as to the
carrier of the spiritual beginning.
Each deployment phase of the world
233
order is a definite stage in the unfolding of
God’s attributes.
Probably, many unique properties,
attributes and inseparable properties are
inherent to God. But a part of them may for
some time be in a latent form and manifest
during transition from a phase to another
phase. Step after step, link after link along the
cascade staircase. From zero to maximum
manifestation and then back to zero.
Located in the zero phase in the condition
«beyond-existence» or «before existence»,
the Lord, probably, is inactive, sleeps or takes
rest. It is probable that only one attribute is
active at this time: freedom! True, complete,
unlimited freedom. The Lord has not made
anything yet and that is why has not limited
Himself yet with anything.
If you, my soul, had the opportunity to
fly in dream, you know, what incredible bliss
it is. Not only the flight but the freedom of
choice of direction and speed of flight. May
be, He sleeps and flies, as he likes, without
limitations from his own laws and rules.
Does he remember what was in the
previous cycles? Does he accumulate His
knowledge and capabilities? Does He need it?
I think that he all the same needs it.
His work is grandiose, it means the sleep
is significant and wonderful.
Other thing is phase No.1 the beginning
of existence, awakening. At this stage the
deepest, most general attributes of God are
activated. love, omniscience, ethics, will.
It has already been said about ethics. The
universe to an equal degree depends on laws
and the exactness of their executor.
Love is the basic motive of God’s
activity. He loves Himself and His creations.
Including us, my soul!
Omniscience means, it is accessible to Him,
probably, anything; but the most fantastic is that
absolute errorless self limitation is possible for
 7.2. Phase 1. Existence, «Originator»
Him. He applies force only there, where it does
not contradict ethics.
Will is manifested in the desire to act and
activity. The world is in a continuous motion.
Events and things are regularly renewed,
life cycles change. Never and nowhere in the
universe the work of Creation does stop.
Such is the mentality of the «Originator of
the system of universe» in the phase 1.
As regards the systems categories –
resources, the target functions and basic
properties of the systems of the future
universe, they are also subordinated to
cascading principles and is unfolded in phase
No.1 only in part.
The resource is embodied till now only
in the fact of existence, in the intention and
possibility to deploy existence and fill it with a
more differentiated content.
As regards the purposes and target
functions of the yet to be created systems of
the universe, they are probably not there, but
there is a wish and will to unfold from the
initial alpha-point, go from monomerism to
polymerism, to increasing the content of its
attributes and filling it with unfolded content.
The basic properties of the future system
of world order manifests for now only in one
fundamental property: The deployment of
the universe system is achieved by lowering
the level of frequency. The more bigger
and complex the system the lower is the
frequency of processes and longer are the life
cycles of the system objects.
Well this exactly corresponds to the laws
known to us. Thermodynamics in a pure
form! The law of conservation of energy as
in a text book.
Well of course, at phase 1 as well, as at
all phases, the principle of link, hierarchy,
and cascade, which were already mentioned,
continues to function.
The Lord Himself at the stage of phase No.1
234
constitutes syncretic (indivisible) Spiritual being.
Yet a monostructure, as in the zero phase,
but still an unified Spiritual being.
Onwards is the creation of the World.
It is to be conceived before carrying out,
and before conceiving, it is necessary to
establish the boundaries and (excuse me!)
typical size range of objects of creation.
If one is to translate from engineering to
human – it is necessary to solve, how many
times the biggest object of the universe
will be more than the smallest object. It
is also necessary to conceive, how many
stages of scale will be between the biggest
and the smallest object. And thus establish
the value and number of stages.
Everything as in a design bureau.
Any novice designer knows: before
design a unified standard for the «row of
normal numbers» is established. You can give
any size of the part which you need, but as far
as possible select the values from the normal
series. This is done so that the nut from Brazil
threaded to the bolt from South Korea.
There does not exist any small green
human beings on other planets. Intelligent
spiders, probably, are also not there. The
universe is subordinated to one laws. The
biggest sensation during the first contact
with extraterrestrial civilization will be our
improbable similarity.
The hydrogen atom and DNA molecules
in the surroundings of Sirius are exactly the
same as around the Sun.
Although the black skinned and
the white skinned look at each other in
surprise, not understanding the reason for
their external difference, but they have the
same color and composition of blood.
An elementary order exists in the World;
it is unique and is built with the help of unified
bar of linear sizes, unified principles and
unified laws.
 7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony,
«contractor»
KEY WORDS scale harmony, contractor, scale plans of creation,
cascade emission, number, logic, harmony, measure, beauty, scale, size,
golden section, wave of scale stability, “Peaks and valleys”, “synthesis
and division”, “nucleus – structure”, structuring and de-structuring
vectors.
In essence, the phase 2 is the preparation
for design. Clearing the construction
area and driving in pegs to mark the site
dimensions.
The question that is being solved: How
many scale-dimensional plans are to be
built? To what extent will they differ, i.e.
by how many times will the subsequent
plan be greater (lesser) than the previous.
The task is not simple. The space is still
not there, linear dimensions are not there,
nothing to measure with.
Well what is there to measure! It is still
impossible to count. The idea of number is
not yet there.
In short, transition is necessary from
the function of «initiator» to the function
of a «contractor». It is necessary to plan
the forthcoming operations, establish
the hierarchy of executors, and give the
general rules and limits. This is purely the
work of the general contractor.
I do not know, if during phase 1 some
part of phase 0 remains or not, the «whole»
of God transits to existence or some part
of Him continues to sleep, but, as regards
the connection of phase 1 – «contractor»,
I am sure that this hypostasis in some part
is maintained up to the moment of total
closure of the system.
And further a similar principle will
be maintained. God is great, He is so
much that if divided He is practically not
diminished. Such is His nature. Analogies
235
with mechanical division of finite material
object are inappropriate. Any division
of the spiritual being is the birth of new
source of resources for the system of
universe.
How can division into parts increase
the initial sum? Nevertheless, is it a
violation of the law of conservation of
energy? No, not of course!
The point is that the initial resource,
giving rise to energy, matter and totally
everything, from which the universe is
built, is in some latent form.
The resource is very well packed,
even pressed. He is not seen and heard
and understanding is difficult. May be,
this is also high frequency vibrations, or
may be something else. The arsenal of
technologies, available with the Lord is
practically unlimited.
But I think that the division technique
looks like this. It is necessary to create
some object. For this purpose we take a
little bit of high frequency resource and
embody in the form of the necessary
object with self frequency lesser by 5-10
orders of the initial condition. The object
that appears arises as if from nowhere, but
carries with it a huge reserve of energy,
obtained from the unused remains of the
initial resource. This remainder serves in
supporting not only the vital functions of
the newly created object, but also carries
the potential of creating objects of the next
 7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»
level, where the frequency will be even
less, and the level of organization even
more.
We get a somewhat cascade emission
of the initial universal resource.
At each stage of the cascade lowering
of frequency takes place, and new
multitude of resources of lesser frequency
appear.
Thus, the first thing that takes place
within the limits of phase 2 is the activation
of new attributes. The Lord inducts in his
arsenal number, logic, harmony, measure,
beauty, truth.
To this moment there were only zero
and one (point of existence), and now the
number series, a segment of a straight line
is necessary. And if so, then, it should be
supposed, that the most accurate, Divine
and oldest of all sciences – mathematics
originates. Numbers and their ratios are
the God’s language, understandable to
man.
All that is created by the Lord is
subject to measurement and count, i.e.
mathematical description.
Measure is the means of defining the
quality of things through number.
Mathematics is the world model of
things, expressed through numbers. It
is a model, which can be created before
creating the World; a model, which can
help in building the World and control it.
Logic is the law of Divine thought,
arsenal of effective means of reasoning for
making conclusions.
Yes, my soul, the Lord has a lot to
think; moreover, this, probably, is His
main occupation – to think professionally,
quickly, accurately, with minimum expense
of energy and time. The information
volumes are huge, the accuracy and
correctness of solutions should be simply
236
ideal.
In this situation the technology of
thought itself becomes the deciding factor.
Moreover that at frequencies 1070 –1050
Hz there is no problem in the part related
to speed of transfer and processing of
information.
Harmony and beauty are related
concepts and the attributes are also close.
That which harmoniously corresponds to
the thought of God is similar to God, and
all that is similar to God is beautiful.
Nevertheless, what is harmony? Harmony
is the correspondence between the parts and
the whole. Not complex as though. But in
reality a huge depth is concealed here. Besides,
to the end of the universe – «To the days of the
last collum».
We again have the next fundamental law
of the world order originating.
The construction of the universe takes
place thanks to a stage-wise, multilevel
division of the initial syncretic spiritual
substance. We mean God at phase 0.
The whole is regularly split up into
parts, at the same time the whole does
not vanish, but begins to interact with
the newly formed parts, and these split
further, and each object gives birth to and
carries its function, which “remembers”
the common function of its parent – the
whole.
As a result the most complex multilevel
system is born, whose basic problem is
to balance the purposes and interests
of the parts and the whole. Harmony is
considered as that condition, at which
these problems are successfully solved.
Having assimilated the listed attributes,
the Lord allots under them a part of His
substance and entrusts It to establish a
scale harmony of the universe design.
Let’s name this part as the «General
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Contractor». Really, an analogy is
examined. The General contractor is
answerable for the work as a whole and
invites sub-contractors, assigning them
different sections of work. We are now to
see how the twelve plans of the universe
appear, between whom are distributed all
the works on creation and control over it.
What can be taken as the unit of
measurement, if nothing other than God
exists? That is why He took upon Himself
the initial measurement of things of the
future World (figure 60).
Then He established the value of
scale increment by 100,000 times or 105.
This means that things on one scale stage
should be 105, i.e. 100,000 times differ in
size from things in the neighbouring scaled
stages. A stage higher – by 100,000 times
greater, a stage lower – by 100,000 times
lesser. Why He chose in particular such
a gradient of increment, I cannot explain,
but the number is convenient and agrees
well with the total number of stages.
In all towards the decrement of the
scale He made seven stages, and towards
the increment of the scale four stages. The
total number of stages including the initial
is twelve. Each is a multiple of 100,000.
The total number of multiples for the
whole scale is 1060.
If you want, my soul, you can write this
number in a different way: unit and sixty
zeros. There is no name to this number.
Why did He create such and not some
other step scale? There is probably some
explanation. The main point is the solution
was true, and all things of the World are
accommodated without remainder and
without closeness in their places.
It is time to remind that scale and
size are different categories. The concept
«size» supposes the presence of some
237
standard of measurement, and the standard
is permanent, eternal and infallible.
Another thing is scale, there is no
standard for it, it only indicates, how many
times is one thing bigger than the other
as in a map: 1cm equals 100,000 km for
example.
And let's imagine, my soul, that the
Lord reduced all the things of the World
without exception. And they reduced in
one moment, say, by two times. What do
we feel?
I am afraid nothing. In what units did
we measure our height? In arshins, elbows,
feet, metres? Thus they also became less
by two times.
In fact an absolute measure of length
does not exist. Since any standard is
transient as an element of the transient
World.
But the most important is that for it (the
standard), to be a standard it is necessary
to be beyond the limits of universe, beyond
Creation, and this means, beyond God. But
such a thing is impossible, as we proceed
from the fact, that anything is from God
and coming from God is not and nothing
except can exist.
The gist of my arguments leads to
the fact, that scale is totally a real thing,
and absolute sizes and measurements are
relative and transient.
So, there is the ladder with twelve
scaled steps (figure 60, A). Let’s imagine
it in the form of straight line with twelve
equal segments and accordingly, points
from zero to twelve (figure 60, B). The
origin is at the point 7, and it is taken as
unit (including unit of measurement).
The zero point has a scale 10 –35, and this
smallest thing of the material World is the
maximon.
The right most twelfth point has the
 7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»

х105
х105
12
х105
11
х105
Initial measure of things 10
х105
А. Formation of 9
:105 8
12 scale stages -
plans of the :105 7
future Universe :105 6
:105 5

Initial point
:105

Center of
4

scaling
the bar
:105 3
:105 2
1

35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1(10 ) 10 10 10 10 10
В. Bar
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Maximon Metagalaxy

С. Logarithmic bar with 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

base to 10
lg(Mx)
and unit of measurement
1 maximon (Мх) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

(1,62 м)
34,8

29,8

24,8

19,8

14,8

10,2

15,2

20,2

25,2
9,8

4,8

0,2

5,2
D. Logarithmic bar with base
10 and unit of measurement - lg(m)
1 metre at the moment of Creation
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
“Floating” point on the “М-scale”

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Class № 12
Class 0

Е. Numbers and Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
boundaries of classes № 1 № 2 № 3 № 4 № 5 № 6 № 7 № 8 № 9 № 10 № 11
of things, forming the World,
lg(m) lg(m)

25,2
32,3

27,3

22,3

,3

12,3
34,8

7,3

2,3

2,7

7,7

12,7

17,7

22,7
Class № 12
Class 0

Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
№ 1 № 2 № 3 № 4 № 5 № 6 № 7 № 8 № 9 № 10 № 11
F. “Valleys” - point of relative stability
and adsorption of energy
Synth

Synth

Synth

Synth

Synth

Synth
ion

ion

ion

ion

ion

ion
Divis

Divis

Divis

Divis

Divis

Divis

“Wave of scale stability”

esis

esis

esis

esis

esis

esis

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

“Pits” - points of stable equilibrium

and dissipation of energy
Structure

Structure

Structure

Structure

Structure

Structure
Nucleus

Nucleus

Nucleus
Nucleus

Nucleus

Nucleus

Nucleus

Direction of structuring Direction of destructuring

Fig. 60 Bar and its properties

238
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
scale 1025, and this is nothing other than
the Metagalaxy.
To write every time ten to some power
is inconvenient, that is why we go to the
common logarithmic scale. Now there,
where we wrote earlier «10 –15», we shall
write «-15».
Moreover, I would like to take as unit
the smallest object. This is possible (figure
60, C). The scale range on the basis of
common logarithm and with maximon as
the unit of measurement is also shown in
figure 60, C.
We have a great, accurate logic scale,
where the values of common logarithm
increase from 1 to 60 and the extreme points
coincide with these values. Everything is
great, but nobody has yet seen a maximon,
to see it in principle is impossible, since
it is 100,000 times smaller than a photon,
and most important, the size of a maximon
is measured like any other object, in
metres, or, to be more precise, in fractions
of a metre.
The arguments are there, but in practice
we use the unified international system
of measurements, where the meter is the
measure of length. I do not know, who in
particular suggested it, but it happened in
France in 1790 and that it is equal to one
forty millionth part of the Paris meridian.
I do not know, to who and how this idea
of the size of a metre belongs to, but I
think that without Divine enlightenment it
would not have been possible.
Do you remember, my soul, what is a
golden section?
Correct. The division of a segment into
two parts such that a greater part of it is
related to the lower in the same proportion
as the total segment to the greater part.
The mathematical value 1.618034… is an
irrational number, it cannot be written
239
till the end, but can be expressed by the
expression:
1+ 5
2
The golden section (it is called also
as the Divine proportion) is calculated by
another means, with the help of series,
discovered by Leonardo Fibonacci in the
XIII century and named after him. This is
a row of numbers, where each subsequent
number is equal to the sum of two previous.
0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55…
It has long been noted: at the basis of
many natural structures – plants, animals
and even human bodies – the principle of
golden section has been used.
Thus, if one metre is to be multiplied
by the fraction of a golden section
and conceived in the form of common
logarithm with unit of measurement 1 m,
then we get the number 0.2:
1 m ×1,618034 ~ 1,62 m;
lg(m) 1,62 m = 0,2.
Zero point two. Let’s remember this
number, although it is not much to look at.
Obviously, it would have been convenient,
had the scale been logarithmic, with base
10 and size unit 1 metre.
Let’s build this scale (figure 60, D).
The extreme left point has the value – 34.8,
which means 10 –34.8 m – such is the size of
a maximon.
The extreme point on the right –
25.2 means the size of Metagalaxy at the
moment of creation was 1025.2 m. The
difference between the extreme points of
the scale: (–34.8) + 25.2 = 60 orders – set
with division by half into 12 equal steps of
plans of universe, 5 orders each.
But the most interesting value is at the
 7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»
origin point 7 of the scale. It constitutes
0.2  – zero point two. A known number!
Let’s describe the situation, as it
is, without emotion and commentaries,
looking at the figure 60, D.
At the centre of the scale is located the
point 6. This point corresponds to objects
of size 10 –4.8 m – one thousandth part of a
millimeter. This is the size of germ cells
of animals and man. It is in particular in
this volume in a folded up form is located
the DNA spiral that carries all the genetic
information of man and is of length about
two meters.
An adult human organism increases
exactly 100,000 times and lies exactly on
the point 7, with the value Lg(m) = 0.2, that
corresponds to the linear size 1.62 m.
The average statistical height of man
populating our Earth is 162 cm.
From the ancient times among
theologians and philosophers there has
been an opinion that God created man in
his form and similar to him.
Point 7, which corresponds to the size
162 cm is the original point of the scale. It
is this point at which the Lord took himself
as the measure of things and built the
missing parts to both sides of the scale.
The average height of man and the
analogical characteristics of God is 1.62
cm, if similar correlation is possible. In
apostle John’s revelation there is a poem
about the temple, where it is said:
«Its walls were measured as one hundred
forty four elbows, by human measure, and this
is the measure of Angel» [Rev. 21, 17].
In ancient times the measure of length
was the distance from the elbow to the tip
of little finger of an adult, approximately
0.45 m. But it is not that is important,
240
but that, which according to John is the
coincidence in the size of Angel with sizes
of man.
Forgive me, Lord, my stupidity, if it is
stupidity.
The scale is an unchangeable thing.
As from the moment of creation the scale
coefficients were established, so will
they remain till the end of the World. An
exception is the 12th point – Metagalaxy
with initial size 1025.2 metres.
From the moment of its creation the
Metagalaxy is expanding in all directions
with a speed not less than half the speed of
light. This takes place due to recession of
galaxies.
Galaxies, without changing their sizes,
are constantly receding from the epicentre
of its creation – the centre of Metagalaxy.
The 12th point is gradually receding
from the stationery 11th point of the bar.
To what will it lead, we shall see, when we
get to the description of the 13th phase of
world order.
Each of the 12 points corresponds to a
class of things of a definite scale (figure 60,
E).
The centres of the classes correspond
to the positions of 12 points on the bar, and
the boundaries pass through at an equal
recession from the centres.
Strictly speaking, the subjects from
which the World is made, may have any
size and can be at any place of the bar, so a
scale is not needed…
In reality it is not the things that control
the scale, but the scale that gives the laws
of behavior to things depending on their
scale.
Along the bar passes the so called wave
of scale stability – alternating regions,
where the objects tend to synthesis or
division (figure 60, F). These fields are
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
limited by points of stability. The objects,
located at the back of waves, are situated
as if on «valley».
Their stability is not great. It is enough
to apply a little energy, and they begin to
divide, if they are swung to the left, or join
with things similar, if they are swung to
the right.
The lower points of «wave of scale
stability» – «peaks» – are more stable.
Here to the left and the right «converge»
objects that have undergone synthesis or
division, and from here the emission of
energy takes place.
The wave of scale stability defines
the tendency of things of the World for
synthesis or division depending on their
position on the bar.
At the moment of Creation the wave
of scale stability had a pitch, equal to two
steps of the bar. Each «valley» or «peak»
exactly coincided with the corresponding
points of the bar. But the extreme right
12th point migrates to the right and drags
along with it the Wave of scale stability,
stretching it like a spring.
The coordinates of centres of the
classes remain in position, but the points of
stability move to the right. There appears
a mismatch that leads to a constant
reorganization of the universe, and at the
limit to the completion of its existence.
But about it in the description of phase 13.
It is always the same, all that is interesting
is later!
Another important property of the bar
is setting the rhythm «nucleus – structure».
On the bar there are six pairs of points
«nucleus – structure».
The stars have nucleus, the Galaxies
have nucleus, the atom has nucleus, and
that which surrounds – stars, Galaxy,
electron together with nucleus, – form the
241
structure. This is what the ratio «nucleus –
structure» is.
The nuclei are located at the points 0,
2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, and their systems at the
points 1,3,5,7,9,11.
The point 12 is the nucleus (Metagalaxy)
appears lonely and castaway. The nucleus is
there, but structure is not.
In reality there are no offended
in God’s creation. One transforms to
the other, the opposites change places,
everything around is smooth. There are no
sharp edges.
Can there indeed be a precipice?
Suddenly from somewhere the bar
began and suddenly it was cut-off?
Unlikely.
There is big doubt that the points «0»
and «12» are the same point. How it has
been made, I don’t know, but reflections
«for» are enough.
Their nature is one. The maximon is
the working body of the Metagalaxy. It is
made out of it.
Metagalaxy and maximon are created
simultaneously. The topology of places
of origin of maximons is the topology
of Galaxies, i.e. the structure of the
Metagalaxy.
It is possible that the points «0» and
«12» do not coincide, but are located
nearby, one upon the other, and then
the universal spiral appears. Although
coincidence seems more probable to me.
The dependency «nucleus – structure»
is discontinuous. It does not spread to
the segments 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 9-10, 11-
12, although synthesis dominates these
segments. What is the reason, I do not
know.
One more rule of the bar are the
structuring and destructuring gradients
and vectors. In the direction from zero to
 7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»
the 12th point the tendency of structuring
dominates. Objects with lower numbers
on the scale create objects with higher
numbers. The atoms form molecules,
molecules – cells, stars form Galaxies etc.
And viceversa: from the 12th point to
the zero point is directed on the scale
of destructuring vector. Things bigger
are disintegrated into components. The
systems disintegrate into components,
compounds to chemical elements,
molecules to atoms etc.
However, it should be noted that the
bar does not completely define the laws
of formation of the complex from the
simple. The object of control for the bar
are predominantly subjects of non-living
matter. Objects of living matter, spirit
bearing aggregates of universe, line up
their hierarchy on another scale, located
perpendicular to the point 7 of the bar.
On the bar the whole biological world is
packed in the range from the point 6 to the
point 8, picking up half of 6th, 7th and half
of 8th classes.
But for now at the phase 2 there is no
perpendicular scale yet. It will appear a
little later.
And now, my soul, let's ponder about
God. Until now our attention was devoted
to evolution of universe. We would like
to describe the stages of becoming of the
World from the initial point to that picture
that we see, and further; peep into the future
to see in what it ends. A technological
approach gives us this possibility.
However, there are many other aspects
of examining the universe and its causes.
We have already said many times that the
World was created by God and from God.
However it is very uncomfortable to
242
constantly use Your name, Lord. Allow me
to use the working euphemism «Spiritual
being»
May be, thus, it will be better. It should
have been done long ago!
The construction of the World is a
process of differentiation and emission
of the Spiritual being. From the condition
of indivisibility It passes to a complex
condition of a multifunctional structure,
giving birth to the system of control of the
World and the World itself.
The evolution of Spiritual being is the
reverse side of evolution of the universe. It
is not known, who is whose reverse side.
Where is the averse of the coin, and where
is the reverse is a question of conditional
agreement.
Thus, to the moment of deployment
of the second phase of the universe, the
Spiritual being is split into a series of
hypostasis (figure 61). One hypostasis –
«contractor» – takes full responsibility
for the process of world order as a
whole. The next derivative hypostasis is
divided into 12 assistants (almost like the
Apostles of Christ!), who are allocated
the responsibility on 12 scale plans of the
future design of universe.
The phase 0 ceases to exist possibly
to this moment. The Spiritual being is
active. The phase 1 – Existence – remains,
controlling the events in the role of
“customer” and remaining the only and
constant source of all resources of the
world order system being built.
The frequency indicators are approximate,
but the tendency of their reduction as far as the
division of Spiritual being is regular.
Thus we have covered zero, point and line.
The next steps are plane and volume.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Phase 0 “Beyond-existence” 1073 Hz

Phase 1 “Customer” 1063 Hz

“Contactor” 1063 Hz

Phase 2 “Curators of the 1053 Hz

widespread plans
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 of universe”

Fig. 61 Evolution of Spiritual being to the moment of phase 2

М-scale
8
Bar


7

Noumenal
reflection of the
Spiritual
2 being 
s
stem
l sy
tro s
on
t h e c cycle
В f
ne s o nce
Pla eator xiste 1
Cr the e
of 
Creators of the control system

0 1 0  1 = 1/12 of Bar

0 1
(functioning)

0  1 = 0 1
Plane C

rse
А nive
ne of u
Pla sign
1 De

1
1 1

Fig. 62 Spiritual being – creators and curators of the periphery

243
 7.4 Generation of design
«Executor»
KEY WORDS: generation of design, “executor”, attributes:
creative capacity, truth, providentiality, omniscience, bonum
The Executor is the third stage of the
hierarchy of the Spiritual being. The first
stage is cause hidden in non-existence;
the second stage is the customer, planner,
architect as called by Blavatskaya, and
only the third stage is the creator – Creator,
Executor, Demiurge.
«In each cosmogony behind God
“Creator” and above him is the God Divine,
Planner, Architect, in relation to whom the
Creator is only an executing intermediary.
And still higher, above and around, inside
and outside, is located the Transcendent and
Unknown, Source and Reason of all these
Emanations» E.P. Blavatskaya [17, page 58].
At phases 1 and 2 the Spiritual being
already does not sleep, but is yet not fully
tuned for active activity. Not all activities
have been updated yet, the program for
the coming day has not been programmed
yet, the regiment of executors has not been
formed yet.
The phase 3 should complete the
«waking» process. It lies ahead to generate
the plan of the world order and create
subjects of universe. It begins again with
the same – with activation of the necessary
attributes.
You remember, my soul, the attributes
of the Spiritual being – these are his
tools, without which it is impossible to
do the work. If one is to proceed further
by this analogy, then it should be said,
that provision of tools is also a complex
multistage event.
244
The hammer, screwdriver, are well
known hand tools. The next stage is the
mechanized tool with power drive. And
still above are the tooling systems with
elements of intellect, capable of correlating
its influence on the processing object with
data about its initial and given conditions.
And at the extreme top is the system,
designing and creating the tooling systems.
Each attribute is a complex tooling system
in complete hierarchy, meant for building a
particular part of the total structure of the
universe.
In all I could trace 16 attributes at the
workshop of the Almighty. A part of them
was activated in the 1st and 2nd phases.
Here are some more, related to the phase
3: creative capacity, truth, providentiality,
omniscience, and activated bonum.
The matter has gone to that it is
necessary to invent actively and a lot. The
World is yet to be there, and it is time to
invent how it will be. It is not only how it
will be, but also how to control it, so that
it does not decay in a minute, but existed
400,000 billion years and came to the
given condition.
But, who is capable of creating such a
system? What there! It is for us to at least
understand the most general principles
of the structure of universe. And He, the
Lord, devised it. To this purpose he trained
a part of His Spiritual being in the capacity
of creation.
The activation of the attribute
«Creative capacity» gives birth to next
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
independent hypostasis of the Spiritual
being, responsible for designing the
universe. And this hypostasis with its
purpose, of course, is doing well. The
World has been created, and created as
needed, being itself the truth.
The attribute «truth» is self-adequacy
of the Lord. The emission of Spiritual being
gives birth to almost an infinite ladder of
His manifestations. In the beginning the
hierarchy of objects of the non-material
World, then the most complex copy in the
form of aggregates of the World of matter
to the material carriers of the Spiritual
being, and all these are absolutely adequate
to the initial source – God. This adequacy
is truth.
The attribute «Providentiality» is
connected with the problem of definition
of objectives. Creating such a complex and
long living system, such as the universe,
the author should line up a multilevel
subsystem of purposes and priorities. Local
and temporary purposes in this system has
no right to close the path to solution of the
basic system purpose (it, naturally, exists,
but is still early to be named).
Vectors of purposes and tasks may be
directed to any side, but the specialized
part of the Spiritual being called as
«providentiality» monitors so that the sum
vector leads to the execution of general
target function of the universe system.
The Spiritual being knows about
everything, what it creates, knows about
how that is created by Him evolves,
what laws are given rise to and what
consequences these laws imply.
In other words, the Spiritual being is
an absolute scientific, totally informed on
all the nuances of the universe. In this is the
meaning of the attribute «omniscience».
How can it be the other way! The Lord
245
himself devices everything, so he knows
all.
But one thing law and rules of the
game, and another what happens in reality!
Always and everywhere real behaviour of
system takes place with deviations from
calculated parameters.
In order that the system does not break
down, it is necessary to know everything in
detail about it, instantly and continuously.
As and when needed correct it.
The attribute «omniscience» is
transparent, continuous, absolute monitoring
of event in the World, in each atom, in each
Galaxy, in each star, in each cell, in each man
etc. Too much! All leads to one point with
the whole Macrocosm, to one attribute of the
Spiritual being – omniscience!
In truth: «The Lord is Great!»
And finally the attribute «bonum» –
the most significant and the most complex
attribute for interaction of the Spiritual
being with the World He is creating.
I don’t know the definition for the
concept «bonum»; may be, it is not there
at all, as it is not, and in principle cannot
be, definition for the concept God. Well,
you, of course, remember, my soul that
every definition is built from the general
to the particular. But there is nothing
more general than God, and Bonum, most
probably, is the emanation of Divine entity,
subject and entity of cascade emission
of the Spiritual being at all levels of its
degression to matter.
Bonum is the capacity, energy and
subject of cascade emission of the Spiritual
being. Or something similar to it. Not all
could I examine in the semi-darkness at
the Creators workshop. But you, my soul,
if you are kind to the Lord, can go there
with a torch and examine everything in
detail.
 7.4 Generation of design «Executor»
Well, good. Let’s proceed further.
Let’s see how the «creators of periphery»
appear. At first, they are many, so many
as the subjects of both the Worlds and
aspects of its existence. Secondly, it should
be said that Archangels, Angels, demons,
forming both the Worlds and overlooking
their functioning are in part people,
rather entities, originating from people,
or entities preparing to go through the life
path of man.
«The whole of Cosmos is managed, regulated
and animated by almost an infinite series of
hierarchies, knowledgeable beings, out of which
each has a predestined mission and who, whether
we shall give one or the other name, name them
Dhian-Kogans or Angels – is the gist of «news»,
only in that concept that they are intermediaries
of Karmic and Cosmic Laws. They differ
indefinitely in their corresponding powers of
consciousness and intellect; to call them pure
Spirits, without a single earthly admixture,
«which only becomes the prey of time:, - means
to create only for poetical fantasies. Since each
of these beings were either man in the previous
Manvanter, or preparing to be them, of not in
the present than in the coming Manvanter. They
are improved people, when they are not people
in the germinal condition; and in their higher,
more material spheres, they differ morally from
the earthy human beings only in that they are
devoid of selfhood and human emotional nature,
which are two purely earthly characteristics»
E.P. Blavatskaya [15, page 342].
We come to the understanding of world
order, using the logic series of associations
with geometric figures: «customer» – point,
«contractor» – straight line, «Executor» –
plane, and the universe – volume.
From a straight line, more precisely
from a segment of a straight line, where
the bar is applied, rises (is born) the plane
with width √2 if for unit measurement we
take 1/12 length of the bar at the moment
246
of its creation (figure 62).
This narrow long strip is the geometric
symbol of the presence of the Spiritual
being, responsible for creation of the
structure of the universe. Here all that is
related to the system forming aggregates
of the World are resolved: how many of
them are there, how their functions are
distributed; in each case they are located
on the steps of the emission cascade.
At the same time as you see, the strip is
divided into 12 segments, corresponding
to gradations on the bar.
Where does it come from, this plane?
Who and how creates it?
You remember, my soul, how the bar
was formed. It was built by the Lord, by
setting aside four stages to one and seven
stages to the other side of Himself. And
each stage is 100,000 times different from
the previous one.
So, now He, being at the seventh
point of the bar, directed His mind’s eye
perpendicular to the scale and focused it
along a straight line at a distance, equal
to √2 if for unit we take 1/12 part of the
bar. The line formed is the Divine triangle,
the universe’s axis, more correctly its first
bit; and the point is the reflection of Lord’s
image in the noumenal World, which is yet
to be created, but borders with this point.
It can also be said that the point “alpha-
bar” is an image of the noumenal man,
reflections of the Lord.
Through the «alpha-bar» passes a
straight line, parallel to the bar and thus
limits the plane «A», where the Spiritual
being, responsible for the design of
universe, is located.
However, for the successful functioning
of the universe system two types of Spiritual
beings, who will be located on planes «B»
and «C», passing similarly through the bar
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
and turned to the plane «A» at 45 degrees,
are necessary. The width of both these
planes is equal to 1/12 of bar.
The Spiritual being, responsible for
creation of the control system, is located
on the plane «B». The plane «A» will be
filled with objects of the universe, but who
should live when and die when is decided
in the existence plane.
The plane «C» serves the Spiritual
beings, who create the control systems of
the universe’s work.
As such, the World is yet to be, neither
the material, nor the noumenal. But in
order to build and control them, it is
necessary to have the so called periphery,
something like the program sheath. And in
order to create this sheath it is necessary
to have “executors”, who will be located in
the planes «A», «B» and «C».
May be we should have started
description of the phase 3 with this.
Without any coquetry I shall tell you,
my soul, that I myself read with horror
what has been written. Some broken style
summary and not a smooth narration.
What if I do not have literary talent,
after all there are no grievances from my
side. I set out in writing what I can. But
above all, it was said in the beginning: the
addressee is me, my reincarnation.
If you, the reader, are my reincarnation
or kindred spirit, everything should be
247
clear and curious to you; and if not please
excuse me, drop it and do not read it. Do
not force yourself. I shall not take offence.
In my days as a lecturer (I taught people
with higher education in the evening,
enhanced their qualification) everything
depended on the topic. There were topics,
which were interesting to all, and also
topics, interesting to two-three students,
and the others slept, covering delicately
with their hand.
I did not disturb them, spoke softly and
even monotonously, but those, who found
it interesting, listened and did not sleep.
What grudges can be there!
Here, probably, it should be said that at
the phase 3 each hypostasis of the Spiritual
being is divided further into three parts:
• The Spiritual being, responsible for
the design of the universe.
• The Spiritual being, responsible for
life and death;
• The Spiritual being, responsible for
managing processes that takes place in the
universe.
If we proceed from the principle of
management: «An independent function
of management is a separate executor -
functionary», then the number of Spiritual
being–functionaries at the phase 3
increases by 3 times and will continue to
increase further with the complication of
periphery.
 7.5. Phase 4. Generation of periphery
of the universe
KEY WORDS: periphery of the universe, hypermatrix,
hypertime, hyperspace, periphery of the noumenal World,
periphery of the material World.
Here it is time to slightly apply the
brake on periphery and pay attention to
one more important aspect of the World
order.
It is about the nature of the Spiritual
being. What is a Spiritual being from the
engineering point of view? How and from
what is It made?
Shouldn’t the question be posed like
this? But why? Can it be asked out of what
stone is made? Can it be asked out of what
stars and man are made? But after all this is
also a manifestation of the Spiritual being,
the final stages of the cascade emission in
the region of the material World.
It is forbidden for one to be an atheist,
but questions can be asked. The Lord has
answers to all our questions. I think that
our childish inquisitiveness is at heart to
the Creator.
What is the nature of the Spiritual
being at the early stages of emission? In
the first phase of the world order already
begins existence zone, - that region, where
we exist, where every object has features
of substance that differentiate its existence
from non-existence, total absence.
Of course, there is no matter there at
all, but there is something, out of which
objects of the periphery are built. This
something can store, transmit and process
information. This something differentiates
«before» and «after», aligns in its specific
space, and may be, has its universal time
count.
And there is another problem. The
248
objects of the periphery are dispersed over
the Metagalaxy. A part of them accompany
the Galaxies being overseen and travels
over the Universe in all directions. But at
the same time maintain absolute contact
with the «central control room».
How is it done? However much you
think, nothing simpler and better than the
hypermatrix cannot be conceived. That is
why He created it.
In one of the initial moments of
creation the Lord filled the whole space
of the future World with an invisible,
insensuous cell like structure, made of
absolutely similar cubic spaces with sides
equal to the value of a maximon – 10 –34.8  m.
The hypermetric was static, spherical and
had initial dimensions at the cross section
1025.2 m, and immediately upon its creation
began to expand in the radial direction
from the centre with a speed equal to half
the speed of light.
There are its absolute category of
space and its absolute count of time.
Thus God lays for Himself paths along
which He is to walk.
Thus the canvas appears on which
the Divine picture of the universe will be
embroidered.
In some unknown way any cell can
carry in it information charge and potential
of some protoenergy, of value from zero to
the whole volume of the universe without
remainder.
In some way all these can pass from
cell to cell without obstruction, practically
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
instantaneously and without loss.
Finally, in some way any cell may «be
aware» of what is taking place in any other
cell, also practically in an instant.
But how and from where is this
hypermatrix coming from? It would have
been simpler to consider it a property of
space, and from somewhere the Spiritual
being comes and settles in here. But then
the initial principle «There is nothing in
the Holy World apart God». The question
arises: but who created this property?
When, from what and why?
An erroneous path!
The universal hypermatrix, of course,
is also created by the Lord, and this is
accomplished in parallel to unfolding of
the periphery (figure 63).
As said earlier, there appears a point
at the instance of transfer of the Spiritual
being from «beyond-existence» to the
condition of «existence». It is 10 –34.8 m in
size. Most probably, it is a cube, although
for now it is only a point, the concept of
form does not have any meaning. This
volume is the first cell of the future
hypermatrix.
In the first cell is located the whole
potential of the universe without any
remainder.
The frequency characteristic of the
first cell is a minimum of 1073 Hz, and
may be several orders more. It is packed
with gene pool of the future universe, all
information, necessary for creation and
management of the World and all things of
the future World, which, as is transpiring,
also is probably information than physical
substance.
And everything there fits perfectly
in one cell of the hypermatrix. It fits
in there, but in a complete incapable
packed condition. This is yet the Spiritual
249
being, it is His embryo. Similar to how a
spermatozoid is not yet a human being.
This is it. Gods are also born.
At stage 2 (figure 63) the cell builds
similar cells on both sides along a straight
line. In the beginning a segment of length
1.618034…m is built. This is none other
than the absolute and eternal dimension of
the Spiritual being. It is not the Spiritual
being, but His size. Can the World in
which you live be measured by a metre?
Yes! Why can’t there be diemnsion to the
«beginning of things»? It can be. It is there!
The Fibonacci number, or the Golden
section, multiplied by 1 m is the initial
gauge of linear sizes of the universe.
In this arshin 1035 cells of the hypermatrix
are packed. Exactly!
Further to the left and right are set
segments of exactly the same length and
the scale-size bar, about which it has been
already said, are drawn and are shown in
figure 60.
The scale consists of 12 equal
segments, and its entire length is 19.416
m. The total number of cells, forming the
scale is 1.2·1036.
The extreme points of segments form
centers of the corresponding classes (figure
60, E). In all we get 11 full classes and two
sub-classes – zero and the 12th.
The segment of the scale, related
to a particular class, will hereafter be
responsible for all objects of the universe
with dimensions in the same size limits.
At the center of the 7th class is
accommodated, and will be accommodated
till the end of the centuries the first cell –
emission source of welfare – the building
material of the universe. On all the figures
this point is indicated by the letter «alpha»,
as the symbol of the beginning of creation.
Let’s go back again to the figure 63,
 7.5. Phase 4. Generation of periphery of the universe
stage   3. The cells, lined up in a line of
the bar, emanates new cells, arranging it
in the form of a parallelepiped of length
19.4 m and section in the form of a square
1.618  ×  1.618 m.
In such a block there are 1.2 · 10106
hypermatrix cells.
The point «alpha» as it was, so it
remains at its place, on the initial edge of
the block.
All the cells, forming this square
block is filled with Spiritual beings-
creators, specialized objects according to
the scale-dimensional attribute, according
to the function existence-non-existence
and according to management task of
processes of functioning of the future
universe system.
Pay attention, my soul, so far the
processes of the hypermatrix deployment
and construction of objects of the periphery
almost coincide.
Well thereafter begins the most
interesting. For the first time intention of
the Creator is manifested. May be a little
later or possibly a little earlier appear the
organizational level scale and plane for
accommodating the noumenal World.
The intention of the Creator, seems,
not that complex to our understanding:
propagate cascade emission to the level of
matter, pass through the spiritless matter
and again rise to the level of the Spirit.
Once again it can be said in other words.
The Spiritual beings strives to expend its
potential on creation of matter, switch over
completely to matter and then develop
matter to the level of Spirit, exhaust
the potential of matter to the end and
accumulate the renewed Spiritual being.
Such is the cycle.
In order to grasp for the third time, for
you, and more for self I would say. The
250
subject cannot be more serious: The Lord’s
intention!
The Spiritual being, like everything
He has created, has Its active life cycle.
Death in the understanding of man does
not exist for Him. Yes, what is death, we
mortal beings do not know. Most probably,
not much of a death is this death. The
initial condition of the Spiritual being is
total convolution. It is natural to have the
wish to unfold, realize its potential. The
method of deployment for the Spiritual
being is specific – cascade emission,
i.e. multi-stage transformation with the
simultaneous expansion of a series of its
hypostasis and decreasing the level of
spirituality. At the limit of this degression
is the realization as inert matter, where the
level of spirituality is close to zero. Further
is synergism – sophistication of objects of
the material World, enhance spirituality
and creation of a new Spiritual being in
some renewed capacity.
Such is the inhalation and exhalation.
It is how He is organized, that is
how His life appears, as much as I could
understand.
Please forgive me, Lord, my pride!
Thus, my main discovery has been
sounded, but, as is known, the whole point
is in the details. Let’s go further along the
stages, depicted in the figure 63.
Stage 4.1. Degression to the material
World, to its ultimate depth, where things
are practically spiritless, is a complex
multistage process. A scale is necessary,
with whose help the hierarchy of objects
of creation according the degree of
spirituality can be lined up.
Here the question on the unit of
measurement of spirituality for calibration
(marking) of the scale arises. What is the
unit of spirituality? The Creator knows the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
answer, but I do not.
On the other hand it was noted that
there exists a secondary, accompanying
the spirituality, characteristic – functional
structural level of organization of objects
of the universe. Using it, we can build the
spirituality axis – perpendicular to the bar,
starting from the point “alpha”. Again the
twelve stages-classes close to the heart
of the Creator. The pitch is 2.87… m. It
is equal to the length of the diagonal of a
square with side 1.618034… m.
Pay attention, my soul, to the mutual
incommensurability, irrationality of all
initial sizes of the universe.
The hypermatrix cell is a cube with
side 10 –34.8 m, a real number, a finite
decimal fraction.
«Holy arshin» length of the bar
stage  – 1 · Fi; metre, multiplied by the
Fibonacci number is an irrational number.
As a result, the sizes of the hypermatrix
and bar will never be multiples. Like the
diameter of a circle and length of the its
perimeter.
And finally the organizational level scale
is not a multiple of the bar, because its
pitch contains in its size the co-multiplier
√2 – also a irrational number.
It cannot be otherwise. The hyperspace,
scale and level of organization are unique
basic properties of the universe, which
cannot be expressed one through the other.
Two perpendicularly located scales
naturally form a limited coordinate surface
(stage 4.2) – a plane, where the noumenal
model of the material World will function.
To control the noumenal World two
control planes are built up – stage 4.3. One
is in charge of «existence-non-existence»,
the second – «control of functioning of
systems of the noumenal World». Their
thickness is 0.809… m, and is located at
251
45º to the plane of noumenal World. Thus,
the mechanism for creation and support
of the noumenal World – periphery of the
noumenal World (PNW) is drawn up. This
is a cube with side 19.4 m, formed from
1.7·10108 cells of the hypermatrix. Further
the hypermatrix does not spread at this
instance. Such a volume is sufficient for
formation of the noumenal World.
But to accommodate the material
World there is no place yet. This place has
to be created.
Stage 4.4. The process of inflation
of the hypermatrix begins. The PNW
cube created only then, in some way
understands that it is necessary to create
the hyperspace, that it is made of standard
cells, that it should quickly reach a definite
size and then continue to expand with a
certain constant speed.
The point «alpha» as it was, remains
the only source of hypermatrix cells.
The growth in the number of cells
takes place, probably, in the following way.
The diagonal from the point «alpha» – the
Spirit’s axis passes through PNW. This
is a chain of cells along which welfare –
emanation of the Spiritual being flows to
the World. The extreme bottom point of
the spirit’s axis gives rise to one standard
empty cell of the hypermatrix, the same
as those out of which PNW is formed,
but charges it with potential of self-
reproduction along the direction of its free
planes. This is a cube with sides 10 –34.8 m
that produces a similar cube, adjoining
its free side. It makes its resemblance
there, where it feels that the side is not
occupied. At the same time the potential of
reproduction freely flows to the free planes
of the newly formed cubes.
The self frequency on this phase of
evolution of the universe is about 1053 Hz.
 Stage 1, Phase 1, Fig. 56 Stage 2, Phase 2, Fig. 56

d
 “U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
а
в
а
34,8
а а = 10 m = 1 Мх
35 h
а d = 1,618034 m = 10 Мх=1m х Fi
36
в = 19,416 m = 1,2 .10 Мх
а = 10
34,8
m = 1 Maximon (Мх) Number of cells  1,2 х 1036; Fi
Numbers of cells  1 Logarithmic size bar (matter axis)
First cell of the Hypermatrix

Stage 4.2. Phase 4, Fig. 57 Stage 4.3. Phase 4, Fig. 57, 54

 
h

11

b
10

Pl m
No

an en
9

u
e al
8

oh W
th orl
7
h

e
6

d
5
4
Periphery of the

3
2
1
Noumenal
Plane for b
World  PNW
placement of the b = 19,4 m = 1,2х1036 Мх
Noumenal World h = 0,809... m
108
No. of cells  1,7х10 Pr

Stage 4.6. Phase 4, Fig. 57 Stage 4.7. Phase 4, Fig. 57, 54

 
Pl m
No

an en
u
e al
oh W
th orl
e d

1
2
111

2
10
9

3
8
7

4
6
5

5
4
3

6
2
1

7 0
1

8
Pl ter

9
M
2

an ia

10
a
3

e lW

11
oh o

12
4

Plane for Periphery of the

th rld
5

e
6

Material
7

placement of the 
8


9

a
10

Material World World  PMW

11

а=19,4 m a

Fig. 63 Stages of deployment

 Stage 3, Phase 3, Fig. 56 Stage 4.1, Phase 4, Fig. 55, 56

“Upper block”  

12
11
10
b

9
h

8
7
h

6
p
5
h = 0,5d = 0,809... m Organizational level

4
b = 19,4 m = 1,2х1036 Мх scale (Spirits axis)

3
g = 2,87... m = 1 mхFix 2

d
Number of cells  0,6 х 10106

1
First volume of the Hypermatrix p = 27,45... m = 1 mхFi x 2 x12

4 Stage 4.4. Phase 4, Fig. 57 Stage 4.5. Phase 4, Fig. 57

 Hypermatrix at
the moment of 19,4 м
Creation
b

PNW
PNW before before
s

12С 1025,2 m 12С

l l

C e с=3х108 m/sec
180
Number of cells at the moment of Creation  0,5 .10
Process of creation of the Hypermatix

4 Stage 4.8. Phase 4, Fig. 57 Stage 4.9. Phase 4, Fig. 57

ПНМ  1 экз.
 19,4 м

1019  1021 м
10 25,2 м

PNW ПММ  1010 экз.

22 м
10 22 м 10
 “Lower
PMW
block”
Emission of periphery of the Distribution of periphery objects along
Material World the volume of the hypermatrix

of Hypermatrix of the Creation

 7.5. Phase 4. Generation of periphery of the universe
Simple calculations show that the
expansion wave of the hypermatrix moves
with a speed of 1018.2 m/s, and in a month
and half or two the hypermatrix reaches
the design size of 1025.2 m (stage 4.5).
Then the speed of expansion of the
hypermatrix falls drastically to 1.5·108  m/s,
which constitutes half the speed of light, and the
hypermatrix expands further at such quiet rate,
preparing the place for regression of Galaxies.
From this instance appear hyperspace
and hypertime. A solid, unchanging, static
construction area for creation of infinitely
changing, transient material World. It
is, most probably, a sphere of diameter
1025.2   m, made of cubic cells with sides
10 –34.8 m and quantity 0.5·10180 pieces.
The hypermatrix cells are static in
relation to each other. The hypertime is
defined by growth process of the external
layer of a huge sphere of the hypermatrix.
The growth speed is constant. It means that
time is invariable. In the centre of the sphere is
miniscule nucleus from similar cells – cubes
of PNW. It is less than the sphere by 1025
times. Approximately a similar proportion is
between the atom and the Galaxy.
Why so much space?
The Lord by His nature is regal. To the
question how much? He answers himself  – ten to
the power of ten! It is this much material Worlds
that will be created as many Galaxies should
simultaneously occupy the hypermatrix space.
But the material World also requires a
peripheral complex. It is necessary to create
a typical technological slipway for erection of
the material World and make such slipways
as much as there are material Worlds.
The noumenal World is needed in one
copy, one copy of PNW has been created
under it, but there will be a lot of material
Worlds. That is why it is necessary in the
beginning to make one periphery of the
254
material World (PMW), and then multiply
it in the required quantities and place it at
its locations in the hypermatrix.
At stage 4.6 the plane for accommodating
one typical material World unfolds. It is built
on the continuation of the Holy diagonal
(figure 54, 55) and finished at the point
«omega» – final of the cyclic evolution of
the Spiritual being. On this surface unfolds
evolution of matter from maximon and
antimatter to man and renewed Spiritual
being. The noumenal and material Worlds
constitute as if like a frontal mirror reflection
of each other, and that is why their scales are
on one straight line, come in contact at zero
point, but are directed against each other.
The material World also requires control
and management. These functions are taken
by two orthogonal planes. One is in charge
of issues of life and death, the other manages
the process of functioning of systems of the
material World (stage 4.7). This is somewhat
a mirror reflection of two controlling planes
of the periphery of noumenal World.
The planes have thickness equal to half
the class of bar 0.809 m, come in contact at the
lower edge and there, similar to at the top, an
empty space is formed in the form of a long
block – mirror reflection of the figure at stage 3.
There at the intersection of the external
edge and the Holy diagonal is located the
point «omega» – a place, which collects
and packs the renewed Spiritual being –
«omega» by the end of the evolutionary
cycle of the Spiritual being – «alpha».
The point «omega» is one and the
«block» for collection of the spiritual result
is one, but the peripheries of the material
World should be as much, as the Worlds.
That is why at the stage 4.8 replication
of PMW takes place. In all 1010 absolutely
identical peripheries of the material World
are generated. Each PMW is designed for
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
one full life cycle of one Galaxy – 40,000
billion years. If my approximate calculations
are true and the life cycle of a Metagalaxy is
40,000 billion years, then in this period ten
generations of galaxies will be changed and
as a result the total quantity of PMW will be
by an order more and will constitute 1011.
It is quite a large quantity. PMW also
constitutes a cube made of specialized cells
with side 19.4 m – six storied house. For a
man this volume is quite big, for Cosmos it is
a speck of dust.
But these specks of dust are accommodated
in the already created hypermatrix
volume approximately evenly and in exact
correspondence to the location of centres of the
future Galaxies (stage 4.9).
Nothing especially complex: the diameter
of a Galaxy is from 1019 to 1021 m, distance
between centres of the Galaxies is about 1022 m.
Displacement to the required point along
the hyperspace is not a problem, no one moves
anything. The information on the design of
PMW is simply transferred to the required
point and fixed at those cells, which were there.
But there is one complicating situation:
the Galaxies should not be at rest, they are
to be in continuous motion along a straight
line and around its axis.
The point is that on the basis of matter,
constituting the substance of a Galaxy lies
maximon, an object belonging equally to
the noumenal and material Worlds.
Its frequency 1043 Hz is too small for
the hypermatrix. To be more precise it is
at the limit of the allowed frequency. The
cell cannot continuously activate at such
frequency. It gets «overheated». If the
material object will be static at one point
of the hyperspace, then it’ll «burn» it. The
solution is simple: material objects should
be in motion, moreover as whole – the
whole material World, i.e. Galaxy. At first,
255
it should revolve around its centre so that
the equilibrium of forces of gravity and
centrifugal forces maintained its integrity.
Secondly, a linear motion along a straight
line with zero acceleration is required.
It is also needed to do something so that
the Galaxies do not collide. For volumes
in the form of a sphere such things are
possible, if all the objects shall move in a
radial direction from the centre.
The speed of motion should not be more
than the speed of light, since we are talking about
matter. The relative speed of the Galaxies located
close are not great, but it sharply increases with
distance from the object being monitored.
One more requirement: expansion of
the Metagalaxy should not lead to change in
the density gradient at its cross section. In
other words, in the beginning the distances
between the Galaxies are approximately
equal at any point of the Metagalaxy.
On expansion of the total volume of the
Metagalaxy and on the condition that the
total quantity of Galaxies does not change,
the distance between them should increase
equally at any point of the Metagalaxy.
Fulfilling the cited conditions leads
to that, that each PMW, placed initially at
a definite point of the hypermatrix, gets
some impulse of linear and rotary motion
with a given radial direction and given
speed.
Again the Cheshire cat: The Galaxies
are yet to be, but how it rotates and where
it flies is already known. A cat‘s smile
before the arrival of the cat!
What there the Galaxy! The whole
universe in the form of smile of a Cheshire
cat is ready. A complete silence; nothing
is yet there, not a single atom, not a single
maximon, but the whole infrastructure,
required for the act of creation of the
material World has been prepared.
 7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World
7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World
KEY WORDS: noumenal World, evolution programme
of the universe, thought images of material objects,
periphery of noumenal World.
The Spiritual being has generously
given a part of its substance for creation
and development of the workshop, where
the material World will be created.
However before beginning creation of
the material World it is necessary to create
its noumenal model (figure 57, phase 5).
Why do we need a model of the
material World? Isn’t it simpler to directly
begin making it? Simpler. But then
all the mistakes have to be corrected
by influencing from outside, i.e apply
the mechanism of direct operative
management. It is not interesting.
The intention of the Spiritual being
is enormously deep. Matter should be
independent. Its freedom increases as we
approach the point “omega”. Each step on
the organizational level scale gives a new
increment of freedom, and and at the last
but one stage, there where we are, freedom
is so much that with its inevitability appears
the problem of moral choice. Then begins
the process of ethical evolution of man,
which in all likelihood leads to transition
to the last, 12th class of the organizational
level.
No, direct management should not
be there. More delicate methods of
organization of the evolutionary process of
the material World are required. Moreover
there exists one more serious problem.
Apart from the «correct» development of
the evolutionary process, matter should
somewhat take into consideration the
change in conditions, connected with the
flow of ecumenical time and increase in
256
dimensions of the Metagalaxy.
Global change in space and one sided,
accumulated flow of time, leading from
the beginning to the completion of the
cycle influence the material objects very
seriously.
The evolutionary scenario of the
material World after several hundred
thousand billion years will not be exactly
the same as it is today.
Such things are impossible to foresee
by rigid programming. A scheme is
necessary that can actively change the
program of evolution of matter depending
on the situation. The situation from
an engineering point of view is totally
understandable and known. Known
methods of solutions exist for it.
In such cases monitoring of the
external media and mechanism of active
reprogramming of the system are foreseen.
The purpose of the noumenal World
is to work out a multitude of possible
scenarios of evolution of matter taking
into consideration the current condition of
the Metagalaxy, i.e. its age and character
of influence of its dimensions at the given
moment on the properties of objects of the
material World.
You may remember what it is about.
The stability wave is stretched to the right,
behind the flying Galaxies, and the scale
coordinates of classes and aggregates of
the material World remain at the previous
places.
Thus, the noumenal model generates
thought images of aggregates of the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
material World and lines draws up the
hierarchy down towards the zero mark
along the organizational level axis (figure
64).
The conceptual model of each aggregate is
adjusted a large number of times for executing
its functions and organic combination with
the neighboring aggregates.
Formation of a balanced graph of the
noumenal World is a constant interactive
process, which takes place at a frequency
of about 1053 Hz during existence of the
whole universe.
The process of formation of noumenal
World is initiated by the Spiritual beings –
executors (figure 56, phase 3).
The source of all resources, and they
lead to the concept «welfare», is, as before,
God (point «alpha»). He is there so much
that it will be enough during 400,000
billion years to fill with himself 10 times
10 billion of Galaxies.
The control of the process of
generation of the noumenal World is made
by the existence plane and control plane
of functioning of the periphery of the
noumenal world.
Finally a streamlined and consistent
chain of thought objects from homo to
maximons and Metagalaxy is drawn up. In
total there are 12 stages, to which we shall
return.
Maximon is a boundary aggregate
equal in size to one cell of the hypermatrix.
It carries the current genotype of the
material World. Maximon manifests itself
in two frequency ranges. At the frequency
1053 Hz its formation takes place, and at a
frequency of 10 orders less – 1043 Hz – it
forms the material World by itself.
The noumenal World is a grand model of
the material World by its complexity
and occupies a physical volume of rectangular
257
sheet 27×19 metres and thickness 10–34.8 m,
but is capable of planning evolution of the
material World on the expanses of a sphere
of diameter 1025 m.
The design of graph of a noumenal
World (figure 64) actively reminds the idea
of Babylon tower. As is known, the latter
was built to bring closer man to God. Here
there is something similar.
Man is really above all other aggregates
of matter and nearer to the point «alpha»,
below follows the aggregates thanks to
which man exists, and still below biological
elements of the structure and beyond the
floors of material substance.
The whole structure is held on two
«legs» – maximon and Metagalaxy.
The maximon carries in it the drawing
and full description of material Worlds –
Galaxies. It knows how to build them.
From the point where the maximon is
there takes place a continuous emission of
maximons to the centres of the material
Galaxies. Generation and pumping take
place at frequency not less than 1053 Hz, but
the process of manifestation of maximon
as a material subject, as has been said
earlier, takes place 10 billion times slower,
at the frequency 1043 Hz.
The second «leg» of the graph –
Metagalaxy – reminds of a hoof on ice.
It slides to the side constantly increasing
the distance from the point 11 to the point
12 on the bar. But thanks to this slide an
absolute count of time and process of
targeted evolution appear in the universe.
Something may be approximately said
about the nature of aggregates of the
noumenal World.
The aggregates of noumenal World
are thought images of aggregates of
the material World. Their similarity is
implemented through the mechanism of
 7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World

Organizational
level
axis
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
12

Frequencies
63 Hz Scale axis
11

Homo-reflection of the Lord

Animals-heterotrophs
10

Plants-autotrophs
9

Biological Cell
8

Biosphere 
cosmic placenta
Cell nucleus
7

Bio-substance
6

53 Hz

Molecule
5

Atom System “Star-planet”

4

Electron
Planets, Stars
3

(Photon) Nuclei of stars, Galaxy

2

Atomic nucleus

(Electron nucleus)
1

Nuclei of Galaxies

53/43 Hz Maximon
Metagalaxy
0

Fig. 64 Noumenal Word - active model of the Material World

258
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
genetic information, transferred through
maximon, an unique aggregate belonging
equally to both of the Worlds.
Thought image is a phenomenon
that contains in it properties of the object
and subject. Eternal by its nature, it is at
continuous change of its qualities with
the purpose of adaption to the changing
conditions of the universe and mutual
conformity of all aggregates of the universe.
There are 21 basic aggregates –
thought images in the noumenal World.
Together they create a ladder for descent
of the Spiritual being from higher spiritual
levels of matter to the lowest level of
matter, substance, practically devoid of the
properties of intellect and spirit.
The structure of the noumenal World is
drawn up so as to serve as a mirror image
of the structure of the World of matter,
whose task is the rise from simple matter
to aggregates, carrying intellect, spirit and
ethics. The aggregates are generated by
the Spiritual beings – executors (figure 56,
phase 3). The Spiritual being at the point
“alpha” serves as the source of resources.
The external correction of functioning
of the noumenal World is carried out by
elements of its periphery.
The first aggregate – homo – is the
reflection of the face, may be not the face,
but substance of the Lord. The exterior
and structure of human organism, most
probably, can be significantly changed at
time segments, comparable with the length
of life cycle of the universe.
May be after 200-300 thousand billion
years a man will completely change his
physical nature. But there are invariable
attributes, marking out homo from the
World of material objects and making
him similar to the Lord: This is intellect,
memory, speech, freedom of choice,
259
definition of objectives, moral responsibility,
creativity and theophilia (love to God).
The animals are a step lower – biological
creatures heterotrophs, using exclusively
organic substances as food and serving as
such food and assistants to man. At the next
level are the plants, i.e. autotrophs. Then
the cell, its nucleus, molecules, atom etc.,
right up to maximon (along the branch of
substance) and right up to the Metagalaxy
(along the direction of the hierarchy of
cosmic bodies and objects).
Is there a difference between the
noumenal aggregates and their material
reprints? Of course, there is. As there is the
difference between the stamp and the stamped
detail, between print block and print.
The thought images of the noumenal
World, most probably, are made of the
deepest, most characteristic and vital traces of
aggregates of the universe.
The real conditions in different material
Worlds, namely in different stellar systems, in
different Galaxies, on different stages of life
cycles of stars, planets and Galaxies, lead to the
difference between aggregates at different points
of the material World, in spite of the unity of the
initial genetic program laid in the maximons.
The noumenal aggregate provides the possibility
of similar deflections, but all the same constitutes
a basic, initial structure – typical solution.
I do not know how long the process of the
initial formation and balancing of the chain
of aggregates of the noumenal World will
continue. Most probably, at the frequency
1053 Hz this is not long.
The time will come, when the first full-
fledged maximon will appear for replicating
simultaneously at the frequency 1043 Hz in
all the Galaxies of the material World.
This will take place without any delay
and will continue till the collapse of the
universe.
 7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery
7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World.
Operation of Periphery
KEY WORDS: Material world, Periphery of Material world,
freedom in the Material world, operating principle of Periphery,
Information streams of Periphery
The Holy Temple has been built, and
the Periphery is ready for the birth of the
Matter.
Now, after some negligible fraction of
a second the birth of matter is imminent,
instantly in all the 10 billion future galaxies,
instantly spinning with the required speed,
and flying in the radial direction from the
centre with the required speed.
Well, what else than an explosion?!
And here it quietly rolled in. Ten
billion centers of the future galaxies began
to erupt Maximons. The fusion process of
photons, electrons, and atoms, formation
of stars and planets has began.
A fabulous Architect, a fabulous
Engineer. The subject of His Creation is
wonderful!
But the most amazing thing is that
you and I, my Soul, have been allowed
to see, evaluate the scale and even in
part understand the significance of His
Creation!
Although, I am not a Muslim, but I
shall say once again: «The Lord is Great!»
On the other hand what is there to wonder?
Why not? We are indeed His reflection!
We simply are obliged to understand,
perceive and carry the burden of Creation
of our Father!
Thus dictates the system created by
Him! In any case, a man has to do it in the
forthcoming 400,000 billion years.
Thereafter the building of material
worlds begins. It starts simultaneously and
260
takes place synchronously in the beginning
instantly in all the ten billion galaxies. The
rate of evolution, of course, cannot be
absolutely the same, but on the average the
complete life cycle of the galaxies is equal
to 40,000 billion years. The period is not
small. The formation and contraction of
galaxies constitute a negligibly small part
of this period about 1-2 billion years, i.e.
less than one hundredth of a percent.
How the galaxy matter is formed, how
the stars are got from it, how the Maximons
are converted to the material of stars and
galaxies, how plasma is formed, and, on
cooling, reduced to atomic structure, I do
not want to comment, but I approve that
all these take place in the sixth phase of
evolution of the World order, fig. 57.
It seems to me that the hypothesis
that stars were formed from gaseous-dust
nebulae with the subsequent condensation
and heating under the gravity forces is
quite probable.
Now it becomes clear, where the
nebula itself comes from – thanks to the
source of Maximons in the centre of the
galaxy.
The assumption, that the substance
coming out of the centre of the galaxy in
the form of protoplasm and the source
of Maximons itself under the influence
of centrifugal forces is burst into parts
and flies over the space of future galaxy,
forming the centers of the future stars
from its parts, is as good.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
May be both, and other thirty unknown
yet methods of galaxy structure formation.
In reality an absolutely different thing is
important. From outside only a stream of
Maximons comes to the Galaxy. All other
evolutionary transformations are process
of cascade emission. Whatever are the
subsequent transformations of matter, they
are the function of specific conditions and
program, laid down in the Maximon.
In the Material world the self-control
mechanism operates in full.
The main, permitted channel of
external influence, is the mechanism
of accidental influence on the course of
events during the moments of equilibrium
choice.
«Somewhere there, beyond the limits of
knowledge,
Where there are enigma, nebula and mystery,
Someone latent prepares in advance
All that later happens accidently» [299, page
120].
A strange thing has happened.
Guberman appeared and the necessity
to quote the works of a majority of
philosophers fell out. The four lines are
equal to a whole tome or collection of
edition. This is where properly organized
idleness and lying on the couch lead to.
The program gives Matter life, but the
event leads the life of things to their
providential purpose.
«A poet of impeccable right,
Blok was not right in one thing, of
course: Erasing the accidental features,
We shall erase the God’s world t liberty are inherent.
houghtlessly» [299, page 127].
My Soul, you understand that one
can write a whole library about each
261
evolutionary phase of the world order,
if one is to know in detail what happens
there. But, alas! I know so little, that I
hardly catch hold of those pieces, which
give the possibility to re-establish the
general chain of events.
About the sixth phase I can only
say that it starts with the emission of
Maximons into the Material world and is
conditionally limited by the formation of
atoms, stars and galaxies.
The next, seventh evolutionary phase
of the World order, is connected with
the formation of molecules, planets and
accordingly the planetary systems, similar
to the Solar system.
Thus the Material worlds, described
by a graphical model, are gradually built,
known to you as in fig. 16 –26.
Together with the build-up of the
structure of Material objects the periphery
mechanism becomes complicated. The
essence of complication is in that for each
new type of object and for each of its
copy its own specialized «piece» in the
Periphery mechanism is formed. In simple
language it sounds more elegant – «Each
thing has its own Guardian Angel».
The next eighth phase opens the
biological stage of evolution of matter.
Bio-molecules and biosphere appear.
The ninth phase is characterized by the
fact that for the first time in the Material
world Plants appear – an organic unit lying
at the Divine diagonal – lines, connecting
the alpha and omega points. Plants are
complex organic structures, living beings,
to which some form of consciousness and
Animals appear on the tenth phase.
So they do on the Divine diagonal.
Animals have elements of intellect, liberty,
instincts, individuality and separate
 7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery
manifestations of spirituality. In the
behaviour of some animals fear, offence,
envy, egoism, happiness, satisfaction,
altruism, gratitude and many other affects
to the full extent inherent to man can be
read without difficulty.
Man in our diagram is formed and
occupies a dominating position in the
animal world on the eleventh phase, fig.58.
My Soul, pay attention to the fact that
the simpler the object is, the lesser and
more non-expressive is its evolutionary
history within the class framework.
For example, atom. As once Dmitri
Ivanovich Mendeleev observed the rules
of formation of chemical elements, so all
resulted in. Perhaps, isotopes are allowed
to play a little at the cost of incomplete set
of the electron shell.
The molecules are on the next stage
of the organizational level scale. It is a
total disaster with them. There are so
many types of them, that to count them, in
principle, is not possible.
All units of the subsequent stages
of the organizational level do not only
possess infinite varieties, but are also
capable of finding or even specially
creating the required modification or the
required set of characteristics, satisfying
the requirements of subsequent stage of
the general evolutionary process.
A definite contradiction arises. On the
one hand, by definition the units of the
Material world are self-sufficient, have
sufficient degree of freedom and can direct
its vector of evolution in any direction.
On the other hand, the System of
Universe has a definite objective, as well
as temporary, energetic, spatial and other
limitations.
The alpha object should be transformed
by the system to omega object subject to
262
certain boundary conditions.
For reconciliation of this difference,
tracking and correction mechanisms built-
into the Periphery of the two worlds are
used.
In general it is time to show how this
Periphery controls the Universe.
Everything appears approximately as
we supposed. The Periphery is made of
elements, which were shown in Fig.49.
A single diagonal plane, on which the
objects of Noumenal and Material worlds
are accommodated, passes through two
diagonally linked cubes.
Information streams and control
commands originate in the four control
planes-mechanisms and transferred along
two monitoring planes.
The control planes-mechanisms,
shown earlier in fig.51 have a three
layered, solid structure, or three standards
types of functions: reference pattern of the
object as per its profile, set of technologies
as per its profile, and the mechanism itself
for comparing the actual condition of the
object with the reference and output of
correcting commands.
In fig.65 the three dimensional
representation of the Periphery in different
projections is given.
The plane ABGF is in charge of Life.
From here roll-in and life impulses lead
to the Noumenal world units and then
through Maximons to the units of matter.
Here once were formed the inviolable
laws of Genesis, here the arsenal of
existence technologies are stored, and
here all commands, necessary for control
of existence, life of the Noumenal world,
are developed. The whole mechanism
of creation, as well as other mechanisms
of the Periphery, are created once for the
whole life cycle of the Universe.
 2 B
View IV A F 11
01
 8
91
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D L 12 G
A
11

Existence 10

K 9 Section on
monitoring Т 8 universe plane
F
7
6
Control of
5
death 4 H
 D
C 3
2
1
I N E
0
M
1
2
 View III 3 L
A B B G II View I 4
 5
6
F G G F 7
A F
N 8
O J 2
11
 9 01 N
W UM 91
Performance 8
10 7
B 6
O EN
R A 4
5

monitoring LD AL Universe Plane 11
2
3
H M 12 0 1
D L K
I III Control of
H L Noumenal World
E D E
L E M
M A
W TE

263
O R C D
R IA
LD L
Performance
Control of monitoring
material N
K B
12
world
J  7 8 9 1011 G
6
5
I 4
J K Т 3
2
1
0
K N IV A

F
I N
View II
C H H
M M

D
B
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Existence
E
monitoring
K L
Sections on
 Control control planes
life (object-wise
E L sections) N
12
011
91
8
7
6
5 
A F 4
J 3
2
1
0
K

Fig. 65 Function of periphery plane

 7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery
The Noumenal world control mechanism
is located in the ADCB plane. Its task
is to lead the Noumenal world along the
trajectory of evolutionary development,
adequate target function of the Universe
System and set within the boundary
conditions.
For this purpose the Laws of evolution
of the Noumenal world, Noumens control
technology and development mechanism
of control commands taking account of the
changing conditions and set of limitations
are available.
The Noumenal world together with its
Periphery is in the centre of the Metagalaxy,
occupying a negligible volume in the
Hypermatrix, but having an operational
frequency not less than 1053 Hz, it is not
measured by any instruments and methods
of the Material world, the frequency base
which by definition cannot exceed 1043 Hz.
The Material world control mechanism
also carries in it the Laws of evolution
of matter, control technology, capacity
for analysis and development of control
measures: use of casual mechanism,
activation or retardation of the life and
death processes etc.
Material world is polycyclic, all things
in it are perishable, and evolution is built
on the principle of "negation of negation",
for which, as well as for other good
thoughts thanks very much to George
Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel, and of course to
the Creator in the first place.
Negation is death, implying birth and
the following iteration, the effort to execute
its not always comprehensible function.
The death control mechanism in the
Material world is the plane IJKN and is set
against the life and existence mechanism.
Its task includes the dismantling and
disposal of objects of the Material world.
264
Everything without exception.
In this mechanism is the same standard
set: Laws of non-existence, dismantling
and disposal technology and synthesis of
commands, prompting completion of the
life cycle.
The periphery of the Material world
is diversified, its quantity is equal to the
number of galaxies. The periphery of each
Galaxy contains in it parts, controlling the
stars, planets, biospheres, and so on up to
the photon, each having numbers equal to
the number of enumerated objects in the
given galaxy and stellar system.
The Periphery of the Material world
operates in the frequencies of the order
1043 Hz, which by twenty times exceeds
the boundary of frequencies familiar to a
human being.
Here when man gets to the heart of
Maximon and its frequencies, then he can
hear the working buzz of the World order.
But, it is not simple. There is a proverb, if
ifs and ands were pots and pans there’d be
no work for tinkers. It is rude, but true.
In general, the Peripheries of the
Noumenal and Material worlds, as the
Worlds themselves, do not interlink. They
are safely divided by the boundaries of
frequency and space. Moreover they
are separated by the irreversibility and
unidirectional nature of the creation
process and functioning of the Universe.
All that is in the Universe plane
moves from the alpha point to the omega
point. From the moment of “awaking” the
primordial Spiritual being devotes himself
to building and work of the Universe.
The Emanation of Welfare is the
emission of Spiritual being into the
structure and energy of the Universe. It is
obvious that for the Spiritual being in the
alpha point this is the only form of vital
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
activity.
It reminds me vaguely of something.
The Spiritual being gives his entity for
building the cascade structure of the
Universe, for its maturity and as a result
to get on the last drop of Welfare, His
renewed integral hypostasis.
Nothing is needed for Him except the
joy and ordeals of dissipation in the World
and passage through the Matter. But the
joy would not have been complete, if it
was not known, how the evolution of the
World created by Him takes place. To
say the information monitoring channel is
required. Two planes serve this purpose.
The plane DCML carries the
information on life and death of objects of
the Universe, and the plane FGIJ the actual
trajectory of evolution of both the Worlds.
Finally, what is related to the structure of
Periphery, fig. 65.
The objects of the worlds lie in
the Universe plane. In this plane pass
the channels of communication and
interaction between the adjoining units of
the Universe.
The control commands and information
streams, necessary in the formation of these
commands are in the perpendicular planes,
passing through the corresponding objects of
the scale points.
Therefore, in order to describe the
information streams, controlling the
homonymous object in the Noumenal and
Material worlds, it is necessary to review this
object both in the Universe plane as well as
in the Control plane, fig. 66.
For example let us take the unit
«Biosphere».
It is in the middle of the graph,
combines the properties of the biological
and non-biological object and is quite
compatible for analysis of the standard
265
set of information-control signals, passing
through the units of Universe, fig. 66.
First of all let us look at the information
connectivity of noumen control in the
plane.
The noumen «Biosphere» like any
other noumen copies it reference prototype,
which is stored in the existence plane.
From there signals are sent to the
noumen, which bring it to life and unwind
its capacities.
The noumenal objects control plane
gives the noumen information about the
preferred trajectory of the evolutionary
process.
Both of the planes «can» count the
actual condition of the noumen, compare
with the reference, determine the quantity
and separation vector and form correcting
commands.
My soul, as you remember, hypermatrix
is constantly growing in size, and the
worlds – galaxies are flying in different
directions from the centre. This leads to
displacement of the wave top of the scale
stability and appearance of an offset Δ
with respect to the fixed scale coordinates
of units of the Universe. Information on the
current value of Δ is input to the noumen
from the corresponding point of the scale.
At increase of the value Δ the unit may
get into the zone of preferred synthesis
from the zone of preferred division and
fundamentally change its behavior in the
Universe.
In all the cases the scale coordinates
«valleys» and “peaks of consistency”
change, depriving the structural stability
of some units and transferring it to the
earlier instable objects.
However this process takes place
comparatively slower that for the average
life cycle of a star the changes are rarely
 7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery
noticed.
The same noumen, «Biosphere»,
reviewed in the Universe plane exchanges
information streams with the units –
neighbours located above and below. On
the top from the alpha point towards the
noumen flows «Bonum» – the Lord’s
entity. Passing without any hindrance
through the units above, Welfare passes
through the point of location of the
noumen «Biosphere», gives up so much of
its volume as required and gradually flows
further to the noumens of the subsequent
levels.
Noumens of different levels should
correlate with each other, forming an
harmonious unity, fixed at each moment
in the genetic code of Maximon, therefore
between any pair of the adjoining noumens
a constant exchange of mutual correlation
signals takes place.
If there had been no constantly
changing information on the value of
Δ, then after some time the optimization
process would have found the equilibrium
condition of the system, would have
assigned to all noumens a fixed value of
parameters and permanently would have
stopped all evolutionary movement in the
Universe.
But! The right hoof slowly slips to the
side. The twelfth point on the scale goes
far away from the eleventh point and the
laws of the Universe change a little every
minute. The correlation process between
the noumens takes place without stop and
at each moment is at the instantaneous
optimum.
Thus the active model of the Material
world operates. This is not a toy or an
abstract diagram. This is a mechanism,
or even the factory for manufacture of
Maximons, adequate for the current
266
evolutionary moment of the World.
Maximon in the Noumenal world is
renewed with a frequency 1053 Hz, but
matter is built at the frequency 1043 Hz,
therefore only one ten billionth Maximon
is input to the construction area of the
Material world.
The material unit «Biosphere» is a
sufficiently complex object. It is between
the seventh and the eighth classes on the
organizational level scale. Like all objects
of the Material world, the Biosphere
is formed on the principle of cascade
emission from Welfare according to the
program, which the Maximons and units
of the previous organizational level carry.
In other the Material unit is independent
and itself locates the trajectory convenient
for evolution. The Material unit «knows
nothing» on the target function of the
system and its providential role. But its
freedom is levelled by the finiteness of
Material life and correction through the
accidental mechanism.
Let’s return to the control plane, to
the material part of the Periphery. The
control plane of Material world KLMN, in
contrast to the unit itself «knows» how the
reference trajectory of Biosphere evolution
looks and is in the state to compare the
reference with the actual situation. On
detection of difference all the equilibrium
choice situations close by time are decided
such that the actual condition of the unit
nears the reference.
From the JLNK plane, which controls
non-existence, to the unit information
about the standard boundaries of its life
cycle, impulse to wind the activity and
cease its existence as a Material object,
is input. These signals are input directly,
since they do not contradict and do not
intersect the right for freedom and self-
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
determination of material objects.
The variable balance of forces passes
here along a different line.
In the Universe plane the material
unit, first of all, feeds on and then transfers
ahead Welfare through it, coming from the
units at the lower level of organization and
Maximons forming them. The impulse
to both unfolding to life and program
for building the unit is input through the
Maximon. The unit gives to the next higher
level material object a similar information.
Thus we get the Material unit is in
an unstable equilibrium between the
compulsion to life and compulsion to
death. With passage of time the balance
of forces changes and the object completes
the life cycle assigned to it.
The primal Spiritual Being at the
alpha point possesses, probably, only
two capacities: emanate the Bonum and
monitor the course of evolution of the
Universe and gradual approximation to the
target function.
Information on the current condition
of the noumenal object and the infinite
multitude of its material reprints are
input along the monitoring plane, passing
through the standard points in the existence
planes and control of the noumenal world,
are transmitted to the bar and flows to the
alpha point.
Thus, the Lord sees the initial laws
of the Universe, current condition of the
noumenal model and the Material World
itself in all its multitude and diversity.
Probably, an interesting thing!
And indeed, while watching our
children play we see the movement of their
souls, and possible danger and oncoming
joy of overcoming, but we by no means
always interfere.
It is interesting for us to know how
267
the child will behave in a complex
situation. May be at some moment our
inquisitiveness may even overcome
parental responsibility.
«God in playing with people is not so serious,
and sometimes has light fingers,
which is similar to being non-religious,
and possibly even an atheist» [299, page 120].
May be the passion of «Leila» – the
divine «Matter games» are close at heart
to our Guardian Angels. May the ethereal
Spirit draw some positive emotions by
driving the fates of people.
«The spirit and body feast passionately,
pride and plunder are passionate,
God created man for play
and secretly takes part in everything»
[299, page 228].
The Spiritual beings of any level are
limited in their expression of will. Their
activity is strictly regulated. Let the direct
light of the Creator warm them, but their
freedom is curtailed to the right to watch
after the freedom of their wards viz.
People.
«It is not the river of sanctimonious husk
Holds the hand in punishment,
But God loves us simply for our sins,
Through which boredom is dispersed»
[299, page 216].
My Soul, I think it true that the Lord at
that feels everything: Not only all the joys,
but all the pains of the Material World too,
if not what catharsis, what purification and
what renewal! The Lord both rejoices and
suffers not less than we do. The heart of
each human being is His heart.
 12 B Biosphere noumen
11
10
 8
9

6
7 G
5
3
4 5
1
2 1
A 0
4
2
F
C
3
H

D
9
E
12 L
I 10
Biosphere  material unit
11
N

J 

Section on control plane No. 8

2 B
11
01 Biosphere noumen
 8
91
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A 12 G
11 6
10
9
8 7
8
F
7
6
5

D 4 H
3
2
1
0
E M
1
2
3 L
4 13
5 15
Biosphere  material unit 6 14
7
8
J 11
2
9 01 N
91
8
10 6
7
5
11
2
3
4 
12 0 1
K

Section on Universe plain

Fig. 66 Information flows,

 1.1 Noumen reference parameters (Biosphere)

Information on the actual noumen parameters

1.2

Information on the existence condition of material

1 1.3 units (Biosphere)

1.4 Correction commands

In the control
1.5 Impetus to expansion and life

Information on the process of evolution of material

plane
2 2.0 units (Biosphere)
Information on the existence condition of material
3 3.0

Ethereal World
units (Biosphere)

4.1 Reference path of noumen evolution

Information on the actual path of noumen

4.2 evolution
4
Information on the process of evolution of material
4.3 units (Biosphere)

4.4 Correction commands

Current value   wave displacement degree of

5 5.0 scaling stability

6.1 Emanation of Bonum

6
Mutual correlation signals with objects of the higher
6.2

In the plane of
level

the Universe
7.1 Emanation of Bonum
7
Mutual correlation signals with objects of the lower
7.2 level

8.1 Emanation of Bonum

8
Mutual correlation signals with objects of the lower
8.2 level
Information on the existential condition of a
9 9.0
specific material object  Biosphere
Reference path of evolution of a material unit 
10.1 Biosphere
Information on the actual path of unit evolution
10 10.2
n the control

10.3 Correction commands

plane

Information on the life cycle boundaries of a

11.1 material unit
Material World

Information on the existence condition of a material

11.2 object
11
11.3 Correction commands

11.4 Impetus to expansion and life

Information on the ecolutionary process of a

12 12.0 specific material object

13.1 Emanation of Bonum

Program of building the higher level unit

13 13.2
In the plane of the

13.3 Impetus to expansion and life

Universe

14.1 Emanation of Bonum

Program of building the higher level unit

14 14.2

14.3 Encourage the deployment and life

15.1 Emanation Benefits

15
Construction Program superior
15.2 unit

controlling the Universe

 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
7.8. Phase 12. The function of
humans in the world order
KEY WORDS: soul, spirituality, ego, guardian angel,
angel of death, noumen of soul, genetic ego, will, reason,
conscience, soul’s work.
Thus, my Soul, the question is an ee-
rily serious one. A lot has been said and
written about the Soul! Starting from the
ancient times, not a single philosopher let
go the chance to express his opinion. Not
a single religion has passed by him. Not
a single writer and playwright has denied
himself the satisfaction of throwing light
into the question using his talent.
Indeed a lot of interesting things has
been said, a huge number of regular pat-
terns have observed, a mass of hypothe-sis
and concepts have been suggested… But
among these mounds of knowledge there
is no clear answer to the question: «What
is the function of a human being with his
soul in the World order?»
Each time, when a problem of such
magnitude arises before me, I lose heart.
I become ludicrous to myself, and the
whole idea of understanding the main
world problems by oneself seems to be a
paranoid nonsense.
It would all have been so, if it had not
been from where and I don’t remember
exactly when, the idea came to my mind
to look at the World from the engineering
point of view, with the eyes of the Creator  –
Engineer, and perceive the World as a
product of engineering thought.
Thank you Creator for this hint!
I understand that it sounds wild and
unusual, but there is nothing in nature that
in principle is against such an approach,
and the proofs of validity are opening
270
more and more.
You remember, my Soul, that by fol-
lowing the assumed logic of the Creator,
we examined the phases of unfolding of
the Universe and came to phase 12 (fig.59).
The building of the Material world
ends to this moment. Man is the last unit
of matter on the organizational level
scale. Pay attention that man occupies the
eleventh class, and being in the mid-dle of
the class can still evolve towards growth
of the organizational level, but within the
limits of his class.
That is it, there already will not be any
anomalous man. Only the quality of man
shall change.
The next stage is the twelfth semi-class
the place of habitation of the non-material
unit of the Spiritual being – «omega».
Based on the ideas of symmetry and
logic of construction of the Periphery
there, the mechanism accumulating the
results of the work of the System is in the
twelfth class and the «omega» point in the
end absorbs in it the whole World that has
lived its cycle and acquires the hypostasis
of the Renewed Spiritual be-ing.
Thus what is that Man should give the
World something, from which the being of
the renewed Lord is formed. And how it
can be otherwise? Look at the diagrams –
between man and the «omega» point there
are no objects.
There is one more interesting mo-
ment. Emanation of the Bonum takes
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
place along the whole cascade of units of
the Universe, building them and passing
through them. But man in this diagram
occupies the boundary position.
Bonum is a part of the unit «Man», it
creates him, but with this ends its descent
to Matter, since matter ends in man.
Thus what man gives to the World and
from which the renewed Spiritual being is
made of is neither Bonum nor matter, not
physical energy.
But what is this?
The answer lies in the field of con-cepts
of Soul and Spirituality. If, of course, one
is to approach these subjects specifically,
as a designer.
Although only a lazy person has not
written about soul and spirituality, al-
though these words regularly alternate in
everyday language, although these con-
cepts form the basis of a majority of reli-
gions, but science keeps away from them,
and the existing definitions are vague and
have multiple meaning.
However, it is generally accepted, that
the soul is the internal psychological world
of man, the properties of his cha-racter,
possibly, the immortal spiritual entity of
man, an exceptional life force, residing
in the body and discarding it during sleep
and in case of death etc.
It has also been observed that the
soul is connected with the psychological
characteristics of an individual, and in
some way is made of it, that the soul may
serve as the immaterial means of contact
between people, and even between man
and the Lord. But from what it is made,
where it is located during life and where
it goes after – there is no solid opinion. It
is also unknown from what the picture of
a man’s soul is made, are there unchang-
ing and changing parts in it, is it possible
271
to bring up the soul, control it and cure?
Although it is as if no one objects that soul
is gifted with reason and will.
In general the soul is a phenomenon
belonging or closely related to the bio-
logical objects and in the first place with
man. Although there is basis to consider
that any object of the Material world car-
ries in it some simplified form of the soul’s
modification. But we shall analyze the
most unfolded variant that is the soul of
man.
Here one should be reminded of the
main problem of the Material world, the
contradiction between matter and spirit.
Spirit, Spiritual entity has come down to
the initial level, the level of simple matter,
in order to go through all the stages of
becoming the Spirit and renew Its Entity.
In each thing of the Material World lives
the element of Spirit and tends to self-
regeneration and integration into an
integral whole.
Man, the last in the line of units of
matter, in total manifests the picture of
dichotomy of matter and spirit. The usual
phrase «soul and body» is proof of it.
It is also necessary to establish the
concepts «Spirit» and «Spirituality».
By the word spirit we shall under-stand
the subjects and field, opposed to matter –
non-matter, subjects, non-matter object.
The concept Spirit, thereby, is closely
connected with God.
Spirituality, spiritual – these terms
show the orientation towards the spiritual
world and primarily the presentation to
God.
Now we shall try to go along with the
Creator and see how the human soul is
structured by him and how it fits into the
System of the World order (fig. 67).
Human soul appears for the first time
 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
at fertilization, when the female and male
sex cells integrate into one whole and form
the first cell – zygote, containing all 46
chromosomes, necessary for devel-opment
of a new man.
The size of a zygote is about 50 mi-
crons that corresponds to the geometric
centre of the scale. Then the zygote be-gins
to divide, increasing twice every 30 hours.
An adult man increases as com-pared to
the zygote 105 times and occu-pies exactly
the centre of the seventh class. Right on the
top of the Holy diagonal.
But the soul appears already at the
moment of formation of the sub-human
zygote. To be precise it is at the begin-ning
of the nucleus of the soul. It consists of two
halves – noumen of the man’s soul and
genetic Ego of the parents.
From the noumenal world, through
genetic code of the Universe, included in
the Maximons, the noumen of human soul
is input to the zygote.
Within the time limits of the life cycle
of the stellar planetary system the noumen
of soul is literally unchanged. It can be said
that it is immortal, since it appears on each life
cycle of the Un-iverse. Although it is totally
logical to suppose that the noumen of man
and his soul to the moment of completion of
the life cycle of the Universe appears totally
different than in the beginning.
The noumen of a soul is a reference, built
in total accord with the purposes and tasks of
Universal System. It is how the soul should be
in order that the purposes of the System were
realized.
«…in our soul we have the outlines of the
Lord’s soul and its eternal judgments…»
B. Spinoza [106, p. 28].
The second half of the newly born soul
272
comes with the genetic Ego of the parents.
Male and female sex cells carry in its
chromosomes not only the program of
construction of the future organism, but
each its genealogical Ego – the es-sence of
its internal «I». At the time of combination
of sex cells into a zygote a new genetic Ego
of the future man ap-pears. According to
laws of genetics the inherited attributes
may be transferred in a rather intricate
way. The traits of one of the parents or
even distant relatives may dominate, but
the genetic Ego of the future man is always
determined by his genealogy.
Thus, at the first moment of life of
the human embryo the history of his soul
already starts. In the beginning it is only a
nucleus, made of noumen and genetic Ego.
At fertilization two personal Spiritual
entities appear, controlling all the subse-
quent life of Man and his Soul. They are
located in the periphery of the Material
world but oriented only on the given man.
The control plane of the Material world
generates the Spiritual entity – «Guardian
Angel», responsible for the man’s life and
maintenance of the purity of his soul.
And the death control plane generates the
Spiritual entity responsible for the man’s
death, as well as the sup-port and disposal
of handicapped souls – «Angel of Death».
Already in the womb of the mother
the human embryo and his soul begin to
experience a mass of external influences
and learn to react to them.
After birth, at all stages of human life
from childhood to old age the nucleus of
the soul grows its own Ego, individual
and non-repeatable internal world. This
is manifested as the unique set of affects,
characteristic features in conduct and
individual’s mode of thought.
Man, the carrier of soul, by his
 Time before Moment of fertilization Time of
life of man Man’s life period Period after death
death

Elements, forming the Separation of Sorting of spiritual

Soul formation Formation of a man’s soul the spiritual energy in accordance Direction of ego
sources during life time energy with the Creator’s according to belonging
charge design

Material World Integration with

Angel Angel of Angel material world control
periphery, material
world control plane of life life of life Spiritual
Influencing
factors energy of Angel
service to of life
Bringing up e L the Creator’s
n xp ife Godlike part
a tio eri um design
Noumen uc en
c of ego

en
No
Noumen Ed e
of a
of man
man’s

n
Quits the soul

of Maximon
soul

itio

Genetic code
e
n

nd
ua
l
Sp peri
ma

irit -
ex nce

co Life
Soul of a zygote - first p o
Spiritual
u g

E
g o

w
E
human cell

l
Noumenal Sp
iritual energy of Godlike part

273
ill S
W of ego

pi
world e amalga-

G
m n Acquried

on
ou
Ego

e
N mation 

i c a

as
i r e d

r i t u al

l of a gro
go

To the renewed

n
Material world

u
g
ity
Re
E with the

uo
e en
ergy of Spiritual being

S
q
a l o
c Creator
A
B
ne io
t
ca ed logi al n
Genea- Genetic th rri s o ca ci me
e er f l So on
logical Ego so o a r Spiritual God abusing
vi Reason

Parents
Ego ul f
Psychological and en Will energy of part of ego

Grandfathers
anthropological Spirituallity
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

data about the confronta-

Great grandfathers.....
carrier of soul
Quits the soul

Genetic tion to the Angel

Ego
Material world of death
the Creator’s
periphery, death Angel of Angel of Angel
control plane design Integration with the
death death To offsprings of death
death control plane

Fig. 67 Orgin and dynamics of the phenomenon «human soul»

 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
nature is very much materialistic. His
body is akin to the body of an animal, it
com-pletely abides by laws of the animal
world. Through the body the factors of
the material and physiological properties
influence the Soul. The conditions of life
– how man feeds, what he breathes, how
he sleeps and what natural conditions
surround him, even the natural landscape
have significance in the formation of Ego.
The own biological needs of an indi-
vidual, output from the organism itself
also influence the Ego.
The psychological data either you are
smart or dumb, nimble or slow by nature,
and the anthropological characteristics
such as sex, height, proportion, availability
and color of hair, beauty or its lacking
often in root define the picture of the Soul.
Apart from natural factors the human Ego
is influenced by causes, connected with
the anthropogenic data of man him-self
and his social environment. Education,
bringing up, social environment and the
life experience accumulated can influence
the Soul no less than the physiological
factors.
The poor Soul is pressurized by a
multitude of circumstances of the Ma-
terial world from all sides. It answers, as it
can and how it likes if it’s not lazy.
The point is that the Soul is given the
properties of reason, will and that is the
most important - ability to conduct ethical
evaluation.
The Soul is a complex thing, probably
the most complicated thing in the Mate-
rial world. So it should be – on top of the
pyramid of matter. Not already matter, but
its property. But it is in the borders of the
frequency characteristics 1043 Hz, and that
is why is related to the world of matter.
So what is there inside it and how it
274
works? Probably, we cannot understand?
On the contrary, my Soul, the scheme of
work of a Soul is not so unattainable to
our conscience. In the centre of Soul of
an adult man the noumen of the soul is
in full safety. In general, the concept of
human noumen and the noumen of soul
are completely synonymous. Both are the
essence of man as a species.
The genetic Ego, personal legacy,
is located around the noumen. Its outer
border is vague, because further is the
acquired part of the Ego - that which be-
came the essence of man, thanks to the
interaction of the soul with the bouquet of
factors described.
How the external factor becomes the
element of Ego? It is very simple. Well,
maybe not very simple, but simple. In any
case not more complex than the structure
of «secrets» of the English lock at your
door.
Look, my Soul, at the figure 68.
Here is man. Here is the surrounding
world, which compels man to live in it,
react to it and act somehow. And here is
the human soul, which prompts man, his
body what to do and what line of beha-vior
to follow.
Soul is the internal world of man,
his human essence; it prepares answers
to the question how to react to problems
and task, coming from the surrounding
world, from nature, from society, from his
own organism. The soul prompts how to
react in each specific situation and forms
the individual’s relation to the regularly
changing questions and problems.
The design of Soul is similar to the
multilayered sphere. Something like the
Chinese, balls one in another, or Russian
dolls.
There are six such layers or levels in
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
the Soul. Information from outside passes
one after the other from the first to the
sixth layer and then in the processed form
returns to the first layer and thereafter
outside to the physical body of man.
The whole structure of soul is built
on the basis of Maximons, that is why in
relation to the physical body of man, which
is made of atoms and molecules, the soul
is invisible, imperceptible and unreachable
by modern tools of study. But the soul
does not cease to be the phenomenon of
Material world because of this, does not
become a supernatural phenomenon, and
does not cease to be an intelligible object.
Take a hundred random people from
the street and try to explain to them the
structure, and not the work diagram, but
the structure of a simple English lock. If
in this hundred there happens to be one
engineer – mechanic – only he will un-
derstand you.
The structure of Soul can be compre-
hended by hundred out of hundred. Be-
cause the Lord can combine deep wis-dom
with evident simplicity.
The first layer of the Soul is the ac-
quired Ego (I), that, which constitutes the
internal world of man on the given stage
of his life. All that he has inherited from
the parents and ancestors, all that he has
learnt, what life taught him, his capacity
to think and analyze, his bringing up, his
ethical basis, his relation to the Creator, all
this is packed in «I» of the man, has the
scientific name «Ego» and is the re-sult of
the work of an individual’s soul.
Ego is a sort of result of the cir-
cumstances, independent of the given man
and at the same time to a great extent is a
product of the will and conscience of the
man himself, result of the work of soul.
The Ego of an individual passes to
275
his children and descendents, forming the
genetic heritage of soul.
Ego outlives the physical death of
human body and continues its participa-
tion in the metamorphosis of the Universe.
The richer and more spiritual the earthly
life of the soul, the more interest-ing and
significant will be the extra-terrestrial fate
of Ego.
The second layer is the genetic ego,
that, which we obtained from our parents,
ancestors and most important from God,
without our will and effort.
The parents are a chauffeur and a
maid, but the son is a genius composer!
The father is a district warden of a gym-
nasium, the mother is a decent woman, but
the sons are regicides, monsters, smi-ters
of a whole nation.
Or say: Nobody taught him, but the
child just sang and danced rather profes-
sionally or did something with his own
hands and tools are in his hands as they
should be. What is here acquired from
parents and what from God’s Dispensa-
tion we don’t know.
The genetic Ego is the deepest un-
changeable «I» in man. Genetic Ego can-
not change. Its figure may be accepted or
developed or on the contrary subdued by
the acquired Ego, but cannot be changed
in kind.
Here it is, my Soul, please, one more
powerful channel of control over mankind
without violation of the principle of freedom
and independence of man.
The third layer of the soul is the Will.
Man is free in his decisions. To serve
one’s instincts or analyze the situation,
listen to the voice of conscience or make
simpler and more convenient, give work
to one's soul or sail along the course of
one's whims. The capacity to strongwilled
 276
O U T S I D E W O R L D
Problems
and tasks

line of
behaviour
Actions and

BODY
Soul’s
of a soul
Origin of

SOUL
elements

Enquiry

reactoin

elements
for reaction

Functions of
Recommenden

Formed during life

Accumulation of
Acquired Ego thanks to external
I

one’s own spiritual

reasons
experience
and efforts
Comes from parents
Preservation of the
Genetic Ego and ancestors, as well
II

spiritual experience of
as from God’s
ancestors
Dispensation

Fig. 68 Design of a man’s soul

Compulsion of soul Given by God and
to work and movement
III

Will nursed by man

Analysis of the situation Given by God and
and search of solution
IV

Reason enhanced by man

choices
Given by God and
V
Moral self-control Conscience enhanced or contracted
by man
Noumen From the noumenal
Referance for
world. Given to each

VI
comparison
of soul man at birth
7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
self-controlled behavior, most probably,
has also a dual nature. A part is given by
birth and another part is a prod-uct of self
training. So, you can’t discount weak will
to bad heredity.
Reason, the fourth stage in the depth
of soul, has the same dual nature. Reason
has huge possibilities, almost unlimited.
It accumulates and selects the variants of
actions, decisions, strategies of behavior,
it can compare them, evaluate, assign the
criteria of optimality and sort the best
choice in it. Reason cannot do only one
thing: define the boundary of its expe-
diency. One and the same reason is ca-
pable of rising to the understanding of
the actions of the Creator and in a minute,
turning its back to the Creator, knock
down His Creation.
Reason is all powerful, but a soulless
instrument of the Soul. A huge, almost
unlimited power of reason and logic, if it
is not directed in the required channel, is
capable of destroying everything in the
world and primarily its carrier – man. A
terrible danger of self-destruction is hid-
den in the powerful intellect, which is
convinced in its own self-sustainability.
«Logic cannot serve as the base of mor-al
evaluations» M. Daimont [39, p. 219].
But without reason the soul of a man
cannot exist. It will be then not man but an
empty-headed insect. Then why all these
evolutionary paths – insects were created
since long ago.
The fifth, last but one in the underly-
ing level of soul, is the Conscience. This
measure is manifested through ethics,
moral and morality. These words are al-
most synonyms. They imply the capacity
to self-limitation with the purpose of not
277
being in contradiction with the rules and
laws of the Creator.
Human reason like a young stupid dog
strains at the leash at each crow fly-ing
past. There is lot of energy but no wisdom.
The conscience is more complex. The
system of interdiction and limitations, first
of all, is not that evident, and sec-ondly,
is very complex. It is in fact the reverse
side, inside of the Universe. Every possible
thing of the World exists in the World on
certain conditions and in the system of
definite limitations.
It has become even to some extent very
sad. Why reason, why will, if all around
there are unseen limitations, which should
not be violated. Wherever you step in, you
will surely violate some-thing without
even wishing it.
You need to be the Lord in order to
know in detail the whole structure of Un-
iverse. But man is not God and can never
be Him. What it means that we are doomed
for the role of botcher – the de-stroyer of
the works of our Father? Not, of course.
To exit from each «dead end» the Lord has
saved his own door and footway. Inside the
human’s soul, almost at the bottom of it the
Lord placed the conscience. Sometimes
«…with quiet admonition» [81, v.2, page
39], as Platon said, sometimes deafeningly
loud the signal from conscience is input
to reason. The meaning of this signal
is the ethical interdiction of actions,
contradicting the ideas of the Creator,
rules and laws of World order.
Ethical standard is put in each man.
Its signals can be ignored, can be damped,
but also can be attentively listened to and
followed. Each one decides for himself
how much one can execute the demands of
conscience. The conclusion is the degree
of human morality is completely defined
 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
by man himself. Moral responsibility is
to be shifted nei-ther on the Lord, nor on
the alien soul. This is it! You cannot be
naughty with the Creator!
And, finally, the last, sixth level is the
depth of Soul. There like a magic crystal
Noumen of human soul glows unchanged,
universal, absolute standard of soul. It lies
there at the depth and does noting. It does
not change at all, does not command over
anyone.
The pure nature of the standard is in
doing nothing and serving the purposes
of comparison. The first layer of the soul
is the Ego, what we got, and the last layer
is the Noumen – the soul, which was
conceived by the Creator.
I am afraid that the divergence can be
very significant to be completely beyond
recognition. A typical man of our time can
hardly have a soul close to the Noumen.
However, now among human tribes
there are rare examples, free from temp-
tations and passions, or more precisely
controlling their ambitions. Such people
are considered to «have God in heart».
Maybe, their heart is considerably closer
to the Noumen.
The noumen of soul takes up its place
in the Soul at fertilization and leaves the
Soul at death. It is possible that the task of
Noumen is to accompany the earthly life
of man. The Noumen itself takes origin
from the Noumenal world and transfers to
the material World through information,
which is carried by the Maximon.
In relation to all objects of the Matter
Noumen of soul is immortal, invincible
and unchangeable.
Cicero made an assumption that:
«Our souls are everlasting, but not im-mortal»
[110, p. 378].
278
In categories and relations of the
Noumenal world, where the life cycle of
aggregates is of the order ten times greater
than in the Material world. The Noumen of
soul, as the Noumens of other aggregates
is subject to specific evolution. Most
probably this evolution is related to the
onset of the completion of the Full cycle of
Universe and the impendent completion of
the transition of the Spiritual being from
the «alpha» point to the «omega» point.
The human noumen, man himself, as
a species is also probably subject to radi-
cal changes in the dimensions of phylo-
genesis. By the way it is time to compli-cate
the dichotomy «ontogeny-phylogenesis».
The phenomenon of re-placement and
evolution of phylogenesis exists. With
the replacement of stars and their planets
there appear situations of appearance and
development of new phylogenesis on the
base of those or the slightly transformed
noumens of things, including plants,
animals and people. Af-ter hundreds
and thousands of similar iterations man
possibly will be different and that is more
important that the prob-lem of spiritual
perfection of man may change.
«With the passage of time there shall ap-
pear more and more ether in the air. When
ether fills the air, then children will be born
without fathers. In Virginia there is an apple
tree with specific properties. It does not blos-
som, but yields fruits something similar to
fruits without seeds. This will gradually
spread to animals and then to people. Women
shall give birth to children without fertiliza-
tion, and in the Seventh Circle there shall
appear people, who will be capable of repro-
ducing themselves. In the Seventh Race of
the Seventh Circle people shall change skin
each year and they will have new nails on the
fingers of hands and legs. People may be-come
more psychic, then spiritual. At the end of all,
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
in the Seventh Circle, Buddhas without sin
shall be born» E.P. Blavatskaya [19, p. 564].
Nevertheless, how the external fac-
tors influence the formation of a Soul? In
general, what is this «work of soul» made
of?
My soul! I, your earlier reincarnation,
am so structured that in the beginning I
should draw the diagram and then explain
my thoughts using it.
In short, see figure 69. Everything is
drawn there.
The six-layered Soul of man accepts
from the body requests for reacting and
returns the body information about the
recommended reaction, formed as a re-
sult of passing through a specific layer.
The simpler the request and the lazier the
soul, the shorter the path of the request to
the soul’s depth.
The simplest answer is got, if the first
layer is activated. In a majority of cases this
takes place, when the request is re-peated
many times and the reaction stereotype
has already been for long gen-erated, that
by itself is not all that bad and serves in
saving the spiritual energy.
On the other hand, if the situation is
non-standard, requires analysis and spiri-
tual efforts, but man brushes aside, does
not desire to apply soul and behaves in
analogy to some other situation only sim-
ilar externally. This is sin, and it remains
in Ego, it not only remains, but creates a
precedent and disposition to accumulation
and growth. In a bright body of the soul a
black spot appears.
Thus the first level of reaction of the
soul works.
Let’s suppose that the request kno-
wingly or unknowingly was not held back
in the first level and got into the second
279
layer of soul, the genetic Ego.
Here the bad heredity of the great
grandmother – maid or the grandfather  –
gambler and brawler can suddenly ac-
tuate. Or else something from the noble
breed may emerge like the sudden firm-
ness of the soul or the inappropriate un-
selfishness. But in any case they will play
a malicious jest with you. The harm here is
in the same feckless reflexivity, which are
put out of place.
The outlines of the genetic Ego, if
they are repeated without control in the
behavior of man, automatically change
over to his acquired Ego and become the
direct outlines of his I.
Well what of it? My ancestors, let’s
suppose, were golden hearted people, and
I inherited their Ego. What is bad in it?
But it’s bad! The alien traits of the
soul have been suffered and built by oth-er
people, and my soul really is made of only
that, that through it passed whatever that
affected my will, reason and spirit. You
will get on the outer a golden soul, but in
nature only a visibility and a total false.
The third case. The request for reac-
tion reached the level «Will». If in the
first two cases the response was reflex-
ive, then at the third level the conscious
decision-making of one of two decisions
takes place. To allow the request further,
expend efforts on its apprehension and
analysis or to not allow, but turn it back
and select some externally similar analo-
gy of solution.
Again each act of weakness, lack of
desire to give work to the soul adds black
spots to the picture of soul.
But we shall consider that the will
was exposed and the request for reaction
reached the fourth level of soul, where
reason is located. Only now it came to the
 SOUL

I II III III V VI

Problems Request for

and tasks reaction

Will

BODY
Reason
of soul
Noumen

Actions and line Recommended

Outside world
Spirituality

Genetic Ego

Acquried Ego
of behaviour reaction

Level I Reactions, built on precedent

Level II Reactions, based on heredity

280
Level III Reactions, based on the unwillingness to think and analyses

Level IV Reactions, based exclusively on the base conceptual

Level V Reactions, based on the morality (the voice of conscience)

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

Level VI Reactions, based on comparison with the noumen of soul (Creator’s Design)

Fig. 69 Operation scheme of a human soul

 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
real work of the soul. Reason is ca-pable of
analyzing the request, classify it, compare
with analogues and formulate an optimal
reaction.
Everything is wonderful except for
one very important circumstance. Rea-
son, left to itself, relies on the subjective
conception about the optimality criterion.
Reason left to itself allots to subjects of the
World tags «good» or «bad», abso-lutely in
an arbitrary way.
The important thing for reason is the
internal logic of inferences, and all initial
limitations are an arbitrary formality. The
concepts of good and evil are beyond
the limits of formal-logic structures.
Therefore the pure conceptual approach
may give both positive and negative result,
and the reaction of soul can be both useful
and harmful for man. Soul, depending
on godless rationalism, is doomed to
mistakes, deceptions and sufferings. The
soul, letting it to be over-come with animal
instincts, is a sorry sight. Here are some
bright words of pro-topope Abbacum in
this regard of their Life:
«All that with Christ from the other
world has been endowed to people in order
to praise God. But man, resembling vanity,
his days allegedly like shadow come, jumps
al-legedly like a goat, bloats allegedly like a
bubble, gets angry allegedly like a lynx, wants
to eat allegedly like a snake, laughs in vain
at the other’s beauty like a horse, is cunning
allegedly like demon…» [52, p. 650].
Well said! Yes? All the same the
harshest case is when man consciously and
obdurately turns away from God. Then no
one can help him.
«The Lord cannot save man, if man does
not accept the Divine beginning and does not
281
live a life of belief and alms, or else, turning
away from God, he reaches out to the evil
spirits and as a result his spirit is fulfilled with
evil wile» E. Swedenborg [95, p. 379].
Our Guardian Angel stands aloof si-
lently and looks with despondence at our
back.
«Those, who guard us invisibly,
Have weakened out of impotence,
Tears from the eyes brush aside
Their silky wings»
I. Guberman [34, p. 130]
The sin of godlessness is punished
with godlessness.
«Wherefore through which man commits
crime, through that he is punished» Apocrypha
[29, p. 323].
Punishment with godlessness implies
that man ceases to receive care and pro-
tection from the Lord in all his actions.
There is no need of any Hell herein. Life
during life transforms into the most fear-
ful desperate Hell. The Lord forgives man
a lot, but in the part of relation to spirit,
to the world of spirit He is strict and
extremely exacting.
«A lot is indistinct at God
In his universal blessing:
He gives the fate free of cost,
And demands the soul as payment»
I. Guberman [34, p. 127]
It is understandable, since the soul is
one of the key objects of the system. The
target functions are realized through it. It
is the main element of the System at the
level of «Man».
No, the ambitious reason considering
itself as sustainable does not decorate the
 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
Soul with worthy reactions. If the same
reason approaches the conscience and
spirituality with request to give ethical
criteria of solving the task, then it is to-
tally a different case. But this is already
the next, fifth level of passage of request to
the man’s soul.
Conscience gives reason ethical
guidelines, sets moral criteria and guar-
antees the virtue of recommended reac-
tion. Solutions that pass through the filter
of conscience enriches the Soul, makes its
energetically positive.
Why does it happen so? Because
conscience and spirituality are nothing
but attention and respect to the Creation of
God and world, where we exist, the wish to
correspond to this World and not violate its
harmony.
Reason spreads before us the choice
of multiple choices of solutions, and the
soft voice of conscience indicates, which
of them is forbidden and can break the
harmony of our sphere of living.
Thus, pay attention, the distinctive
feature of the fifth filter – elimination of
reactions of soul, which cause harm or
danger to the harmony of the Universe,
and in the first place for the internal spi-
ritual harmony of man himself.
Working on the prohibitive principle
the fifth filter divides all the possible
choices of reactions into two groups –
those, which are allowed and those, which
are not permitted and throws aside the
latter.
«Conscience represents in us the divine
judgement: First of all, because it evaluates our
moods and deeds on the sanctity and purity of law;
secondly, because we cannot deceive it; and finally,
thirdly because we cannot elude it, wherefore it,
similar to divine omnipresence, is in store for us»
I. Kant [55, p. 132].
282
It can – it can't. The whole sense of
existence of man, the phenomenon of man
itself is in that the Soul appeared and that
this Soul functioned and purified:
«…fate controls half of our behaviour, but
to control the other half or about it is given to
us» Machiavelli [69, p. 103].
The Lord at the height of his Creation
created Man and put a fairly mediocre
Soul in him. With this the Divine action as
regards Man is finished.
Thereafter, as per the Creator’s plan,
man, with his own efforts, has to grow and
nurture from the sprouts of Soul the tree
of life of the next hypostasis of the Lord. It
is nothing more or less. Man must do this
himself.
«Where, there is no struggle, there is no
merit» E.P. Blavatskaya [17, p. 121].
Such a key mission is bestowed on man
and so his work on the soul is im-portant.
One can, of course, ignore this task, but
then punishment follows as godless-ness.
All sufferings of not intelligent man take
place due to neglect of one’s providential
function.
Our enlightened souls should occupy
their places in the Universe, after physi-cal
death taking the function of the Guardian
Angels of our progeny, take on us the
multitude of care on upkeep and movement
of the Universe System and in the end
amalgamate with the single re-newed
Spiritual being at the «omega» point.
«Not a single Being can become God or
Deva, if it does not pass through the human
Cycles» E.P. Blavatskaya [17, p. 402].
Nevertheless Elena Petrovna shocks
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
me. Wherever you look at in the Un-iverse,
there on the wall there is already its graffiti.
I wish she explained how she succeeds in
it. In the other life I should ask her. Let her
say!
The sixth, final stage of the soul, car-
rying in it the Noumenal soul, similarly
works in the filter mode, but does not
filter, but searches and locates those
choices of reactions, which directly coin-
cide with the Noumenal standard of the
soul. Noumen is the ideal example of
solution, which corresponds exactly to
the Creators' Plan. To exactly correspond
to the Noumen implies not only to abide
by the rules of the World order, but par-
ticipate in the process of Creation, in the
process of target oriented evolution of
the Word order System, directly execute
its role in realization of the main target
function of the System. It is obvious, that
reactions of such kind are vitally impor-
tant to the System and have a high de-gree
of demand.
Ego, having stored for its life, at least
several reactions of the sixth level ac-
quires an unique energetic and perspec-
tive of further application.
«Magically, as if by the count of one-two-three,
And without touching of someone’s hands,
We rarely change from the inside,
As the world changes around»
I. Guberman [35, p. 510]
But what should be done to change
from inside as the Lord wants? Simply
to change such as to not contradict the
Creator’s plan. To search God, under-stand
His will and fuse with it.
«God’s Will should be the law and norm for the
human will not as an accepted arbi-trary behaviour,
but as an accepted good» V. Solovyov [103, p. 103].
283
Approximately three and half thou-
sand years back the Old Testament Job
wrote such a formula of morality for man:
«Only the Lord knows the path to wis-dom…
Thus He said to man:
“The fear before the Lord is wisdom,
And reason should be away from evil”»
(Job 28, 23, 28).
Still earlier my favourite Hermes
Trismegistus had opined very shortly and
simply: «…know God and do not do evil to
none» [22, page 53].
Why should man follow the moral
formula? Why should man suffer, why
should he live his life in moral and other
discomfort?
Why should he carry evil to the World,
when it is far pleasant to study good and
optimism?
Why be «poor and sick» when as per
the Plan we should be «healthy and rich».
How much can one be a deplorable
exception on the harmonious body of the
Mother-Nature? Is it not wiser to listen to
Its laws and live according to them.
From the moment of perception of
good and bad, i.e. from the moment of
appearance of self-knowledge man had not
lived a minute in full harmony with the
World. May be it is already time?
Harmony is good. It is Divinely good,
but one turn face to the Lord and purify
one’s Soul.
“In the spring of everlasting purity
You join with yourself”
Omar Ibn Al-Farid [5, p. 536]
Thus, man is given the opportunity to
work or not work over his Soul. The first
three levels give birth to reactions, natural
rather to the animal than to man. Each
 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
following level gives reaction of more
worthy property. Any reaction leaves an
imprint in the Ego of first level, which man
transfers to his progeny and produc-es for
examination at the moment of transition to
the Kingdom. Thus the Soul operates.
The acquired or personal Ego mani-
fests in a specific manner through af-fects,
i.e. characteristic features of beha-viour,
inclination, weakness, emotions, passions
and similar peculiarities of a person.
The number of known affects exceed
a thousand. They may be grouped under
different attributes roughly into twenty
groups. Inside the group affects are lined
in a row. In the centre of the row the
affects are corresponding to the ethical
norm. To the left and right are affects
with deviations from the norm with
hypertrophied or lowered survival. Anal-
ysis and systemization of affects on the
degree of their ethic allows to unscram-ble
the design of human personality. A very
interesting direction is research. A lot of
material has been collected to this effect. It
will be sufficient for a small book. But this
a separate song. If God permits, we shall
sing it.
But now for the logic of narration it is
necessary to remind only one moment of
my unwritten theory of affects. The mat-
ter is that human Ego may accommodate
a strictly fixed number of affects. There
is quite a specific numeric limit (neither
more nor less).
The number of seats in the stalls is
li-mited. And the number of places is by
an order less than the listed number of af-
fects. If the place is occupied by one af-
fect, then the other with a different ethi-
cal sign already has no place. In all in
the stalls of soul there are about eighteen
profile chairs. Affects, corresponding to
284
the typical reactions of our Ego, sit on
them. This company of 18 dominating
affects is the face of my, your, and any
other soul. Man is given the right to in-
fluence his soul, the right to convert it to
a luminous temple or stinking scrapyard.
Man is given the opportunity to perfect the
soul, maintain it in purity and exacti-tude,
guard from decay and vice.
Learn and think, adapt to conditions of
life and social medium without servilism
and loss «I», absorb the life experience,
reassure at the cost of own efforts,
gather spiritual experience, peering at
the harmony of the Universe, follow the
Creator's hand that leads you through life,
and the soul will become your support and
happiness.
Let’s go back to figure 67. Now it is
clear that man in the course of life mainly
builds the figure of his soul himself, and
it leads him through life. But time passes
and the period of physical life ends. The
body ceases to exist, disintegrating into
molecules and atoms of initial substances.
What happens to the Soul? It is considered
to be eternal, but it is half-true only half-
true.
Different layers of the soul have dif-
ferent fate. Noumen leaves the soul at
death, and death is nothing but the sepa-
ration of Noumen. To say what happens
with Noumen of soul after man’s death and
where it goes is senseless. The nou-men of
soul as said earlier is standard information
put in each Maximon. When man is alive
this information is open, unfolded and
fixed as standard on an in-dividual.
The energetics of Noumen may be the
latent reason of the life of an organism. It
sits somewhere in the heart or near one or
an handful of Maximons, draws the picture
of Noumen of soul and pumps life force to
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
the heart or body. The time for death has
come and the picture has stopped, but has
not vanished, and is ready to appear in a
different, new body.
Reason, Will and Spirituality by origin
are the fruits of the Brain's activity – a
complex multi-cellular organic structure.
Death by definition destroys the organic
structure, disassembles them to mole-
cules and atoms. Therefore our individual
reason, will and spirituality leave the soul
and go to non-existence. But only from the
physical point of view. In the information
field everything looks dif-ferent.
There is no physicist, but the «right-
hand screw» remains, the Philosopher
died, but his Ideology inspires the world,
the Dictator has been hanged, but the fear
lives in generations, the Freethinker has
been burnt and the ashes dispersed, but the
spirit of resistance is kindled. The novelist
is no more since long, and heroes of the
novel are as live.
The genetic Ego in the course of life
adapts to the self Ego of man, partially
dissipating in it, partially fading away.
Thus at death only the personal Ego of
man is left unchanged. Depending on what
affects fill the Ego, it radiates dif-ferent
spiritual energy. How it is distin-guished  –
by frequency, by tonality or as separate
notes in a note row – I do not know. But the
soul of a scoundrel and envier is sharply
different from the soul of a lazy person
or idler, not to say already about the soul
of a power monger or the soul of a simply
respectable per-son. On the sum of actions
to each his own proper harmonic sound of
spiritual energy.
Then the listening and division of spi-
ritual energy into three streams and their
direction to the corresponding addresses
as per belonging takes place, fig 70.
285
The spiritual energy, born by actions,
directed to the service of the Creator’s
Plan, separates and is handed over to the
control of Guardian Angel, or, the same
becomes a part of the control Mechanism
of the Material world. There it will find
what to engage in, serving the Plan and
Deed of the Creator till the total comple-
tion of the Big cycle.
The energy of the God-fearing part of
Ego is born not less than at the fifth level
(fig. 69), there, where spirituality, con-
science and ethical requirement allow only
the morally complete reactions of the soul.
Spiritual energy, born from the direct
concordance of actions with the Creator’s
plan is nothing but the gist of the renewed
Spiritual being, to which the System
aspires for, «omega» point, at which the
Universe should converge as a result.
Therefore the part of Ego similar to
God, if it is there in the soul, converges to
the «omega» point and amalgamates with
the renewed Spiritual being. The spiritual
energy of amalgamation is given birth by
the rare and high souls, to whom the sixth
level of self-consciousness. Thanks to them
the Spiritual being, having dissipated itself
in Matter, again inherits existence and
collects the forces for the subsequent cycle
of world creation. I do not know, if the Soul
satisfying completely the requirements of
the sixth level can exist or not. It is not for
me, the sinful, to imagine such a thing. But
a part of the soul, adequate to a Noumen,
possesses a high sensitivity from the point
of view of target function of the system.
The idea of development of man to a
spiritual man and creation on his basis the
Spiritual entity has been expressed already
a hundred years back.
«…God…in relation to the world [matter]
 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
is an acting, creating force, …joining with
the soul and giving birth to the living form
of Divinity from it. This explains the cosmic
process in the material nature, ending with the
birth of natural man, and the historical process
following him and preparing the birth of
spiritual man. Thus…embodiment of Divinity,
it is not...something alien to the common order
of existence, but, on the con-trary, significantly
connected with all the history of the world and
humanity…» V. Solovyov [103, p. 186].
It is approximately the same with P.T.
de Charden.
«One after the other, as continuous eva-
poration, “souls“ are freed around us, carry-
ing over it non-transferable burden of con-
sciousness. One after the other, however, not an
inch separate. Wherefore for each of them there
is, by nature of Omega, only a single possible
point of final detection – that, in which under
the synthesizing action of per-sonalized unity,
deepening in it its elements, simultaneously
going deep into self, the noosphere collectively
achieves its point of convergence on “the last
day“» P.T. de Charden [126, p. 279].
But the most interesting and deep
formulation of dialectics of interconnec-
tion «Man-God» in my opinion belongs
to the bright Russian thinker N.A. Ber-
dyayev.
«The relation of man and God is para-
doxical and totally does not subject to ex-
pression in terms. God is born in man, and man
raises and enriches himself by this. Such is one
side of the divine-human truth, it un-folds in the
experience of man. But there is another side,
lesser disclosed and clear. Man is born in God
and by this the divine life is enriched. There
is a necessity in God for man, and there is a
necessity in man for God. This is supposed by
the creative reply of man to God» [12, p. 443].
Freedom given to man, is the freedom
of conscious following of God, for going
286
along the «Lord’s paths».
A wonderful idea is expressed by G.
Pomeranz in this connection. Freedom of
man from his subjugation to laws of the
Universe (or God’s Will) does not re-duce,
but on the contrary reaches its maximum.
«In that measure in which man amalga-
mates with the whole, becomes its embodi-
ment, the unit of its existence, – he is free»[83,
p. 49].
Exactly the same. The lesser the child
is capricious the more he succeeds in
playing.
There still remains that part of the Ego,
which is made of actions of contra-diction,
ambitions, negation of the God's World,
from atheism. Such type of souls are also
natural, as the God fearing, moreover they
are as important and vitally necessary
for work of the System of World order.
Without minus there is no plus.
Development and evolution of the
World are based on iterations – infinite
repetitions of attempts with very gradual
drifting of results to the initial quality.
Otherwise it is not possible to sort out all
the possible choices. Without this it is not
possible. The principle of total sorting-out
is one of the fundamental laws of evolution.
As a result something should be done with
the remains of unsuccessful attempts.
The processes of disassembly and
disposal of units that have gone through its
life cycle is the task of clearing the site for
the next attempt, for life and evo-lutionary
movement of the system of Uni-verse.
Unholy Egos are encountered with
Angel of Death, and it locates them ap-
plication in the Mechanism of disassem-
bly and disposal of the objects of the Un-
iverse. And there work is enough.
 Fragment of universe Fragment of the key
plane (fig. 16) Change of the Universe section
gradient
emanation of
“Bonum”
Organizational
level classes
Biosphere Const

di Div

8
ag in
Material world
on e control machanism
al

Divine diagonal
Cell

Plants
Plants

9
Animals Animals

10

287
Man-animal
Guardian
Angel

Const Spiritual energy

11
Man of devotion
Spiritual 0 Man
energy Boundary of
the world Mechanism of dismantling Angel Spiritual energy

12
Man-”angel” of matter and of death of amalgamation
disposal of Universe
0 Spiritual energy of
VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Renewed spiritual objects 

resistance
 being

6 7 8

Classes on the bar

Fig. 70 Addressees of man’s spiritual energy

 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order
Why it so happens? The all powerful
Creator allows godless people to be born –
dissidents, who turn away from him, decry
the latest blasphemy and indiscri-minately
speak ill of the Author and the Creator
of their poor lives! And He bears them,
atheists and does not do anything.
Why not prohibit? Why not bestow
god fearing people, robots, devoid of
dangerous high-handedness!
Then from where shall the high spiri-
tual energy of amalgamation come from?
You can come to it, only by being free, on
the basis of knowledge, moral choice, work
of soul, only through overcoming evil and
catharsis.
288
The spiritual energy of amalgamation
is thin and clean. For a long four hundred
thousand billions of years drop by drop it
fills only one cell of the hypermatrix at the
«omega» point, until it collects in itself the
whole World of the current Divine cycle,
so that there was something from which to
make the World the next time.
The Lord entrusted us with a signifi-
cant role, but the responsibility is great!
«Scarcely ever God defined the pe-riod,
That human race faded
What shall God do on earth
When we shall not be there?»
I. Guberman [34, p. 125]
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of
the life cycle of the Universe
KEY WORDS: life cycle, self-rhythm, threshold of temporary sensitive,
logarithmic time scale, scale-time niche, sinusoid of scale stability, hyper
time, contraction of the Universe.
My Soul, we did not engage in the
count of beer available for a long time.
The change of paradigms has not solved
the problems. And the theory till now has
been entirely spread with blanks. What-
ever you take up there always is either a
conceptual failure or an epistemological
deadend.
With concepts and definitions it is also
a disaster. For example, «to fill in» and
«to fill out», there is only a difference in
the preposition, but the meaning totally
changes.
I would like to find words that reflect
the concepts add and lessen the quantity
of the countable object applicable to
beer, and the point unexpectedly gave an
inclination somewhere to urology. Totally
inappropriate in our context. I made a dash
for the sources, to Dal. I searched how the
ancestors called the action, con-nected
with reduction in the quantity of liquid.
It turned out that when it was re-quired
to scoop up something from the pot the
master told the mistress: «Take the scoop
and scoop», i.e. scoop-up, re-duce with
the scoop! V.I. Dal [40, v. 4, p. 529]. A big
ladle was called so!
To design new concepts is a risky
proposition, and to search in the depths of
history is still worse.
When you drink two to three mugs
of brown ale you contemplate on how the
World is structured, from where the scoop
came from and get carried away by these
289
anecdotal evidences that it is not far from
confusion. Well, really, how can one take
to revelation of the problem of the World
order, if you are not capable of counting
beer in your own house!
Or, if one is to take for example the
concept «life cycle». The period from the
appearance of things to the moment when
it ceases to be similar to itself. And to see,
what is there inside? Not in the beer bottle,
but in the life cycle of beer, for example!
There are chemical processes inside.
In the beginning fermentation and forma-
tion of alcohol and all other essential and
grain oils, then during bottling temporary
termination of chemical processes using
conservatives, so that we can drink it, and
if the consumption is prolonged then the
reaction proceeds further, vinegar and
other rubbish begins to form, and then it
will no longer be beer.
The concept «life cycle» in its basis
is based on some unstoppable internal
process. For biological objects this ex-
change process is metabolism. For skeletal
matter this is a process, based on chemical
and physical nature of interactions.
But this is known to everybody. The
other thing is important, life cycle is an
internal process that leads any thing from
its appearance to the moment of cessa-
tion of its being and transition to another
quality. So, each internal process pos-
sesses its own rhythmics. In the same wort
the glucose molecules disintegrate, and
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
the liberated atoms add to form al-cohol
molecules. In fact this process re-quires
specific time. How much time is need so
that one or several molecules break up,
and from their fragments the molecule
of another substance gathered – I do not
know, but it is this time which is the own
rhythm of beer.
The life cycle of man is 70-100 years,
let him live more, till he likes it, and the
own rhythm is either pulse, or inhalation
and exhalation. The normal pulse is clos-
er to the frequency 1 Hz, but can vary
strongly. In a day about 100,000 beats of
heart take place in man. But we breathe
less frequently – 25,000 inhalations-
exhalations a day. The breathing rhythm
is stable and in calculations it should be
taken as the «Self-rhythm of man».
What beer does!
Pay attention, my Soul, we in an odd
moment over a beer or two found two
characteristic points on the smooth time
axis. Each thing has a limit of its life.
The first point is the maximum life. Self-
rhythm is the second point. It is of a few
orders lower.
Well, certainly there should be a third
point, the lower limit on the time scale.
There in the sub-microscopic depths of
a beer drop the free atom desperately
searches with its valence the reciprocal
attraction of a partial molecule, here they
have sensed each other, and after a cer-
tain instant fuse. After what period? To be
frank I don’t know let it be condition-ally
one second.
Now imagine the time segment a mil-
lion times less than a second. The dis-
placement of atom during this time will be
so slow that it will not be possible to feel
the motion. Obviously for any object and
phenomenon there is self-threshold of time
290
sensitivity.
Or there is another more interesting,
terrible example. How shall the process
of drinking beer look like if the time for
monitoring takes one millionth fraction of
a second? The beer stream will be similar
to a frozen stream of lava, or a hard granite
cliff. If the whole life cycle of the observer
is one millionth part of a second, then the
beer lover will succeed in being born, live
his life and die observing the unchanged
picture of the stagnant beer stream. What
a horrible thing!
Indeed the viscosity of a fluid or in-
ternal friction is the function of speed, and
also time. If one is to bring an empty glass
to the beer stream, by displacing it at a
speed, say half the speed of light, then the
glass will break, to be precise it even will
evaporate. The conclusion from here: all
participants of the process both beer and
glass and the drinker should be in one and
the same scale-time range.
By the way, what happened to the
participants of those bygone gatherings?
The merry friend-cynic, remaining true
to his egoism several times left his wives and
children and did not find what to engage in.
But once, in order to self ascertain, he began
to build muscles and became a man-mountain
and for some time stopped drinking and
injecting nar-cotics. Worked as a flash-man in
a bar, as a night taxi driver, but alcoholic and
narcotic dependency freely returned to the
godless soul and helped finish his not so long
life path in poverty, debts and obscurity.
The neighbor woman on top, whose
egoism was always diluted by natural
intuition and leadership ambitions,
changed several husbands and countries of
residence, and as a result is the owner of a
small restaurant in a big city abroad.
The author followed the advice of
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
his faithful friend, married his beloved
woman, but all the same loves dark beer
and is adhered to the optimistic view on
life. Because he draws his harmony with
the World from advices of his Guardian
Angel and beloved woman, whose ap-
pearances with the passage of time be-
came identical.
More than thirty years have passed.
Now pay attention, my Soul, we now
in half a minute went through the thirty
year segment of time. What else is this
other than the displacement over the time
scale.
Imagine the logarithmic time scale.
Logarithm to the base 10 and unit of
measurement – second. A line and on it
frequent marks. Each mark – change in
value by ten times: 10 sec, 100 sec, 1000
sec and so on…
Each being may experience time in a
specific range. The shortest segment is the
threshold of time sensitivity. For man this is
approximately three hundredth fraction of
a second – 10–1.5 sec or lg(sec)= – 1.5. The
longest segment is the life cycle period.
For man – 80-100 years or 109.5 sec or
lg(sec)   =   9.5. In total on the logarithmic
time scale the whole range constitutes 11
orders or lies be-tween the points -1.5 and
+9.5.
Here is the full limit for man to exist
in the ocean of time. One drop from the
ocean. And its boundaries are large. Not
large but grandiose – more than 100 or-
ders Fig. 71. By forty orders more than
the scale range size of material objects. It
is understandable, matter is an inert sub-
stance, heavy with large number of in-
ternal limitations…
The size range is a different matter.
What can hinder the elongation or con-
traction of time intervals. Almost nothing.
291
Perhaps only the general system require-
ments to the design of Universe, and the
principles of engineering economy, which
the Creator follows scrupulously because
He is an ideal Technologist.
The time scale covers without excep-
tion all objects of the Universe and units
of the material world, and objects of the
non-material world. All objects of the non-
material world dwelling in the exis-tence
hypostasis occupy each its specific range
in the logarithmic time scale.
One can say thus: The time scale is
limited by the existence frameworks.
The maximum time segment of existence
– 1,24·1022 sec, and the minimum time
segment – 1·10 –81 sec. Existence does not
continue more or exist less than this time
segments. Farther – «non-existence» – the
field without time and all other attributes
of the existential world. In fig. 71 the time
ranges of habitation of the main objects
of the Universe are shown. With the
exception of those objects about which the
author knows too little and therefore hard
to build suppositions, which are logically
justified. The units of the material world
from photon to atom are absent on the
diagram solely at the author’s fault, and not
due to some reason. You, my Soul, shall
establish it in the diagram.
Let’s start with the unit of the materi-
al world «man», bearing in mind the in-
dividual-ontogeny. As it had been already
been said the threshold of time sensitivity
of man is about three hundredths of a
second, life cycle (how it should as per
certain calculations) – 98 years. On the
logarithmic scale to base 10 sec – this
interval is between the marks [–1.49] and
[+9.48], i.e. occupies the segment to the
order 11 on the scale. Inside this range
there are three important points.
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
Man’s self-rhythm is probably his
breathing rhythm. On an average the
du-ration of one cycle of «inhalation-
exhalation» constitutes 3.44 sec, which
corresponds to the mark 0.536 on the time
scale. Here it should be noted that the self-
rhythm is a vitally important phenomenon.
It is probably the main time rhythm of
existence of any object of the Universe. We
shall see it at any living creature and in a
certain changed form, at objects of inert
matter. But the most important is that, it
is there with the Spiritual entities of all
levels.
Man is a living being, capable of self
reproduction. According to the demo-
graphical science the average reproduc-
tive cycle from generation to generation
constitutes 25 years. In determining the
human population this factor is very im-
portant.
The third internal time characteristic
has a calculating nature. This is the aver-
age point between the self-rhythm and the
life cycle. For man this constitutes 105.01
sec. This time interval is very close to one
earth day - 104.93 sec. The author, without
himself noticing, adjusts the numbers, or
it is yet another beautiful and may be a
significant coincidence.
The habitation zone of man on the
time scale appears so. A small time scale
niche in the right part of the scale. Only
one tenth from the total length of the scale.
Here is the complete set of time intervals
with which man comes in con-tact during
his earthly life.
By all guises it has long back been
noted that man has been created after God’s
image. Not taking the development of this
thought now, I shall say only that I share it
in the most decisive way, more-over I am
inclined to suppose that the principles of
292
the structure of time niche of man repeat to
a large extent in the structure of the times
niches of other ob-jects of the Universe.
O Lord! I am to describe Your World
in the time aspect. One more grand im-
print of Your creation.
I do not almost have scientific facts, the
methodology is unknown, infinitesimally
small is the baggage of experimental
knowledge. In human perception the task
is not solvable. But You instead of blind
faith gave me the knowledge of Your
existence, you freed me from the false path
of searching for wonder.
I know that any of the designs of the
World order created by You can and should
be read by people, because, we are Your
children and made for this.
There, where I lack knowledge You
give me intuition, feeling of harmony and
laws of similarity.
«Say, – where is the beginning and where is
the base
Is it non-existence or existence?
Only to that person, whom opened the base
of truth
Saw the boundary of that and other»
Mahabharata [71, p. 175].
Thank You Lord for the feeling of
flight from touching Your Creation!
The next time niche serves in ac-
commodating the phylogenesis of man.
The whole period from the first attempt
of monkey to stand on the hind legs to
present day and to some more time fur-
ther, till man has not approached God to
that extent that he drops his material skin.
In all from the times of «monkey»
4.2–4.5 million years have passed. Very
little as compared to the history of bios-
phere – about 0.1 percent from the three
and half billions years of its existence. A
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
short instant in the planet’s history, and
most likely the completion of phylogeny
will take place historically in a very short
period. I think about 200-300 years are
left. Totally.
No. Mankind shall not disappear after
300 years. But soon, very soon the mo-
ment shall come, when the purpose of
human evolution as species shall be un-
derstood and achieved. People complete-ly
endowed with those qualities, for which
the species evolved, shall appear. What
quality it will be I don’t want to predict.
The Neanderthal could hardly have
explained what a civilized man is.
Thus, the life cycle of human phylo-
genesis is about 4.5 billions of years. The
size of the time niche in the time scale is 11
orders. Accordingly the threshold of time
sensitivity is four hours, self-rhythm is one
day and the average rhythm is 98 years.
Again numerical concordance, most
probably it is a mistake, but looks nice.
The time niche of star’s habitation is
limited by the average life cycle of about
11 billion years and the threshold of time
sensitivity, somewhere around a month or
40 days, as well occupies 11 orders of the
time scale. The self-rhythm is 11 years –
by the way coincides with the main cycle
of the Solar activity, and the average
rhythm – 280,000 years. As re-gards the
planets and their biosphere, some of course
have them, or their time niches constitute
somewhere 95-85% from the size of the
time niche of their stars.
The Galaxy lives 40,000 billions of
years, “feels” the time periods of not less
than 400 years, has its own rhythm 40,000
years, average rhythm approx-imately one
billion years and occupies the niche of also
11 orders.
Finally the Metagalaxy also occupies
293
11 orders between the life cycle 400,000
billions of years and the threshold of
time sensitivity 4000 years. Self-rhythm
constitutes 400,000 years, and average
rhythm – about 10 billions of years.
Five concentrated, similar in size time
ranges. Each occupies eleven divisions on
the time scale. The total shift is almost the
same – twelve and half divisions.
It is interesting to analyze the relative
multitude of these time niches. For this
any homonymous point on them can
be compared. For example, «average
rhythm». Average rhythm of phylogeny
is 35,000 greater than the average rhythm
of human individual. And the average
rhythm and life cycle of phylogeny is not
to be compared with the homonymous
points of the time niche of stars, planet
and biosphere, because, most likely it
(phylogenesis) happens only once in the
history of planet, which is capable of
carrying the geo-placental covers.
On the other hand the star has time
parameters 3,500 times lesser than the
Galaxy. It means that for the life of the
Galaxy its starry constitution renews 3,500
times.
Between the Galaxy and Metagalaxy
is a tenfold time difference, i.e. for the
whole history of the universe not more
than 10 generations of galaxies change.
Each object of the material world has
its limited field of existence in the time-
like dimension. Beyond the boundaries of
these fields objects cannot exist.
If man could for example change his
self-rhythm and inhale-exhale once in
400,000 years and accordingly live in
the same rhythm his life would have pro-
longed for 400,000 billion years, exactly
the complete life cycle of the Universe.
And he would have observed how and
 E X I S T E
N O N M A T E R I A L
“BEYOND
EXISTENCE” M A T E R I A L
SPIRIT LEADING PART OF M
PHY
1Х 10 81 sec 1Х 10 79 sec 1Х 10 54 sec 1Х 10 51 sec 1Х 10 23 sec

“BEYOND Provisional report hereafter - not available

1080 sec t 
EXISTENCE” Frequency concept - absent

Border at the mark 1080 Hz

Threshold of time
Spiritual being at the point  (max 0),
sensitivity  10 81 Hz
from 10 79 to 10 69 Hz Self rhythm  floating

Threshold of time
“Higher bar” (max 0) and “Lower bar” (0
sensitivity  10 72 Hz
from 10 70 to 10 60 Hz Self rhythm  floating
Threshold of time
Noumenal world
sensitivity  10 65 Hz
from 10 61 to 10 51 Hz Self rhythm  floating

Periphery of Maerial world (PMW)

Self rhythm  floating fro

Guardian angel

Self rhythm  floating

Threshold of time
sensitivity Guardian angel
10 54 Hz
Self rhythm  floating

Guardian angel of man like species (p

Self rhythm  floating from 10 52 Hz to 24

Guardian angel

Self rhythm  floating from 10 52 Hz to 3,44 sec

Life cycle
Maximon
1043 sec
Self rhythm

10 52 Hz The unit from photon to atom and

molecule is not shown conditionally,
because the author lacks the knowledge
of this, but is located somewhere here

Thre
sens

Thresh
sens

Self r
(inhale
15
55

33
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56

54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34

32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16

13
12
11
14


Femtosecond
unit of time for

Attosecond

Picosecond
Hz Maerial world
Elementary
Hz Life cycle of
a Maximon

Hz

Hz

Hz
23

18

15

12
43

10

10

10

10
10

Fig. 71. Temporary topology

 T E N C E
W O R L D
“BEYOND
L W O R L D EXISTENCE”
OF MATERIAL WORLD
PHYSICAL MATTER
22
10 23 sec 1,24Х 10 sec

Hereafter the concept of the life cycle - not available “Beyond 400 000 bln. years t + “Beyond existence”
Provisional report - not available existence”
Border at the mark
400 000 bln. years Hereafter the point  is Initial Spiritual Being
Life cycle equated to zero
Spiritual being at the  point (0 max)
400 000 bln. years Hereafter the point 
Renewed Spiritual being
changes to “Beyond existence”
Hereafter “Higer Bar” Executor - system designer
is nullified
Life cycle
(0 max) of periphery of universe Energy accumulator of the
400 000 bln. years Hereafter “Lower Bar” renewed Spiritual being
contracted at the point 

Life cycle 400 000 bln. years

and its perephery Noumenal World
further zeroing
ng

Life cycle 400 000 bln. years

thereafter contraction
from 10 52 Hz to 400 000 years to the “lower bar”

Life cycle 40 000 bln. years

of Galaxy
thereafter  integration with PMW
52
from 10 Hz to 40 000 years

of Star Life cycle  11 bln. years

Material world
thereafter  integration with PMW control subjects
52
from 10 Hz to 11 years

Life cycle 4,2  4,5 bln. years

ecies (phylogenies)
thereafter  integration with PMW
to 24 hours

Life cycle 98 years

of man (ontogenesis)
thereafter  integration with periphery of Material World (PMW)
sec

Threshold of time Life cycle

Metagalaxy
sensitivity 4 000 years 400 000 bln. years
Self rhythm Average rhythm
400 000 years 10 bln. years

Threshold of time Life cycle

Galaxy
sensitivity 400 years 40 000 bln. years
Self rhythm Average rhythm
40 000 years 1 bln. years
Threshold of time Star Life cycle Units of Material world
sensitivity 40 days (Planet, Biosphere)
11 bln. years
Self rhythm Average rhythm
11 years 280 000 years
Threshold of time Man like a species Life cycle
sensitivity 4 hours - Phylogenesis 4,24,5 mln. years
Self rhythm Average rhythm
1 years 98 years
Threshold of time Man  Life cycle
sensitivity  ontogenesis 98 years
 0,031 sec Average rhythm
Self rhythm 1 day
(inhaleexhale)  3,44 sec Reproductive cycle
25 years
15
21
20
19
18
17
16

13
12

10
11
14

10

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

21
22
23
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

20
11
1
2
3
4
5

7
8
9
0


3,6 haurs
1 sec

3,1 bln. years

317 000 bln. years

1,16 days

3,17 years
Nanosecond
Femtosecond

Lg t, sec
Attosecond

Picosecond

Microsecond

3,1 000 years

3,17 mln. years

Millisecond

1,6 min/
Hz

Hz

Hz

10 Hz

10 Hz

10 Hz

1 Hz
18

15

12

Ferquencies
10

10

10

of objects of the universe

 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
what takes place from the beginning to
the end of times! Or on the contrary breath
more often with frequency 1052 Hz, then he
would have seen in life how the maximon
is born, how it gets filled with information
and some self-energy and how in the result
flares and burns in the material world for
the long as life 10-43 sec.
And indeed such a capacity probably
exists. How else the Spiritual beings of
different levels understand each other and
coordinate their actions. The system does
function; it means that nobody is capable
of seeing and controlling in the various
time fields. It means there is a subject and
there is a method to displace on the scale
of time and exist in turns in different,
disparate time rhythms.
Yes, it is of course so! There, where
matter ends and the kingdom of informa-
tion on displacement over the time scale
begins, is a norm.
You remember, my Soul, it had al-
ready been said that each system object in
the material eternal world is assigned to a
spiritual being – curator.
We have already agreed to name it as
Guardian Angel. It conveys the idea both
beautifully and exactly. The Guardian
Angel in engineering terminology is
nothing other than the functionally con-
trolling sub-program, whose purpose is
to lead the object in charge: Monitoring
its evolution within the frameworks of
the life cycle, comparison with the rules
and limitations, imbibed in the maximon,
output of correcting commands, monitor-
ing relations and time correlation of ob-
jects and the system environment.
The Guardian Angels of the objects
of the material world although are not
material, to be precise not physical be-
ings, but belong to the Material world.
296
They do not have direct connection with
the noumenal world and moreover with
the Spiritual beings of the level “Origina-
tor” or α point. In their field of view there
should be simultaneously two objects
intensely distanced on the time scale – the
leading material object and the maximon
source of «technical documen-tation» –
complete description of the ob-ject, as well
as its place and purposes in the system.
Hence the simple conclusion. The
Guardian Angel should occupy on the
time scale axis the position that overlaps
the niche of maximon and the niche of its
object. This is first of all. Secondly, the
Guardian Angel should possess the ca-
pacity to change its own rhythm or em-
brace several different rhythms in parallel.
Is it tough? Yes, not simple. The Creation
is a complex technology, but it doesn’t lack
the logic.
The Guardian Angel of man, a spe-
cific man, accompanying us over life! I
welcome You! I write with capital letter,
well You also are a Spiritual being. I thank
You for Your work and patience.
By virtue of its function the Guardian
Angel of man occupies on the time scale
the niche ~ 63.5 order from the threshold of
the time sensitivity of Maximon 10 –54 sec
to the life cycle of man’s life 109.48 sec. Its
self-rhythm by definition should be binary
or floating. In order to read information the
Maximon should work at the frequency
1052 Hz, and in order to accompany man
it should slow down to the point 100.536
sec, that corresponds to the self-rhythm of
man.
How to do this? From the technical
point of view there are no barriers. This
is indeed all the wave processes and fre-
quency characteristics. Transitions from
one frequency to another at information
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
exchange is not only theoretically known
but applied widely in engineering prac-
tice. You simply believe me, and the en-
gineer will understand without explana-
tions.
Then there are the Spiritual beings
controlling the phylogenesis of man, life
path of the star, galaxy and metagalaxy.
The niches of their habitation on the lo-
garithmic time axis have one and the same
minimum – 10 –54 sec – the sensitivity
threshold of maximon. This is unders-
tandable. Being in the material part of
the universe they are limited by the max-
imon’s frequencies by definition. And
what relates to the upper boundary, then it
exactly corresponds to the length of their
life cycles for each of the listed objects.
The self rhythms of Spiritual beings
have two position, and may be a floating
structure. In any case two mandatory
points are present in each range. One
1052 Hz is the maximon’s self-rhythm,
and the second is equal to its own rhythm
corresponding to the material object.
The material objects – man, phyloge-
nesis of man, star and galaxy repeat many
times their life cycles over the course of
history of the Universe. At each appearance
of these objects they are provided with their
own specific Guardian Angel. Therefore
the different types of Guardian Angels are
many. I can even say more: too many.
But then Metagalaxy is one. For the
whole history of the Universe it lives its
only cycle, somewhere around four hun-
dred thousand billion years. Accordingly
the Guardian Angel for Metagalaxy is
one. Its role is executed by a complex
information-control system, the Periphery
of the material world. By the way it is from
it all the Guardian Angels are generated
and to it they go into.
297
The periphery of the material world
is a thin world, but it is still the world of
matter. The outermost dimension of the
niche of the Material world is from 10–54
sec to 1.24×1022 sec.
Another thing is the second part of
the time niche, where the time segments
are vanishingly small. There even more
improbable things are observed.
How beautiful and bold is the engi-
neering idea of the Creator! The lesser and
lesser the time segments, the steeper and
steeper the frequency of oscillations. Self-
oscillations of the Maximon – 1052  Hz  –
fantastic incomprehensible fre-quency,
but further down along the scale there is
one more large path of 29 orders. This
is bigger than the difference be-tween
a microsecond and the whole life of the
Universe. What is the Hypermatrix after
all made of that any of its cell can speed
up in frequency of oscillations ever more
and more to completely incom-prehensible
values? And the energy for such speed?
Where is it taken from? How is it confined
in a cell?
Again delusion. There is neither ma-
terial, nor energy, nor temperature. But
there is something and it works some-
how? But I do not know how.
You, my Soul, should find out, un-
derstand and tell people or at least in your
next incarnation, it will be interesting.
The Lord is Great, and there is an ex-
planation to everything! The Creator does
not need our praise, but He as the Father is
rather glad that his children have al-ready
been capable of evaluating the beauty of
His creation.
The Noumenal world and its peri-
phery inextricably associated with it al-
ready is not any or anybody's Guardian
Angel. It is at the same time the subject
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
and object of the Universe giving birth to
information from which the maximons are
built. Under a single standard design.
The self rhythm of the Noumenal
world has a floating value and is capable
of oscillating in the range from 1061 to
1051 Hz. Thus the noumenal world is ca-
pable on the one hand get into guaranteed
information contact with the Spiritual
being of the Material world, and fill the
maximons with information, and on the
other hand exceed the frequency limit of
the material world by 9-10 orders, and
thus exceed the material world on the
information potential by 10 billion times.
This is understandable. It cannot be
otherwise. What was the Noumenal world
created for? In order to have the dynamic
model of the material world, and in order
that this model succeeded to count and play
all the problems of matter and locate the
acceptable solutions at such rate at which
the maximon is born, so that it succeeded
in filling it, the max-imon, «self rhythm»
with ready informa-tion in real time.
The next higher world is the Spiritual
beings residing in the part of the peri-phery
called rather not very properly «Upper and
lower bar». They have knowledge of the
basic laws and prin-ciples of building the
Universe. The upper one of it gives them
and the lower stores the experience of their
correction.
Its base on the time-axis scale to the
right side is at the mark 1.24×1022 sec, and
the left part is lowered nine orders lower
than the base of the Noumenal world and
has a floating self-rhythm in the range from
1070 to 1060 Hz. Thus the «bars» (forgive me
Lord!) as compared to the noumenal world
and its periphery are capable of thinking
better and quicker approximately by one or
even ten billion times.
298
Finally is the Spiritual entity at the
points α and Ω. This, as you understand
is a delicate euphemism. The α point at
the periphery is the Lord who came from
«Non- existence», in his existential form,
passing the path of total emission of his
self-being to matter, thanks to which the
Universe appears and passes through all
the stages of its life cycle. The Ω point is
the Lord in the renewed hypostasis, created
from the spiritual energy of mat-ter being
born, to be more precise, mainly by man.
The time of the Universe’s life cycle is
equal to the life cycle of the Spiritual being
at α point, which is one and the same.
During this period the Lord comes to the
existential world, sets it forth completely
by dissolving in it.
The purified spiritual energy given
birth by matter gradually accumulates at
the Ω point during the whole life cycle of
the Universe till it collects in it the whole
experience of Universe and at the mo-ment
of completion of the cycle goes beyond the
limits of existence by im-mersing in «non-
existence», so that to repeat the whole
cycle again from the beginning.
The Spiritual entities α and Ω also
exceed by 9-10 order the size of the time
niche of the spiritual entities of the pre-
vious level («Bars»), and actually occupy
the whole logarithmic time bar of the
existential world from 10 –81 to 1.24·1022  sec.
The niche we got is not small, of val-
ue over the whole scale, which could really
exist. Again it cannot be otherwise. You
remember the law of Universe – there is
not and there cannot be anything such,
which goes beyond the framework of the
Lord or the World created by him.
The scale has been defined. What is
beyond its borders? You think that there
is nothing? No. There is «non-existence».
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
There is no time, there is no existence.
There is not and cannot be anything which
is known to us because all what we know
is the attributes of the world of existence.
Only one thing can be said – the Lord
comes from there in the form of first cell
of the hypermatrix having a frequency of
self-oscillations to the order of 1080 Hz and
He goes there after 400,000 billion years in
the form of the last cell of the Hypermatrix
with the same self frequen-cy - 1080 Hz.
Now, having at least some approx-
imate perception about the values of life
cycles of objects of the Universe, we can
at last «count the beer at home». Count the
quantity of system defining structure of
elements of Creation for the whole period
of its existence.
Why is it necessary? I exactly do not
know, but it shall be one more important
characteristic of the general picture of the
World.
I don’t know how it is for you, my
Soul, but I had the opportunity to be in
Egypt and touch the Pyramid Cheops with
hands. And look at it from far at sunset.
Similar to the Sphinx it created in me a
physical feeling of understatement. There
is something in its form that ap-pealed
directly to my subconscious mind, and
there was something in the subcons-cious
mind that darted out toward, but there
was no meeting. In memory the feeling
of incompleteness, annoyance, question
mark, superimposed on the py-ramid’s
image got down.
We heard a hundred times that pyra-
mids store the secret of eternity, and
about the priests, ancient astronomers and
astrologers, who knew something that had
been lost long ago, some Divine secrets…
But what exactly?!
Life taught me to one amusing truth:
299
if you need something very much, for
example, something of the food products
or spare parts to the car, or candidate for a
wife and you go in search far-far away, you
will not find anything worth. What-ever
you need very much is located very near,
well at a walking distance.
The secret of eternity is the secret
of the universe! The pyramid is their 3D
model! The rays, forming the faces of
the pyramid come to naught at the top,
and further the mirror crossings form the
in-visible, non material copy repeating
the mirror copy of the whole figure. You
can consider the other way around: The
in-visible pyramid, passing through the
apex point is manifested as the material
object. Well what other than the model of
noumenal and material worlds!
One can find other similarities. The
pyramids peak, the topmost part is almost
a point. It is this point that gives the
geometry of design. What if the volume
of the pyramid increased, but always at its
base the square or other figure, is sim-ilar
to the geometry of the base of the apex.
A classical form of replication of large
number of similar material objects. The
model is rich, deep, gives birth to a mass of
varied associations: Danto «fun-nel», sand
watch, Divine Olympus….
It all happened almost by chance. In
order to count the material objects, ac-
commodated at different hierarchical
levels of the design of the Universe, it
was necessary to display the derivative
diagram, where at each level new branches
appear, and from each branch its branches
and so on. A billion branches at each
level  – a whole forest and no clarity. In
general the diagram is not for the said case.
And when at each level the pyramid
was drawn – fig. 72, the diagram became
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
transparent, and the pyramid’s image was
filled with Divine thought.
The upper left picture of the hierar-
chical level of the «Universe». Here the
Metagalaxy, the system of material ob-
jects of the most common level, are ac-
commodated. The Creator for the period
of his presence in the existential hyposta-
sis gives birth to and conducts over the life
cycle one Metagalaxy.
Metagalaxy survives 1.24×1022 sec. It
is neither more, nor less. I think that the
time of its life cycle at the moment of
appearance and even a little earlier was
known with accuracy up to 10 –70 fraction
of a second. Such is the self-rhythm of the
Spiritual entity that creates the Un-iverse.
Metagalaxy consists of 10 billion si-
multaneously existing galaxies. The life
cycle of a galaxy is ten times less than the
life cycle of a Metagalaxy, therefore it is
logical to suppose that during this time the
life of a Metagalaxy the galaxies forming
it are renewed about ten times. Thus the
history of the Universe should cover 1011
metagalaxies.
Galaxy in its turn, a giant stellar sys-
tem is formed on an average from 10
billion stars. At the same time during the
existence of a Galaxy – 1.24×1021 sec pass
3600 life cycles of an average star since
its duration “is only” 3.3×1017 sec. Thus
in the history of one galaxy 3.6×1013 stars
succeed in shining, and the history of the
Universe covers the appearance of 3,6×1024
stars.
Thereafter is the star and biosphere
created by it. Here the numbers look
very humbly. Scientific data in this field
is limited by the description of the Solar
system. The Sun is an average star, of
average age, in the middle in relation to
the centre of the Galaxy, has ten planets,
300
only one of which is in such a position that
allows to form geoplacental sheaths and
gives birth to biosphere with para-meters
necessary for growth of plants, animals
and man.
You can quite imagine other stellar-
planetary systems, where the number
of planets can be greater by ten or even
hundred times. However it is not difficult
to imagine the situation, when the star
does not have planets or cannot create in
them conditions for appearance of geo-
placental shells.
For the moment the most reasonable
which can be suggested in this connec-
tion is to consider that on an average to
each star corresponds one planet with
biosphere, capable of creating the condi-
tions for appearance of man. Besides
the biosphere appears not at the moment
of appearance of the star and ceases its
existence long before the completion of its
life cycle. The period of existence of the
biosphere occupies probably not more than
70-80% time of the life cycle of its planet,
and a yet smaller percent from the life
cycle of the central star of the plane-tary
system. Very slowly and very grad-ually
the geo-placental system compli-cates its
structure by transforming into biosphere,
but the instant of birth and evolution of
“Man” from the animal to a rational and
ethically responsible being is still shorter.
Phylogeny of man as a species takes
1.4×1014 sec. As compared to the life of a
star this is equal to two weeks in the life of
a hundred year old man.
Thus the number of biospheres and
the number of phylogeny of man is equal
to the number of stars, i.e. 3.6×1024, with
accuracy around one order.
It is only left to count how many human
souls pass the world for all its history.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Number of units according to hierarchy level taking

Universe Metagalaxy Galaxy Star Biosphere Man-specie Soul
Creator
Cycles

Mategalaxy
Units
Universe

in the Universe
On is one
e e
On
Metagalaxy

Life cycle  Metagalaxy

(3,6х1024 )х
1,2 х10 22 sec 10х 11 10 11х3,6х10 13= 24
3,6 х10 24 х(1,8х1014)=
10 10=10 3,6 х10
Cycles
Metagalaxy

=3,6х10 24 phylogeny of =6,48х1038

Units

Galaxies in Biospheres human

10 cycles stars in the souls
the Metagalaxy in the in the
Metagalaxy in the
ten n during its Metagalaxy
L. c.  bil
lio
life cycle
during its
during its
Metagalaxy Metagalaxy
10 during its life cycle during its lifecycle
1,2 х10 21 sec Galaxy
life cycle
life cycle

Life cycle.  Galaxy

10 10х3,6х10 3= 3,6 х10 13 3,6 х10 13х
1,2 х10 21 sec 3,6 х10 13 1,8х10 14=
Cycles

=3,6х10 13 phylogeny of
Units

Biospheres
=6,48х10 27
Galaxy

3 600 циклов stars in in human in

the Galaxy souls in
the Galaxy the Galaxy
36 / during its theGalaxy
Life cycle  00 bln during its during its
10 duringits
3,3 х10 17 sec Stars
life cycle life cycle life cycle
lifecycle

Life cycle  Star

Cycles

3,3 х10 17 sec

Units

one One 1,8х10 14

biosphere phylogeny souls
Star

One cycle 0 for one during life during life

од
н з 1 ет star cycle of star
80 а 1 илан cycle of star
Life cycle % п
3 х10 17 sec Biosphere

Life cycle Biosphere

3 х10 17 sec one
Cycles
Biosphere

1,8х10 14
Units

phylogeny
One cycle souls
during life
during life
Life cycle . од н cycle of one
0,0 ин од
и cycle of one
(phylogeny) 53
%
Biosphere
Biosphere
 х10 14 sec Man-specie
Life cycle Man-specie
 х10 14 sec 1,8х10 5х10 9=
Man-specie

Cycles

=1,8х10 14
Units

180 000
reproductive souls
cycles for history
reproductive 18
cycle 00 ln of one
8 00 1b
 х10 sec phylogeny
Soul
Life cycle  duration and quantity

Fig. 72 Life cycles and number of units of the material World

301
 0
Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
№1 №2 №3 №4 №5 №6 №7 №8 №9 № 10 № 11

Class
№ 12
Class
Classes and
units of material world

Maximon
(Photon)?
(Electron
nucleus)?
Electron
Atomic
nucleus
Atom
Nucleus of
cell
Nucleus of star
Planet
Bipsphere
Star
Nucleus of
galaxy
Galaxy
Metagalaxy

Animals
Man

Plants
Universe
at the moment
of burth
Start pith of sinusoid
of scale stability

0,2

9,8
20,2

10,2
of order 1010

29,8
19,8

34,8
25,2

5,2

14,8
4,8

24,8
15,2
E+ E+ E+ E+ E+ E+
Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis
Size of Metagalaxy
E E E E E  at the end of life
cycle of univerce

34,8
32,3
29,8
27,3
24,8
14,8
19,8
17,3
14,8
12,3
9,8
7,3
4,8
2,3
0,2
2,7
5,2
7,7
10,2
12,7
15,2
17,7
20,2
22,7
25,2
30,2

lg(m)
= 1/2 фазы Bar

E+ E+ E+ E+ E+ E+
Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis Division Synthesis
E E E E E E

Final pitch of

Fig. 73 Life cycle control mehanism of universe

sinusoid of scale
3,1

7,7
13,9
24,8

18,5
stabilbty of order

29,4
Universe at
the moment 10 10,8333...
30,2

34,8
19,4

13,1
8,4

2,3

23,9
of life
cycle
compeletion

Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
0 №1 №2 №3 №4 №5 №6 №7 №8 №9 № 10 № 11 № 12
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Human population, if you are to in-
clude in it all ancestors similar to man
during the four and half millions of years
of phylogeny ranged from hundred thou-
sand to million units to the present day
almost seven billion people. It is difficult
to say how the dynamics of human popu-
lation will look in the future, but for the
present a stable tendency for its expan-sion
is observed.
Conditionally, as a lot other in our
calculations let’s take the average popu-
lation of man equal to one billion.
As regards the periodicity, then man
like any other living being should be
counted according to the reproductive age
or as per the reproductive cycle, which is
equal to 25 years. By reaching 25 years
man reproduces himself. Al-though in
recent times it has become popular to give
birth at 30-40 years, but we are looking at
the statistics for the last 4.5 million years.
Thus for the whole historical period of
phylogeny 180,000 cycles of reproduction
have taken place, which at the average
periodicity of the species 1 billion units
gives a total number 1.8×1014 units for
the period of one complete phylogeny. In
total for the history of the Universe at all
habitable planets and at all galaxies that
existed 6.48×1038 human souls should see
Divine light. The accuracy is to two or
three orders.
The number is quite big. There is
wherefrom to draw energy and pump it to
the Ω point. Even if there is only one soul
from 10 billion, which is capable of giving
the required quality of spiritual en-ergy
there will be 1028 such sources. It is also
not bad.
For all that the external freedom
of choice of each thing is not limited by
anything except by such a freedom of
303
choice by the neighbouring things.
Freedom and necessity are intert-
wined like the fibres of hard and soft metal
in Damascus steel, and as a result organic
combination of hardness and tenacity. No
wonder. It is the technological approach of
mixing things of opposite properties.
My Soul, you are still here? You in-
terest has not yet completely subsided?
I congratulate you, rather am happy. So
you are indeed my reincarnation or fra-ter.
May be sister. We have only a little left:
One illustration and two questions. «What
is hyper time or universal time of the
Universe?» and «Why the Universe has a
finite nature?»
The whole secret of time is in that,
it is a function of movement. If there are
certain events, certain changes there is
time. All existence, any manifestation is
expressed through certain events, change
of events, through certain variety. The rate
of changes is time.
Why «Non-existence» does not have
the external time? Because the Spiritual
entity absorbs in itself the whole World,
contracts to a point and ceases to do any-
thing. Beyond point there is no existence,
nor time.
I do not know if there is time at the
point «Non-existence». Probably it is
there. Otherwise why «Non-existence»
once turns into «Existence».
You will sort these subtleties some
time, my Soul, and I am eager to say about
the nature of the existential time, the main
starting point by which the life cycle of the
Universe is measured.
Figure 73 – the last diagram in the
il-lustration of the revelation about the
structure of the Universe. It shows the
causes and mechanism of contraction of
the Universe.
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
Do you remember, my Soul that at
the moment of appearance of the Materi-
al world appears the wave of scalar sta-
bility. This is classical sinusoid with pitch
equal to 10 orders on the bar of sizes. At
the start of the world the sinusoid abso-
lutely correlates to the points of the ver-
tex of classes of material world units, and
consists of whole six waves.
The scalar stability wave carries in it
several laws, connected with the coordi-
nate in the bar. But these laws are bound
not to the bar, but to the vertex of the
sinusoids «saddle points» – upper points
and «pits» – lower points. Once more we
remind that at the moment of creation,
at that infinitesimally small fraction of a
second, when at the centers of the future
galaxies appeared the first maximons,
at that instant the vertex of the sinusoids
passed exactly through the coordinates
of the centers of the classes. I beg your
pardon for the repetition.
The sinusoid has a beginning and end.
The beginning corresponds to the size of a
Maximon, i.e. located at the point 10 –34,8 m
on the logarithmic bar with base 10 and unit
of measurement – metre. The end of the
sinusoid at the moment of creation is at the
point 1025.2 m on the bar that corresponds
to the initial size of the Metagalaxy. Thus
the distribution vector of wave stability is
located from left to right, similarly as the
direction of the bar itself.
If one is to go over the sinusoid from
left to right, then each rise from the pit
to the saddle point is the zone, where the
tendency to division predominates over
the tendencies of synthesis. In other words
the material objects in these zones, by
definition they are six, develop, using the
technology of division.
And vice versa, each of the six falls  –
304
from the «peak» to the «valley» opens the
possibility of synthesis, fusion as the me-
thod of evolution. All attempts at forceful
division in this zone turn into its op-
position.
The sinusoid points corresponding
to the geometric centers «valley points»
and «peaks» possess relative stability.
The objects of the material world, having
similar sizes, are at an organic balance
between the tendency to divide and the
tendency to fuse. All attempts to move
them from their position leads to energet-
ic disturbances.
The shifting from the position of val-
ley point involves energy consumption
and on the contrary the efforts to move the
object from the position in the centre of the
«peak» leads to release of energy.
In a sense the sinusoid dynamics of
scalar stability controls the evolutionary
processes of units of the material world.
Moreover in it the main or even only
reason of evolution of the Universe.
It is very important to understand
one of the basic laws in organization of
the World order – the Law of division of
functions between the size scale and sca-
lar stability sinusoid. The bar of sizes
dictates things in the material world what
the proportion of their sizes should be  –
electron lesser by five orders than the
atomic nucleus, the atomic nucleus less
by five orders than the atom etc. Starting
from the Maximon twelve steps up on the
bar by five orders up to the Metagalaxy,
which initially is 60 orders greater than the
maximon.
The scalar stability sinusoid by the
crests and pits of its six waves indicates
the fields permitted and prohibited for
the processes of division and synthesis.
One excludes the other. The sinusoid with
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
its vortex points indicates the points of
stability between division and synthesis, at
that the lower points are potential sources
of energy, the upper points con-sume
energy.
The initial unchanged reference point
for the bar of sizes and the scalar stability
sinusoid is the size of a maximon. In
relation to the last point – another extreme
of the graph scale and sinusoid are setup
differently.
Bar of sizes as any scale by its nature
is a hard ruler with fixed marks. Twelve
marks correspond to the average sizes
of objects of the material world – atoms,
man, stars etc. During the life cycle of
the Universe the real sizes of the units
of the material world remain closer to its
initial, calculated par values. However,
only the Maximon is absolutely equal to
itself. Of course not all people are of the
same height, not all atoms of the same size
and stars strongly vary in size even in the
process of its evolution, but there exists
some normal distribution and peak of this
distribution was and remains equal to the
par value. It is for all the units except one.
Metagalaxy grows in size from the moment
of its appearance. The Galaxies move from
the centre of the Metagalaxy saving cells
of the fixed hypermatrix from “overheat by
maximon inclusions” and together solving
the problem of Hypertime. The sizes of all
units of mat-ter remain the same as it were,
but the Metagalaxy for 400,000 billion
years in-creases in size from 1025.2 m to
1030.2 m, i.e. by 105 times, or one hundred
thou-sand times.
The expansion process of the Meta-
galaxy holds all the data to become the
material basis of the universal reference
of time. The process of «recession» of
galaxies is continuous, uniform, equal to
305
the period of existence of matter, isotrop-ic
over all the space of the hypermatrix. One
more very important property: Time, based
on the process of «recession» of galaxies,
ends at the moment of termination of the
existence of galaxies.
There is no galaxy, there is no «re-
cession» – no time, end of the world,
completion of the life cycle of the Universe.
People, animals, galaxies die and are
born, hypermatrix augments its volume
even before it succeeds to create a new
physical space for galaxies receding with
half the speed of light and the universal
time uniformly counts second after second
until it stops at the mark 1.24×1022 sec. It is
only left to find out why and how this shall
take place.
The sinusoid of scalar stability obeys
two rules. It connects the point, equal in
size of a maximon with a point, equal in
size of a Metagalaxy, and it always con-
sists of six complete waves.
If one were to explain in short why it
is so, then we shall remember about the
wave nature of the Universe. All matter
and all tangible substance of the world are
a particular case, modification of the wave
processes. Among the large multi-tude of
waves of different purposes there is main
wave in the Material world – sinusoid of
the scalar stability. You, my Soul, imagine
a name, short and precise.
This sinusoid covers all scale units of
the material world and therefore con-nects
the maximon, unchangeable in size, with
the variable, growing in size Metagalaxy
and six unvarying in quantity waves on the
sinusoid.
The expansion of the physical volume
of the Metagalaxy, increase in its size
carries with it «extension» of the sinusoid
of scalar stability. This extension does
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
not change the number of waves, but uni-
formly shifts all, except the «maximonic
wave», its points, increasing the pitch of the
sinusoid by one sixth of its initial value.
Then the most interesting thing follows.
The centers of scale classes by definition
remain at the initial marks of the bar, and the
vertex of the sinusoids of scalar stability  –
«valley points» and «peaks» steadily
creeps to the right be-hind the expanding
Metagalaxy. As a result there appears a
scale error between the nominal size of the
unit and the abscess of the corresponding
stability point on the sinusoid.
Those material objects, which by its
actual sizes occupied yesterday a stable
position at the «valley point» or «peak»,
today lose their place. The sinusoid of
scalar stability “slips’ from under them
and in the stable condition there are ob-
jects with other size characteristics.
Isn’t it true that it reminds of some-
thing? «Today the chief, tomorrow – fool»
or «It is forbidden to enter twice the same
river». It seems that it is forbidden because
the galaxies recede, the hypermatrix is
moving, the sinusoid of the scalar stability
is extended, the world is constantly and
irreversibly changing, the rules of the
present day are not equal fully with the
rules of yesterday. Here it is the reason
of development on a spiral, and not on a
circle!
According to data on scientific re-
search from the moment of the start of
existence of the Metagalaxy 15-20 billion
years have passed. In compared to the
calculated life cycle it is too small. We
live in the first generation of galaxies and
probably in the first, maximum second
generation of stars of «our» galaxy.
However for this time the shift of the right
point of the sinusoid following the growth
306
in size of the Metagalaxy constituted 0.425
orders. The initial value was 1025.2 m, and
at present – 1025.625 m.
For the centre of the seventh class, which
man decorates by his presence, including
us, at present has a shift in re-spect to “its”
fourth vertex of the sinusoid – 0.25 order.
It was – 100.2 m, but has become – 100.45 m.
But we remember that it is a cumulative,
average index having spread to all objects
of the animal and plant kingdom.
The centers of all odd classes pass
from the condition of saddle stability to
the condition of preferred division, and the
centers of even classes – from the position
of stability at the «peaks» are pushed to
field of preferred synthesis. At that the
shift is more, the nearer the seg-ment
under consideration is to the right side of
the sinusoid.
To the moment, when the size of the
Metagalaxy reaches 1030.2 m the sinusoid
extends to half the phase, and the centers
of the 10th and 11th classes – «Nucleus
of the galaxy» and «Galaxy» are at those
zones of the sinusoid, which have almost
the opposite value.
The Galaxy was at the «valley point»,
to the right «synthesis», to the left «divi-
sion», energy is consumed. And became
– in the «peak», to the right «division»,
to the left «synthesis», energy is released.
With the nucleus of the Galaxy it is the
same evolution, only in a mirror variant.
What happens, if at one point two ob-
jects equal in size, but opposite in sign of
charge meet? They annul. Mutually de-
stroy. What happens, if the flower born for
heat and light is kept in darkness and cold.
There will be no flower.
You only imagine, my Soul, what
happens with the universe in its short life.
(Life always and is short for all).
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Being born some 15 billion years ago
it was of the size 1025.2 m and began to
expand with the speed of 65,000 km/sec,
along the line from the centre and peri-
phery, i.e. along the radius. The total di-
ametric speed of increase of size consti-
tuted accordingly ~ 130,000 km/sec. This
is slightly less than half the speed of light.
Is it too much or less? The expansion wave
of the macrocosm, if it was to cross the
Sun, would have spent on it 11 seconds.
What is Sun a dust in the Ga-laxy, and
in the Metagalaxy? If we were to have
a ruler of the size of a Metaga-laxy and
fate let us live a hundred year life, for all
our life we would not have measured the
increase in diameter of the Metagalaxy
even one millionth fraction of a percent.
The Metagalaxy during its life cycle
expanding by leaps and bounds increases
by a hundred thousand times.
If one is to conditionally equate man
to the initial Metagalaxy both by size and
time scale, then for the normal 98 years of
life this man will grow to the size of Earth
with average speed three millime-ters per
second. The speed is comparable with the
self-rhythm of such a conditional man. In
reality moving at half the speed of light the
expansion wave of the Metagalaxy leads to
fall in the density of matter by 15 orders
from 10 –28.6 to 10 –43.6 g/cm3. Here you can’t
imagine any ma-terial analogy. You can’t
compare with any gas.
But it is not the size of the expanded
Metagalaxy that is the cause of its con-
traction and complete disappearance.
The physical increase in size of the Me-
tagalaxy in only the circumstance, re-
quired for shifting the right end of the
sinusoid of the scalar stability – the basic
regulator of evolutionary processes.
With the «extension» of the sinusoid
307
specific changes take place at all the
scale levels of matter from the first class
(photon), where the changes are minimal
up to the eleventh class (Galaxy), where
the shift is almost half the wave, i.e. it
comes to the position of anti-phase.
It is interesting to note that the peaks of
the zero class (Maximon) and the twelfth
class (Metagalaxy) remain un-changed
in relation to the sinusoid of the scalar
stability. Really, the maximon by definition
has not shifted since it is the beginning
point of the bar and sinusoid of scalar
stability, and the point corres-ponding to
the location of the Metagalaxy has shifted
simultaneously and to an equal degree
both on the bar and with the extended
sinusoid as its extreme right point, once
again leading to the thought, that the
Metagalaxy and maximon in some manner
are one unit or different manifestation of
one substance. Maximon is the plan of the
Material world and its building element at
the same time, and the Metagalaxy is the
building con-structed. Well they are one,
isn’t it?!
My soul! Let me not superimpose the
fantasy to hypotheses and intuitive as-
sumptions. There is no more specific idea
how the onset of sinusoid to anti-phase
leads to the cessation of existence and
disassembly of the Universe. Probably
like human old age, it comes gradually
and irreversibly, at that the processes of
ripening and becoming old permeates all
the scale levels of matter. To the moment
of completion of the life cycle, the main
construction element of substance – atom
is at the middle of the «division zone»
and its erstwhile saddle point of stability
shifts to the field of objects a hundred
times bigger in size. What shall happen in
the nuclei of galaxies, where the source of
 7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe
maximons is located and matter is formed
up to the nucleus of the atom and the atoms
themselves? What can take place there,
if the energy vector practically changed
direction? Probably the process of star
formation gradually will slow down and
come to naught. The stars existing at that
moment end their natural life cycle and
gradually the galaxies shall vanish. After
them the periphery of the material world
shall vanish and after it the noumenal
world and its periphery. All that constituted
the Universe including the hypermatrix,
«bars» and even the α point with remains
of the unspent potential (if it had not been
spent to that moment to zero), all these
sublimate to the point Ω, which for the
time of the cycle had been pumped with
potential thanks to the work of the System.
The contraction of the non-material part of
the Universe probably takes place at such
infinitesimally small fraction of seconds
as the creation of all non-material part of
the World.
In the end all the potential of the Un-
iverse without remains concentrates at
the “omega” point for the next life cycle.
The frequency of self-oscillations at this
point reaches 1080 Hz and possibly makes
some more jumps, allowing to go the
condition of «Non-existence», i.e. to cross
308
the existence boundary. Maybe no jump
is required. Thus everything is lead to a
point, and the point as known does not
have size, moreover, beyond the point
there is nothing.
How long the does the Lord sleep, does
he have dreams, and is there any evolution
that forces him to awake? I do not know.
May be the break between the cycles
is equal to the length of the life cycle of
the Universe, maybe it prolongs only a
second  – it is a very big value – three-
fourths of a full logarithmic time bar, and
may be 10 –80 sec?
All three suppositions are senseless, be-
cause beyond the point «omega» nothing
is there, and time also is not there. What
difference does it make, important is
another thing. There will surely be the
next cycle of the Lord’s manifestation in
existence. The Lord again will start dis-
sipating in the Universe to be created by
Him. Again the Universe created by him
shall begin to nurture the next incarnation
of the Lord, saturated with happiness and
pain of passing through the hypostasis of
the material world.
My Soul, we should understand the
role meted to us and learn to balance the
freedom of choice given to us by God by
our capacity to not do evil and fall into the
sin of godlessness.

LORD, FATHER!
You half-opened me the door to Your
workshop.
I strived so much to understand Your
Concept…
I could not live without under-standing,
why life is given to me…
I wanted to know Your price for
people’s deeds and conducts… true approximation passes through the
You gave me answers to my questions.
The World created by You is worth of You.
You are a genius Designer and genius
Engineer.
Your Creation is functional,
economical and harmonious. Gran-diose
by its size, it is easy in trans-parency and
smart on structural principles, because
at the base of Your intention is wisdom,
morality and internal dignity.
O Lord!
Thank You and do not put You
revelation as my achievement. But I see in
309
Prayer III
it a lesson, liability and mission.
You have become closer to me, but
the details of Your appearance has been
apparent and the picture has become
complicated.
I have understood: The road to
You is absolutely open, but the path of
perfection of my soul, soul of each man,
through over-coming the vanity of devilish
acts of fornication in us.
You sent me to the World in order that I
raised and fostered the flower of a pure soul
and gave it to You. I, man, Your creation in
whom You completed Your path to Matter,
should give back my conscience, heart and
soul for Your new birth.
Not a simple thing. But there is no task
from You that is not ex-ecutable. Your
burden is bright and joyous.
Let there always Your light in me!
 8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF
8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF
It has come true. The picture of the
Universe in dynamics is before us. The
technology of Creation in the full cyclic
volume, from the coming to «existence» to
exit into «non-existence». The great puzzle
has at last been made, each joint felt, each
fragment measured to each other.
My Soul, we have not done yet only one
thing. We have not gone back and looked
at the picture from a distance. Without
details, explanations and emo-tions. Only
dry remains. Let’s try.
The technological process of Crea-
tion of the World has a cyclic nature. The
longevity of one cycle, namely that in
which we live, constitutes about 400,000
billion earth years. During this period the
World appears, unfolds, fulfils its system
task, contracts and again goes into «non-
existence». Let’s call such a cycle «big».
Strictly speaking such cycles were
unknown or never existed earlier and shall
be or not in the future. However logic
prompts that it is rather «yes», than «no».
It is also unknown whether the «big
cycles» differ by content between them-
selves or not. Are the Worlds that are
created in them identical, is there conti-
nuity, what is the similarity and differ-
ence. It is also unknown from where and
where the chain of «big cycles» leads. I
don’t know and don’t want to judge.
My soul, our subject is the technology
of unfolding and contracting one of our, at
the same time a specific, «big cycle».
In the beginning appears the First
cause – Spiritual entity in its foremost
initial undivided hypostasis, carrying in
310
it the complete potential required for un-
folding the Universe and passing the life
cycle. The First cause appears from the
field of «non-existence», where there is no
time, space and other attributes of being.
The First cause and the whole world of
existence at the first moment occupy the
whole space of existence, which later shall
be perceived as a point of size 10 –34.8 m. The
First cause point is filled with information
(«Word») having its own frequency to
the order of 1080 Hz. Here and further the
frequencies are given in accordance with
fig. 71, as it appeared to the author at the
moment of completion of work over the
book.
If it can be compared with the ma-
terial world we know then we can say that
the First cause is a newly born God, or to
be precise the newly manifested primary
Spiritual entity. Death in the understanding
of man does not exist for Him. God – First
cause carries in it the program of the life (or
system) cycle im-pendent to Him. He is to
embody in the Universe unfolded by Him,
get some system-defined result through the
efforts of this Universe, contract it again
to a point and go over to «non-existence».
These two points are usually called «Al-
pha» and «Omega» by analogy with the
boundary points of the Greek alphabet.
The First cause and all the Universe
is a totally self-closed system, i.e. a Sys-
tem, beyond which nothing is there. The
purpose and function of the System is
the unfolding of the Universe, dissipation
of the Spiritual entity (from the «alpha»
point) in it and nurturance of the renewed
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Spiritual entity for the “omega” point by
the efforts of the Universe created.
It is important to note that the act of
creation of the World and the act of dis-
sipation in it in essence is one and the same
action for which the author simply could
not choose a suitable term.
The unfolding of the Universe is made
in stages. From the «alpha» point (First
cause) the Spiritual entity builds the Bar,
which gives the number of future objects of
the Universe and proportion of their sizes.
The bar is the first structure made from
cells of the future Hypermatrix. Each of
the cells is the Spi-ritual entity, responsible
in future for objects of the Universe of a
particular size.
The next stage is the formation of
Spiritual entities, responsible for making
the design of the Universe. They con-ceive
and decide by which laws the World shall
be organized and how it shall look.
The spiritual entity of the bar and
creators of the Universe design have self
frequency to the order of 1070 Hz.
Thereafter the periphery of the Nou-
menal world is lined up – the structure
for generation and control of the World
of noumens, – thought-objects of the fu-
ture world of matter. After which the
Noumenal world is created and the ela-
boration and balancing of the complete
noumenal model of vital activity of the
world of matter begins. The scripts of birth
and development of material units, their
interaction and evolution are played and
fine-tuned. The periphery and noumens
are nothing but yet other hypostasis of the
Spiritual entity filling with him the World
he creates.
In parallel or a little later the process of
unfolding the Hypermatrix takes place  –
filling the volume of the future Meta-
311
galaxy with cellular structure not having
physical or material properties, but capa-
ble to instantaneously transfer and store
practically unlimited information. The
working frequency of the Noumenal world
and its periphery is about 1060 Hz.
As soon as the Noumenal model de-
fined itself, found some relatively ba-
lanced condition, begins the replication of
the noumenal image of the galaxy and all
that forms it and distribution in space of
the Hypermatrix in accordance with the
noumenal image of the Metagalaxy.
Hereupon creation of the material plan
of the Universe takes place. Exactly at
the centres of the future galaxies ap-pear
rotating sources of maximons, from which
proto-matter is formed in several stages,
and then matter, gas-dust clouds form and
then everything is in full con-cordance
with the scientific-atheistic perceptions of
modern cosmology.
The concentrations of clouds leads to
star formation and stellar-planetary sys-
tems appear. At the «fortunately» located
planets biological life appears.
Each Galaxy, and may be each stellar
system has its Periphery – the monitoring
and control device over everything that
takes place there. Its operating frequency
is 1050 Hz and it is capable of exchanging
information with the periphery of the
Noumenal world.
All things from which the Universe
is made of can be combined into 22
classes, if it is to be classified according
to attributes of scale and level of organi-
zation. Both scales are divided into 12
classes and accommodated on orthogonal
axes. Distribution of units in coordinates
of these axes gives the conditional graph-
ical diagram of the Universe. The units are
distributed by classes in the following way.
 8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF

The noumenal world fills in with units-

Class noumens starting from the highest levels
num-ber Class of organization to the lowest, from the
on the number noumen of man to the noumen of photon,
Unit electron nucleus, nucleus of the galaxy
organi- on the
zational bar and the galaxy itself. At the boundary of
level scale the noumenal and material world lie the
maximon and Metagalaxy, objects that
Maximon, Hy- 0 0
belong in equal degree to matter and non-
permatrix cell
matter. Starting with them the Material
Metagalaxy 0 12 world begins its self-construction.
The whole program of self-creation
«Nucleus of an 1 2 of the material world comes from two
electron» sources: from the genetic code, built
Nucleus of the 1 10 into the Maximon and from the space-
galaxy kinematic characteristics of the centres of
«Photon» 2 1 the material manifestation of max-imons.
Atomic nucleus 2 4 What does this mean, if expressed
simply? The matter is that in the Nou-
Nucleus of a 2 8 menal model of the world there is every-
star thing from people to Metagalaxy to the
Galaxy 2 11 moment of beginning of matter formation.
Electron 3 3 Galaxies, stars, planets and all that populate
Planet 3 8 them. All variants of evolution have been
cast and counted, the begin-ning and end
Star 3 9 of the material world is known. But all
Atom 4 5 these are one «standard» noumenal model,
Planetary 4 9;5 a Sample, a Stencil. All units are spiritual
system entities.
Molecule 5 5;5 The inventor knows already how his
invention shall function, imagines each
Bio-molecule 6 5;7 unit and each detail, but his thought is
Nucleus of a 7 6 yet to be made in material form and then
cell it transforms from thought to matter.
Biosphere 7,5 8 With the Lord it is also the same. In the
Cell (biological) 8 6,3 beginning thought – «Word», then the
material incarnation.
Plants 9 7 The model of the noumenal World
Animals 10 7 «knows» where, how much and how
Man 11 7 the sources of appearance of maximons
Spiritual entity 12 7 should begin to function. They appear
in the centres of the future galaxies, and
probably, in the centres of the future stars.

312
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The sources of maximons themselves
have the initial impulse of rectilinear and
circular movement, required for the future
galaxy and its stars.
Maximons represent «sparks», run-
ning along the cells of the hypermatrix of
macrocosm. The eruption of maximons
hardly carries some energy and of course
they are not visible. It is rather a short time
manifestation of hypermatrix cell in its
material incarnation. Not long, only for
10 –43 sec. However it is during this instant
of time the complete information of its
structure is splashed into the material
world – Information, which was prepared
during almost forty tenfold stages of the
time bar. At that the whole scale is made
of a little more than a hun-dred stages.
In reality information, put in a maximon,
is prepared for a long period, very long
period.
How does it take place there I do not
know, but the cells of the hypermatrix at
the moment of its maximon manifestation
find the attraction to unification and
formation of the first material object –
photon. The name is conditional. Is it that
very photon, which is known to science, I
can’t judge, but one thing is known for sure
that the given unit is 100,000 times greater
than a Maximon. It is also known that the
hypermatrix is capable of reproducing the
once «assembled» photon and displace it
over its space, following and balancing
two laws: the law of arrangement of a
Maximon and the law of arrangement of a
photon. The matrix from one side receives
from maximons information about the
noumenal image of the photon, and on the
other side as if «feels» and «sees» the real
photon and puts up before it the boundary
conditions of existence for prevention of
inadmissible values of discrepancy.
313
The photon carries in it the tendency
to form the unit of the next scale level –
«nucleus of an electron» – a totally con-
ditional name, but again it is exactly
known that this object is 105 times greater
than its structure forming agent – photon.
The task of the hypermatrix becomes
more complicated. Now it is required to
monitor basically the behaviour of the
«nucleus of the electron». But it is not
necessary to worry about the hyperma-
trix; it is capable of reacting at least a
billion times faster than a maximon.
Then the next stages of the organiza-
tional level of matter are there and at
each of them there are their own units of
matter down to man. Everywhere one
and the same principles of arrangement
and control repeat. The previous unit is
a material, basis and reason for the next
unit. The hypermatrix monitors the bal-
ance of interests and limitations of the
whole link of structural element below  –
units, and the whole system is oriented
towards advancement to its functional
purpose. However, at the same time the
material units in contrast to the noumenal
are endowed with a certain freedom. The
greater is the degree of autonomy and
freedom of choice, the higher the level of
organization of the unit.
Man, as a unit of matter has the highest
degree of personal freedom, balanced only
by his mortality, limitation of life. Such is
the external limitation of all-might of man
in the material world.
However there exists another me-
chanism of attaining the balance between
man and the World. This is the internal
requirement to live in harmony with
the World, a conscious limitation of his
staggering ambitions, or simply – ETH-
ICS. In the ethics plane the providential
 8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF
task of man as a product and element of
the System of Universe is located. The
Universe has been created by the Lord,
created for the Lord and created from
His substance.
World is the means of existence of
the Lord. The Lord is eternal, but his
manifestations are of a cyclic nature.
He comes from «Non-existence» in the
form of a first cell of the Hypermatrix –
«alpha» point, turns the world structure
at the expense of its own substance and
completely transfers to the hypostasis of
the Universe, where the noumenal world
creates an unlimited number of material
worlds. The purpose of these worlds is to
create a thinking matter, teach it ethics,
omniscience and wisdom. Then gather and
store information about the experience of
passing through matter. Accumulate the
experience and positive spiritual energy in
some local field of the hypermatrix during
the whole life cycle of the Metagalaxy. In
the end after 400,000 billions of years the
contraction of the information obtained
and spiritual energy into a single cell of
the hypermatrix – «Omega» point, which
goes into «Non-existence» and is there till
the moment of Its subsequent appearance.
***
There now, my Soul, new knowledge
has opened before us. Before us is the
full picture of the Universe from the be-
ginning to the end. The Author is known,
the motives are known, and the role of man
in the World order has become clear.
The information is so much and its
meaning is so important and radical that
the question arises: What to do now with
the formed system of perception about the
world?
314
Religion, Belief, man, life, death,
freedom, morality, and a mass of other
important things and the Lord Himself  –
all these concepts are turned by a new face,
brightened by a singular system-oriented
idea.
The process of perception of the
world by man is only gaining momentum.
During the last 150-200 years we note a
torrent of discoveries in natural sciences.
V.I. Vernadsky sharply felt this process,
when he wrote:
«We are at the threshold of great changes in
the perception of world… We are going through
not a crisis, affecting the weak souls, but a great
breakthrough in scientific thought of mankind,
happening only once in a thousand years, going
through scientific achievements, equal to which
many genera-tions of our ancestors had never
seen…
We are only beginning to realize the
overwhelming power, free scientific thought,
great creative force of Homo sapiens, human
free personality, manifestation of the great
cosmic force, whose kingdom is ahead. It
approaches us fast against all expectations by
this breakthrough» [28, p. 518, 519].
The successes of sciences, being
confirmed by practical applications,
advance to space and deep into matter,
constantly warm up hope of understanding
the true, deep mechanism and reasons of
the Universe. The law of analogy, inherent
to human thought regularly gives birth to
one and the same simple thought: if it is
possible to comprehend that created, then
it is possible to comprehend the Creator.
Reason, which has grown up to rationali-ty,
searches rational explanation of the Creator’s
nature. Religion, theology do not give the
opportunity to realize such aspirations.
That is why the idea of rational path
to God at some moment was discarded by
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
people and Science.
«The event, that defined the search of idea
and appearance of despair in the XX century,
was the loss of God in the XIX century.
Feuerbach got rid of God explaining Him as
the infinite thirst of the human heart; Marx got
rid of Him as from the ideological attempts to
rise over the existing reality; Nietzsche got rid
of Him as that which wea-kens the will to life.
As a result there ap-peared a slogan “God is
dead”, but together with Him died the whole
system of values and thoughts, inside which
man lived» Paul Tillich [114, p. 101].
This is a grave illness of the latest
period, and it has not yet subsided. It is
excessively crippling, of course, but there
is a rational grain in it. The dogmatic faith,
requiring blind submission is good and
useful for ignorant, uncultivated people.
But when man has crossed this stage, has
become civilized, enriched with scientific
knowledge, possessed the rudiments of
morality and spirituality, then his reason
quite as a natural result wants to change
faith for comprehension. Christians have
come to it today, and the ancient East
always thought like this.
«The World soul of the Macrocosm, be-
ing in the state of absolute rest, eternal and
nirgunam divine substance, from which eve-
rything originates and where everything
re-turns. For an Indian it is not an object of
worship, but object of comprehension. Through
abstract thinking (the world of ab-stractions
for an Indian is such a reality, as nature is for
an European) a believer tends to amalgamate
with the divine substance» S.M.  Eminova
[132, p. 5].
The same may be said about my best
extramural friend Hermes Trismegistus.
The compiler of commentary to his col-
315
lection of editions famous historian and
expert of hermeticism K. Bologutsky
draws our attention to the complete ab-
sence of belief in our understanding at the
Thrice supreme.
«It is necessary to understand that in
hermeticism, one of the main concepts of
Christianity, the belief in God is absent. In-
stead of it the Knowledge of God is offered»
[22, p. 558].
Benedict de Spinoza was a rationalist
to a degree bordering with atheism. So
in any case I understood him, but consi-
dered as the highest bonum for man to
understand God through the intellectual
path:
«The highest bonum for the soul is the
comprehension of God, and the highest
virtue is to perceive him” [105, p. 511]. “…
the most useful thing in life is to perfect one’s
perception or reason, and in this one is the
highest happiness or bliss of man; wherefore
bliss is nothing other than the spiritual satis-
faction, arising as a result of contemplative
(intuitive) perception of God. To perfect one’s
perception means nothing but how to perceive
God, his attributes and actions, aris-ing from
the necessity of his nature” [105, p. 551]. “…
action of true faith is in that, it leads us to the
true perception, through which we love God,
and allows us to see things intellectually…»
[105, p. 57].
The eyewitness Swedenborg also
like the Angel he encountered does not
use faith, because he does not need it for
evident things:
«…the angels never discuss about the
Divine truths and even less argue about any
truth, in order to prove whether it is truth or
not. The same for them is unknown what it
is to believe in something or have belief in
 8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF
something. What is belief, they say, when I
comprehend and see that it is so?» [95, p. 149].
Even V.I. Vernadsky, a man who was
not very religious, but tolerant to religion,
said with his bright God given providential
mind:
«Humanity lives in a deep crisis of reli-
gious consciousness and probably is at the
verge of a new religious creation. The old
religious conceptions should be deepened
and rearranged, primarily, under influence of
growth in scientific thought» [28, p. 332].
My Soul! The idea to «understand in-stead
of believe» is close to us. It has always been and
shall be close and ne-cessary for the thinking
people. Here we should say that anybody can
be in the number of thinking people.
Life had suppressed you, hit painfully and
you pondered and the simple idea came to your
mind: «I have done some-thing contradicting
to the laws of God» – you became a thinking
man. It means that you thought how to act and
or atone the sin.
«…decrepit Adam in us, through daily
attrition and confession, should be sunk and
die with all his sins and malicious cravings
and in his place a new man in us should arise
and resuscitate and who shall live in truth and
purity eternally before God» Martin Luther
[68, p. 116].
The perception opened to us signifies:
316
Yes, evil rules the World, but not the World
in general but the world of people. This
evil originates from the people themselves.
This evil can be overcome, but for this, as
Jakob Böhme wrote:
«We should come out of all arrogance,
deception, anger, envy, greed and stubborn-
ness, and deliver all our heart and soul to the
God Holy Spirit…» [68, p. 198].
To whom are we indebted? Why are
we indebted? Because such is the mission
of man in the system of Universe. Till man
does not replace the animal instincts by
absolute morality, he will be followed by
social conflicts, diseases, depression and
all other troubles making life unpleasant.
We now know – the main «formula» of
God is «Absolute omnipotence balanced
by absolute ethics». The Lord has
immeasurable forces, but in order that
they do not damage they are counteracted
by renunciation or morality, system of
prohibitions not less powerful by its nature.
Man is a smaller model of the Lord.
Within the framework of his world man
gradually acquires power. By his meas-
ures an unlimited power, enough to de-
stroy himself and the whole world. Before
man stands the task of himself building
his ethics, adequate for the power given to
him. Such is the program of our species.
Such is the lesson to man from the Creator,
a lesson that everyone must learn.
 LITERATURE
It usually simply list of books that it
was visible, the citation whence is taken.
But I would like to recede has sent. I
address to you, the people expensive to
me who have written the books who are
conformable to my thoughts. To you that
who is now live, and to souls of those who
can be met in the best World.
I want to thank you for support. You,
yes my wife serve me as a support and
safenes in this world turned inside out.
You the fact of the existence said to me
that angrily, generated the deviation and
illness is people, that angrily incomimng
is surmountable, and light of the Divine
true is eternal. Its love is eternal. Its
omnipotence is boundless and Its ethics
are absolute.
Many of you suffered from unfreedom,
to someone the destiny has brought terrible
deprivations and tests, to someone martyr
death. But you were firm spirit and that
rescued my soul.
«When gloom waves curl
And my spirit asks simplification,
I rummage in books, as a dog,
Searching for a grass for treatment ».
I.Guberman [35, with. 507]
And how many time you gave me
pleasure, happiness and self-trust when
317
our thoughts coincided. Here, look: there
is a person who thinks the same as you. He
lived during other time, in other country,
but we with it have found the same nugget
of True!
One hundred, another of authors.
The majority of them are close to me on
spirit, a little – it is possible, reincarnation
ancestors. And still there are three-four,
with which at me the tense relations: they
think at all how I, but their knowledge and
World vision is deep also are interesting.
However it, soul washing, all our
company. Colleagues. And as many
worthy people haven't got to a circle of my
attention! How many the necessary books
not It is read! To think terribly. And can be,
that I have written all, already by someone
have been understood and described? And
such it is possible.
But the World is combined and the
Lord is high. I after all and itself so have
much gathered at you. Almost on each
focal point I found a hypothesis and a
prediction in your books.
And you, soul washing, my future «I»,
read, think, fill up this list, and Remember:
there is no the opening which ninety
percent wouldn't be prepared by previous
generations.
 LITERATURE

1. Авеста в русских переводах/Под ред. И. В. Рана. Avesta in the Russian translations//

Under the editorship of Ran, I. V. St. Petersburg: Letniy Sad, 1997.
2. Азроянц Э. А., Самохвалова В. И. Azroyants, E.A. – Samokhvalova, V. I. General
Problems of building a new paradigm. Collection of articles. Moscow: Institute of
Microeconomics, 1997.
3. Античная лирика Ancient lyrics / / Library of World Literature. Vol. 4. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
4. Античная драма Ancient drama / / Library of World Literature. Vol. 5. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
5. Арабская поэзия средних веков Arab poetry of the Middle Ages / / Library of World
Literature. Vol. 20. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968 - 1978.
6. Аристотель. Aristotle’s essays in 4 books. / / Nicomachean Ethics, Vol. 4. Moscow:
Mysl, 1984.
7. Астольф де Кюстин. Astolphe de Custine. Russia in 1839: In 2 books, Vol.1. Moscow:
Sabashnikovyh Printing house, 1996.
8. Астольф де Кюстин. Astolphe de Custine. Russia in 1839: In 2 books, Vol. 2. Moscow:
Sabashnikovyh Printing House, 1996.
9. Бэкон Ф. Bacon, F. Essays: in 2 books / / Vol. 1. Antithesis. Moscow: Mysl, 1997.
10. Бэкон Ф. Bacon, F. Essays: in 2 books / / Vol. 2. Experiments or moral and political
guidance. Moscow: Mysl, 1997.
11. Бердяев Н. А. Berdyaev, N.A. Sources and meanings of Russian communism.
Moscow: Nauka, 1990.
12. Бердяев Н. А. Berdyaev, N.A. Russian idea. The fate of Russia. Moscow: Svarog and
Co., 1997.
13. Библия. Ветхий завет. Bible. Old Testament / / Sinodal publication. Moscow:
Protestant, 1991.
14. Библия//Современный перевод. Bible // Up-to-date translation. Moscow: World
Bible translation center, 1997
15. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 1.
Book 1. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.
16. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 1.
Book 2. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.
17. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 2.
Book 3. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.
18. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 2.
Book 4. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.
19. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 3.
Book 5. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.
20. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Theosophical dictionary.
Moscow: Sphera, 1994.
21. Блаженный Августин. Blessed Augustine’s works. St. Petersburg.: Aleteya, 1998.
22. Богуцкий К. Bogutsky, K. Hermes Trismegist and hermeticum tradition of East and
West. Kiev-Moscow: Iris, Aleteya, 1998.

318
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

23. Бомарше. Beaumarchais. Essays/ / Library of World Literature. Vol.48. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
24. Бондарев В. П. Bondarev, V. P. Concepts of Modern Natural Sciences. Moscow:
Alpha-M, 2003.
25. Булгаков С. Н. Bulgakov, S. N. Two cities. St. Petersburg.: RHGI, 1997.
26. Бхагавад–гита. Bhagavad-Gita. Leningrad: Interbuk, 1986.
27. Бхактиведанта Свами Прабхунада А. И. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhunada A. I.
Life comes from life. Mozhaisk: Buk Trust, 1991.
28. Вернадский В. И. Vernadsky, V. I. Biosphere and Noosphere. Moscow: Iris Press,
2004.
29. Ветхозаветные апокрифы. Old Testament apocrypha. Moscow: Amphora, 2001.
30. Гейне Генрих. Heine Heinrich. Essays/ / Library of World Literature. Vol.72. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
31. Герцен А. И. Herzen, A. I. The Past and the Thoughts / / Essays: In 4 books.Vol.2.
Moscow, 1988.
32. Герцен А. И. Herzen, A. I. Essays / / Library of World Literature. Vol.74. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
33. Гёте. Goethe. Faust / Library of World Literature. Vol. 50. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya
literatura, 1968-1978.
34. Губерман И. Guberman, I. Jerusalem’s gariki. Moscow: Politekst, 1994.
35. Губерман И. Guberman, I. Selection. Smolensk: Rusich, 2002.
36. Гумилёв Л. Н. Gumilev, L.N. Ancient Rus and the Great Step. Moscow: ACT, 2000.
37. Гусейнов А. А. Guseinov, A. A. Ethics. Moscow: Gardarika, 1999.
38. Гусейнов А. А. Guseinov, A. A., Dubko, E. L. Ethics. Moscow: Gardarika, 2002.
39. Даймонт М. Diamond, M. Jews, God and history. Moscow: Imidzh, 1994.
40. Даль В. И. Dahl, V. I. Explanatory Dictionary of the Live Great Russian language.
Moscow: Russian language, 1998.
41. Данте Алигьери. Dante Alighieri. Divine Comedy / / Library of World Literature.
Vol.28. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
42. Дефо. Defo. Robinzon Kruzo / / Library of World Literature. Vol.52. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
43. Дидон Анри. Henri Didon. Jesus Christ. Moscow: ACT, 2000.
44. Достоевский Ф. М. Dostoyevsky’s (F.M.) Works / / Library of World Literature.
Vol.84. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
45. Дубнищева Т. Я. Dubnischeva T. Ya. Concepts of Modern Natural Sciences.
Novosibirsk: Publishing House of Siberian University, 2003.
46. Европейская поэзия XVII в. European poetry of the 17-th century. Vol.41. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
47. Европейские поэты Возрождения. European Renaissance poets / / Library of World
Literature. Vol.32. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
48. Зиммель Георг. Simmel Georg. Selection. Vol.1. Moscow: Jurist, 1996.
49. Зиммель Георг. Simmel Georg. Selection. Vol.2. Moscow: Jurist, 1996.
50. Зеркин Н. В. Zerkin, N. V. New Theory of Universe. Moscow: Rodnik, 1996.

319
 LITERATURE

51. Зогар. Zohar. Fragments of the treatise / Composed by Kravtsov, M.A. Moscow:
Gnozis, 1994.
52. Изборник Izbornik / / Library of World Literature. Vol.15. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya
literatura, 1968-1978.
53. Ильин В. В.,Ilyin, V.V., Akhiezer, A.S. Russian civilization: content, borders,
opportunities. Moscow: Moscow State University, 2000.
54. Ирано-таджикская поэзия. Iran-Tajik poetry / / Library of World Literature. Vol.21.
Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
55. Кант Иммануил. Immanuel Kant. Lectures on ethics. Moscow: Respublica, 2000.
56. Карамзин Н. М. Karamzin, N. M. History of the Russian state: In 12 books. Book 1.
Kaluga: Golden Alley, 1995.
57. Карамзин Н. М. Karamzin, N. M. History of the Russian state: In 12 books. Book 2.
Kaluga: Golden Alley, 1995.
58. Карамзин Н. М. Karamzin, N. M. History of the Russian state: In 12 books. Book 3.
Kaluga: Golden Alley, 1995.
59. Конституция Сётоку The Constitution Shōtoku (604 BC) / / Magazine: Peoples of
Asia and Africa. No 1.
60. Конфуций. Confucius. Maxims. Moscow: Respublica, 1995.
61. Коран. Koran. Minsk: Phobos, 1990.
62. Кочетов А. Н. Kochetov, N.A. Buddhism. Moscow: “Politicheskaya Literatura”
Publishing House, 1968.
63. Кристол Ирвинг. Kristol Irving. At the end of the 2nd Millennium. Articles. Moscow:
Polygraph, 1970-1990.
64. Лайтман Михаэль. Lightman Michael. Kabala. Jewish Secret Doctrine; Novosibirsk,
1993.
65. Ларошфуко Франсуа де. François de La Rochefoucauld. Maxims / / Library of
World Literature. Vol.42. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
66. Лассаль Пьер. Lassalle Pierre. Experiences of Christ. St. Petersburg: Damascus,
2000.
67. Лессинг. Lessing. Nathan the Wise / / Library Of World Literature. Vol.54. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
68. Лютер Мартин. Martin Luther. The Ninety-Five Theses. St. Petersburg: Rosa Mira,
2002.
69. Макиавелли. Machiavelli. The Prince. Discourse on the First Ten Books of Titus Livy.
The Art of War. Moscow: Mysl, 1997.
70. Маржарет Жак. Marzharet Jacques, Massa Isaac, Olearius Adam. Russia in the
17th century. - Memoires of foreigners. Smolensk: Rusich, 2003.
71. Махабхарата. Mahabharata. Ramayana / / Library of World Literature. Vol.2.
Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
72. Мень А. Men A. Lectures. Vol.1. Vilnius: SATWA 1994.
73. Мень А. Men A. Lectures. Vol.2. Vilnius: SATWA, 1994.
74. Мень А. Men A. Lectures. Vol.3. Vilnius: SATWA, 1994.
75. Мень А. Men A. Lectures. Vol.4. Vilnius: SATWA, 1994.

320
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

76. Мильтон Джон Milton John. Paradise Lost / / Library of World Literature. Vol.45.
Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978
77. Нибура Ричард, Нибура Райнхольда. Nibura Richard, Nibura Reinhold. Christ and
culture. Moscow: Jurist, 1966.
78. Низами. Nizami. Five poems / / Library Of World Literature. Vol.25. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
79. Опыт тысячелетия. Millennium Experience. Series: Faces of Culture. Moscow:
Jurist, 1996.
80. Ошеров Владимир. Vladimir Osherow. Eternal law is above all / / Struggle for the
American Constitution. Moscow: Informpoligraf, 1994.
81. Платон. Plato. Collected works: in 4 volumes. Moscow: Mysl, 1993.
82. Плотин. Plotin. Selected treatises. Moscow: Harvest Ast, 2000.
83. Померанц Григорий. Pomerantz Grigoriy. Exit from a trans. Moscow: Jurist, 1995.
84. Потебня А. А. Potebnya, A.A. Word and Myth. M.: “Pravda” Publishing House, 1989.
85. Поэзия Древнего Востока Poetry of Ancient East / / Library of World Literature.
Vol.1 Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
86. Поэзия народов СССР IV–XVIII веков Poetry of the peoples of the USSR – 4th-
18th centuries / / Library of World Literature. Vol.55. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya
literatura, 1968-1978.
87. Поэзия трубадуров, вагантов, миннезингеров Poetry troubadours, goliards,
minnesingers / / Library of World Literature. Vol.23. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya
literatura, 1968-1978.
88. Пушкин А. С. Pushkin, A. S. Essays: In 3 volumes. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya
literatura, 1985.
89. Рак И. В. Rak, E. V. Myths from ancient and early middle-ages of Iran. St. Petersburg.:
Neva, Letniy Sad, 1998.
90. Рерих Н. К. Roerich, N.K. Himalayas - Abode of Light. Adamant. Samara: Agni
Publishing House, 1996.
91. Ридерз Дайджест. Readers Digest. Only the facts. Hong Kong: Toucan books, LTD,
2004.
92. Розанов В. В. Rozanov, V. V. Near the church walls. Moscow: Respublika, 1995
93. Розанов В. В. Rozanov, V. V. Legend about the Grand Inquisitor of F.M. Dostoyevsky,
/ / Literary Essays. Moscow: Respublika, 1995.
94. Руставели Ш. Rustaveli, Sh. The Knight in tiger skin. / / Library of World Literature.
Vol.27. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978
95. Сведенборг Эммануэль Swedenborg Emanuel. About Heaven, the World of Souls
and Hell. Moscow.-St. Petersburg.: EksmoTerra Fantastica, 2003.
96. Святое Евангелие от Иоанна с толкованием блаженного Феофилакта The Holy
Gospel of John with the Blessed Feofilakt interpretation. Moscow: The Moscow
metochion of the Holy Trinity Lavra of St. Sergius, Novaya kniga, 1996.
97. Семенкова Т. Г. Карамова О. В. Semenkova, T.G., Karamova, O.V. History of Russian
economic thoughts. Moscow: Finansovaya akademiya, 1997.
98. Сервантес Cervantes. Don Quixote / / Library of World Literature. Vol.37. Moscow:

321
 LITERATURE

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

99. Симфония на Ветхий и Новый Заветы Symphony at the Old and the New Testament.
Part 1. St. Petersburg.: Lopukhina, A.P. Publishing House, 1900.
100. Симфония на Ветхий и Новый Заветы Symphony at the Old and the New
Testament. Part 2. St. Petersburg: A.P. Publishing House, 1900.
101. Солженицын А. И. Solzhenitsyn, A. I. Rebuilding Russia. Moscow: Komsomolskaya
Pravda, 1990.
102. Солженицын А. И. Solzhenitsyn, A. I. Russia in Collapse. Moscow: Russian path,
1998.
103. Соловьев В. Soloviev, V. Readings on Bogochelovechestve. Article. St. Petersburg.:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1994.
104. Спиноза Бенедикт. Spinoza Benedict. A Theologico-Political Treatise. Minsk:
Literatura, 1998.
105. Спиноза Бенедикт. Spinoza Benedict. Selected works. Minsk: Popurri Ltd., 1199.
106. Спиноза Бенедикт. Spinoza Benedict. Treatises. Moscow: Mysl, 1998.
107. Средневековый роман и повесть A Middle-ages novel and a novellette / / Library
of World Literature. Vol.22. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
108. Столыпин П. А. Stolypin, P. A. Collected Book. Moscow: Novator, 1997.
109. Сухонос С. И. Sukhonos, S. I. Scale harmony of Universe. Moscow: Sofia, 2000.
110. Таранов П. С. Taranov, P. S. 120 philosophers. Vol.1. Simferopol: Renome, 1997.
111. Таранов П. С. Taranov, P. S. 120 philosophers. Vol.2. Simferopol: Renome, 1997.
112. Татищев Василий. Tatishchev Vasily. Russian history: In 3 volumes. Moscow: AST,
2003.
113. Тибетская книга мертвых. Tibetan Book of the Dead. Moscow: Dvoynaya Zvezda
Fakr, 1994.
114. Тиллих Пауль. Tillich Paul. Selected works. Theology of a culture. Moscow: Jurist,
1995.
115. Тора (Пятикнижие Моисеево). Torah (Pentateuch Mosaic). Jerusalem, Moscow:
ShamirArt-business center, 5753 (1993).
116. Тысяча и одна ночь. Thousand and One Nights / / Library of World Literature.
Vol.19. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
117. Уайльд Оскар. Oscar Wilde. Works / / Library of World Literature. Vol.118. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
118. Флавий Иосиф. Flavius Joseph. Jewish antiquities. Moscow: Kron Press, 1996.
119. Фолкнер У. Faulkner, U. Works / / Library of World Literature.. Vol.192. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
120. Франк С. Л. Frank, S. The light in the darkness. Moscow: Factorial, 2000.
121. Христианство. Энциклопедический словарь. Christianity. Encyclopedic
Dictionary: in 3 volumes.Vol.1. Moscow: BRE, 1995.
122. Христианство. Энциклопедический словарь. Christianity. Encyclopedic
Dictionary: in 3 volumes.Vol.2. Moscow: BRE, 1995.
123. Христианство. Энциклопедический словарь. Christianity. Encyclopedic
Dictionary: in 3 volumes.Vol.3. Moscow: BRE, 1995.

322
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

124. Чаадаев П. Я. Chaadayev, P. J. Full collection of works and selected letters: In 2

volumes: M.: Nauka, 1991.
125. Чанышев А. Н. Chanyshev, A. N. Course of lectures on philosophy. Moscow:
Vysshaya shkola, 1981.
126. Шарден Пьер Тейяр де. Pierre Teilhard de Chardin. The phenomenon of Man.
Moscow: Iris Press, 2002.
127. Шарль де Костер. Charles de Coster. Works / / Library of World Literature. Vol.90.
Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
128. Фирдоуси А. Ferdowsi, A. Shahname / / Library of World Literature. Vol.24.
Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
129. Шекспир В. Shakespeare, W. Comedies and dramas-tales. St. Petersburg.: Lenizdat,
1996.
130. Шекспир В. Shakespeare, B. Essays / / Library of World Literature. Vol.36. Moscow:
Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
131. Шиллер Ф. Schiller, F. Drama. Poetry / / Library of World Literature. Vol.64.
Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.
132. Эминова С. М. Eminova, S.M. Model of Indian universe. Moscow: Poligrafizdat,
2002.
133. Яблочков М. Yablochkov, M. Russian history of aristocratic class. Smolensk: Rusich,
2003.

323
 SUBJECT INDEX

All-knowing omniscience 7.4

All-seeing omniscience 7.4 Ego 7.8
“Alpha” point 6.3 Element 1.6
Angel of Death 7.8 Ethics 7.2
Animate and inanimate 4.5 Evolutionary scaling factor 2
Animal 4.5 Evolution of the material world 5.3
Atom 4.3 Existence 7.2
Attributes 7.4 Executor 7.4
Attributes of God 7.2
Awareness 5.3 Flash 5.1
Freedom and necessity 6.1
Basic Scaling Factor 2 Frequency 1.5
Beauty 7.3 Focus of evolution 2
Biomolecule 4.5 Forces and interactions 4.1
Biopolymers 4.5 Functions of taxons 5.5
Biosphere 4.5 Functional-structural level of
organization 3.2
Cascade principle7.1 Functionality 1.7
Cascade emission7.3 Freedom in the material world 7.7
Cell 4.5 Frequency-lowering principle 7.2
Classification cell 3.1
Classification 1
Class-forming objects 3.1 Galaxy 4.4
Classification Principle 1; 3.1 Genetic ego 7.8
Complexity 1.7 Generation of design 7.4
Concordance of scales 1.9 Geoplacentary system 5.2
Conscience 7.8 Goal 1.8
Contractor 7.3 Goodness 7.4
Contraction of Creation 7.9 Gold section 7.3
Creator 6.2 Gravity 1.2
Creative ability 7.4 Graphic diagram of the material world
Creation 7.6 3.3
Cycles 1.4 Guardian Angel 7.8
Definition of the material world 5.5 Harmony 7.3
Density 1.3 Heuristic potential 1.9
Determinism 1.8 Herz 1.5
Diagonal 7/12 6.3 Hierarchy of functions and tasks 1.8
Diameter 1.1 Hierarchy principle 7.1
Dimensions 1.1 Hypermatrix 5.1; 7.5
DNA 4.5 Hyperspace 7.5
Distribution 1.9 Hypertime 7.5; 7.9
Distance 1.1
Increment of scale ranking 2

324
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Invariance of a maximon 5.1 Periphery information flows 7.7

Periphery operating principle 7.7
Key sectrion 6.3 Periphery of Creation 7.5
Periphery of the noumenal world 6.3;
Law 1.9 7.5; 7.6
Life 6.1 Periphery of TSCS (totally self-
Life cycle 5.4; 7,9 contained system) 6.2
Light 1.5 7.5; 7.7
Linkage principle7.1 Plane 4.4
Logarithmic scale of time 5.4; 7.9 Plane of existence 6.3
Logic 7.3 Plane of monitoring 6.3
Love 7.2 Plane of management of the material
world 6.3
Plane of management of the noumenal
Macroworld 4.1; 4.3 world
Mass 1; 1.2; 2 Plane of non-existence 6.3
Material world 7.7 Plane of reference for a vector of
Maximon 4.2; 5.1; 5.2 influence 6.2
Maximon mould of a material object Planet 4.4
5.4 Planetary system 4.4
Meaning 1.8 Plant 4.5
Measure 7.3 Predestination 1.8
Mega-universe 4.1; 4.4 Providence 1.8
Metagalaxy 4.4 Providentiality 1.8; 7.4
Metrics 1 Program for building the material
Microcosm 4.1; 4.2 world 5.1
Minerals 4.3 Program of the evolution of properties
Molecule 4.3 1.7
Morality 5.3
Multiplicity 1 Quantity 1.6
Quantum of time 4.2
Natural body 3.2 Quantum of space 4.2
Noumen of the soul 7.8
Noumenal world 6.1; 7.6 Radiant energy 1.5
Nucleus-structure7.3 Reason 7.8
Numerical strength 1.6 Recession of galaxies 4.2
Number 7.3 Reflectivity of worlds 6.1
“Oblivion” 7.1
Object of classification 3.2 Scale 1
Scale harmony 7.3
«Omega» point 6.3 Scale-measurement concept 2
Omnipotence 7.2 Scale plans of Creation 7.3
Organization 1.7 Scale proportion of the Universe
Organic world 4.5 2
Own rhythm 5.4; 7.9 Scale range 1.9
Scale stability wave 7.3
Parameter 1 Scale-time niche 7.9
Peaks and valleys 7.3 Seed of universal spirit 2
Periphery of the material world 6.3; Sinusoid of scale stability 7.9

325
 SUBJECT INDEX

Size 1.1; 7.3 The work of the soul 7.8

Soul 7.8 Thought patterns of material objects 7.6
Sound 1.5 Three-dimensional taxonomy of the
Space 5.4 material world 5.5
Space-time taxonomy 5.4 Threshold of temporal sensitivity 5.4;
Specific human evolution 5.3 7.9
Specific weight 1.3 Truth 6.1; 7.4
Spirituality 5.3; 7.8 Time 1.4; 5.4
Stability wave 2 Time periods 1.4
Stars 4.4 Totally self-contained system (TSCS)
States of balance 5.3 6.2
Structure 1.6; 1.7 Total enumeration of versions 5.3
Structural reliability of the material Trade 1.8
world 5.2
Subsystem 3.3 Unit 3.2; 5.2
Super-biological object 4.5 Universal resource 6.2
Synergy 1.7; 5.2; 5.3
Synthesis and division 7.3 Vector of influence 6.2
System 3.3 Vectors of structuring and destructuring
System-forming unit 3.2 7.3
System levels 3.3
Waves 1.5
Target function1.8 Way 6.1
Task 1.8 Weight 1.2
Taxon 5.4 Whole and Part 1.7
Technique of incarnation 7.1 Will 7.2; 7.8
The Churning of the universe 5.3
The Client 6.2; 7.2

326
 GLOSSARY
Atom (Атом)  the chemically
indivisible «building block» of matter.
Is in the 5th class out of 12 on the axis
of scale and 4th out of 12 on the axis of
organisation level. One of the 22 units of
matter. Consists of a nucleus surrounded
by electrons. The diameter of an electron
is 10 billion times smaller than its orbit
and an atomic nucleus is 100,000 times
larger than an electron. If an electron
is represented by a ball 1 millimetre in
diameter, then the atomic nucleus will be
100 meters in diameter and the distance
between electron and nucleus will be
10,000 kilometres. It is hard to visualise.
If our Earth is represented as a ball 1
millimetre in diameter, then the sun would
be the size of a small melon and the distance
between them would be around 12 paces.
In the providential sense, the atom is the
universal building block of the first order.
There are around 100 types of atoms. Only
100 «moulded bricks» for creating all of
the diversification of the material world
is really on the small side. That is why
there are two more orders in the array of
building blocks of matter: «molecules»
and «bio-molecules». See references.
«Alpha» point (Точка «альфа») –
The Alpha and the Omega points are the
starting and end points of the process of
Creation. Those from which Creation
begins and ends. The «Alpha Point»,
God-Way, the Customer of Creation, the
Point Of Nonexistence, which began its
emanation of Goodness in the Universe
and therefore became existence for the
first time. See Figs. 56-59. Next come the
phases of development and evolution of
327
Creation from the 2nd through the 14th
of phase, and then all the experience of
the life cycle of Creation is contracted
again into one cell of hyper-matrix and
everything else disappears. This point
bears the name «God-Omega». The point
of sleep and inaction of Spiritual Being,
the point, where all necessary information
is assembled as well as the entire reserve
of the renewed Goodness necessary for
developing the next cycle of Of creation.
Attributes (Атрибуты)  See
«Attributes of God».
Attributes of the Lord (Атрибу-
ты Господа)  imprescriptible, intrinsic
and innate characteristics of the Lord and
His Hypostasi: Freedom, Goodness, All-
might, Ethics, Love, Will, Number, Logic,
Harmony, Moderation, Beauty, Creative
Ability, Truth, Providence, Omniscience,
Omnipotence. God creates the Universe
and governs it with aid of His Attributes
Angel of Death (Ангел смерти) 
A spirit that accompanies all spiritual
material objects from the time of their
appearance in the world until the end of
their life cycle. Is responsible for the time
and form of the cessation of vital activity
for the process of integrating remains into
the biosphere as well as transmission of
information and karma to the associated
subsystem on the periphery of the material
world. Opposed by the Guardian Angel.
All-seeing omniscience (Всеве-
дение)  One of attributes of the Lord.
 GLOSSARY
The ability to know (manage) everything
that occurs or has occurred and possibly
should occur. Absolute monitoring of the
Universe in time and space.
All-knowing omniscience (Всез-
нание)  Absolute knowledge and
understanding of laws of the World
Order, knowledge of the boundaries of
their application and technology of their
application. One of the attributes of the
Lord. See «Attributes of the Lord».
Animate and inanimate (Живое и
неживое)  Categories of the material
world. A functioning biological object
is considered to be alive. Non-biological
objects and nonfunctioning biological
objects fall into the category of inanimate.
Subjects of a biological life are: a biological
cell, plants, animals, humans and, partly,
«the Subject of spirituality» from the 12th
class on a scale of level of organisation.
The cell can be the independent
biological object or a structural element
of more complex biological objects.
Distinctive properties of a living cell: a
metabolism, autotrophy or heterotrophy,
respiration, self-reproduction, life cycle,
heredity, variability, irritability, self-
regulation. Biological material objects
have restrictions on their life span for
replacement of generations, specific
evolution and promotion of Creation to its
system-wide purpose.
Animal (Животное)  A unit of
a matter that occupies the 7th class on a
ranking of scale and the 10th on a scale
of evel of the organisation. A subject of a
biological life. Animals, as distinct from
plants, are heterotrophs capable of moving.
Animals are predecessors and progenitors
328
of the unit «human».
Awareness (Информирован-
ность)   One of three basic attributes of a
new human species, the “civilized person,”
representatives of which all of us are to
some extent or another. The other two
attributes are «Morals» and «Spirituality».
Awareness means a transition from
«Belief» to understanding and knowledge
of the World Order. Such is one of the
providential problems of humankind. The
way of making the transition from Belief
to understanding is vitally important.
Reduction in Belief should not supersede a
gain of Understanding at all. Better to let it
lag slightly behind.
Basic Scaling Factor (Базис-
ный масштабный коэффици-
ент)  the number of factors between
two neighbouring steps on the scaling-
dimensional scale of the World Order.
At the time of the start of the life cycle,
it is equal to 105, and the entire scaling-
dimensional scale conforms strictly to the
12 steps with five orders each, i.e. in 60
orders in total.
Bio-molecule (Биомолекула) 
macromolecular compounds that form the
basis of cell structure in plants, animals
and humans. One of the 22 aggreages of
matter. In the 5th or 6th class of the of
scale-dimensional ranking. In the 6th
class of the scale of level of organisation.
There are more than 10 million different
types of bio-molecules. In a social aspect,
the providential role is to be matter, the
construction element of the third level
of diversity. (for the first two levels, see
«Atom» and «Molecule»). The diversity
of the «models» of these «Kiriches» is not
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
only unlimited, but is much more useful
and convenient and may be done «custom-
made» with any set of previously provided
tailor-made properties.
Biopolymers (Биополимеры)  
thousands and millions of identical
bio-molecules making up a unified,
homogenous construct with tailor-made
properties. A «building block» in the
creation of objects of plant and animal life.
Biosphere (Биосфера)  the thin
layer of contact between the atmosphere
and the surface of the planet. The result
of and reason for evolution of organic life.
It owes its existence primarily to solar
energy. The meeting place of animate
and inanimate nature. Plays the role of a
placenta for the origin and development
of biological life. As a unit of matter,
it is in the 8th class on the axis of scale
and around the 7th or 8th class of level
of organisation. Contains attributes of
animate and inanimate nature. In the material world, a cascade emission
Beauty (Красота)  One of «the
Attributes of the Lord», which manifest
themselves in the second phase of the
developments of the World Order (Fig. 56).
Beauty is the aesthetic quality of an object,
the trace of godly nature in the object of
creation. Beauty is the external reflection
of the attributes of the Creator. All the
spiritual beings of the ethereal world and
humans are capable of seeing and of feeling
Beauty. Without the external observer,
beauty is not perceived by anyone and
loses urgency. Subjects perceiving beauty
can have varying abilities to feel it. The
ability for humans to perceive beauty is
associated with their proximity to God.
Only like is capable of perceiving like.
329
The meaning of beauty of is to develop the
measure of the similarity humans to god.
Cascade emission (Каскадная
эмиссия) . One of the basic principles
of the technology of creation. The Lord
builds Creation from himself, returning
from his resource reserves some part to
the building of the first level of Creation
nearest to him. When this conditionally
first level is built, it, being God’s creation,
builds the following second, lower
level itself and so on. Thus, the floors of
creation are built from the functioning of
spiritual beings of the ethereal world to
the hierarchy of the units of matter, from
God[a] to humans and then to «the subject
of the spirituality»of the renewed God.
The capability of the objects of creation
to generate objects of the following, lower
level is the basis of a cascade emission.
God turns into things, but these things
reveal the ineradicable tendency to give
birth to the things of the following levels.
develops in two directions: along the
axis of scale and along the axis of level
of organisation. See also «Principle
of decrease in the level of frequency»,
«Principle of cascade sequence».
Classification cell (Классификаци-
онная ячейка)  The consequence of the
objective property of the material objects
is to be grouped according to the features
of similarity, according to the following
features: scale- dimensional, physical
nature (inorganic substance, aggregation
from the inorganic substance, biological
objects), structure-forming according
to the status of object (class-forming or
transitional) and certain others. Is notable
that if all material objects are passed
 GLOSSARY
through the sieve of these features, it
turns out that the entire variety of material
objects fits into 22 classification cells.
See also «Classification», «Class-forming
objects», «Unit».
Classification (Классификация)
 In the overall meaning, it is a group
of objects according to one or several
features. One of the first steps toward
understanding of world order consists of
the search for the enumeration of things
(objects) of which the world is made. This
enumeration will hint at their parameters
and the internal motives of group. The
natural group of the objects of the World
according to the scales of the parameters
created by the Creator must hint at the
features of classification and lead further
to the laws which unite the world into the
unified system.
«Contractor» («Подрядчик»)  
The conditional system name of the
Spiritual Being responsible for planning
forthcoming work, selection of executors,
distribution of functions between them
and assignment of boundary conditions
and quality requirements. The name of this
Spiritual Being is «God-Truth». Taking up
Phase 2 in Technology of Creation, God-
Truth establishes the dimensional-scale
harmony of the World, in other words
drafts the first axis of Creation, turning
point «Alpha» into twelve classes of
Spiritual Beings responsible for noumens
and units of matter. This is the first
systemic, unchangeable representation of
the order of Creation – Truth. Pilate asked
Christ, «What is truth?» The Divine plan
for the World Order is this very truth. And
God, the bearer of this Plan is Truth.
330
Class-forming objects (Классообра-
зующие объекты)  Twenty-two «units»
of matter, mainly accurately corresponding
to central position in 12 classes on the
logarithmic are scale-dimension ranking
and to the 12 classes of the scale of «level
of organisation». Objects with other, but
similar parameters occupy a centre-to-
centre position with a different degree of
proximity and to centre of the nearest class
and are called transitional. Their specific
accessory is weakened. Those objects
which are found equally removed from the
according centres of two classes are called
chain-stitch and they contain the collection
of features of both classes. Under varied
conditions, their manifestation gravitates
towards one class and then another.
Cell (Клетка)  biological cell.
See «Living and non-living». For
cells of the hypermatrix, see «Flash»,
«Maximon»,  «Hypermatrix», «Quantum
of space».
Concordance of scales (Конкор-
дирование шкал)  The manifestation
of the interrelation between the scales
of the parameters of the objects of the
material world. Analysis shows that the
scales of overall sizes, masses, density,
time and frequencies correspond with the
logarithmic scale-dimensional ranking.
This means that the scale-dimensional
ranking dimensionally possesses certain
representativity for purposes of the
classification of the objects Creation and
construction of a «graphic diagram of the
material world».
Classification Principle (Принцип
классификации)  See «Classification
Cell», «Classification», «Class-forming
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
objects».
Cascade principle (Принцип ка-
скадности)  One of the basic principles
of the Technology of Creation. The world
order is such that the majority of things
are formed by the method of «cascade
creation». This is a kind of hierarchical
chain of creation. God directly creates the
first thing. The next thing in the hierarchy
is created by forces, and the resources of
the first thing. Things of the third level are
created by the things of the second level
and so on. Therefore about each thing,
except the first one it is possible to say that
it is created by both God and nature. The
function of creation is not concentrated at
one point, but passes from one link to the
next. Something like a cascade waterfall
or the domino principle.
Course (Промысел)  God’s course
is a designation of purpose and task for
each thing with the aid of the providential
ability to know the place and significance
for each thing in the system of Creation.
Cycles (Циклы) – Repetitive
processes occurring with the objects of
Creation. It is measured in the units of
time. See «Life Cycle», «Time», «Own
rhythm», «Fluctuations».
Contraction of Creation (Сверты-
вание Мироздания)  The life cycle of
Creation is finite, because its final system
purpose of is preparation of the next
life cycle, achieved by the forces of that
renewed Spiritual Being. The universe
is also finite  the material world. The
principle of galactic dispersion, which
entails stretching the «sinusoid of scale
stability» is the mechanism used for
331
the completion of the existence of the
material world on the scale of the universe.
In the course of 400,000 billion years,
the sinusoid of scale stability is shifted
relative to the immobile the units of matter
located on the scale-dimensional axis. As
a result, discrepancy in the region of the
unit of the «galaxy» approaches a state of
reversed phase, which, probably, serves as
the physical cause for the contraction of
the material world. Certainly, it would be
simpler to assume that the the emanation
of «Goodness» simply ends and the
formation of maximons, but this scenario
contradicts the initial postulate of the
independence of matter. No. Matter itself
must contain within itself the mechanism
of the completion of its life cycle. See also
«Sinusoid of scale stability», «Evolution of
the material world».
Complexity (Сложность) – One
of the basic characteristics of Creation.
Complexity is a multifarious concept.
For our purposes, the main aspects of
the concept of complexity are: structure,
function and providential designation. The
characteristic of complexity does not have
objective measurement; nevertheless, the
analysis of its aspects makes it possible
to build the priority (hierarchy) of objects
in their comparative complexity. See so
«Organisation», «Functionally structural
level of organisation», «Structure»,
«Providence».
Conscience (Совесть) – An element
of the structure of the human soul, the fifth,
next-to-last layer in in its organisation.
See Fig. 68. As long as humans have not
reached omniscience, they will have need
of moral support. Conscience provides
ethical orientators for reason, advances
 GLOSSARY
moral criteria and guarantees morals of
recommended behaviour. The source
of the quiet voice of conscience is the
guardian angel. Man is free to listen or
not to listen to the voice of conscience.
Conscience and an spirituality are nothing
else but an appeal to the Lord, the desire to
correspond to the harmony of his creation
and a rejection of pride. See so «Soul»,
«Spirituality», «The work of the soul».
Creator (Создатель) – The name of
God used in analysis of the structure of the
«totally self-contained system» (TSCS),
See Of fig. 46. The task of constructing
Creation is so complex that the division of
steering functions is necessary. It is shown
on the very common concept (TSCS) that
the primary Spiritual Being – God – is
the Customer who first creates the God-
Creator, who creates the periphery and His
own functional system. The administrative
law of the separation of functions and
responsibility is valid for humans and for
the Lord. Incidentally, in contrast to us
humans, the culture of abiding by the law
is absolute among Spiritual Beings. See
also «Customer».
Creative ability (Творческая спо-
собность – One of the Attributes of the
Lord. The ability to devise that which was
not. To devise for the first time. Partly
creative ability is also given to humans.
In the Lord, it is manifested entirely in the
third phase (World Creation), Fig. 56. The
providential value of «creative ability» is
obvious: in the process of creation, the
moment comes very rapidly when it is
necessary to strictly create i.e., to create
first that which was not, and this means
first this “that” needs to be conceived of
first. It is similar to a miracle. But no, this
332
is not a miracle. In reality, if we analyze
creative ability, then a general idea about
the created object as an element of a system
will be revealed, the enumeration of the
required properties and qualities, as well
as the composition of rules and limitations
of the very procedure of creation. The
«only» thing that remains is to find the
option for structure that would satisfy to
the assigned requirements. Its normal task.
A designer will understand me.
Dimensions (Габарит)  An engineering
term meaning the size between points of an
object removed as much as possible from one
another, measured on one of three orthogonal
axes. In this ways, dimensions are distinguished
in terms of the length, width and height of an
object.
Definition of the material world
(Дефиниция материального мира) –
The material world is a large, open and
complex system with mechanisms of self-
creation, self-regulation, optimisation, the
hierarchical structurisation. It serves as a
subsystem of system of a higher level  –
a Universe – created by means of this
supersystem. It receives the necessary
resources from it, works on its system
purposes and is subordinate to the control
by it, cyclically created and destroyed
by the supersystem, both at various
hierarchical levels and as a whole.
Diagonal 7/12 (Диагональ 7/12)   –
A line on the graphic diagram of the
Universe, the Alpha connecting point and
the Omega which designate places of the
beginning and the end of creation. The
point 7, the seventh class on an axis of
scale corresponds to the size of a human
– made in the image of God. In the Alpha
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
point the Lord appears from nonexistence
and completes the axis of scale – four and
a half steps towards increase and six and
a half to reduction. Each step is a change
in size of 100,000 times. And thus it
appears at the seventh step out of twelve.
Descending from the Alpha point, the Lord
is differentiated, builds the world of matter
and is completely dissolved into it. The
matter, in being perfect gives rise to the
spirit which gathers in point Omega and
as a result creates the renewed Spiritual
Being, purified by the catharsis of passing
through matter and ready to carry out the
next cycle of Creation (Fig. 55).
Distribution (Распределение) 
The distribution of the units of Creation
according to three structure-forming
scales: dimensional, temporal and
organisation level. The compositional
analysis and position of the objects falling
into each class is very informative. It
makes it possible to reveal laws governing
both within the framework of one feature
of classification and inter-classification
dependencies. See of also «Graphic
diagram of the material world», «Three-
dimensional temporal taxonomy».
Расстояние Distance  See «Size»,
«Dimensions», «Space».
Diameter (Диаметр) – A geometrical
concept. A straight line connecting two
point on a circle and passing through its
center. The size-dimensional characteristic
for spherical bodies.
DNA (ДНК) – Abbreviation for
deoxyrybonucleic acid - the biological
substance responsible for storage and
transfer of genetic information in a number
of generations of organisms.
333
Density (Плотность)  A physics
term meaning weight of a unit of volume
of substance. It is estimated in grams per
one cubic centimeter. The same as «relative
density». The largest known density is that of
an electron, now 1018 g∕cm3, and the smallest
is that of the Metagalaxy. During the time of
its creation, its density was 10-28.6 g ∕cm3, and by
the end of Creation it will fall to 10-43.6   g∕cm3.
Determinism (Предопределение) 
See «Providence».
Existence (Бытие)  The known
form of existence of the God and Universe.
Implies a certain degree of division,
allowing one part of the Universe to testify
to presence of other parts. Existence
becomes nonexistence when it comes to a
condition of full syncreticity and loses the
ability ability of «outside», that does not at
all mean the termination of its existence.
«Executor» («Исполнитель»)  The
conditional name of the Spiritual Being
(to be exact, groups of Spiritual Beings),
arising at the third phase of expansion of
the Universe, the essence of which is to
create the creators of the Creation. The
executor is preceded by the «Customer»
and «Contractor». In the graphic
representation, the Customer is a point, the
Contractor is a line, and the Executor is a
plane – more precisely three planes passing
through a scale axis. One plane is formed
by Spiritual Beings occupying it, which
manage the Universe. The second plane,
perpendicular to the first, is the location
of Spiritual Beings responsible for the
life and death of objects of the Universe.
The third plane passing through at a 45°
angle between first two, is occupied by the
Spiritual Beings responsible for the design
 GLOSSARY
and construction of both Worlds (See Fig.
56 – Phase 3; Fig. 62; Fig. 63 – Step 3; 65).
Evolutionary scaling factor (Эво-
люционный масштабный коэффи-
циент) – As distinct from the constant
scale factor, evolutionary scale factor is
formed not by the scale ranking, but by
the sinusoid of scale stability, which is
extended following the expansion of the
metagalaxy. Therefore, the completion
of the life cycle of Creation evolutionary
scale factor grows from 105 tо 105.035×n,
where the «n» is the index number of
class according to the scale of the level
organisation. See so «The Increment of
the scale ranking», «Scale harmony of the
Universe».
Evolution of the material world
(Эволюция материального мира) –
The evolution of the material world is
systemically subordinate to purposes and to
the tasks of the system of Creation. The task
of material world is to ensure such evolution
of its units that will lead to the generation
of a spirit and the maturing of the «subject
of spirituality» in each solar system for
the synthesis of a common «God-Omega»
capable of carrying out the next life cycle
of Creation. At the same time, the material
world is autonomous and endowed with
complete freedom within the framework of
the laws of order. It builds itself from the
simple units to the complex, relying only
on the information placed in maximon.
There are no mechanisms of direct external
influence on the evolution of matter, but
effective control nevertheless exists. It is
built in a mediated manner through the
choice of states of equilibrium, karma,
noumens and many other means. See so
«freedom in the material world».
334
Ego (Эго) – The human selfness,
that which distinguishes one person from
another, the internal world of a person, the
essence of the «I» of a specific person. The
phenomenon «Ego» is the consequence of
an unprecedented degree of freedom given
to humans. The spiritual being hardly
possesses such a pronounced ego, or
maybe does not even have one at all. From
a human point of view, an Ego is composed
of two parts – genetic and acquired. On
one hand, our «I» is that which our parents
gave us, and they received it from their
parents, etc. On the other hand, everyone
learns something in the course of his or
her life, comes to understand something, is
disillusioned about something, enriching
or spoiling his or her «I», and by the end
of his or her life has changed his or her
genotype slightly. The Lord probably
has a different view of Ego. The spiritual
being, following the evolution of the
human «species» has the least possible
consideration for our Ego. Their object is
two almost infinite evolutionary chains –
one is the chain of karma and the other is
the line of heredity. To a certain degree
both of these chains are associated with
the person’s parental pair, but could just
as easily be unrelated to it. God may lay
down these factors in various ways, guided
by His own conclusions, but as soon as a
choice is made, a new person appears with
the predetermined Ego and the fate with
which he or she has the right to change
with the work of his or her soul or absence
thereof. See also «Soul»,  «Noumenal of
soul», «Work of the soul».
Element (Элемент) – A certain
part that is a component of a whole. The
system of the material part of Creation
entire consists of a hierarchy of different
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
elements, but there are cases, when an
object is the direct sum of the elements of
one form, polymers for example. However,
more frequently the different types of
elements of one class make up the structure
of the object of the following level. One
hundred forms of atoms connected in
different ways comprise the tens of
thousands of forms of the molecules of the
mineral world, star in their totality form
galaxies, galaxies form metagalaxy, etc.
In the ethereal world, where analysis, not
synthesis, predominates, the concept of
element is hardly suitable. At every stage
of the ethereal world, the united thing,
after being divided into parts, forms new
objects. See of also «Part and Whole»,
«Quantity», «Number».
Ethics (Этика) – One of the basic
«Attributes of the Lord». The capability
of the Lord for the self-restraint of His
«omnipotence» in line with the aims
and the tasks of Creation. Divine ethics
regulates the use of all resources with
absolute accuracy and uses all of the
Attributes of the Lord, all of His solutions
and actions. «The divinity» of the ethics
inherent in the Lord consists of its total
correlation with the target function of
the system of Creation. For humans
the understanding of divine ethics is a
strict condition of specific survival and
a providential goal. See also «Morality»,
«Freedom in the material world».
Freedom in the material world
(Свобода в материальном мире)  The
material world itself knows how to build
and track its evolutionary development on
its own. This is necessary that the creation
of matter  the renewed Spiritual Being  –
be independent and it is self-sufficient.
335
The freedom of units of matter grows in
proportion to its approaching the point
«Omega». Each step according to the
scale of level of organisation gives a new
increase in the freedom until, at the next-
to-last step, a person has so much of it that
the problem of moral choice will inevitably
appear. And then the process of the ethical
evolution of the human starts, which
leads to the appearance of the «subject of
spirituality», which knows how to limit
the freedom of its omnipotence through
absolute ethics.
Freedom and necessity (Свобо-
да и необходимость) – The problem is
not in what freedom and necessity are,
but in where one starts and the other
ends. In the ethereal world, Spiritual
Beings do not have this problem. Divine
ethics are divine because they know
their boundaries. In the material world,
freedom exists, necessity exists, but
ethics is present only in two of the 12
classes of the level of organisation. The
degree of freedom grows in proportion
to an increase in the complexity of
objects. See Fig. 43. Maximons and
metagalaxies have zero freedom being
wholly subordinated to necessity, while
humans are given enormous freedom
but are set before the necessity of moral
choice, with which they far from always
manage to acquit themselves. The subect
of spirituality, however, is completely
freed from necessity as a form of
external coercion, because in knowing
and understanding Divine law and being
guided by the highest ethics, it always
acts according to the laws and rules of
the World Order. See so «Freedom in the
material world».
 GLOSSARY
Frequency-lowering principle (Прин-
цип снижения уровня частотности)  
Its essence is in the development of the
system of Creation being achieved due to a
decrease in the level of frequency. When it is
necessary to create a certain object, a small
bit of high-frequency resource is taken and
it is incarnated in the form of the necessary
objects with its own clock frequency of 10
orders below. The objects appear as from
anywhere and in this case contain all of
the energy of the unused remainder of the
initial resource. This remainder is used for
compiling of the units of the following level,
where the frequency is even lower, and the
level of organisation is even higher. The result
is a kind the cascade emission of the original
universal resource. Therefore, a reduction in
the frequency occurs at each step of cascade,
but multiple sources of resources with lower
frequency characteristics appear.
Frequency (Частота) – number of
fluctuations per unit of time. See «Waves»,
«Hertz».
Forces and interactions (Силы и
взаимодействия) ­– The material world
consists of 12 classes of objects each
different in size from one another by
100,000 times. The size of the material
objects and the distance between them
determines the nature of interactions
(forces) for the specific range of sizes.
Gravitational forces cover objects with the
size from 105 m to 1025m. Electromagnetic
forces are characteristic for the objects
from 10-15 m to 105 m. The little-
researched subatomic interactions come
into force for the objects with sizes from
10-15 m to 105   m. Thus the scale-dimension
ranking is divided into three equal parts
of 20 orders each dividing the regions
336
of the Mega-Universe, Macrocosm and
Microcosm.
Focus of evolution (Фокус эволю-
ции) – the same as the wave of evolution.
Region in the construction of creation
where «construction» is in progress at a
given time. A level of organisation and
the units of Creation in a given solar
system, with evolutionary finalising of
units for the purpose of drawing them
nearer to the noumenal standard. In our
solar system, the focus of evolution on
the planet the Earth satisfactorily reached
the unit of humans and passed the stage
of making humans as the representative
of the animal kingdom. Now it is active
in the field of creating the superbiological
qualities: omnipotence, omnisciences,
spiritualities and ethics. The achievement
of the standard (noumenal) level in these
regions will allow the wave of evolution to
pass from the unit of «human» to the unit
«subject of spirituality».
Functions of taxons (Функции так-
сонов) – The providential function of
taxons is associated with the technology
of the process of the Creation of the
Universe. The objects of universe are so
different from one another that creating
uniform, thorough laws of their creation
and conducting them from an engineering
point of view is irrational. For each type of
object, just «a couple of pages» from the
enormous library of rules will be required.
It is another matter to break the structure
of the world into conditional parts of
taxons, where the objects are close to each
other, and to establish local rules, laws and
limitations for each taxon. See «taxon»,
«Space-time taxonomy».
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Functional-structural level of organisation
(Функционально-структурный уро-
вень организации) – The same as level of
organisation. One of three structure-forming
factors of Creation. The other two are «Size»
and «Time». In the ethereal world’s noumenal
component, noumens are arranged from the
more complex to the less complex occupying the
12 classes of the level organisation, starting with
«God-Alpha» and ending with the maximon
and metagalaxy. There is a mirror reflection of
this in the material world. Evolution occurs in the
direction from the simple to the complex: from
the very same maximons and metagalaxies to
humans and «subjects of spirituality» and «God-
Omega». For more detail, see «Organisation»,
«Structure».
Functionality (Функциональность)  –
One of three aspects of the parameter of level of
organisation, the other two being structural and
providential. The sense of aspect functionality
in the separation of the objects of the world into
their functional capabilities, according to what
they «know how to do». Atoms «know how»
to form chemical elements, molecules can
form chemical substances; bio-molecules are
capable of constructing a cell, and so on. Each
thing has its function, inseparably connected
with its place in the structure of Creation and
with the providential designation of the thing in
the world order.
Flash (Вспышка)  The phenomenon
of information activity of a cell of a
hypermatrix. Flashes differ in frequency
range, clock frequency, duration of a
continuous signal and the maintenance of
the transferred information.
Guardian Angel (Ангел храни-
тель)   A spirit that accompanies all
spiritual and material objects from the time
337
of their appearance in the world until the
end of their life cycle. . Is responsible for
life, survival and purity of the soul of its
charge. Opposed by the Angel of Death.
Goodness (Благо)  The first and
main emanation of the Lord, giving life
and movement to everything that makes up
the universe from the Divine hypostais to
units of matter. The extract of Divine desire
to exist. In a condition of nonexistence, the
Lord completely consists of the Blessing.
Occupying the maximum frequency step
of 1080 Hz, the Blessing sublimates in itself
all potentialities and all the attributes of
God. The blessing is a substratum of God
in its maximum degree of syncreticity.
Generation of design (Генерация
замысла)  The basic function of the third
phase of evolution of the Spiritual Being
(God) on the way to World Creation. In
total, the classification we offer describes
15 phases of a full cycle of evolution of
the World Order. It is the third stage at
which the Lord forms the o of Creation
and defines the boundary conditions. In
engineering terminology, this stage refers
to the development of a technical project.
Forgive me My God for the liberty of my
language.
Genetic ego (Генетическое эго)
 The part of the human individuality
that arises from the sum of hereditary
attributes which the person receives
from parents and relatives of previous
generations. The reason and will of
the person and external circumstances
are capable to partly change a genetic
ego, transforming a genotype in a
phenotype.
 GLOSSARY
Geoplacentary system (Геоплацен-
тарная система)  System of near-the-planet
spherical environments, the sum of which
creates conditions for the origin and development
of biological life. The name is taken by analogy
with the female placenta, surrounding a
fruit. Geoplacentary environments include a
barysphere, a lithosphere, an atmosphere, a
stratosphere and a biosphere.
Graphic diagram of the material
world (Графическая схема матери-
ального мира) – Graphic representation
of the laws forming the order of the material
world. The diagram is constructed on the
basis of following postulates:
a) the World of matter is formed of
22 base units of matter see «Unit»
b) the Linear sizes (dimensions) of
units keep within 12 classes of the Scale
logarithmic ranking with the basis 10,
consisting of 60 tenfold steps.
c) Units of the material world are in
hierarchical dependence on the basis of a
level of the organisation – one is a matter
or a condition of the existence of another
and falls into 12 classes on an the axis of
level of organisation. Units of a matter
are built in a scale and time (frequency)
hierarchy. Placing units in a field drafted
from orthogonally located axes of scale
and a level of the organisation, and having
connected adjoining units smooth curves,
we have the most general graphic diagram
of the material world (Fig. 16). If we add a
time axis, we get a schematic of the order of
the material world in a three-dimensional
taxonomy (Fig. 40). The given diagrams
form the basis for graphic representation
of the non-material part of the world and
the analysis of the design of the Universe
as a whole.
338
Gravity (Сила тяжести) See
«Weight».
Galaxy (Галактика)  One of the 22
units of the material world. Forms 11-th
class on an axis of scale and enters into the
second class of the level of organisation.
With a system-wide point of view, the
Galaxy is one of ten billions centers of an
agglomeration of matter simultaneously
existing in the Universe in the form of
solar systems. 10 billion stars with their
planets simultaneously exist in one galaxy
and rotate around its center. The life cycle
of a Galaxy consist of 10% of the time of
the existence of the Universe and is equal
to 1,2×1021 seconds. During the life cycle
of a Galaxy, the structure of stars in it
is updated 3600 times. Most likely, the
Galaxy possesses the mechanism of the
creation and annihilation of matter.
Gold section (Золотое сечение)  
Division of a fragment into two parts
so that the largest part is in the same
proportion to the smaller part as the
entire fragment is to the larger part. Its
mathematical value 1,61803… an infinite
fraction express in the formula 0.5(1+√5)
The same values relate to the numerical
series in a Fibonacci Sequence. In a design
of the Universe based on division, there
is always a trace of the gold section. The
center and initial point of scaling of a scale
ranking is the point «alpha» or 7/12, which
has a logarithmic value of 0,2. This size
is arrived at through multiplication of one
meter by 1,618034 – the fraction of gold
section. In the metric system, this number
is 1,62 m. According to statistical data of
anthropology, this is average height of a
human, made in God’s image.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Goal (Цель) See «Target function.»
Harmony (Гармония)  One of
the «Attributes of the Lord.» The certain
relation of parts to the whole. Such division
of the whole into parts which provides
balancing of the purposes and interests of
parts and the whole, i.е. it does not break
with the general definition of objectives of
the system of the Universe. See also «Scale
harmony».
Herz (Герц)  Unit of measure of the
frequency of oscillatory processes, equal
to number of fluctuations in a second. It is
named after its inventor. One Hertz is equal
to one full fluctuation within one second. It
is applied to a designation of fluctuation by
frequency less than one second. The highest
frequency used in a design of the Universe
1081 Hz. The highest frequency in the
world of a matter is 1023 Hz. See «Waves»,
«Frequencies».
Hierarchy principle (Принцип иерар-
хичности)   One of the basic principles of
the Technology of Creation. The universe built
by the Lord is stratified in three measurements:
dimensional-scale, frequency-temporary and
level of organisation. Stratification indicates a
«multitiered nature». Each «tier» has its own
laws, order, and tasks. The stratification of
the units of matter on organisation level has
hierarchical nature. The lower «tier» gives
birth to or ensures generation of the following
upper «tier». The hierarchic principle covers
the ethereal world, but everything in it is
vice versa: more complex objects form less
complex ones.
Heuristic potential (Эвристиче-
ский потенциал) – The ability of one
or another hypothesis to reveal true
339
idea about the object of the experiment.
Our accepted understanding of the
concept of scale harmony of material
peace (by S.I.  Sukhonos) involves
the use of the two additional scales of
level of organisation and scale-time in
combination with the hypothesis about
the 22 system-forming units of matter.
Using the methodology of technological
analysis they revealed serious heuristic
potential, which made it possible to
construct a relatively final and internally
non-contradictory hypothesis of the
world order. The hypothesis is as correct
as possible, and no more than that.
Hypertime (Гипервремя)  A universal
way to measure time based on the constancy
of the process of recession of galaxies. The
speed of the elimination of a periphery of
a metagalaxy, as well as the borders of a
hypermatrix from the center of a metagalaxy
size have remained constant over 320,000
billion years. The ethereal world and its
inhabitants – spiritual beings – are not subject
to relativistic effect most likely live according
to this clock.
Hypermatrix (Гиперматрица)  
The structure formed of cells – non-material
cubic spaces snug against each other with
a side measuring 10-35 m. There were 10180
such cells art the time of the beginning of
the life cycle of the Universe. Most likely
the Hypermatrix formed sphere inside of
which both the ethereal and the material
worlds are placed. There is nothing outside
of the Hypermatrix. I do not know what
a cell of a Hypermatrix is made of, how
it is made and what kinds of walls divide
it. There is no concept of «matter» in the
ethereal world. However it is known that
cells must accept, transfer, accumulate
 GLOSSARY
and process the information. Also, cells
work in several strictly certain frequency
ranges, and each range is fixed to certain
class of spiritual beings and one range for
a Maximon. Each range is responsible for
the performance of a strictly determined
function and the purpose of the System of
the Universe. See «Flash», «Maximon». In
scales of one frequency range, the speed
of information transfer is instant from
edge to edge of the Hypermatrix. From
the time of creation and before end of the
existence, the Hypermatrix extends due
to an increase in the number of cells with
the speed which is not enabling material
objects to touch the edge and thus creating
effect of infinity for the world of matter.
Expansion of the Hypermatrix entails a
stretching of «waves of scale stability»
that in due course leads to end of the life
cycle of the Universe. See also «Time».
Hyperspace (Гиперпространство)  –
The space formed by the Hypermatrix,
serves as accommodation for the Universe,
including the ethereal and material worlds.
See «Hypermatrix».
Hierarchy of functions and tasks
(Иерархия функций и задач) 
The universe the most complicated
multilevel «totally self-contained system».
Management of a similar object is possible
only by means of an adequate multilevel
hierarchical control system, where each
level and every functional block solves local
problems, the mosaic of which produces a
result that meets the general target function
of the system. The hierarchy and division
of functions exist in the ethereal world, is
and are also in control over the world of
matter. In addition, a system of monitoring
and feedback corrects the management
340
systems of both worlds. See Fig. 66.
The time between the occurrence
of an object in the system of Creation
and its disappearance from the Creation
(transition into another quality). Life cycle
includes a birth, a becoming, an active part,
a fading and a death. Duration of life cycle
is associated with two time characteristics
inherent in all objects of the Universe. The
first of these is its own rhythm, or clock
frequency, that is duration, or frequency
of the basic life-supporting oscillatory
process. The second is the threshold of
time sensitivity, which is an interval of
time so small that its unitary addition or
reduction is not reflected in any way in
the activity of object, and not identified
at all by it. The time of the life cycle of
any unit from any area of the material
world contains 10 billion of its own (clock)
rhythms, and the threshold of sensitivity
makes up one percent of the duration of its
rhythm. For the ethereal world the situation
is little bit different. The life cycle of an
ethereal object is the time of a continuous
information signal as much as is possible,
and the duration of the existence of the
ethereal object is dictated by the duration
of life cycle of the material object which
it supervises. The duration of the shortest
life cycle can occur in the ethereal world. It
is 10-70 seconds and the longest is 1,2×1022
seconds in the world of a matter. See also
«Time period», «Sensitivity threshold».
Increment of the scale ranking
(Шаг масштабной шкалы) – The same
as the scale factor of 105 times. Such is the
dimensional step from one unit of matter
to another. See Fig. 16. The dimensional-
scale-logarithmic ranking consists of 60
tenfold steps. The extreme left point is
lower than the extreme right by 1060 times.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
This axis is divided into 11 complete
classes and two sub-classes. Each class
occupies five tenfold steps. This is the
increment of the scale ranking discovered
by S.I. Sukhonos. The increment of the
scale ranking (scale factor) is constant and
equal to 105.
Invariance of a maximon (Ин-
вариантность максимона)  As is
known, the maximon is a phenomenon
of the information activity of a cell of a
hypermatrix. See «Maximon». Invariancy
consists in universality and is more
precisely information transferred by
the maximon being absolutely identical
regardless of in what specific cell of
a hypermatrix it manifests itself. Two
maximons simultaneously «lighting» two
cells at opposite ends of the Megagalaxy
are absolutely identical. The maximon
being identical does not extend to the
operative part of the information inclusion
of this maximon in a certain object and
about an impulse of movement of this
object in the space of the Hypermatrix.
However this part of disappearing
information is small in comparison with
the standard «genetic» package storing the
description of Creation. The invariancy of
a maximon is not absolute in a long-term
temporal aspect. Maximon it is generated
by forces of the noumenal world, and
feeds on a feedback from the world of
matter which objectively varies under
influence of the «recession of Galaxies»
factor. As a result the noumenal clichés of
material objects gradually change, but at a
rate imperceptible for life cycle of a solar
system.
Key section (Ключевое сечение) 
The plane cutting through the graphic model
341
of creation is perpendicular to the axis of scale
and passes through the points of «Alpha»
and «Omega». Specifically, «Diagonal 7/12»
lies in this plane and has the key value for the
vital activity of Creation. All unit-bearers of
spirituality are located here: plants, animals,
humans, the «subject of spirituality», the
Lord «Alpha» and the Lord «Omega». The
points these units belong to an equal degree
to the plane of Creation and the key section.
Through them is possible to exchange
information between these planes, and what
is more, pass on to the control and existence
planes. Specifically, around the divine
diagonal as ridge, the entire construction of
the periphery of God’s Worlds is being built,
which answers the general objective function
of the system  to switch over from the state
of «Alpha» to the state of «Omega» See Figs.
48, 49,55.
Life (Жизнь)  See «Animate and
inanimate» with regard to biological value. By
the same token, in a system-wdie representation
for the Universe, «Life» is the name of one of
three higher planes of the ethereal world. The
name is borrowed from the Christ’s statement
«I am the way, the truth and the life». The
«life» plane is an information frequency
area of the ethereal world where noumens of
units of matter are created and developed, i.e.
the future material world is modelled, and
then when it is created, there is a levelling by
correction of noumens. The curator of this part
of the Universe is «God-Life». From the point
of view of process of Creation, it is a Phase 3
of the World Order, and the spiritual being 
the «Executor»  creates the Periphery of
the Universe and both worlds  ethereal and
material.See «Noumenal world», «Life cycle».
«Law» («Закономерность») ­– In a
general sense, the steady property of an object
 GLOSSARY
to react in the same way to identical conditions.
The search for an outline explaining the order
of the World is reduced in the beginning to a
search of the fundamental, most basic laws
in the arrangement of the world closest to us.
Such laws turned out to be:
a) reducibility of all material objects of
the Universe to 22 «basic units».
b) Conformity of the sizes of basic units
to twelve steps of the scale dimensional
ranking, with a rhythm of 105 between
steps.
c) Hierarchical organisation of basic
units on the basis of level of organisation.
Performance of a principle structural
inclusion or structural causality for base
units assembled in a chain in terms of
rising complexity.
d) Adaptability of units of matter to
a scale-time (frequency) hierarchy. These
regularities have allowed construction of a
«Graphic diagram of the material world» and
stemming from it, a subsequent representation
of all Creation as a whole.
Life cycle (Жизненный цикл)  
The time between the occurrence of
an object in the system of Creation and
its disappearance from the Creation
(transition into another quality). Life cycle
includes a birth, a becoming, an active part,
a fading and a death. Duration of life cycle
is associated with two time characteristics
inherent in all objects of the Universe. The
first of these is its own rhythm, or clock
frequency, that is duration, or frequency
of the basic life-supporting oscillatory
process. The second is the threshold of
time sensitivity, which is an interval of
time so small that its unitary addition or
reduction is not reflected in any way in
the activity of object, and not identified
at all by it. The time of the life cycle of
342
any unit from any area of the material
world contains 10 billion of its own (clock)
rhythms, and the threshold of sensitivity
makes up one percent of the duration of its
rhythm. For the ethereal world the situation
is little bit different. The life cycle of an
ethereal object is the time of a continuous
information signal as much as is possible,
and the duration of the existence of the
ethereal object is dictated by the duration
of life cycle of the material object which
it supervises. The duration of the shortest
life cycle can occur in the ethereal world. It
is 10-70 seconds and the longest is 1,2×1022
seconds in the world of a matter. See also
«Time period», «Sensitivity threshold».
Logarithmic scale of time (Лога-
рифмическая шкала времени)  is
the scale on which each division indicates
a value 10 times more than the previous
one. Decimal multiplicity allows building
a convenient and visual time scale, where
the longest and shortest time intervals
are accommodated, such as they are the
only ones that are in the System of The
World Order. In total, it required 104
tenfold steps so that the shortest interval of
time  – 10-81 seconds – and the longest  
of 320,000 billion years (1022 seconds) –
were accommodated on one diagram. It is
a gigantic scale, but in logarithmic form it
fits on a figure in a book (Figs. 37, 71)
Logic (Логика)  One of the
«Attributes of the Lord». Logic is the
law of godly thinking, the arsenal of the
effective methods of reasoning and the
rules of reaching conclusions. It is the
most common decision-making technique
of spiritual beings of all levels. Formally
it is the methodological basis of laws and
rules of the world order. The laws of logic
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
of established by the Lord in the second
phase of world creation, are not further
corrected, and they acquire absolute
force until the end of the life cycle of
Creation. The laws of logic are invariable
in time, space and at the different levels
of organisation, and they are the same
for the ethereal and material worlds.
The main activity of spiritual beings is
to think and to make decisions, to think
professionally, rapidly, accurately, with
minimum expenditure of time and energy.
Logic is the collection of the elementary
algorithms, from which cognitive process
is forms independent of its content. Logic
attends the system of Creation and it is
orientated to the achievements of system-
wide target function.
Love (Любовь)  One of the
«Attributes of the Lord». It is manifested
in the first phase of the development of
the World Order. Love plays the role of
the basic motive of world creation. The
Lord loves himself, loves to create, loves
his creations. And this is sufficiently
easy to understand for humans. But the
Lord loves also his emission into matter,
his destruction, purification and revival
in the appearance of matter, his catharsis
and, finally his renewal and agonizing
collection of his new spiritual essence.
He is prepared to go for risk, sufferings
and pain for the love. This is how the
other side of love looks. Such is the are
disbursements of godly love for the world,
but he nevertheless chooses love.
Light (Свет)  Fluctuations in the
frequency range from от 0.4×1014 Hz to
0.72×1014 Hz are perceived by human
eye as light. Spiritual Beings exchanged
signals at frequencies from 1060 Hz to
343
1080  Hz. Such are the parameters of the
Divine light.
Linkage principle (Принцип звен-
ности)  One of the basic principles of
the Technology of Creation. Each self-
contained thing or the phenomenon-link
in the chain of creating the Creation.
In the ethereal world, the preceding
component is always higher and the
subsequent component is always lower
in terms of level of organisation. But in
the material world this is vice versa: the
preceding component is always lower,
and the subsequent component is always
higher in terms of level of organisation.
Moreover, components in the chain cannot
be transposed or ejected in the ethereal or
material world. The order of the sequence
in both worlds is absolute. Link to Link.
The unbroken chain of acts of creation.
Multiplicity (Кратность)  The
integral insertion of one number into
another. Three parameters became the
basis of the construction of Creation  size,
level of organisation, time. Two of them 
size and time – have a continuous metrics
and units of measurement. However, to
build simple scales for them does not make
practical sense, as much as the smaller of
the objects is smaller than the larger. The
scales turn out to be boundless. In such
cases, the logarithmic scales are used where
each division is more than the other not by
one unit of measurement but by several
times of  a factor of two units, three
units and so on. Experience shows that it
is especially convenient to use 10 multiple
calibration of the scales. Specifically,
this multiplicity gives the visibility of the
scales without the essential loss of detail in
the representation of the object. Moreover,
 GLOSSARY
as it turns out, the decimal multiplicity is
one of most widespread in the construction
of Creation.
Macroworld (Макромир)  The
part of the material world which belongs to
the average third of the scale-dimensional
ranking. (Fig. 17). It covers units and
transitional material objects with the size
of 10-14.66 m to 105.48 m. In other words,
everything that is larger than atomic
nucleus but less than the average planet
enters into it, or the medium nucleus of
star (which no one has measured thus far).
This range is in 20 scaled 10 orders. Here
inside is all of biological life and humans,
only 10 of the 22 units of matter. Basic
forces and laws controlling macrocosm
electromagnetic interactions, chemical
laws, biological laws, social laws and
ethics. This variety of laws is explained
by the fact that the objects of macrocosm
apply to ten of the 12 classes on the scale
of level of organisation. The determination
of the precise dimensional boundaries of
macrocosm and the analysis of equilibrium
with the neigbouring forms of power
interactions gives rise to many interesting
conclusions, which are described in
chapter 4.3. Also of see Of fig. 24.
Maximon  The semi-material basic
element of the material world, which has
the form of cube with a side of 10-35 m,
which exists for a duration of 10-43 seconds
and which transmits for this interval of
time the complete genetic code of the
material world at a frequency of 1052   Hz.
Besides the genetic information, the
maximon bears a comparatively small, but
sufficient volume of information about its
insertion into the units of the following,
higher organisational levels. In the part
344
of the genetic information, it is absolutely
invariable in the space and it is relatively
invariable in the time. The rate of change
in the genetic information of the maximon
is lower than the rate of the change of
stars. This means that for a solar system,
a maximon of immutable. The maximon is
one of 22 units of matter, the very first and
smallest in the scale-dimensional ranking.
The photon is made up of maximons, the
nucleus of electron is made up of photons,
then there is the electron, atomic nucleus,
and so on to man and the subject of
spirituality where matter ends and passes
into the spirit. The maximon «knows» as
to build all subsequent units of matter and
«prompts» to them as to how to do this. The
maximon is the active state of the «cells of
the hyper-matrix» and «flash» occupying the
range of 10-54 to 10-43 seconds on “logarithmic
time scale” (cm) but also further downward
on the time scale of 27 additional steps. The
spiritual beings dwell there. There several
hierarchies, each on its frequency band. If
one is tempted by an analogy to the computer
television technology, then the maximon can
be compared with a «pixel». But this pixel
is first of all of voluminous; secondly, we do
not modify it and thirdly it is thirty times
smaller than a pixel and in contrast to pixel
it is loaded with complete information about
the order of its «computer» i.e.,  of Creation.
Maximon mould of a material
object (Максимонный слепок мате-
риального объекта)  A copy of a
material object that consists of maximons
and is capable of overcoming the frequency
chasm that separates the material world
from the ethereal world. The clock
frequency of the objects of ethereal world
of spiritual beings is within the limits
from 1080 to 1052 Hz, i.e., one beat does
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
not last more than 10-52 seconds. In the
material world, an analogous index lies
in the range from one second to 400,000
years. Therefore we do not see and do not
perceive each other. Matter does not “see”
the ethereal world and the ethereal world
does not «see» matter. A maximon mould
assembles and contains information about
the material object at the frequency of the
object and it is capable of transforming this
information at its own clock frequency of
1052 Hz, which is perceived by the ethereal
world.
Mass (Масса)  is a physical concept.
It is characterised by the effort that is
necessary to set the object into motion.
Concept mass is related to concept weight
and is measured in grams. The indicator
of mass is a strictly material feature. It
is inseparably connected with the speed
of motion and energy. The relative
nature of the mass is a consequence
of the maximon nature of the material
world. The phenomenon of mass, weight,
speed of motion, acceleration, energy
is determined by the laws of existence
of a maximon, by its frequency, its
reproducibility in the cells of hyper-
matrix, its «power engineering»and by
its information capabilities. The range
of masses even in the part of it that has
been studied is enormous. The rest mass
of an electron is 10-28 g, while the mass
of the megagalaxy is 1053 g. There are 80
orders, but the three additional classes
of units have not been studied. However,
there are grounds for considering that
the phenomenon of mass manifests itself
somewhere on third or the fourth step of
the scale ranking, together with energy,
speed, weight and strictly by the subjects
of matter without an «admixture of
345
ethereal properties».
Material world (Материаль-
ный мир) ­– Part of creation accessible
to human perception to a considerable
degree. It appears as the outcome of
enormous preparatory work conducted
by the «noumenal world» (consists of 22
«units». It is organisationally subordinated
to three structure-forming axes: scale-
measurement, scale-time and the axis of
the level of organisation. They are located
in the dimensional range of 10-35 to 1025
and in the time range of 10-43 seconds to
1022 seconds. The maximon lies at the
basis of the construction of the units of
material – the short-term 10-43 seconds
activity of the «cells of the hyper-matrix»,
which carries in itself complete genetic
information about the world order. Having
once appeared, maximons begin to build
the units of matter from the simple to the
complex: inert material, plant, animals,
humans and the crowning achievement
of matter  the semi-material unit with
the working title “subject of spirituality”.
The providential sense of the existence of
matter is in the fact that duing the flow of
the life cycle of Creation, God dissolves
himself in the matter, which in being
developed and perfected gives birth to
spirit. As a result, a renovated spiritual
being is assembled from the huge amount
of 3.6×1024 «islands of matter», for the
nextt life cycle of Creation.
Periphery operating principle (Ме-
ханизм работы периферии)  The
periphery consists of elements shown on
Figs. 49 and 51. Through two interfaced
cubes, formed by planes of periphery
a continuous diagonal plane passes
through on which are placed noumens
and their material incarnations – units of
a matter. The information and controlling
 GLOSSARY
commands are born in four operating
planes and are transferred on two
monitoring planes. Operating planes have
a three-layer structure and perform three
functions: store the noumen as the standard
of the operated object, store a set of typical
technologies and management techniques
and generate correction signals on the
basis of comparison of a real condition of
the object with its noumen using standard
solutions. Planes of monitoring are single-
layer and single-function. Their task is to
transfer the information on their status and
functioning to the units of matter to the
area of the formation of noumens. See also
«Periphery of the noumenal world».
Microcosm (Микромир)  The part
of a material world corresponding the first
third of a scale-dimensional ranking (Figs.
17, 23) encompasses units of matter in the
sizes from 10-34.8 m to 10-14.565 m, that is:
a maximon, an electron and the nucleus of
atom, as well as two hypothetical units with
the conditional names «Photon» and «nucleus
of an electron». The general logic of scale-
dimensional classification says that they
should be between an electron and a maximon,
but they are not described by science yet.
The actual microcosm is the universe of
the initial substance of matter, space, time
and forces of interaction, characteristic for
the given area of the material world. In a
microcosm, where distance between objects
is smaller than the nucleus of an atom, “strong
interactions” dominate. The boundary they
overcome electromagnetic forces is at the
10-14.66 m mark. This size exactly coincides
with position by the upper boundary of the
Microcosm during the moment of creation of
the Universe 15 billion years ago, and proves
with great accuracy the calibration of the
scale-dimensional ranking. On the scale of
346
level of organisation, the Microcosm occupies
the three lowest classes and identically
coincides with the bottom branch of the graph
of the Mega-universe. Clock frequencies of
objects in the microcosm range from 1052 Hz
to 1016 Hz.
Minerals (Минералы)  Inorganic
substances that are the result of the bonding
of two or more chemical elements. Can
exist in gaseous, liquid, crystal or solid
form. Represent the substance from which
such space objects as planets, their satellites
and small cosmic bodies are created. Stars
and the cores of large planets, where the
temperature and pressure are very great,
change nuclear structure of the minerals
forming them.
Morality (Нравственность)  is
approximately the same as ethics and morals.
Behaviour and acts of humans as result of a
constantly having to choose between goods
and evil. Along with «Spirituality» and
«Knowledge» is one of three base attributes
of modern humankind and «the civilised
person». The providential role of morality
consists of serving as a reliable counterbalance
to «Omnipotence», to which humans are
moving in advancing rate. Uncontrolled
omnipotence is fatally dangerous to the
species. But the external control and direct
control are forbidden for spontaneous matter.
That is why self-control in the form of morals
is therefore necessary. See also «Ethics».
Meaning (Смысл) – The meaning of
things and phenomena is hidden in their place
and function within the system of Creation.
There are no things without meaning. But only
the Lord, possessed of absolute omniscience,
can judge the real significance of things. See
«Providence».
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Molecule (Молекула)  The smallest
particle of substance made of two and more
atoms, possessing the chemical properties
of the given substance and capable of
independent existence. Represents one
of 22 units of matter. On the scale-
dimensional ranking, occupies the range
from 10-10 m to 10-7 m, which is between the
5th and 6th classes, and on the scale of level
of organisation serves as a class-forming
object of the 5th class. Two to several
thousand atoms can make up the structure
of a molecule. In a providential sense, a
molecule is the universal building block of
the second level. The «Atom» occupies the
first leve and the «Bio-molecule» the third.
At present, a hundred thousand kinds of
non-biological molecules are known to
science. This assortment is quite sufficient
to make material objects of an inanimate
nature – minerals and cosmic bodies
from stars to a space dust. The chemical
activity of moleculres prepares conditions
for occurrence of «Bio-molecules» and
«Biospheres» (See «Bio-molecule»)
Nucleus-structure (Ядро-структура)  –
Laws governing the cyclic alternation of the
function of nucleus and structure of objects
located in the dimensional-scale ranking.
Discovered by S.I. Sukhonos. Figs. 10, 60. There
is the total of six pairs of units of matter located
in the structural ratios «nucleus-structure»
in the logarithmic scale of sizes. The nature
of the relations between associated units can
be manifested in two more forms: «element-
structure» and «foundation- building».
Numrical strength (Численность)
See “Quantity.”
Number (Число) – One of the
347
attributes of the Lord. The ability through
the numbers and their relationships to
describe the model of a future world,
to construct a world and to govern it.
Possession of the number (mathematics)
is manifested in the second phase of the
evolution of the world order. Mathematics
is the language God, but the most
interesting thing is that this language is
accessible to humans.
Natural body (Естественное те-
ло)  The term offered by academician
V.  I.  Vernadsky for definition of basic
objects of nature «from rock up to a gene,
electron, parliament and family». Absence
of an exact feature set of classification has
made this attempt unsuccessful. However,
the idea was so good that it has led to
formulation of the concept «unit» and
even to reveal base «Units of matter».
Noumenal world (Ноуменальный
мир)  The part of the ethereal world
intended for creation and dynamical
modelling of noumens. A Noumen is
the sample, the absolute standard of
a material thing in an informational,
ethereal execution. Noumens combine the
properties of object and subject, therefore
the noumenal world is capable of not
only creating a full model of the material
world, but also optimizing it, relating it
to the target function of Creation. When
the model is ready, construction of the
Material world starts on the basis of
maximons, which carry full information
on the noumenal units of matter. Next, the
noumenal «workshop» is be reorientated to
the completion and correction of noumens
according to the objective changes of the
World Order. Now the purpose of the
noumenal world is to play out a number of
 GLOSSARY
possible scenarios for evolution of matter
in view of the age of the Metagalaxy and the
influence of the growth of its dimensions on
the properties of objects of the material world.
Structurally, the noumenal world mirrors its
future footprint – the material world (Figs.
47, 64). The scale-time niche of the noumenal
world lies in the range 10-63 to 10-52 seconds
and crosses over two orders of the frequency
zone of a maximon. The noumenal world’s
own (clock) frequency is 1061 Hz. This means
that in comparison, for example with a human,
the noumenal world «thinks» and works 1060
times more quickly. There is enough time to
go through all the permutations of our fates.
Omnipotence (Всесилие)  Ability to
create and destroy practically anything. A
unlimited potential ability to act. However,
the Lord Himself limits Himself by the
means of absolute ethics. The omnipotence
of the Lord does not break its own laws,
which are focused on the achievement of the
target function of the Universe. The Lord is
not engaged in Such nonsense as «creation
of such a stone that He would not be able to
lift».
Own rhythm (Собственный ритм) –
The basic vital rhythm of material objects. The
same as clock rhythm. For humans this rhythm
is inhalation-exhalation. The clock rhythm
is equal to one ten-billionth of the life cycle
of the object. One of three fundamental time
characteristics of any object of of Creation. The
two other characteristics are «Time of life cycle»
and «Threshold of temporal sensitivity». See
also «Scale-time niche», «Cycles».
Object of classification (Объект клас-
сификации)  A concept connected with
the search for class-forming objects of the
material world. The analysis of possible
348
attributes of classification of objects of a
matter has led to concept of the «unit of a
matter». It turned out that all the variety of
things in the material world can be reduced
to 22 «units» which are equally subordinated
to three classifications: on the basis of the
size, time and level of the organisation.
See «Three-dimensional taxonomy of the
material world».
Organisation (Организация) 
is the same as complexity and level of
organisation. One of three system-forming
factors of the World Order. The other
two are Size and Time. Providentially, it
is intended for creation of a hierarchy of
units of matter going from the simple to
the complex. The organisational order
of matter is such that each unit of a
subordinate level serves as an element,
means or circumstance necessary for
creation of a unit of the following level.
This ladder begins with a maximon and
Metagalaxy and ends with the «Subject
of spirituality». See Fig. 16. The «Level
of the organisation» scale has no objective
metrics. It is constructed on the basis of
hierarchy of structures and sequences of
occurrence. The unit of measure is not
known to us, but all units of matter keep
within 12 hierarchically subordinated
classes. See also «Principles of links,
hierarchies, concatenations», «Graphic
diagram of the material world».
Oblivion (Забытие)  The same as
«non-existence». The condition of the
Universe when it is placed in one cell of the
future Hypermatrix; in other words, in a
cube with the side of 10-35 m. the Condition
at which any division is absent and there
is no «detached onlooker» ascertaining
the life of the Universe. The condition of
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
«Oblivion» lasts, most likely, no more 10-
70
given its own clock frequency of 1080
Hz. The time sensitivity threshold is 10-81.
The condition of «Oblivion» contains the
information of the previous life cycle of the
Universe and potential for realisation of a
subsequent cycle. However, such densely
packed information is a specific, unique
substratum – «Goodness». Oblivion is the
latent hypostasis of the One God finishing
and beginning a cycle of a life of Creation.
See also «Existence».
«Omega» point (Точка «Omega»)
See «Alpha» point.
Organic world (Органический мир) 
The part of the material world, including units
of a biological origin, as distinct from from
«Microcosm», «Macrocosm» and «Megaworld»
where units do not possess biological life. On a
scale of «Level of the organisation», it occupies
the 6th through the 8th classes, See Fig. 26. The
providential purpose of the organic world is to
create units of matter, able to think, distinguish
between good and evil, to understand and learn
the «Attributes of the Lord», and as a result create
a Spiritual Being, born of matter, possessing
«Omnipotence» and «Absolute Ethics». This
being will be able to realize the following life cycle
of Creation. See also «Super-biological object»,
«Animate and inanimate».
Parameter (Параметр)  is an
engineering concept – the size describing
any property of an object or phenomenon.
A measured quality of a matter. A way of
the describing things of which the material
world consists. Analysis shows, that among
boundless number of possible parameters
of matter, there are three system-forming
ones: «Size», «Organisation» and «Time».
349
See also «Classification cell», «Class-
forming objects», «Concordance of
scales».
Periphery of the material world (Пе-
риферия Материального мира)  
Part of the «Peripheries of Creation»,
responsible for the regular functioning of
the Material world, as part of the System
of Creation and maintenance of its system
purposes, See Figs. 49, 54. Carries out the
following functions: management of the
material world in terms of extraordinary
deviations; the function of nonexistence,
i.e. the termination of life cycle; function of
tracking scale-dimensional dependencies
and restrictions and the function of
monitoring of existence. The «Material
world» is free from any direct influence
and management. Otherwise it could
create the units allocated by freedom of
choice. Therefore its periphery works
through a random mechanism, or a pre-
existence selection of characteristics of
the future unit, changing its circumstances
of environment, genotype and karma.
The periphery of the material world
has the information-accumulation
mechanism for experience, the life cycle
and the mechanism of conversion of
positive experience into the «Goodness»
substratum. See also «Periphery of
Creation», «Periphery of TSCS  totally
self-contained system».
Periphery of Creation (Перифе-
рия Мироздания)  is the information
operating system responsible for objects
of the noumenal and material worlds
(Fig.  49). Actually noumen units and
units of matter are placed on the plane of
Creation and are reminiscent of playing
card (Fig. 47), and around of each of the
 GLOSSARY
halves of this «card» a cube is formed at
45-degree angle, made from the functional
planes of periphery. Planes are in pairs opposite
to each other as each pair performs one task
within uniform borders. Planes of life and
nonexistence, planes of management of the
noumenal and material worlds, planes of scale-
dimensional borders, planes of monitoring
and functioning. Planes of the Periphery give
rise to a spatial interpretation of the periphery
of Creation in the form of two diagonally
interfaced cubes: peripheries of the noumenal
the world and peripheries of the material world.
See also «Periphery of TSCS  totally self-
contained system», «Vector of influence».
Periphery of the noumenal world (Пе-
риферия ноуменального мира)   Part
of the «Peripheries of Creation» responsible
for the regular functioning of the mechanisms
creating and correcting the noumens of
units of matter. See Figs. 49, 54. Provides
existence and life, operates «production»
and correction of noumens, observes scale-
dimensional parameters and dependencies,
participates in monitoring the existence
and functioning of noumens, and through
them influences the system of Creation as a
whole. The periphery and the mechanism of
creation of noumens are almost indissolubly
merged, as the noumen combines subject
and object, an is in essence information-
managing and controlling program. The
providential purpose of the periphery of the
noumenal world is the same as the noumenal
world itself – to equip the maximon with
noumens of units of a matter in view of the
current condition of system of Creation. See
also «Periphery of Creation», «Periphery of
TSCS  totally self-contained system».
Periphery of TSCS totally self-
contained system (Периферия ТСС то-
350
тально самозамкнутой системы)   
An external environment intrinsic to
Creation. The Periphery of TSCS (Fig. 46)
includes the «Customer» of the system
and blocks providing external influence
on a relatively independent nucleus of the
system, with the purpose providing for a
regular operating mode and achievement
of the target function assigned by the
«Customer». See also «Periphery of
TSCS   totally self-contained system».
Planet (Планета)  A cosmic
body orbiting a star. Together with a
star, planets form an «island of matter»
and a solar system. One of the 22 units
of matter. Occupies the 8th class of the
scale-dimensional ranking and the third
class on the scale of level of organisation.
Conditions on the surfaces of planets
depend on their weight, remoteness from
a star, intensity of radiation of their stars,
density, rotation speed, axis inclination,
orbital speed around a star, chemical
composition and many other factors.
Depending on a combination of these
conditions, a planet is capable or incapable
of having an atmosphere, forming a
biosphere and enabling development of
biological life. The providential purpose
of the unit called Planet is to provide a
field for biological evolution and to create
a unit of the 12th class – the «Subject of
spirituality» See «Planetary system».
Planetary system (Планет-
ная система)  More precisely «solar
system»   a system of cosmic bodies
consisting of a central star, planets rotating
around it and their satellites. One of the
22 «units» of matter. A solar system is
an independent, self-sufficient, fully-
fledged, replicable phenomenon of matter.
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
The island of material world, begins its
history with maximons or protomatter
and finishes the life cycle in 3×1017 (10
billion) years, returning to protomatter
or full information «dissolution» 
transition into information. During this
time, under favourable conditions on one
or several planets or even their satellites a
biosphere and biological life develops. The
providential purpose of a solar system is
to successfully travel the entire path of the
evolution of matter from a maximon up to
the «subject of spirituality» and to transfer
the experience gained in the form of a
set of information to the corresponding
branch of the «Periphery of the material
world». For 400,000 billion years of the
existence of the Metagalaxy, 3.6×1024 solar
systems send their “packages.” Received
on frequency 1043 Hz this information
is processed and accumulates on the
frequency 1080 Hz, borrowing only one
cell of the Hypermatrix, which by the end
of current life cycle of Creation becomes a
Spiritual Being, capable of going through
the next cycle of Creation.
Plane of existence (Плоскость бы-
тия)  Element of the design «Peripheries
of Creation». The conditional graphic
location of Spiritual Beings, responsible
for the existence of both worlds – ethereal
and material. Gives life. It is opposed
to the «Plane of nonexistence», which
takes life from which makes a uniform
functional block in the system of Creation.
See «Vector of influence», Figs. 49, 54, 55.
Plane of monitoring (Плоскость
мониторинга)  More precisely the plane
of monitoring existence as an element of
the design «Peripheries of Creation». The
conditional graphic location of Spiritual
351
Beings, responsible for the sampling and
transmission of information on the life and
death of objects of Creation. The diagram
of functioning of the Plane of monitoring
is shown on Fig. 52. See also Fig. 49.
Plane of non-existence (Плоскость
небытия)  an element of the design
«Peripheries of Creation». The conditional
graphic location of Spiritual Beings,
objects responsible for nonexistence of
objects of the ethereal and the material
worlds. It organizes the end of life. It is
opposed to the «Plane of Existence» with
which it makes up a uniform functional
block in system of Creation. See «Vector
of influence», Figs. 49, 54, 55.
Plane of management of the material
world (Плоскость управления ма-
териальным Миром)  an element of
the design «Periphery of Creation». The
conditional graphic location of Spiritual
Beings, responsible for management of
the material world. Analyzes its current
condition, compares it with noumens and
sends out correction signals. Thus the entire
process of controlling matter is constructed
so that it does not touch upon the freedom of
the self-development of a matter. Therefore
the operating impulses are combined with
instances of conditions of equilibrium, or
work through the mechanisms of karma
and genesis. It is connected with the “Plane
of management of the noumen world”
with which it makes a uniform functional
block in system of Creation.See «Vectors of
influence», Figs. 49, 54, 55.
Plane of management of the noumenal
world (Плоскость управления ноу-
менальным Миром)  an element of
the design «Periphery of Creation». The
 GLOSSARY
conditional graphic location of Spiritual
Beings responsible for management of the
noumenal world. Objects of the noumenal
world – noumens – combine properties of the
subject and object, therefore the managerial
process is syncretic with the nature noumen,
but nevertheless functions of management
exist and are realized, connected with the
«Plane of management of a material world»,
with which it makes a uniform functional
block in the system of Creation. See «Vectors
of influence», Figs. 49, 54, 55.
Predestination (Предназначение) 
See “Providence.”
Providence (Провидение) - See
“Providentiality”.
Providentiality (Провиденциаль-
ность) – One of the Attributes of the Lord. The
ability to devise that which was not. To devise
for the first time. Partly creative ability is also
given to humans. In the Lord, it is manifested
entirely in the third phase (World Creation),
Fig. 56. The providential value of «creative
ability» is obvious: in the process of creation,
the moment comes very rapidly when it is
necessary to strictly create i.e., to create first that
which was not, and this means first this «that»
needs to be conceived of first. It is similar to a
miracle. But no, this is not a miracle. In reality,
if we analyze creative ability, then a general
idea about the created object as an element of
a system will be revealed, the enumeration of
the required properties and qualities, as well as
the composition of rules and limitations of the
very procedure of creation. The “only” thing
that remains is to find the option for structure
that would satisfy to the assigned requirements.
Its normal task. A designer will understand me.
Programme for building the material
352
world (Программа строительства мате-
риального мира)  The information included
in a maximon. Contains the description of all
units of matter and the techniques of their self-
creation. It is the result of continuous operation
of the noumenal world, where practically all
possible versions of the evolution of matter are
played out at fantastic speed and standards  the
noumens of units of matter – are selected. See also
«Maximon», «Flash».
Programme of the evolution of
Creation (Программа эволюции
Мирозда-ния)  The process of the
transformation of of the Spiritual Being
from the point of «Alpha» to the point
of «Omega». It lasts 400,000 billion
years. It cannot be completely foreseen
or formalised. Therefore a diagram
capable of operationally changing the
very programme of evolution of matter
depending on the circumstances is
necessary. This problem is solved with
the aid of monitoring and operational re-
programming of the system through the
correction of noumens.
Plant (Растение)  One of the 22 units
of matter. Occupies the seventh class along
the axis of scale and the ninth according to
the scale of level of organisation. An object
of biological life. Plants are autotrophs, i.e.
they synthesise organic matter from the
inorganic, use solar energy for photosynthesis
and photocatalysis   processes generating
energy and the simplest organic matter. The
providential role of plants is in the creation
of the oxygen atmosphere on the planet and
of biosphere, as well as the creation of food
resources for the animal kingdom and the
conditions for the evolution of the animal
kingdom and humans.
Properties (Свойства) – See “Parameter,”
“Features of classification.”
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
Periphery information flows (Ин-
формационные потоки периферии) 
Each of worlds – the ethereal and its spawn,
the material worlds – has its periphery,
which performs control, monitoring and
management functions (see «Periphery of
the material world», «Periphery of Creation»,
«Periphery of the noumenal world»,
«Periphery of the totally self-contained
system»). The approximate structure of the
information streams circulating in periphery
of the Universe, per an example of one type
of object – Biospheres – is shown in Fig.
66. It is expedient to divide all information
streams into two large classes: operating
and adaptable. Operating streams pass in
the “Plane of management” – four contacts
each in the ethereal and material world
with corresponding planes of periphery.
Adaptable streams of information connect
each object of the Universe with the next,
higher and subordinate objects. Operating
streams pass in the plane of management,
build the object and «lead» it according to
laws and restrictions of System. Adaptable
streams, pass in a plane of Creation, bear
«Goodness» – the basic resource of the
object’s vital activity and transfer information
on contacting structures, neighbouring
objects with the aim of mutual correction.
Plane of reference for a vector of
influence (Исходная плоскость векто-
ра влияния)  a concept from the graphic
interpetation of the model of Creation.
Planes from which signals of monitoring
and management of the activity of Creation
emanate. The graphic diagram of Creation
consists of two diagonally adjacent cubes.
It includes the following initial planes of
the vectors of the influence: the plane of
life, the plane of death, the «control plane
353
of the noumenal world», the «control plane
of the material world». See two planes,
which limit the scale-dimensionals axis
(one mobile, one stationary), the plane of
monitoring life, and the plane of monitoring
control of the system. See also «Vector of
influence», «Plane of existence», «Plane of
non-existence».
Quantum of time (Квант време-
ни)  The Compton quantum of space/time
corresponds to the parameters of a minimal
wave. Its length of 10-34.8 m and period of
10-43 seconds to these values correspond
the quantum of space and the quantum of
time. In other words, in the region of the
material world, there are no objects with a
size of less than 10-34.8 m and the processes
of shorter than 10-43 seconds. In physics,
there is another concept of the elementary
particle of the time, 10-23 seconds according
to the calculations of M. Planck. Processes
of smaller duration cannot occur with the
objects of the material world. I think that
there are no contradictions here. A wave and
an material object are different things. In the
ethereal world, where also there is time, there
is a partition into frequency ranges, which is
occupied by a spiritual being or a subsystem
of different levels and control functions.
Each of them has its own temporal niche.
Temporal niches occupy their places on the
gigantic «logarithmic time scale» (See the
elements of «Three-dimensional temporal
taxonomy». They have their «Threshold of
temporary sensitivity». In the essence this is
the same time unit. See Fig. 71.
Quantum of space (Квант про-
странства)  The Compton quantum of
space/time corresponds to the parameters
of a minimal wave. Its length of 10-34.8 m
and period of 10-43 seconds to these values
 GLOSSARY
correspond the quantum of space and the
quantum of time. In other words, in the
region of the material world, there are no
objects with a size of less than 10-34.8 m and
the processes of shorter than 10-43 seconds.
A cube with a side of10-34.8 m is nothing
else but a cell of a «hypermatrix» (See
the universal space in which Creation is
located and which is Creation. «The cell»
of hyper-matrix not a material formation,
but has a size and fixed location in the
«hyper-matrix». The cell is revealed
through the information activity, which
is manifested on several frequency ranges
independent of one another. See «Flash»,
«Maximon», «Quantum of time», «Scale-
time niche», Fig. 27.
Quantity (Количество)  The
number of elements which form object and
the number of subsystems of those forming
the system. The analysis of the numbers,
which describe a quantity of objects shows
that there are a small quantity of numbers
which occur much more frequently
than others. The Creator has «favourite
numbers»: 1020, 1010,105, 20, 10, 5, 7, 12,
6, 3, 1, and also two derived numbers 
144 (12×12) and 60 (20×3). Why is this so?
Only the Creator knows.
Recession of galaxies (Разбега-
ние Галактик)  The process of the
movement of galaxies from the centre to
the periphery of the metagalaxy. At the
time of its formation, the metagalaxy’s
diameter is 1025.2 m. In 15 billion years it
is 1025.625 m, i.e., it increased approximately
two-and-a-half times. However, by the
time of the completion of its life cycle in
320,000 billion of years, the diameter of
metagalaxy will be 1030 m, i.e., an increase
by a factor of 100,000. The providential
354
meaning of the process of «recession» can
be examined in terms of several aspects.
First of all, the execution of the function
of an absolute clock for keeping track of
hyper-time. Secondly, recession makes
irreversible changes in the structure
of Creation, bringing the life cycle of
Creation to completion. Thirdly, an effect
of the «infinity» of the universe is achieved
for material objects, which cannot reach
the speed of «recession» in the periphery
of metagalaxy. Fourthly, there is the load
distribution on maximons. During the
motion of galaxies, the probability of
constant or frequent «switching on» of
one and the same cells of hyper-matrix
is reduced. See of also «Hypermatrix»,
«Hypertime», «Cell», «Flash».
Reflectivity of worlds (Зеркальность
миров)  The material world and the ethereal
world have mirror similarity and mirror
symmetry. However, if in the material world,
a reflection of an object is its an optical non-
material copy, the phenomenon of the smooth
surface of the World Order has opposite
structure. The ethereal sample of the Universe
is primary, and the world of a matter is its
duplicated reflection, a material embodiment.
The plane of reflection passes through points
of the beginning and the end of a scale
ranking – the Maximon and the Metagalaxy
units. These objects belong equally to the
ethereal and material worlds. The ethereal
world, basis of which is the noumenal world,
generates a plan  dynamic, ethereal model
of a material world  with which it is possible
to do a matrix ideal samples of noumens of
all units of matter. The Material world is free
in its development; however, it is arranged
so that its natural evolution gradually rejects
all specific decisions except for those that
are similar to noumens. The «Periphery of
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
the material world» regulates this law, the
construction of which is also reflected by an
analogous structure in the ethereal world 
«Peripheries of the nuomen world». Alpha
and Omega, points that are reflective in
relation to one another are crowning both the
ethereal material worlds and are the Gods
of the previous and subsequent iteration of
Creation.
Radiant energy (Излучение) 
Scientists term the range of fluctuations
of frequencies between from 1014 до 1020
Hz (from visible light to gamma rays) as
radiant energy. However, to reach the
frequency at which Maximon expresses
itself – 1043 Hz there are 23 more exponent
parts. They too belong to the world of
matter. What about radiant energies? What
are they used for? It is too complex even to
speculate.
Reason (Разум)  The capability of
self-awareness and analytical thinking.
The presence of language and abstract
descriptive thinking is assumed. The
attribute of humans comprising their
basic specific difference from the realm
of animals. The basic tool of the specific
victory of humans over the animal
kingdom. The limitation of reason is that
it has no spiritual or ethical component.
In order not to cause harm, reason must
be under the control of adequate ethics.
See also «Omnipotence», «Spirituality»,
«Work of the soul».
Specific human evolution (Видовая
эволюция человека)  specific evolution
of humans as fauna has probably come to
an end. Today, evolution proceeds basically
in sphere of social attitudes. The strategic
line of the further human evolution will be
355
associated with achievement of balance
between its growing power and adequate
growth of the ethics of behaviour. The
providential goal of specific evolution
of the person consists in its transition,
regeneration in «the Subject of spirituality»
– the unit of 12 classes on the scale of level
of organisation.
Scale stability wave (Волна мас-
штабной устойчивости)  The sinusoid
built up along the scale-dimensional
ranking with primary step in size in two
steps of a scale or 1010 number of times.
Defines areas where units of matter have
the propensity to synthesise or to divide.
The sinusoid is attached at one end like
a spring to the maximon unit and at the
other end to the «Metagalaxy». As a
result of expansion of the metagalaxy,
the «spring» is stretched and the areas
of preferable synthesis and division are
displaced relative to the coordinates of
units of matter fixed on a scale. As a result,
400,000 billion years later, the right edge
of a sinusoid comes into a condition of
an antiphase to the initial position, that
possibly serves as the mechanism for the
completion of the life cycle of the Universe.
Stability wave (Волна устойчиво-
сти)  See «Scale stability wave».
Spirituality (Духовность) –The
distinctive specific attribute inherent to some
extent in a greater part of modern people.
Sources of spirituality are comprehension of
monotheism and the primacy of the spiritual
above the material. Spirituality is shown in
internal orientation of the person towards God,
in the search by the person of his or her place
and a role in the world God created, in love of
God and His creations, in the desire to be to a
 GLOSSARY
student and assistant of God. Spirituality forms
the fifth, penultimate level of depth of soul of
the person, almost the same as conscience.
Spirituality is the quality allowing the person’s
ethics to approach the nouminal level set by
God. Spirituality, along with with «Morals»
and «Knowledge» are three distinctive qualities
of modern humankind – «the civilised person».
Soul (Душа)  The most complex
thing generated from a pyramid of
matter that is present in units of the 11th
and 12th classes on the scale of level of
organisation. The soul is responsible for
the ethics of the person and his or her
attitude to other people and to the God.
The soul is endowed with the properties
of reason, will and ability to make ethical
assessments. The Soul of a person is
that area where there is a transition from
the 11th to the 12-th class of a level of
complexity  from «person» to «subject of
spirituality»  to the transitive unit from
the world of matter to the world of spirit.
The soul has a complex structure and
depends substantially on genetic factors
and circumstances of environment, but
gives the person the ability of correction
and self-improvement given the person’s
good will and orientation to the Creator.
Stars (Звезды)  From the point of
view of a systemic vision of the Universe,
the star represents the center of «islands
of matter», consisting apart from the star
itself, giving warmth and light, of planets
on which part conditions for the origin
and development of a biological life,
occurrence of humans and, as a result,
«the subjects of spirituality» are created.
The solar system (see «Planetary system»)
also is a material world in its full systemic
sense. The life cycle of a star is 3.3×1017
356
seconds – approximately 10 billion years.
In this amount of time, the solar system
sees the birth of the world, its blossoming
and doomsday. There are 10 billion stars
existing simultaneously in the life cycle of
a galaxy, which is 1.2×1021 seconds. 3,600
generations of stars shine during its life
cycle. 3.6×1024 stars will be born and go
out in the Metagalaxy for the entire cycle
of Creation. It is specifically this number
of times that the local script of the full life
cycle of matter repeats itself.
Sound (Звук)  Frequency fluctuations
of the environment which are in a condition
to be perceived by humans. The sounds
heard by humans are in a frequency range
from 16 to 20,000 Hz.
Scale (Масштаб)  «The multiplicity»
of increase or decrease of the object in
question. It adapts for convenience in
comparison to objects and the visibility of
their complete range. See also «Step of the
scale ranking», «Scale plans of Creation»,
«Scale-dimensional concept».
Scale harmony (Масштаб-
ная гармония)  «Scale Harmony of
the Universe» is the title of a book by
S.I. Sukhonos [109], whose ideas were
gratefully used by the author for the
construction of the model of the material
part of the universe. The main aspects of
this concept:
– the correlation of all material objects
to the 12 classes of scale-dimensional
ranking with a range from 10-35m to 1025m
and an incrementation of classes of 105
times
– the existence of «the waves of
the structural stability» – sinusoids
determining the region on the scale
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
ranking, where synthesis or division
predominate
– the determination of the dimensional
boundaries of weak, electromagnetic and
gravitational interactions
– the establishment of the connection
between the expansion of metagalaxy and
«the tension of the wave of the stability» of
the evolution of the material world serving
as a factor. The list could be continued, but
it is better to familiarise oneself with the
original. It is worth it.
Scale Symmetry of the Universe
(Масштабная симметрия Вселен-
ной)   One of the names of the law
discovered by S.I. Sukhonos [109]. The
essence of this law is in the fact that all
material objects are built in a regulated
manner on the criterion with an increment of
105 times and are distributed according to 12
classes of the logarithmic scale dimensional
ranking, which in turn corresponds to
six full waves  – «the sinusoids of the
structural stability», which determine
many special features of the corresponding
material objects. Matter is symmetrical to
a scale-dimensional number. S.I. Sukhonos
established this, but as it turned out, Creation
and matter are also symmetrical to the
time scale and to the level of organisation
(complexity). A human has one backbone,
while Creation has three: size, time, level
of organisation. See also «Scale harmony»,
«Scale-dimensional concept», «Scale plans
of universe».
Scale-time niche (Масштабно 
временная ниша)  The section on
the scale-logarithmic time scale that is
correlated with the specific object and
limited by three time characteristics: with
the time of the life cycle of object, by the
357
limit of temporary sensitivity and with
the frequency of its own rhythm (clock
frequency). These indicators are found in
the following mathematical relationship.
The life cycle lasts 1010 beats, and the
limit of temporary sensitivity comprises
10-12 of the life cycle or one hundredth of
a beat. Man cannot perceive the processes
occurring in the mega-galaxy. There the
duration of one beat is 40,000 years, and the
sensitivity threshold is 400 years. And the
electron never will be able to see with its beat
of 10-23 sec that is 23 orders more than cardiac
rhythm. The time axis divides universe
into the stages – the scale-time niches.
Contact and interaction of the objects of
the Creation of the world is possible only if
they relate to one and the same scale-time
niche; therefore, the hierarchy of niches is
constructed with small overlaps. One niche
overlaps by one or two orders, leaving the
capability of «mezzanine» exchange of
information. The typical size of a niche
for the material objects is 11-12 steps on
the scale-time ranking. Besides, that the
overall length of the scale is comprised of
104 tenfold steps. The analysis of scale-
time niches makes it possible to construct
a «time-space taxonomy of the material
world» and temporary topology of the
objects of universe. See «Threshold of
temporal sensitivity» and Fig. 71.
Scale-measurement concept (Ма-
сштабно-размерная концепция)  
Academician V.I. Vernadsky first named
the category of size the “most characteristic
feature in the system of reality”, and then
S.I. Sukhonos showed that the sizes of the
things of the making up our world, occupy
a strictly defined place on the decimal
logarithmic scale. With striking accuracy,
the majority of the objects of Creation are
 GLOSSARY
grouped in a row where each step differs
from previous in size by 100,000 times
(105), or by five orders. At the beginning of
the scale, there is maximon of 10-35 m and
at the end, a mega-galaxy of 10-35 m. See
also «Scale harmony», «Scale symmetry
of the universe», «Scale temporary niche»,
«Scale range».
Scale plans of Creation (Масштаб-
ные планы Мироздания)  Twelve
steps or classes on the scale logarithmic
scale of the sizes of steps with a step of
100,000 times of 105. For each step of
the plan, one or several of units of mater
is fixed. Therefore, all 22 units of the
material world are distributed according to
the scale plans of universe. Each plan with
its units fulfills the specific function in the
system of the material world. Inter-plan
contacts as a rule do not go further than
adjacent stages. See Fig. 60[A]. See also
«Scale harmony», «Scale symmetry of the
universe», «Scale- dimensional concept».
Scale range (Масштабный диапа-
зон)  The number of scale steps in the
scale of a specific feature. If we accept
the universal multiplicity of the step of 10
times and examine the scales of size, mass,
time, density, we will get the following
picture. The scale of sizes has 60 steps; the
scales of masses, at least 81 steps, the time
scale, 104 steps; the scale of the density, at
least 49 steps. The number of steps does
not depend on the unit of measurement.
It shows to how many more orders the
largest value of the indicator is compared
to the lowest value.
Super-biological object (Над-
биологический объект)  is the
same as the «Subject of spirituality», a
358
hypothetical 12th unit on the scale of level
of the organisation. Combines attributes
of material and ethereal objects, and over
half of it belongs to the ethereal world.
As it is impossible for the cleverest dog
to understand a human essence, so it is
not for us to know what a human will
reincarnate into when his or her specific
maturation ends. However, no one
prohibits the use of reason, logic and the
techniques of extrapolation. It will already
probably be the Spiritual Being, imbued
with a significant, if not full, measure of
«Omnipotence» and a measure of «Ethics»
adequate to it. Possibly, the nature of its
physical material shell will be changed to a
substratum with binary properties capable
of freely passing from the materially
perceived hypostasis to the informational-
ethereal hypostasis and back. Maximon
moulds of corresponding material objects
probably possess similar ambivalence.
Well, besides, for Him as Spiritual Being,
Divine attributes will be inherent, maybe
not all of them or completely, but they will
be present. And with regard to frequency,
it will for certain receive an output to the
clock frequency of a maximon – 1052 Hz.
And this is the beginning of the footpath
leading to the maximum frequency areas
of the ethereal world. The providential
function «Unit No. 12» is to fill up a
mosaic of image God of the next cycle of
Creation with love, omnipotence, ethics –
the basic Divine attributes purified by the
catharsis of passage through matter. See
also «Love» «Ethics», «Omnipotence»,
«The Work of soul».
Structural reliability of the material
world (Надежность конструкции ма-
териального мира)  Reliability is
an engineering concept that extends to
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
all material and information systems.
It means failure-free performance of a
system and performance of the target
function according to all established
parameters. To judge the system of
Creation by the result is difficult because
on it will not be possible to see it earlier
than 399,985 billion years from now.
Judging by the complexity of the design
of Creation, the problem of reliability is
very serious and is perhaps even the most
serious problem. But any problem can
be solved, if the designer is clever and
does not require resources. Everything is
all right with the Lord and others in this
sense. Analysis of the design of Creation
shows that literally everywhere it has
mechanisms and the systems that ensure
its reliability of operation. The variety of
these devices is simply staggering, but
one technique is of a universal nature
and is applied almost in every subsystem
of the World Order. The issue at hand is
duplication. If the probability of a reject is
one in one thousand, the Lord establishes
10 billion attempts and the number of
rejects becomes infinitesimally small
and insignificant for the system. A solar
system is not always capable of creating
conditions for the development, but the
Divine World will make 3.6×1024 such
attempts during the existence. This
will be more than enough. Systems
of designing and modelling of units
of a matter are extremely delicate but
reliably constructed. Accordingly,
when units of a material world are
created and when they start to produced
feedback information, management and
correction mechanisms are engaged
and these provide for development
in the necessary direction within the
assigned boundaries. The system of
359
maintenance of reliability (failure-free
performance) is so perfect that does not
leave doubts as to its efficiency.
Noumen of the soul (Ноумен ду-
ши)   The standard of the soul constructed
in full conformity with the purposes and
aims of the system of Creation. The soul
should be in this condition in order for the
goals of the system to be realised. The soul
of a human appears, when as a result of
fertilisation there is a Zygote and the first
cell of the human. At the very same time,
noumen of the soul unites with the genetic
Ego of the parents and forms the Soul of
the Zygote – the core of the soul of the
future person. See Fig. 67.
Subsystem (Подсистема)  is the
functional part of a system. The System
of Creation is the most complex systemic
object out a huge number of subsystems.
Subsystems are built in the hierarchical multi-
tiered constructions. Some subsystems are
duplicated in space and are repeated in time.
Subsystems can be relatively autonomous
and independent; however, the providential
designation of any subsystem ulitmately
serves the fulfillment of the target function
of the System of Creation. See «Hierarchies
of functions and tasks».
Space-time taxonomy (Простран-
ственно  временная таксономия) 
The classification of the material objects
according to two associated aspects:
scale- dimensional and scale-time. Three
time parameters correspond to each
material object: the time of life cycle,
clock frequency and threshold of temporal
sensitivity. From this stems the capability
of making a graph with the logarithmic
axes «Size - Time» Fig. 38.[V]. As a result
we obtain 6 or 12 taxons of the material
 GLOSSARY
world, where dimensional and temporary
characteristics are adequate to each other.
See also «Time-space niche» and Fig. 71.
Space (Пространство)  The volume
occupied by the objects of the material
world. Largest volume is the hyper-matrix
and the metagalaxy inside of it, which
has the diameter of 1025 m. The smallest
volume is a cell of the hyper-matrix  a
cube with the side of 10-35 m. Between
them there is a scale of 10 classes with with
incrementation of 105 times. Any space is
a place occupied by an object of Creation.
There are no spaces without things created
by God and there also is no space without
God.
States of balance (Равновесные со-
стояния)  A situation in which different
scenarios of further motion of a material
object are equally possible and equally
permitted. At this time all laws and
rules that influence the situation balance
each other and thus are reduced to zero.
Selection or exit out of the situation can
be random or goal-directed, the freedom
of the system in this case is not disrupted.
Varying by the vector of exit out ot the
states of equilibrium, the supersystem
completes its tasks without disrupting
the freedom and independence of the
subsystem.
Size (Размер)  The linear extent of
material objects. One of three structure-
forming factors of Creation. The two others
are «time» and «level of organisation». The
logarithmic dimensional-scale ranking
includes sizes from 10-35 m to 1025 m. Units
of matter, with few exceptions, reveal
properties of distribution in 12 classes
according to the feature of size. The scale
distance between centers of classes is 105
360
times, and three regions with four classes
each correspond to three classes of forces:
subatomic, electromagnetic, gravitational.
The scale-dimensional feature determines
the periodic tendency of material objects
towards synthesis and division, as well as
a number of other parameters of matter.
See also «Basic scale factor», «Scale-
dimensional concept».
Synergy (Синергетика) – The capability
of complex systems to self-organise. There is no
system more complex than Creation. It entirely
builds itself; therefore, synergy is one of the
most important properties of the world order.
A synergetic jump to a higher stage of level of
organisation occurs relatively rarely and only
in a the huge number of repetitive attempts  –
iterations, the purpose of which is «total
sorting of versions». The sorting of versions
is accompanied by filtering according to the
feature of viability through the mechanism of
specific competition. Furthermore, a synergetic
act is connected with the mechanisms of
genesis, with the freedom in the sorting of the
versions of evolutionary development and it is
unconditionally subordinated to the influence
of the general-purpose function of Creation.
See of also «Churning of the world», «Freedom
and necessity», «Programme of the evolution
of Creation».
Synthesis and division (Синтез и
деление) – The «wave of scale stability»
passes along the scale-dimensional ranking,
alternating the regions in which an object
approaches synthesis or division, Fig. 60 F.
There are six complete waves. The objects,
located on the crests of the waves, are «in
the saddle». Those that correspond to the
lower points of the sinusoid are located
«in the pits». The wave of scale stability
(sinusoid) indicates by its apexes where
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
the points inclined to synthesis and those
to division are located the dimensional
scale. «Stretching» of sinusoid changes
the coordinates of the regions of preferable
synthesis and division. This discrepancy
serves as one of the main engines of the
curtailment of activity and existence of
Creation. See also «Wave of scale stability»,
«Contraction of the universe» and Fig. 73.
Sinusoid of scale stability (Синусо-
ида масштабной устойчивости) – The
same as «Wave of scale stability».
System (Система)  As is known,
a System is a complex multifunctional
object. As a rule, it is capable of self-
maintenance, self-development and self
reproduction. Creation is also a systemic
object, but in contrast to the customary
open systems for which there is the
concept of environment, Creation is a
system, apart from which there is nothing.
Entirely nothing. Everything, from the
object that devised it to the last result of its
activity, all of it is a system. See «Totally
self-contained system».
System-forming unit (Системоо-
бразующий агрегат) – Material objects,
possessing properties and structures
amenable to classification according to
the features of size, time and level of
organisation. It turned out that this triple
classification is not only possible, but is
also absolute, i.e., all material objects are
plotted in the framework of this three-
aspect classification and there is nothing
in the material world that would remain
outside its framework. There is the total of
22 units: Maximon, (photon?), (nucleus of
electron?), electron, atomic nucleus, atom,
molecule, bio-molecule, cell nucleus,
361
cell, plants, animals, humans, (subjects of
spirituality?), biosphere, planet, nucleus
of a star, star, planetary system, nucleus
of a galaxy, galaxy, metagalaxy. The
three units in brackets are still in no way
known to science, but the general logic of
the system, dictates their necessity. See
Figs. 12, 13, 16, 40, 41. See of also: «Unit»,
«Classification cell», «Class-forming
objects».
Strucure (Структура) – The structure
of universe starts from an immeasurable
point and goes to another immeasurable
point. Between these states, isolated from
each other by period of 400,000 billion
years, the evolution of Creation occurs,
with the expansion and contraction of its
structure. See the series of diagrams in
Figs. 56-59. The structure of Creation is
comprised of ethereal and material objects,
which have united fundamental nature in
terms of the activity of the cells of hyper-
matrix, generated by the controlling
influence Of Spiritual Beings of different
levels. The hierarchy of spiritual beings
originates from self-division of the one
original God. He decides to create the
Univers, is created by the Universe, he
creates its structure, is dissolved in it, and it
gives birth to it again, renovated, immortal,
having passed through the material realm,
ready to develop the following cycle of
Creation.
Specific weight (Удельный вес) See
«Density».
System levels (Уровни систе-
мы) –  The levels of the organisational
hierarchy, 12 classes according to the
feaure of the level of the organisation of
material objects. See Figs. 12, 13, 16. The
 GLOSSARY
level of a system is manifested in one of
three forms of connection between objects
placed higher and lower. The first form of
communication is «Nucleus- structure», a
situation of the type «nucleus atom-atom»,
«nucleus galaxy-galaxy». The second type
of connection is «element of structure,
consisting of elements». Examples: «atom-
molecule», «cell-plant», «star-galaxy»,
«galaxy-metagalaxy». The third type
of connection is «foundation-building».
Examples: «planetary system-biosphere»,
«plant-animal world», «flora-fauna-
human».
Truth (Истина)  The name of one of
three higher planes of the ethereal world.
See also «Way» and «Life». The name is
borrowed from the Christ’s statement “I
am the way, the truth and the life.” The
plane «Truth» is an information-frequency
area of the ethereal world where the basic
laws and rules of Creation are established
and when the foundations of harmony of
the future of Creation are laid (Fig. 56,
Phase 2). The name of the Spiritual Being
responsible for Phase 2 of Creation is
«God-Truth.»
Time periods (Временные перио-
ды)  See “Waves.”
Time (Время)  Duration of the life
of objects of the Universe, one of three
structure-forming factors of the Universe.
The Other two are «Size» and «Level of
organisation.» The category of time is
inextricably connected with objects of
the Universe. The area of non-existence,
the ethereal world and the world of a
matter – each of these has the specificity
of time. Uniform universal time of the
Universe exists on account of the process
362
of expansion of the Metagalaxy. Each
object of the Universe bears the following
time characteristics: its own (clock)
frequency, limit of time sensitivity, time of
life cycle, and the maximum duration of a
continuous signal (the latter is for objects
of the ethereal world). Direct contact and
interaction are possible only for objects
of the Universe having identical or close
clock frequencies. The logarithmic scale
time scale covers an interval of time from
10-81 seconds up to 1022 seconds. See also
«Waves», «Hypertime», «Scale-time
Niche».
Task (Задача)  The word «task»
usually is understood as necessity to
receive a certain result, having worked
on the resolution of a task, of course. A
universe is the most complicated self-
contained system. It has a multitude of
levels, aspects and stages, or, in other
words, functional subsystems. Each of
them is intended for performance of a
certain task. Performance of all tasks
should lead the system to performance
of an overall objective –realisations of a
subsequent cycle of the Universe. From
this we can conclude that in each individual
task of the World Order there is a particle,
that reflects the target function of system
of the World Order. See «Hierarchy of
functions and tasks».
«The Customer» («Заказчик»)  The
conditional system name for the Spiritual
Being responsible for primary statement of the
task of constructing of the Universe. The name
of this Spiritual Being is «GodWay». It decides
when, where and how to move. It establishes
borders and uniform rules. And It bears in
itself (himself) the main keystone to success –
Divine ethics. Once having established rules, it
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
never breaks them. In sequence of Creation is
in Phase 1. See Fig. 57.
The Churning of the universe (Ми-
ровое пахтание)  An allegorical image
of the development of the Universe. The
creation of the universe is in some aspects
similar to long process of churning and
whipping milk in order to get butter. This
was noticed in ancient India. Creation of a
more complex structure from less complex
structures without external intervention is
a «synergistic act» possible only through a
very large number of attempts – iterations.
Any way you cut it, evolution from simple
to complex is a rather painstaking and
awfully long process – at any rate, from our
human point of view. The second analogy
is associated with the rotational movement
of churning. Movement in a circle, the
wavy process of repetition and cycles of
repetitions – all of this is present when the
Creator creates the Universe. And the last
similar feature is a parity of the volume of
milk and hte volume of oil received from
it. You need a lot of milk and get only a
little butter. There are many star islands of
matter, many planets bearing a biosphere,
many worthy people, but not enough and
very little of those capable to rise up to the
Divine level of ethics and spirituality.
Thought patterns of material objects
(Мыслеобразы материальных объ-
ектов)  are the same as noumens. Not to
be confused with «Maximon mould of a
material object». Thought patters of units
of matter are born in the noumenal world
in sequence from the thought patterns of
humans up to thought patterns of maximons
and metagalaxies (Fig. 64). A thought pattern
is a phenomenon of the ethereal world,
combining properties of object and subject.
363
The designation of the noumenal «workshop»
is to design such units of matter so that
they would be viable, answer restrictions
of System, do not contradict each other,
consolidate systemically in the direction
of the target function of the system and
safely function in a material hypostasis.
God-Alpha, God-Way, the Customer of
Creation occupy the «Alpha» point of the
noumenal world, therefore 21 units remain
which need to be not only thought out, but
simulated and model tested. Actually, in
the world of information, these processes
and stages are combined. The mutual
grinding of thought patterns and noumens
goes on for a long time, until all interests,
tasks and goals are properly balanced.
From this time onward thought patters
become noumens – full and obligatory
standards for units of matter. A noumen
is certainly not a material unit, but there
is a full and versatile information model
of the unit, that any specific material unit
always only a special case of a noumen.
Matter is free in its evolutionary creativity,
but noumens are created to stand at the
end of the evolutionary tunnel and to be
the guiding light for the way of matter.
Noumens are stable, but are not absolute.
The noumen of each unit it is connected
by the billions of its incarnations in all
the corners of the Universe. “Maximon
moulds of corresponding material objects”
going through their life cycles, experience
a comprehensive change of space, the
unidirectional accumulative current of time
and signal what specifications are required
to be entered in noumens. Thought patters
do not stop working on the perfection and
adaptation of noumens even for a minute.
But this process goes at its own almost
imperceptible pace during the life cycle
of a solar system. From the time when
 GLOSSARY
the sun ignited to the time it will go out,
noumens will be practically unchanged.
See also «Periphery of the material world»,
«Periphery of the noumenal world» and
«Plane of monitoring».
Threshold of temporal sensitivity
(Порог временной чувствитель-ности)
 Such a short temporary period, that its
single addition or exclusion is practically
imperceptible and does not change the
rhythm of the object of Creation. As a rule, the
threshold of temporal sensitivity comprises
one hundredth of its own rhythm (clock
frequency). The concept of the threshold of
temporal sensitivity extends not only to the
units of matter but also to Spiritual Beings
of all hierarchies and hypostases. See also
«Scale-time niche».
The work of the soul (Работа души)
 The conscious, voluntary act of choice
between good and evil in favour of good.
Correlation of the ethics of one’s behaviour
with “the voice of conscience.” Unconstrained
motion towards God on the basis of the
knowledge of world order, moral choice,
through tovercoming evil and through the
catharsis. See of also «Spirituality», «Soul…
Taxon (Таксон) – An element or cell of
the three-dimensional temporal classification
of material objects. There is a solid connection
between the characteristics of size and time. A
range of temporal characteristics corresponds
to each range of sizes. Fig. 41. The taxon
analysis has made it possible to pass from
the two-dimensional idea of the material
world in coordinates of “size of organisation
level” to the three-dimensional, Fig. 40. The
providential purpose of the taxonomic three-
dimensional classification of material objects
is to guarantee non-mixing and generally
364
exclude any direct contacts between things
that perform different functions in the system
of Creation. In each taxon, its own forces,
laws and techniques prevail, so there is no
point in confusing them. The Lord planned it
that way! See of also «Space-time taxonomy».
Technique of incarnation (Техноло-
гия воплощения) –  Incarnation in the part
of the passage from nonexistence to existence
is actually the formation of the second point,
the second cell of future hypermatrix. Thus
far, the entire world is wrapped into one point,
and there is no one to say about it that it exists;
therefore, it does not exist. As soon as the first
circulated «God-Alpha» cell appears, the
isolation it ends. Nonexistence begins to flow
into existence. Further incarnation includes the
multi-stage process of forming the periphery
of both worlds, creation the ethereal and
material worlds themselves, their evolution
and repeated renewal. In this case, the
technique of the incarnation of spirit into the
material and then of the material into the spirit
is subordinated to the principles of «linkage,
hierarchical quality, cascade sequence and
frequency reductions». Any incarnation and
existence of objects in material form precedes
the process of the of «thought patterns» of
future material objects. Simulations based on
the principle of «total sorting of versions», and
taking place at frequencies 1010 are larger than
the real process itself.
Totally self-contained system TSCS
(Тотально самозамкнутая систе-
ма ТСС) – a system without an external
environment. A system, which carries in itself
its purpose, resources and result. It can be said
of this system that there is nothing besides
this system in existence and all that exists
is a part of this system. The definition itself
leads directly to the sameness between the
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
concept of the TSCS and the concept of God.
So it is. We examine Creation, the process
of Creation and the Creator himself from
a systemic point of view. Seek and ye shall
find. A TSCS consists strictly of system and
periphery. See Fig. 46. The periphery includes
the «Customer’s» system with his universal
resource, from which the periphery and
system itself are created. The periphery forms
the environment and system of externl control
of the system. Only the system is inside the
periphery. It is relatively free and fulfills
the function for which it was created by the
«Customer». The universal resource-stroke,
i.e., the resource of the renewed quality, is the
output of system. In the process of the system
and its periphery functioning, the «Customer»
gradually spends His initial universal resource
and completely «departs» into the system.
Simultaneously from the time the TSCS
begins to function, the universal resource-
stroke enters the position of customer. Without
being mixed up with the initial resource, the
universal resource-stroke «fills» the position
of the Customer, and up to the moment of
the completion of the life cycle of the system,
it has renewed the «Customer» capable of
repeating life cycle. The TSCS does not give
or receive energy or information from outside
itself. Absolutely nothing, but it is capable of
the absolute conversion from «anything» into
making everything, and turning everything
into «nothing». «Nothing» in this case means
a faceless universal resource.
Total enumeration of versions (Тоталь-
ный перебор вариантов) –
The special feature of the process of the
dynamic simulation of thought patterns of
the material objects. It consists of the sorting
of all the versions without exception of the
evolution of future material objects. The only
limitation in this sorting is the more successful
365
evolutionary scenarios, which suppress the less
viable versions of the development of objects.
Furthermore, the versions of evolution which
contradict the general purposes of the system
of Creation are forbidden. In other respects,
all possible «batches» are played out and the
noumenon of the object, containing the pattern
of its evolutionary history, is created as a
result. The material world is granted creative
independence, but nevertheless disposes of
the noumen of things and although follows
its evolutionary pathways, it does not end the
evolution until it arrives at a thing similar to
noumen’s standard.
Three-dimensional taxonomy of
the material world (Трехмерная так-
сономия материального мира) – The
classification of the material objects with
the aid of three interconnected parameters:
dimensional-scale, organisation level and
time characteristics. It was explained that the
indicated metrics were interconnected through
the objects of the classification of the 22 units
of matter. The entire material world is divided
by six, or even 12, three-dimensional taxons.
The units of matter with identical thresholds
of dimensional and temporal sensitivity
enter into each taxon, and so relate to one
and the same class of level of organisation.
An electron cannot directly interact with a
galaxy. But in a taxon all things are «their
own» any thing can have contact with and
be perceived by any another. See Figs. 40,41,
«Class-forming objects», «Scale-dimensional
concept», «Organisation», «Time».
Target function (Целевая функция)
– The purpose of an object as the element of
a system. Each smallest part of the enormity
Of Creation has its own purpose or target
function, which not only has particular value,
but is part of the complex hierarchical tree of
 GLOSSARY
objectives. In the final analysis, it participates
in achieving of the general goal of the system
as a whole. The target function of Creation, as
the author sees it, consists of the passage of the
spiritual being from the «alpha»point to the
«omega» point, regeneration on the basis of
the experience of «passage»into the material
and the synthesis of the renewed spiritual
being for the realisation of the following cycle
of Creation. See so «Tasks», «Material world»,
«Planetary system».
Universal resource (Универсальный
ресурс) – The concept associated with the
organisation of the TSCS. The Customer of
the system is the initial reason for its existence,
and by his very nature has nothing behind
his back. He contains everything out of
which system will be created and everything
thanks to which it will exist and develope.
In view of this circumstance, the Customer
contains a certain «universal resource» from
which eveything required for the system
will originate: idea, diagram, law, materials,
energy… Therefore it is called universal,
which can be turned into everything required.
For «TSCS of Creation» created by God as the
Customer of «Alpha», the universal resource
appears as «Goodness» accumulated as the
result of the previous life cycle of Creation.
See «Goodness», «‘Alpha’ point».
Unit (Агрегат)  system-forming object
of the material world. Analysis of matter shows
that it manifests itself in 22 phenomena 
units bound by three system-forming factors:
hierarchical level organisation, scale-size
hierarchy and scale-time (frequency) hierarchy.
Units of matter form a 12-step hierarchy
according to their level of organisation
(complexity). Each unit below an ordered step
in one form or another is a structure-forming
element for the unit of the next level’s step.
This is with the exception of cases where units
366
are exactly positioned in 12 classes of another
hierarchy  the scale-size hierarchy. See Fig.
16. All things in the material world are part of
one or another unit of matter. Units include,
in order of scale: maximon, photon (?), core
electron (?), electron, atomic nucleus, atom,
molecule, bio-molecule, cellular nucleus, cell,
plants, animals, humans, «spiritual entity»
(?), biosphere, planet, core of a star, star, solar
system, galactic core, galaxy, metagalaxy.
The units not completely known to science
are marked with a question mark. The third
structure-forming factor is the frequency and
time factor. It allows building a space-time
taxonomy of units of the material world. See
Fig. 38. Each unit has a certain providential
function and as a whole they facilitate the work
of the Systems of Creation and the achievement
of the system-wide goal  repetition of the life
cycle of the renewed system. See also «Scale
Harmony», «Scale Symmetry of the Universe»,
«Scale-time Niche» and the «The Large Scale
Plans of Creation».
Vector of influence (Вектор влияния)
 Incorporeal influence used on objects of the
spiritual and material worlds with the purpose
of the control and development of their
functioning according to their regular system
functions. Kinds of Vectors of influence: scale,
organisational, administrative, resource,
existence (life), non-existence (death) and
the system-wide Vector of influence time.
See Fig. 40.
Vectors of structuring and destructuring
(Векторы структуризации и деструкту-
ризации)  The tendency of units of matter to
form a structural hierarchy from the lowest to
the highest classes on an axis of complexity – in
favour of development and complication, and
on an axis of scale – to increase in weight and
volume of objects. Any return movement on
axes is accordingly accompanied by reduction
 VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»
of complexity and dimensionvors.
Valleys and Peaks (Ямы и Седла) –
Respectively the lower and upper points of
the sinusoid of the scale stability of the point
of extremum. The points of extremum in
contrast to the gradation of the dimensional
scale itself are mobile because the sinusoid, in
following the growing metagalaxy, is extended
like a spring. The properties that contain the
«peaks and valleys» fall in the other sections
of the scale departing from the original
arrangement of the centres of the dimensional
distributionof the units of matter, changing the
boundaries of predominance by the tendency
toward division and synthesis, absorption and
isolation of energy and structural stability
of the units of matter, until the time when
original and displaced coordinates of the
size of metagalaxy will arrive at the position
of reversed phase that will in turn entail the
contraction of Creation and the completion of
its sequential life cycle. the God-Way or God-Alpha Spiritual
Weight (Вес)  Categories: weight,
mass, gravity in our understanding
correspond to the definitions accepted by
modern science. Existing alongside with
them are concepts of speed, acceleration,
time, energy and even the information
connected among themselves through
base properties of the maximon and
hypermatrixes. They are a basis of and
reason for relativistic theory.
Waves (Волны)  Repeating feature-
variable oscillatory movements of a
certain environment. Fluctuations form
the basis for the structure of spiritual
beings, quintessence, matter, people. In a
sense, the Universe owes its existence to
waves. In total, the scale of logarithmic
time consists of 104 tenfold steps. The
367
longest of existing time intervals is equal
400,000 billion years – the life cycle of
the Universe. The shortest interval of
time is 10-81 seconds – an absolute limit
of time sensitivity that corresponds to the
frequency of 1081 Hz
Will (Воля)  One of the 16 «Attributes
of God». Manifests itself in the form of
the desire to act and observe, as taste for
creating and the need to create the Universe.
Wavering (Колебания)  See «Wave».
Way (Путь)  the name of one of the
three higher planes of the ethereal world.
See also «Truth» and «Life». The name is
borrowed from the Christ’s statement «I
am the way, the truth and the life». The
«Truth» plane is the information-frequency
region of the ethereal world, where for the
first time after the stage «non-existence»
Being appears and manifests the will to
world creation. The fact of its appearance
is equivalent to the resolution: To universe
is to be! The formation of hyper-matrix
begins from it. Its driving motivations are
Love, Omnipotence, Ethics. See Phase 1 in
Fig. 57 “The Phases of the World Order”
and Fig. 63 “The Stages of Development of
the Hyper-Matrix of the Universe.”
Whole and Part (Часть и Целое)   –  The
structural ratio characteristic for some pairs of
material objects. A situation in which several
objects of a certain level of organisation directly
serve as elements for forming the object of the
following level, e.g. atoms forming a molecule,
molecules forming organic compounds, organic
compounds forming a cell, the cells of plants or
animals, etc. See also “Complexity,” “Synthesis
and division,” principles of “Linkage,”
“Hierarchy,” “Cascade”, “Harmony”.
 Table of contents
Autor's introduction . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Introduction to the second edition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Prayer I . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
I. What do we know about the Creator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
II. What do we know about origin of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .18
III. What do we know about structure of the Universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 24
IV. What do we know about the control of the Universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

1. HOW TO DESCRIBE THINGS THE MATERIAL WORLD
CONSISTS OF? . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
1.1. Linear size scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . ..36
1.2. Mass scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. .38
1.3. Density scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .39
1.4. Time scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .40
1.5. Frequency scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .41
1.6. Scale of quantity of elements, forming objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .43
1.7. Scale of complexity or level of organisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
1.8. Providentiality or predestination scale . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .46
1.9. Which two scales to choose? . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .48

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF WORLD ORDER –

THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

3. THE MATERIAL WORLD – DIAGRAM ON A NOTEBOOK SHEET . . . . . 65

3.1. Five characteristics of classification of objects belonging
to the material World . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
3.2. System-forming objects of the material World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.3. The material World – the great single system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

4. GRAPHICAL MODEL OF THE MATERIAL WORLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

4.1. Graphical peculiarities of the model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.2. Microcosm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
4.3. Macro world – inorganic part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.4. Mega-universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .108
4.5. The Organic World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .116

5. SYNERGIC MODEL OF THE MATERIAL WORLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

5.1. Maximon– information, giving birth to matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

368
 5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
5.5. Borders of the material World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6. NON-MATERIAL WORLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the
wrong way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .180
6.2. The universe - a totally self-closed system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 192
6.3. Periphery design of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Prayer II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

7. TECHNOLOGY OF THE WORLD ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
7.1. Phase 0. «Beyond-existence» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
7.2. Phase 1. Existence, «Originator» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «The Contractor» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
7.4. Phase 3. Generation of design, «Executor» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
7.5. Phase 4. Generation of the periphery of the Universe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
7.7. Phase 6–11. Material World. Operation of periphery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
7.9. Phase 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289

Prayer III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .309

8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Subject heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

369
 In conclusion, I would like to express my gratitude to those who helped me create
this book, expressing interest and giving insights to its author.
***
I give thanks to my wife, my guardian angel, for creating the conditions I needed
during all the years I worked on the book, for her patience and support; for her unsel-
fishness, honesty, and great female intuition.
Or, more simply – for her love!
***
And also I want to thank you, Dear heart, my reader, who waded through such a
com-plicated book. Before you were aware of it, I had already been communicating with
you. I tried to make it understandable to you, thought about your possible reactions and
corrected what I had written. You helped me a lot, thank you.
And now it is your turn.
Jesus Christ said once: «I receive not honor from men» [John 5:41]. Messiah, sent by
God, cannot depend on people’s likes or dislikes. His task has already been formu-lated
by the One who sent him and is controlled by Him.
And I am a common person, not a messiah, not a prophet, not even a priest. Lord
has been, and is supporting me, but now it is the time for the feedback of readers. Un-
derstanding and compliments would be pleasant for me to hear, of course, but reasoned
objections and even categorical denials would be interesting and useful for my work.
Yet, I do not wish to hear the words dictated by envy, anger, resentment, and am-
bition. This will be not constructive but simply boring. Thus I suggest my honorable
opponents show mutual tolerance, or even better – benevolent style of communica-tions.
There is nothing dividing us, as we are all in search of the truth.
This book contains approximately one third of what has been revealed to my un-
derstanding. I am sure that information, provided by readers, will help me write future
books, if publishing these should please the Lord. No need to worry about authors
rights. I absolutely respect rules about quotations and source reference. My interests
were and continue to be in the structure of the universe and the role of humans in it.
My e-mail address: korniloff@t-creation.ru
Once again, thank you one and all!
Author

370
 Monograph

Victor A. Korniloff

TECHNOLOGY
OF
CREATION
Introduction in the theory of world order

Signed in print 28/08/1910. Format

Conv. Pec. l. 14,1. The pilot edition of 10 copies.
Order № R18.08.10/002

Publishers «ontoPrint»
Moscow Okruzhnoi proezd, 16, 212
Tel.: (495) 968-74-08
www.ontoprint.ru
Printed on the basis of the printing publishers